File: | build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-15~++20220320100729+487629cc61b5/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp |
Warning: | line 9571, column 27 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===// | ||||||||
2 | // | ||||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||
6 | // | ||||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
8 | // | ||||||||
9 | // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions. | ||||||||
10 | // | ||||||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
12 | |||||||||
13 | #include "TreeTransform.h" | ||||||||
14 | #include "UsedDeclVisitor.h" | ||||||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | ||||||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" | ||||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" | ||||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||||
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | ||||||||
22 | #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" | ||||||||
23 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||||
24 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||||
25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||||||
26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" | ||||||||
27 | #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h" | ||||||||
28 | #include "clang/AST/ParentMapContext.h" | ||||||||
29 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" | ||||||||
30 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" | ||||||||
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | ||||||||
32 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSema.h" | ||||||||
33 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||||||
34 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||||
35 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||||
36 | #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h" | ||||||||
37 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||||||
38 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" | ||||||||
39 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | ||||||||
40 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" | ||||||||
41 | #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h" | ||||||||
42 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||||
43 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||||
44 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||||||
45 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" | ||||||||
46 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | ||||||||
47 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||||||
48 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h" | ||||||||
49 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||||
50 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||||||
51 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||||||
52 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" | ||||||||
53 | #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" | ||||||||
54 | #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h" | ||||||||
55 | |||||||||
56 | using namespace clang; | ||||||||
57 | using namespace sema; | ||||||||
58 | |||||||||
59 | /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without | ||||||||
60 | /// emitting diagnostics. | ||||||||
61 | bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { | ||||||||
62 | // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. | ||||||||
63 | if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) | ||||||||
64 | return false; | ||||||||
65 | |||||||||
66 | // See if this is a deleted function. | ||||||||
67 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
68 | if (FD->isDeleted()) | ||||||||
69 | return false; | ||||||||
70 | |||||||||
71 | // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it, | ||||||||
72 | // then we can't use it either. | ||||||||
73 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | ||||||||
74 | DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false)) | ||||||||
75 | return false; | ||||||||
76 | |||||||||
77 | // See if this is an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is | ||||||||
78 | // unavailable. | ||||||||
79 | if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && | ||||||||
80 | isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(*FD)) | ||||||||
81 | return false; | ||||||||
82 | } | ||||||||
83 | |||||||||
84 | // See if this function is unavailable. | ||||||||
85 | if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable && | ||||||||
86 | cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) | ||||||||
87 | return false; | ||||||||
88 | |||||||||
89 | if (isa<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
90 | return false; | ||||||||
91 | |||||||||
92 | return true; | ||||||||
93 | } | ||||||||
94 | |||||||||
95 | static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
96 | // Warn if this is used but marked unused. | ||||||||
97 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { | ||||||||
98 | // [[maybe_unused]] should not diagnose uses, but __attribute__((unused)) | ||||||||
99 | // should diagnose them. | ||||||||
100 | if (A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::CXX11_maybe_unused && | ||||||||
101 | A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::C2x_maybe_unused) { | ||||||||
102 | const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext()); | ||||||||
103 | if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) | ||||||||
104 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D; | ||||||||
105 | } | ||||||||
106 | } | ||||||||
107 | } | ||||||||
108 | |||||||||
109 | /// Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted. | ||||||||
110 | void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) { | ||||||||
111 | assert(Decl && Decl->isDeleted())(static_cast <bool> (Decl && Decl->isDeleted ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Decl && Decl->isDeleted()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 111, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
112 | |||||||||
113 | if (Decl->isDefaulted()) { | ||||||||
114 | // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration. | ||||||||
115 | if (!Decl->isImplicit()) | ||||||||
116 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted); | ||||||||
117 | |||||||||
118 | // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly | ||||||||
119 | // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies. | ||||||||
120 | DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(Decl); | ||||||||
121 | return; | ||||||||
122 | } | ||||||||
123 | |||||||||
124 | auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl); | ||||||||
125 | if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor()) | ||||||||
126 | return NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(Ctor); | ||||||||
127 | |||||||||
128 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here) | ||||||||
129 | << Decl << 1; | ||||||||
130 | } | ||||||||
131 | |||||||||
132 | /// Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an | ||||||||
133 | /// explicit storage class. | ||||||||
134 | static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) { | ||||||||
135 | for (auto I : D->redecls()) { | ||||||||
136 | if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None) | ||||||||
137 | return true; | ||||||||
138 | } | ||||||||
139 | return false; | ||||||||
140 | } | ||||||||
141 | |||||||||
142 | /// Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a | ||||||||
143 | /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3). | ||||||||
144 | /// | ||||||||
145 | /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but | ||||||||
146 | /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode | ||||||||
147 | /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6) | ||||||||
148 | /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't | ||||||||
149 | /// prove that there are errors. | ||||||||
150 | static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S, | ||||||||
151 | const NamedDecl *D, | ||||||||
152 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
153 | // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in | ||||||||
154 | // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically | ||||||||
155 | // correct but benign. | ||||||||
156 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
157 | return; | ||||||||
158 | |||||||||
159 | // Check if this is an inlined function or method. | ||||||||
160 | FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl(); | ||||||||
161 | if (!Current) | ||||||||
162 | return; | ||||||||
163 | if (!Current->isInlined()) | ||||||||
164 | return; | ||||||||
165 | if (!Current->isExternallyVisible()) | ||||||||
166 | return; | ||||||||
167 | |||||||||
168 | // Check if the decl has internal linkage. | ||||||||
169 | if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage) | ||||||||
170 | return; | ||||||||
171 | |||||||||
172 | // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if | ||||||||
173 | // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file, | ||||||||
174 | // and probably won't be included anywhere else. | ||||||||
175 | // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function. | ||||||||
176 | // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function. | ||||||||
177 | // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on | ||||||||
178 | // wrappers for simple C library functions. | ||||||||
179 | const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
180 | bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc); | ||||||||
181 | if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn) | ||||||||
182 | DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>(); | ||||||||
183 | |||||||||
184 | S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet | ||||||||
185 | : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline) | ||||||||
186 | << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D; | ||||||||
187 | |||||||||
188 | S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current); | ||||||||
189 | |||||||||
190 | S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) | ||||||||
191 | << D; | ||||||||
192 | } | ||||||||
193 | |||||||||
194 | void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) { | ||||||||
195 | const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl(); | ||||||||
196 | |||||||||
197 | // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible. | ||||||||
198 | if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) { | ||||||||
199 | SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin(); | ||||||||
200 | Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static) | ||||||||
201 | << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static "); | ||||||||
202 | } | ||||||||
203 | } | ||||||||
204 | |||||||||
205 | /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and | ||||||||
206 | /// emit any corresponding diagnostics. | ||||||||
207 | /// | ||||||||
208 | /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing | ||||||||
209 | /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example, | ||||||||
210 | /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being | ||||||||
211 | /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted | ||||||||
212 | /// function is being used. | ||||||||
213 | /// | ||||||||
214 | /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be | ||||||||
215 | /// referenced), false otherwise. | ||||||||
216 | /// | ||||||||
217 | bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, | ||||||||
218 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | ||||||||
219 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, | ||||||||
220 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, | ||||||||
221 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver) { | ||||||||
222 | SourceLocation Loc = Locs.front(); | ||||||||
223 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
224 | // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction, | ||||||||
225 | // emit them now. | ||||||||
226 | auto Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||||||
227 | if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) { | ||||||||
228 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Suppressed : Pos->second) | ||||||||
229 | Diag(Suppressed.first, Suppressed.second); | ||||||||
230 | |||||||||
231 | // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit | ||||||||
232 | // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this | ||||||||
233 | // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these | ||||||||
234 | // diagnostics again. | ||||||||
235 | Pos->second.clear(); | ||||||||
236 | } | ||||||||
237 | |||||||||
238 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: | ||||||||
239 | // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program. | ||||||||
240 | if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain()) | ||||||||
241 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used); | ||||||||
242 | |||||||||
243 | diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*cast<FunctionDecl>(D), Loc); | ||||||||
244 | } | ||||||||
245 | |||||||||
246 | // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. | ||||||||
247 | if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { | ||||||||
248 | if (isa<BindingDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
249 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_binding_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) | ||||||||
250 | << D->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
251 | } else { | ||||||||
252 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) | ||||||||
253 | << D->getDeclName() << cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||||||
254 | } | ||||||||
255 | return true; | ||||||||
256 | } | ||||||||
257 | |||||||||
258 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
259 | // See if this is a deleted function. | ||||||||
260 | if (FD->isDeleted()) { | ||||||||
261 | auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); | ||||||||
262 | if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor()) | ||||||||
263 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_inherited_ctor_use) | ||||||||
264 | << Ctor->getParent() | ||||||||
265 | << Ctor->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent(); | ||||||||
266 | else | ||||||||
267 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); | ||||||||
268 | NoteDeletedFunction(FD); | ||||||||
269 | return true; | ||||||||
270 | } | ||||||||
271 | |||||||||
272 | // [expr.prim.id]p4 | ||||||||
273 | // A program that refers explicitly or implicitly to a function with a | ||||||||
274 | // trailing requires-clause whose constraint-expression is not satisfied, | ||||||||
275 | // other than to declare it, is ill-formed. [...] | ||||||||
276 | // | ||||||||
277 | // See if this is a function with constraints that need to be satisfied. | ||||||||
278 | // Check this before deducing the return type, as it might instantiate the | ||||||||
279 | // definition. | ||||||||
280 | if (FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||||
281 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||||
282 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc)) | ||||||||
283 | // A diagnostic will have already been generated (non-constant | ||||||||
284 | // constraint expression, for example) | ||||||||
285 | return true; | ||||||||
286 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||||
287 | Diag(Loc, | ||||||||
288 | diag::err_reference_to_function_with_unsatisfied_constraints) | ||||||||
289 | << D; | ||||||||
290 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||||||
291 | return true; | ||||||||
292 | } | ||||||||
293 | } | ||||||||
294 | |||||||||
295 | // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it, | ||||||||
296 | // then we can't use it either. | ||||||||
297 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | ||||||||
298 | DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc)) | ||||||||
299 | return true; | ||||||||
300 | |||||||||
301 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !CheckCUDACall(Loc, FD)) | ||||||||
302 | return true; | ||||||||
303 | |||||||||
304 | if (getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice && !checkSYCLDeviceFunction(Loc, FD)) | ||||||||
305 | return true; | ||||||||
306 | } | ||||||||
307 | |||||||||
308 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
309 | // Lambdas are only default-constructible or assignable in C++2a onwards. | ||||||||
310 | if (MD->getParent()->isLambda() && | ||||||||
311 | ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && | ||||||||
312 | cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)->isDefaultConstructor()) || | ||||||||
313 | MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() || MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator())) { | ||||||||
314 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cxx17_compat_lambda_def_ctor_assign) | ||||||||
315 | << !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD); | ||||||||
316 | } | ||||||||
317 | } | ||||||||
318 | |||||||||
319 | auto getReferencedObjCProp = [](const NamedDecl *D) -> | ||||||||
320 | const ObjCPropertyDecl * { | ||||||||
321 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
322 | return MD->findPropertyDecl(); | ||||||||
323 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
324 | }; | ||||||||
325 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = getReferencedObjCProp(D)) { | ||||||||
326 | if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(ObjCPDecl, Loc)) | ||||||||
327 | return true; | ||||||||
328 | } else if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(D, Loc)) { | ||||||||
329 | return true; | ||||||||
330 | } | ||||||||
331 | |||||||||
332 | // [OpenMP 4.0], 2.15 declare reduction Directive, Restrictions | ||||||||
333 | // Only the variables omp_in and omp_out are allowed in the combiner. | ||||||||
334 | // Only the variables omp_priv and omp_orig are allowed in the | ||||||||
335 | // initializer-clause. | ||||||||
336 | auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||||
337 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && DRD && !CurContext->containsDecl(D) && | ||||||||
338 | isa<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
339 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_wrong_var_in_declare_reduction) | ||||||||
340 | << getCurFunction()->HasOMPDeclareReductionCombiner; | ||||||||
341 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; | ||||||||
342 | return true; | ||||||||
343 | } | ||||||||
344 | |||||||||
345 | // [OpenMP 5.0], 2.19.7.3. declare mapper Directive, Restrictions | ||||||||
346 | // List-items in map clauses on this construct may only refer to the declared | ||||||||
347 | // variable var and entities that could be referenced by a procedure defined | ||||||||
348 | // at the same location | ||||||||
349 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isa<VarDecl>(D) && | ||||||||
350 | !isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(cast<VarDecl>(D))) { | ||||||||
351 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_declare_mapper_wrong_var) | ||||||||
352 | << getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName(); | ||||||||
353 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; | ||||||||
354 | return true; | ||||||||
355 | } | ||||||||
356 | |||||||||
357 | if (const auto *EmptyD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
358 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_use_of_empty_using_if_exists); | ||||||||
359 | Diag(EmptyD->getLocation(), diag::note_empty_using_if_exists_here); | ||||||||
360 | return true; | ||||||||
361 | } | ||||||||
362 | |||||||||
363 | DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, Locs, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPropertyAccess, | ||||||||
364 | AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, ClassReceiver); | ||||||||
365 | |||||||||
366 | DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc); | ||||||||
367 | |||||||||
368 | diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc); | ||||||||
369 | |||||||||
370 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
371 | checkTypeSupport(VD->getType(), Loc, VD); | ||||||||
372 | |||||||||
373 | if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)) { | ||||||||
374 | if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) | ||||||||
375 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
376 | if (VD->getTLSKind() != VarDecl::TLS_None) | ||||||||
377 | targetDiag(*Locs.begin(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); | ||||||||
378 | } | ||||||||
379 | |||||||||
380 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) && isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) && | ||||||||
381 | !isUnevaluatedContext()) { | ||||||||
382 | // C++ [expr.prim.req.nested] p3 | ||||||||
383 | // A local parameter shall only appear as an unevaluated operand | ||||||||
384 | // (Clause 8) within the constraint-expression. | ||||||||
385 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_requires_expr_parameter_referenced_in_evaluated_context) | ||||||||
386 | << D; | ||||||||
387 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; | ||||||||
388 | return true; | ||||||||
389 | } | ||||||||
390 | |||||||||
391 | return false; | ||||||||
392 | } | ||||||||
393 | |||||||||
394 | /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or | ||||||||
395 | /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and | ||||||||
396 | /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are | ||||||||
397 | /// satisfied. | ||||||||
398 | void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
399 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||||||
400 | const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(); | ||||||||
401 | if (!attr) | ||||||||
402 | return; | ||||||||
403 | |||||||||
404 | // The number of formal parameters of the declaration. | ||||||||
405 | unsigned numFormalParams; | ||||||||
406 | |||||||||
407 | // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in | ||||||||
408 | // the diagnostic. | ||||||||
409 | enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType; | ||||||||
410 | |||||||||
411 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
412 | numFormalParams = MD->param_size(); | ||||||||
413 | calleeType = CT_Method; | ||||||||
414 | } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
415 | numFormalParams = FD->param_size(); | ||||||||
416 | calleeType = CT_Function; | ||||||||
417 | } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
418 | QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||||||
419 | const FunctionType *fn = nullptr; | ||||||||
420 | if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
421 | fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
422 | if (!fn) return; | ||||||||
423 | calleeType = CT_Function; | ||||||||
424 | } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
425 | fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
426 | calleeType = CT_Block; | ||||||||
427 | } else { | ||||||||
428 | return; | ||||||||
429 | } | ||||||||
430 | |||||||||
431 | if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) { | ||||||||
432 | numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
433 | } else { | ||||||||
434 | numFormalParams = 0; | ||||||||
435 | } | ||||||||
436 | } else { | ||||||||
437 | return; | ||||||||
438 | } | ||||||||
439 | |||||||||
440 | // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which | ||||||||
441 | // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is | ||||||||
442 | // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters, | ||||||||
443 | // but the language forces you to have at least one. | ||||||||
444 | unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos(); | ||||||||
445 | assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel")(static_cast <bool> ((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && \"invalid null position on sentinel\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 445, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
446 | numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos); | ||||||||
447 | |||||||||
448 | // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel. | ||||||||
449 | unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel(); | ||||||||
450 | |||||||||
451 | // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters, | ||||||||
452 | // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain. | ||||||||
453 | if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) { | ||||||||
454 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
455 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType); | ||||||||
456 | return; | ||||||||
457 | } | ||||||||
458 | |||||||||
459 | // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression. | ||||||||
460 | Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1]; | ||||||||
461 | if (!sentinelExpr) return; | ||||||||
462 | if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return; | ||||||||
463 | if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return; | ||||||||
464 | |||||||||
465 | // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr', | ||||||||
466 | // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use | ||||||||
467 | // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the | ||||||||
468 | // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers. | ||||||||
469 | SourceLocation MissingNilLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
470 | std::string NullValue; | ||||||||
471 | if (calleeType == CT_Method && PP.isMacroDefined("nil")) | ||||||||
472 | NullValue = "nil"; | ||||||||
473 | else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | ||||||||
474 | NullValue = "nullptr"; | ||||||||
475 | else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL")) | ||||||||
476 | NullValue = "NULL"; | ||||||||
477 | else | ||||||||
478 | NullValue = "(void*) 0"; | ||||||||
479 | |||||||||
480 | if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
481 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType); | ||||||||
482 | else | ||||||||
483 | Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) | ||||||||
484 | << int(calleeType) | ||||||||
485 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue); | ||||||||
486 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType); | ||||||||
487 | } | ||||||||
488 | |||||||||
489 | SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const { | ||||||||
490 | return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange(); | ||||||||
491 | } | ||||||||
492 | |||||||||
493 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
494 | // Standard Promotions and Conversions | ||||||||
495 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
496 | |||||||||
497 | /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4). | ||||||||
498 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) { | ||||||||
499 | // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. | ||||||||
500 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
501 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
502 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
503 | E = result.get(); | ||||||||
504 | } | ||||||||
505 | |||||||||
506 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||||||
507 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type")(static_cast <bool> (!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Ty.isNull() && \"DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 507, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
508 | |||||||||
509 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
510 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||||||
511 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||||||
512 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, Diagnose, E->getExprLoc())) | ||||||||
513 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
514 | |||||||||
515 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), | ||||||||
516 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get(); | ||||||||
517 | } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
518 | // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is | ||||||||
519 | // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has | ||||||||
520 | // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer | ||||||||
521 | // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression | ||||||||
522 | // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue" | ||||||||
523 | // (C90) to "an expression" (C99). | ||||||||
524 | // | ||||||||
525 | // C++ 4.2p1: | ||||||||
526 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of | ||||||||
527 | // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T". | ||||||||
528 | // | ||||||||
529 | if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue()) { | ||||||||
530 | ExprResult Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty), | ||||||||
531 | CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); | ||||||||
532 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
533 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
534 | E = Res.get(); | ||||||||
535 | } | ||||||||
536 | } | ||||||||
537 | return E; | ||||||||
538 | } | ||||||||
539 | |||||||||
540 | static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
541 | // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so, | ||||||||
542 | // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the | ||||||||
543 | // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this | ||||||||
544 | // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This | ||||||||
545 | // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check. | ||||||||
546 | const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()); | ||||||||
547 | if (UO && UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref && | ||||||||
548 | UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
549 | const LangAS AS = | ||||||||
550 | UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
551 | if ((!isTargetAddressSpace(AS) || | ||||||||
552 | (isTargetAddressSpace(AS) && toTargetAddressSpace(AS) == 0)) && | ||||||||
553 | UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||||||
554 | S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) && | ||||||||
555 | !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||||||
556 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, | ||||||||
557 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null) | ||||||||
558 | << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
559 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, | ||||||||
560 | S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null)); | ||||||||
561 | } | ||||||||
562 | } | ||||||||
563 | } | ||||||||
564 | |||||||||
565 | static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE, | ||||||||
566 | SourceLocation AssignLoc, | ||||||||
567 | const Expr* RHS) { | ||||||||
568 | const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl(); | ||||||||
569 | if (!IV) | ||||||||
570 | return; | ||||||||
571 | |||||||||
572 | DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
573 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | ||||||||
574 | if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa")) | ||||||||
575 | return; | ||||||||
576 | |||||||||
577 | const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase(); | ||||||||
578 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); | ||||||||
579 | if (OIRE->isArrow()) | ||||||||
580 | BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
581 | if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) | ||||||||
582 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) { | ||||||||
583 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr; | ||||||||
584 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared); | ||||||||
585 | if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass() | ||||||||
586 | && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) { | ||||||||
587 | if (RHS) { | ||||||||
588 | NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = | ||||||||
589 | S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, | ||||||||
590 | &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"), | ||||||||
591 | SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
592 | if (ObjectSetClass) { | ||||||||
593 | SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
594 | S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) | ||||||||
595 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
596 | "object_setClass(") | ||||||||
597 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||||||
598 | SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), AssignLoc), ",") | ||||||||
599 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")"); | ||||||||
600 | } | ||||||||
601 | else | ||||||||
602 | S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign); | ||||||||
603 | } else { | ||||||||
604 | NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = | ||||||||
605 | S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, | ||||||||
606 | &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"), | ||||||||
607 | SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
608 | if (ObjectGetClass) | ||||||||
609 | S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) | ||||||||
610 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
611 | "object_getClass(") | ||||||||
612 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||||||
613 | SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), OIRE->getEndLoc()), ")"); | ||||||||
614 | else | ||||||||
615 | S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use); | ||||||||
616 | } | ||||||||
617 | S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl); | ||||||||
618 | } | ||||||||
619 | } | ||||||||
620 | } | ||||||||
621 | |||||||||
622 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
623 | // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. | ||||||||
624 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
625 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
626 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
627 | E = result.get(); | ||||||||
628 | } | ||||||||
629 | |||||||||
630 | // C++ [conv.lval]p1: | ||||||||
631 | // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be | ||||||||
632 | // converted to a prvalue. | ||||||||
633 | if (!E->isGLValue()) return E; | ||||||||
634 | |||||||||
635 | QualType T = E->getType(); | ||||||||
636 | assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?")(static_cast <bool> (!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T.isNull() && \"r-value conversion on typeless expression?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 636, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
637 | |||||||||
638 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion cannot be applied to function or array types. | ||||||||
639 | if (T->isFunctionType() || T->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
640 | return E; | ||||||||
641 | |||||||||
642 | // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of | ||||||||
643 | // expressions of certain types in C++. | ||||||||
644 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
645 | (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy || | ||||||||
646 | T->isDependentType() || | ||||||||
647 | T->isRecordType())) | ||||||||
648 | return E; | ||||||||
649 | |||||||||
650 | // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and | ||||||||
651 | // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's | ||||||||
652 | // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo | ||||||||
653 | // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified | ||||||||
654 | // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be. | ||||||||
655 | if (T->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
656 | return E; | ||||||||
657 | |||||||||
658 | // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type. | ||||||||
659 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
660 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", getLangOpts()) && | ||||||||
661 | T->isHalfType()) { | ||||||||
662 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) | ||||||||
663 | << 0 << T; | ||||||||
664 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
665 | } | ||||||||
666 | |||||||||
667 | CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E); | ||||||||
668 | if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | ||||||||
669 | NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope, | ||||||||
670 | &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"), | ||||||||
671 | SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
672 | if (ObjectGetClass) | ||||||||
673 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) | ||||||||
674 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getBeginLoc(), "object_getClass(") | ||||||||
675 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||||||
676 | SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")"); | ||||||||
677 | else | ||||||||
678 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use); | ||||||||
679 | } | ||||||||
680 | else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE = | ||||||||
681 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||||||
682 | DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr); | ||||||||
683 | |||||||||
684 | // C++ [conv.lval]p1: | ||||||||
685 | // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the | ||||||||
686 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the | ||||||||
687 | // rvalue is T. | ||||||||
688 | // | ||||||||
689 | // C99 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||||||
690 | // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified | ||||||||
691 | // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the | ||||||||
692 | // type of the lvalue. | ||||||||
693 | if (T.hasQualifiers()) | ||||||||
694 | T = T.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
695 | |||||||||
696 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||||||
697 | if (T->isMemberPointerType() && | ||||||||
698 | Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||||||
699 | (void)isCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T); | ||||||||
700 | |||||||||
701 | ExprResult Res = CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(E); | ||||||||
702 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
703 | return Res; | ||||||||
704 | E = Res.get(); | ||||||||
705 | |||||||||
706 | // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to | ||||||||
707 | // balance that. | ||||||||
708 | if (E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) | ||||||||
709 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||||||
710 | |||||||||
711 | if (E->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) | ||||||||
712 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||||||
713 | |||||||||
714 | // C++ [conv.lval]p3: | ||||||||
715 | // If T is cv std::nullptr_t, the result is a null pointer constant. | ||||||||
716 | CastKind CK = T->isNullPtrType() ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_LValueToRValue; | ||||||||
717 | Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK, E, nullptr, VK_PRValue, | ||||||||
718 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
719 | |||||||||
720 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||||||
721 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version | ||||||||
722 | // of the type of the lvalue ... | ||||||||
723 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) { | ||||||||
724 | T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
725 | Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(), | ||||||||
726 | nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||||||
727 | } | ||||||||
728 | |||||||||
729 | return Res; | ||||||||
730 | } | ||||||||
731 | |||||||||
732 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) { | ||||||||
733 | ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E, Diagnose); | ||||||||
734 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
735 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
736 | Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get()); | ||||||||
737 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
738 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
739 | return Res; | ||||||||
740 | } | ||||||||
741 | |||||||||
742 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion | ||||||||
743 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. | ||||||||
744 | ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
745 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||||||
746 | ExprResult Res = E; | ||||||||
747 | // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer | ||||||||
748 | // to function type. | ||||||||
749 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
750 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), | ||||||||
751 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); | ||||||||
752 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
753 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
754 | } | ||||||||
755 | Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get()); | ||||||||
756 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
757 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
758 | return Res.get(); | ||||||||
759 | } | ||||||||
760 | |||||||||
761 | /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most | ||||||||
762 | /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are | ||||||||
763 | /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't | ||||||||
764 | /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators. | ||||||||
765 | /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called. | ||||||||
766 | ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
767 | // First, convert to an r-value. | ||||||||
768 | ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); | ||||||||
769 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
770 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
771 | E = Res.get(); | ||||||||
772 | |||||||||
773 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||||||
774 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type")(static_cast <bool> (!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Ty.isNull() && \"UsualUnaryConversions - missing type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 774, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
775 | |||||||||
776 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind EvalMethod = CurFPFeatures.getFPEvalMethod(); | ||||||||
777 | if (EvalMethod != LangOptions::FEM_Source && Ty->isFloatingType() && | ||||||||
778 | (getLangOpts().getFPEvalMethod() != | ||||||||
779 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind::FEM_UnsetOnCommandLine || | ||||||||
780 | PP.getLastFPEvalPragmaLocation().isValid())) { | ||||||||
781 | switch (EvalMethod) { | ||||||||
782 | default: | ||||||||
783 | llvm_unreachable("Unrecognized float evaluation method")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unrecognized float evaluation method" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 783); | ||||||||
784 | break; | ||||||||
785 | case LangOptions::FEM_UnsetOnCommandLine: | ||||||||
786 | llvm_unreachable("Float evaluation method should be set by now")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Float evaluation method should be set by now" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 786); | ||||||||
787 | break; | ||||||||
788 | case LangOptions::FEM_Double: | ||||||||
789 | if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(Context.DoubleTy, Ty) > 0) | ||||||||
790 | // Widen the expression to double. | ||||||||
791 | return Ty->isComplexType() | ||||||||
792 | ? ImpCastExprToType(E, | ||||||||
793 | Context.getComplexType(Context.DoubleTy), | ||||||||
794 | CK_FloatingComplexCast) | ||||||||
795 | : ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||||||
796 | break; | ||||||||
797 | case LangOptions::FEM_Extended: | ||||||||
798 | if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(Context.LongDoubleTy, Ty) > 0) | ||||||||
799 | // Widen the expression to long double. | ||||||||
800 | return Ty->isComplexType() | ||||||||
801 | ? ImpCastExprToType( | ||||||||
802 | E, Context.getComplexType(Context.LongDoubleTy), | ||||||||
803 | CK_FloatingComplexCast) | ||||||||
804 | : ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.LongDoubleTy, | ||||||||
805 | CK_FloatingCast); | ||||||||
806 | break; | ||||||||
807 | } | ||||||||
808 | } | ||||||||
809 | |||||||||
810 | // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported | ||||||||
811 | if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) | ||||||||
812 | return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||||||
813 | |||||||||
814 | // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically | ||||||||
815 | // promotable type. | ||||||||
816 | if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { | ||||||||
817 | // C99 6.3.1.1p2: | ||||||||
818 | // | ||||||||
819 | // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or | ||||||||
820 | // unsigned int may be used: | ||||||||
821 | // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer | ||||||||
822 | // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int | ||||||||
823 | // and unsigned int. | ||||||||
824 | // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int. | ||||||||
825 | // | ||||||||
826 | // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the | ||||||||
827 | // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an | ||||||||
828 | // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All | ||||||||
829 | // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions. | ||||||||
830 | |||||||||
831 | QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E); | ||||||||
832 | if (!PTy.isNull()) { | ||||||||
833 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); | ||||||||
834 | return E; | ||||||||
835 | } | ||||||||
836 | if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
837 | QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty); | ||||||||
838 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get(); | ||||||||
839 | return E; | ||||||||
840 | } | ||||||||
841 | } | ||||||||
842 | return E; | ||||||||
843 | } | ||||||||
844 | |||||||||
845 | /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that | ||||||||
846 | /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16 | ||||||||
847 | /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by | ||||||||
848 | /// UsualUnaryConversions(). | ||||||||
849 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
850 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||||||
851 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type")(static_cast <bool> (!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Ty.isNull() && \"DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 851, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
852 | |||||||||
853 | ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E); | ||||||||
854 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
855 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
856 | E = Res.get(); | ||||||||
857 | |||||||||
858 | // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) | ||||||||
859 | // promote to double. | ||||||||
860 | // Note that default argument promotion applies only to float (and | ||||||||
861 | // half/fp16); it does not apply to _Float16. | ||||||||
862 | const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||
863 | if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || | ||||||||
864 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)) { | ||||||||
865 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
866 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp64", getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||
867 | if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half) { | ||||||||
868 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||||||
869 | } | ||||||||
870 | } else { | ||||||||
871 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||||||
872 | } | ||||||||
873 | } | ||||||||
874 | if (BTy && | ||||||||
875 | getLangOpts().getExtendIntArgs() == | ||||||||
876 | LangOptions::ExtendArgsKind::ExtendTo64 && | ||||||||
877 | Context.getTargetInfo().supportsExtendIntArgs() && Ty->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||
878 | Context.getTypeSizeInChars(BTy) < | ||||||||
879 | Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy)) { | ||||||||
880 | E = (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType()) | ||||||||
881 | ? ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy, CK_IntegralCast) | ||||||||
882 | .get() | ||||||||
883 | : ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.LongLongTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); | ||||||||
884 | assert(8 == Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy).getQuantity() &&(static_cast <bool> (8 == Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context .LongLongTy).getQuantity() && "Unexpected typesize for LongLongTy" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("8 == Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy).getQuantity() && \"Unexpected typesize for LongLongTy\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 885, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
885 | "Unexpected typesize for LongLongTy")(static_cast <bool> (8 == Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context .LongLongTy).getQuantity() && "Unexpected typesize for LongLongTy" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("8 == Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy).getQuantity() && \"Unexpected typesize for LongLongTy\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 885, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
886 | } | ||||||||
887 | |||||||||
888 | // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument | ||||||||
889 | // promotion, even on class types, but note: | ||||||||
890 | // C++11 [conv.lval]p2: | ||||||||
891 | // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated | ||||||||
892 | // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the | ||||||||
893 | // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue | ||||||||
894 | // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary | ||||||||
895 | // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion | ||||||||
896 | // is a prvalue for the temporary. | ||||||||
897 | // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in | ||||||||
898 | // potentially potentially evaluated contexts. | ||||||||
899 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) { | ||||||||
900 | ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
901 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()), | ||||||||
902 | E->getExprLoc(), E); | ||||||||
903 | if (Temp.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
904 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
905 | E = Temp.get(); | ||||||||
906 | } | ||||||||
907 | |||||||||
908 | return E; | ||||||||
909 | } | ||||||||
910 | |||||||||
911 | /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression. | ||||||||
912 | /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed | ||||||||
913 | /// when we're in an unevaluated context. | ||||||||
914 | Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) { | ||||||||
915 | if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||||||
916 | // C++11 [expr.call]p7: | ||||||||
917 | // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic, | ||||||||
918 | // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program | ||||||||
919 | // is ill-formed. | ||||||||
920 | // | ||||||||
921 | // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer | ||||||||
922 | // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles | ||||||||
923 | // initializer lists as variadic arguments. | ||||||||
924 | if (Ty->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
925 | return VAK_Invalid; | ||||||||
926 | |||||||||
927 | if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||||||
928 | return VAK_Invalid; | ||||||||
929 | return VAK_Valid; | ||||||||
930 | } | ||||||||
931 | |||||||||
932 | if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) | ||||||||
933 | return VAK_Invalid; | ||||||||
934 | |||||||||
935 | if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context)) | ||||||||
936 | return VAK_Valid; | ||||||||
937 | |||||||||
938 | // C++11 [expr.call]p7: | ||||||||
939 | // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9) | ||||||||
940 | // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor, | ||||||||
941 | // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter, | ||||||||
942 | // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics. | ||||||||
943 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
944 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||||
945 | if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() && | ||||||||
946 | !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() && | ||||||||
947 | !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) | ||||||||
948 | return VAK_ValidInCXX11; | ||||||||
949 | |||||||||
950 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType()) | ||||||||
951 | return VAK_Valid; | ||||||||
952 | |||||||||
953 | if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||||||
954 | return VAK_Invalid; | ||||||||
955 | |||||||||
956 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | ||||||||
957 | return VAK_MSVCUndefined; | ||||||||
958 | |||||||||
959 | // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're | ||||||||
960 | // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so. | ||||||||
961 | return VAK_Undefined; | ||||||||
962 | } | ||||||||
963 | |||||||||
964 | void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) { | ||||||||
965 | // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg. | ||||||||
966 | const QualType &Ty = E->getType(); | ||||||||
967 | VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty); | ||||||||
968 | |||||||||
969 | // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs. | ||||||||
970 | switch (VAK) { | ||||||||
971 | case VAK_ValidInCXX11: | ||||||||
972 | DiagRuntimeBehavior( | ||||||||
973 | E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||||||
974 | PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) << Ty << CT); | ||||||||
975 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
976 | case VAK_Valid: | ||||||||
977 | if (Ty->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
978 | // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a | ||||||||
979 | // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that. | ||||||||
980 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||||||
981 | PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg) | ||||||||
982 | << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()"); | ||||||||
983 | } | ||||||||
984 | break; | ||||||||
985 | |||||||||
986 | case VAK_Undefined: | ||||||||
987 | case VAK_MSVCUndefined: | ||||||||
988 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||||||
989 | PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) | ||||||||
990 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT); | ||||||||
991 | break; | ||||||||
992 | |||||||||
993 | case VAK_Invalid: | ||||||||
994 | if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) | ||||||||
995 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
996 | diag::err_cannot_pass_non_trivial_c_struct_to_vararg) | ||||||||
997 | << Ty << CT; | ||||||||
998 | else if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||||||
999 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||||||
1000 | PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg) | ||||||||
1001 | << Ty << CT); | ||||||||
1002 | else | ||||||||
1003 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg) | ||||||||
1004 | << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT; | ||||||||
1005 | break; | ||||||||
1006 | } | ||||||||
1007 | } | ||||||||
1008 | |||||||||
1009 | /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but | ||||||||
1010 | /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. | ||||||||
1011 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, | ||||||||
1012 | FunctionDecl *FDecl) { | ||||||||
1013 | if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
1014 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. | ||||||||
1015 | if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && | ||||||||
1016 | (CT == VariadicMethod || | ||||||||
1017 | (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) { | ||||||||
1018 | E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||||||
1019 | |||||||||
1020 | // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking. | ||||||||
1021 | } else { | ||||||||
1022 | ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
1023 | if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
1024 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1025 | E = ExprRes.get(); | ||||||||
1026 | } | ||||||||
1027 | } | ||||||||
1028 | |||||||||
1029 | ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E); | ||||||||
1030 | if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
1031 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1032 | |||||||||
1033 | // Copy blocks to the heap. | ||||||||
1034 | if (ExprRes.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||||
1035 | maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprRes); | ||||||||
1036 | |||||||||
1037 | E = ExprRes.get(); | ||||||||
1038 | |||||||||
1039 | // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are | ||||||||
1040 | // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall(). | ||||||||
1041 | if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) { | ||||||||
1042 | // Turn this into a trap. | ||||||||
1043 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||||
1044 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; | ||||||||
1045 | UnqualifiedId Name; | ||||||||
1046 | Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"), | ||||||||
1047 | E->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
1048 | ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc, Name, | ||||||||
1049 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/true, | ||||||||
1050 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); | ||||||||
1051 | if (TrapFn.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
1052 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1053 | |||||||||
1054 | ExprResult Call = BuildCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(), E->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
1055 | None, E->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
1056 | if (Call.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
1057 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1058 | |||||||||
1059 | ExprResult Comma = | ||||||||
1060 | ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getBeginLoc(), tok::comma, Call.get(), E); | ||||||||
1061 | if (Comma.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
1062 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1063 | return Comma.get(); | ||||||||
1064 | } | ||||||||
1065 | |||||||||
1066 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
1067 | RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), | ||||||||
1068 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)) | ||||||||
1069 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1070 | |||||||||
1071 | return E; | ||||||||
1072 | } | ||||||||
1073 | |||||||||
1074 | /// Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of | ||||||||
1075 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||||||
1076 | /// | ||||||||
1077 | /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is | ||||||||
1078 | /// successfully converted to the complex type. | ||||||||
1079 | static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr, | ||||||||
1080 | ExprResult &ComplexExpr, | ||||||||
1081 | QualType IntTy, | ||||||||
1082 | QualType ComplexTy, | ||||||||
1083 | bool SkipCast) { | ||||||||
1084 | if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true; | ||||||||
1085 | if (SkipCast) return false; | ||||||||
1086 | if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
1087 | QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType(); | ||||||||
1088 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating); | ||||||||
1089 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy, | ||||||||
1090 | CK_FloatingRealToComplex); | ||||||||
1091 | } else { | ||||||||
1092 | assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType())(static_cast <bool> (IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1092, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
1093 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy, | ||||||||
1094 | CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); | ||||||||
1095 | } | ||||||||
1096 | return false; | ||||||||
1097 | } | ||||||||
1098 | |||||||||
1099 | /// Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of | ||||||||
1100 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||||||
1101 | static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
1102 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, | ||||||||
1103 | QualType RHSType, | ||||||||
1104 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
1105 | // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type. | ||||||||
1106 | if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, | ||||||||
1107 | /*skipCast*/false)) | ||||||||
1108 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
1109 | if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||||||
1110 | /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign)) | ||||||||
1111 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
1112 | |||||||||
1113 | // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex. | ||||||||
1114 | // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the | ||||||||
1115 | // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds | ||||||||
1116 | // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands. | ||||||||
1117 | // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains. | ||||||||
1118 | // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real | ||||||||
1119 | // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's | ||||||||
1120 | // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example, | ||||||||
1121 | // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the | ||||||||
1122 | // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex". | ||||||||
1123 | |||||||||
1124 | // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex. | ||||||||
1125 | int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); | ||||||||
1126 | |||||||||
1127 | auto *LHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(LHSType); | ||||||||
1128 | auto *RHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(RHSType); | ||||||||
1129 | QualType LHSElementType = | ||||||||
1130 | LHSComplexType ? LHSComplexType->getElementType() : LHSType; | ||||||||
1131 | QualType RHSElementType = | ||||||||
1132 | RHSComplexType ? RHSComplexType->getElementType() : RHSType; | ||||||||
1133 | |||||||||
1134 | QualType ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(LHSElementType); | ||||||||
1135 | if (Order < 0) { | ||||||||
1136 | // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment. | ||||||||
1137 | ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(RHSElementType); | ||||||||
1138 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
1139 | if (LHSComplexType) | ||||||||
1140 | LHS = | ||||||||
1141 | S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast); | ||||||||
1142 | else | ||||||||
1143 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||||||
1144 | } | ||||||||
1145 | } else if (Order > 0) { | ||||||||
1146 | // Promote the precision of the RHS. | ||||||||
1147 | if (RHSComplexType) | ||||||||
1148 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast); | ||||||||
1149 | else | ||||||||
1150 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||||||
1151 | } | ||||||||
1152 | return ResultType; | ||||||||
1153 | } | ||||||||
1154 | |||||||||
1155 | /// Handle arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function | ||||||||
1156 | /// of UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||||||
1157 | static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr, | ||||||||
1158 | ExprResult &IntExpr, | ||||||||
1159 | QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy, | ||||||||
1160 | bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) { | ||||||||
1161 | if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
1162 | if (ConvertInt) | ||||||||
1163 | // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type. | ||||||||
1164 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy, | ||||||||
1165 | CK_IntegralToFloating); | ||||||||
1166 | return FloatTy; | ||||||||
1167 | } | ||||||||
1168 | |||||||||
1169 | // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float. | ||||||||
1170 | assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType())(static_cast <bool> (IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1170, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
1171 | QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy); | ||||||||
1172 | |||||||||
1173 | // _Complex int -> _Complex float | ||||||||
1174 | if (ConvertInt) | ||||||||
1175 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result, | ||||||||
1176 | CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); | ||||||||
1177 | |||||||||
1178 | // float -> _Complex float | ||||||||
1179 | if (ConvertFloat) | ||||||||
1180 | FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result, | ||||||||
1181 | CK_FloatingRealToComplex); | ||||||||
1182 | |||||||||
1183 | return result; | ||||||||
1184 | } | ||||||||
1185 | |||||||||
1186 | /// Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper | ||||||||
1187 | /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||||||
1188 | static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
1189 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, | ||||||||
1190 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
1191 | bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType(); | ||||||||
1192 | bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType(); | ||||||||
1193 | |||||||||
1194 | // N1169 4.1.4: If one of the operands has a floating type and the other | ||||||||
1195 | // operand has a fixed-point type, the fixed-point operand | ||||||||
1196 | // is converted to the floating type [...] | ||||||||
1197 | if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType()) { | ||||||||
1198 | if (LHSFloat) | ||||||||
1199 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FixedPointToFloating); | ||||||||
1200 | else if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
1201 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FixedPointToFloating); | ||||||||
1202 | return LHSFloat ? LHSType : RHSType; | ||||||||
1203 | } | ||||||||
1204 | |||||||||
1205 | // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand | ||||||||
1206 | // to the bigger result. | ||||||||
1207 | if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) { | ||||||||
1208 | int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); | ||||||||
1209 | if (order > 0) { | ||||||||
1210 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||||||
1211 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
1212 | } | ||||||||
1213 | |||||||||
1214 | assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison")(static_cast <bool> (order < 0 && "illegal float comparison" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("order < 0 && \"illegal float comparison\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1214, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
1215 | if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
1216 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||||||
1217 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
1218 | } | ||||||||
1219 | |||||||||
1220 | if (LHSFloat) { | ||||||||
1221 | // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported | ||||||||
1222 | if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) | ||||||||
1223 | LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy; | ||||||||
1224 | |||||||||
1225 | return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||||||
1226 | /*ConvertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign, | ||||||||
1227 | /*ConvertInt=*/ true); | ||||||||
1228 | } | ||||||||
1229 | assert(RHSFloat)(static_cast <bool> (RHSFloat) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSFloat", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1229, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1230 | return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, | ||||||||
1231 | /*ConvertFloat=*/ true, | ||||||||
1232 | /*ConvertInt=*/!IsCompAssign); | ||||||||
1233 | } | ||||||||
1234 | |||||||||
1235 | /// Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128, __ibm128 and | ||||||||
1236 | /// long double if there is no support for such conversion. | ||||||||
1237 | /// Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions(). | ||||||||
1238 | static bool unsupportedTypeConversion(const Sema &S, QualType LHSType, | ||||||||
1239 | QualType RHSType) { | ||||||||
1240 | // No issue if either is not a floating point type. | ||||||||
1241 | if (!LHSType->isFloatingType() || !RHSType->isFloatingType()) | ||||||||
1242 | return false; | ||||||||
1243 | |||||||||
1244 | // No issue if both have the same 128-bit float semantics. | ||||||||
1245 | auto *LHSComplex = LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||||
1246 | auto *RHSComplex = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||||
1247 | |||||||||
1248 | QualType LHSElem = LHSComplex
| ||||||||
1249 | QualType RHSElem = RHSComplex
| ||||||||
1250 | |||||||||
1251 | const llvm::fltSemantics &LHSSem = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(LHSElem); | ||||||||
1252 | const llvm::fltSemantics &RHSSem = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(RHSElem); | ||||||||
1253 | |||||||||
1254 | if ((&LHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble() || | ||||||||
1255 | &RHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad()) && | ||||||||
1256 | (&LHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad() || | ||||||||
1257 | &RHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) | ||||||||
1258 | return false; | ||||||||
1259 | |||||||||
1260 | return true; | ||||||||
1261 | } | ||||||||
1262 | |||||||||
1263 | typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType); | ||||||||
1264 | |||||||||
1265 | namespace { | ||||||||
1266 | /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to | ||||||||
1267 | /// permit their use as function template parameters. | ||||||||
1268 | ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) { | ||||||||
1269 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||||||
1270 | } | ||||||||
1271 | |||||||||
1272 | ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) { | ||||||||
1273 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType), | ||||||||
1274 | CK_IntegralComplexCast); | ||||||||
1275 | } | ||||||||
1276 | } | ||||||||
1277 | |||||||||
1278 | /// Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of | ||||||||
1279 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||||||
1280 | template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast> | ||||||||
1281 | static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
1282 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, | ||||||||
1283 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
1284 | // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8 | ||||||||
1285 | int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); | ||||||||
1286 | bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); | ||||||||
1287 | bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); | ||||||||
1288 | if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) { | ||||||||
1289 | // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type | ||||||||
1290 | if (order >= 0) { | ||||||||
1291 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); | ||||||||
1292 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
1293 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
1294 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); | ||||||||
1295 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
1296 | } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) { | ||||||||
1297 | // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the | ||||||||
1298 | // signed type, so use the unsigned type | ||||||||
1299 | if (RHSSigned) { | ||||||||
1300 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); | ||||||||
1301 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
1302 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
1303 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); | ||||||||
1304 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
1305 | } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) { | ||||||||
1306 | // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that | ||||||||
1307 | // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so | ||||||||
1308 | // use the signed type. | ||||||||
1309 | if (LHSSigned) { | ||||||||
1310 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); | ||||||||
1311 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
1312 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
1313 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); | ||||||||
1314 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
1315 | } else { | ||||||||
1316 | // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type, | ||||||||
1317 | // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long | ||||||||
1318 | // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding | ||||||||
1319 | // to the signed type. | ||||||||
1320 | QualType result = | ||||||||
1321 | S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType); | ||||||||
1322 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result); | ||||||||
1323 | if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
1324 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result); | ||||||||
1325 | return result; | ||||||||
1326 | } | ||||||||
1327 | } | ||||||||
1328 | |||||||||
1329 | /// Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function | ||||||||
1330 | /// of UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||||||
1331 | static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
1332 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, | ||||||||
1333 | QualType RHSType, | ||||||||
1334 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
1335 | const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); | ||||||||
1336 | const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); | ||||||||
1337 | |||||||||
1338 | if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) { | ||||||||
1339 | QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType(); | ||||||||
1340 | QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType(); | ||||||||
1341 | QualType ScalarType = | ||||||||
1342 | handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast> | ||||||||
1343 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign); | ||||||||
1344 | |||||||||
1345 | return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType); | ||||||||
1346 | } | ||||||||
1347 | |||||||||
1348 | if (LHSComplexInt) { | ||||||||
1349 | QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType(); | ||||||||
1350 | QualType ScalarType = | ||||||||
1351 | handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> | ||||||||
1352 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign); | ||||||||
1353 | QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType); | ||||||||
1354 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType, | ||||||||
1355 | CK_IntegralRealToComplex); | ||||||||
1356 | |||||||||
1357 | return ComplexType; | ||||||||
1358 | } | ||||||||
1359 | |||||||||
1360 | assert(RHSComplexInt)(static_cast <bool> (RHSComplexInt) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSComplexInt", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1360, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1361 | |||||||||
1362 | QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType(); | ||||||||
1363 | QualType ScalarType = | ||||||||
1364 | handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast> | ||||||||
1365 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign); | ||||||||
1366 | QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType); | ||||||||
1367 | |||||||||
1368 | if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
1369 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType, | ||||||||
1370 | CK_IntegralRealToComplex); | ||||||||
1371 | return ComplexType; | ||||||||
1372 | } | ||||||||
1373 | |||||||||
1374 | /// Return the rank of a given fixed point or integer type. The value itself | ||||||||
1375 | /// doesn't matter, but the values must be increasing with proper increasing | ||||||||
1376 | /// rank as described in N1169 4.1.1. | ||||||||
1377 | static unsigned GetFixedPointRank(QualType Ty) { | ||||||||
1378 | const auto *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||
1379 | assert(BTy && "Expected a builtin type.")(static_cast <bool> (BTy && "Expected a builtin type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BTy && \"Expected a builtin type.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1379, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
1380 | |||||||||
1381 | switch (BTy->getKind()) { | ||||||||
1382 | case BuiltinType::ShortFract: | ||||||||
1383 | case BuiltinType::UShortFract: | ||||||||
1384 | case BuiltinType::SatShortFract: | ||||||||
1385 | case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: | ||||||||
1386 | return 1; | ||||||||
1387 | case BuiltinType::Fract: | ||||||||
1388 | case BuiltinType::UFract: | ||||||||
1389 | case BuiltinType::SatFract: | ||||||||
1390 | case BuiltinType::SatUFract: | ||||||||
1391 | return 2; | ||||||||
1392 | case BuiltinType::LongFract: | ||||||||
1393 | case BuiltinType::ULongFract: | ||||||||
1394 | case BuiltinType::SatLongFract: | ||||||||
1395 | case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: | ||||||||
1396 | return 3; | ||||||||
1397 | case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: | ||||||||
1398 | case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: | ||||||||
1399 | case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: | ||||||||
1400 | case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: | ||||||||
1401 | return 4; | ||||||||
1402 | case BuiltinType::Accum: | ||||||||
1403 | case BuiltinType::UAccum: | ||||||||
1404 | case BuiltinType::SatAccum: | ||||||||
1405 | case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: | ||||||||
1406 | return 5; | ||||||||
1407 | case BuiltinType::LongAccum: | ||||||||
1408 | case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: | ||||||||
1409 | case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: | ||||||||
1410 | case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: | ||||||||
1411 | return 6; | ||||||||
1412 | default: | ||||||||
1413 | if (BTy->isInteger()) | ||||||||
1414 | return 0; | ||||||||
1415 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point or integer type")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected fixed point or integer type" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1415); | ||||||||
1416 | } | ||||||||
1417 | } | ||||||||
1418 | |||||||||
1419 | /// handleFixedPointConversion - Fixed point operations between fixed | ||||||||
1420 | /// point types and integers or other fixed point types do not fall under | ||||||||
1421 | /// usual arithmetic conversion since these conversions could result in loss | ||||||||
1422 | /// of precsision (N1169 4.1.4). These operations should be calculated with | ||||||||
1423 | /// the full precision of their result type (N1169 4.1.6.2.1). | ||||||||
1424 | static QualType handleFixedPointConversion(Sema &S, QualType LHSTy, | ||||||||
1425 | QualType RHSTy) { | ||||||||
1426 | assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy ->isFixedPointType()) && "Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) && \"Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1427, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
1427 | "Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type")(static_cast <bool> ((LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy ->isFixedPointType()) && "Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) && \"Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1427, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
1428 | assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() ||(static_cast <bool> ((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType () || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " "applied to ints or other fixed point types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && \"Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only \" \"applied to ints or other fixed point types\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1431, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
1429 | RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType () || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " "applied to ints or other fixed point types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && \"Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only \" \"applied to ints or other fixed point types\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1431, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
1430 | "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only "(static_cast <bool> ((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType () || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " "applied to ints or other fixed point types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && \"Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only \" \"applied to ints or other fixed point types\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1431, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
1431 | "applied to ints or other fixed point types")(static_cast <bool> ((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType () || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " "applied to ints or other fixed point types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && \"Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only \" \"applied to ints or other fixed point types\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1431, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
1432 | |||||||||
1433 | // If one operand has signed fixed-point type and the other operand has | ||||||||
1434 | // unsigned fixed-point type, then the unsigned fixed-point operand is | ||||||||
1435 | // converted to its corresponding signed fixed-point type and the resulting | ||||||||
1436 | // type is the type of the converted operand. | ||||||||
1437 | if (RHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType()) | ||||||||
1438 | LHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(LHSTy); | ||||||||
1439 | else if (RHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType()) | ||||||||
1440 | RHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(RHSTy); | ||||||||
1441 | |||||||||
1442 | // The result type is the type with the highest rank, whereby a fixed-point | ||||||||
1443 | // conversion rank is always greater than an integer conversion rank; if the | ||||||||
1444 | // type of either of the operands is a saturating fixedpoint type, the result | ||||||||
1445 | // type shall be the saturating fixed-point type corresponding to the type | ||||||||
1446 | // with the highest rank; the resulting value is converted (taking into | ||||||||
1447 | // account rounding and overflow) to the precision of the resulting type. | ||||||||
1448 | // Same ranks between signed and unsigned types are resolved earlier, so both | ||||||||
1449 | // types are either signed or both unsigned at this point. | ||||||||
1450 | unsigned LHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(LHSTy); | ||||||||
1451 | unsigned RHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(RHSTy); | ||||||||
1452 | |||||||||
1453 | QualType ResultTy = LHSTyRank > RHSTyRank ? LHSTy : RHSTy; | ||||||||
1454 | |||||||||
1455 | if (LHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType()) | ||||||||
1456 | ResultTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSaturatedType(ResultTy); | ||||||||
1457 | |||||||||
1458 | return ResultTy; | ||||||||
1459 | } | ||||||||
1460 | |||||||||
1461 | /// Check that the usual arithmetic conversions can be performed on this pair of | ||||||||
1462 | /// expressions that might be of enumeration type. | ||||||||
1463 | static void checkEnumArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||||||
1464 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
1465 | Sema::ArithConvKind ACK) { | ||||||||
1466 | // C++2a [expr.arith.conv]p1: | ||||||||
1467 | // If one operand is of enumeration type and the other operand is of a | ||||||||
1468 | // different enumeration type or a floating-point type, this behavior is | ||||||||
1469 | // deprecated ([depr.arith.conv.enum]). | ||||||||
1470 | // | ||||||||
1471 | // Warn on this in all language modes. Produce a deprecation warning in C++20. | ||||||||
1472 | // Eventually we will presumably reject these cases (in C++23 onwards?). | ||||||||
1473 | QualType L = LHS->getType(), R = RHS->getType(); | ||||||||
1474 | bool LEnum = L->isUnscopedEnumerationType(), | ||||||||
1475 | REnum = R->isUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
1476 | bool IsCompAssign = ACK == Sema::ACK_CompAssign; | ||||||||
1477 | if ((!IsCompAssign && LEnum && R->isFloatingType()) || | ||||||||
1478 | (REnum && L->isFloatingType())) { | ||||||||
1479 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||||||
1480 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float_cxx20 | ||||||||
1481 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float) | ||||||||
1482 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
1483 | << (int)ACK << LEnum << L << R; | ||||||||
1484 | } else if (!IsCompAssign && LEnum && REnum && | ||||||||
1485 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(L, R)) { | ||||||||
1486 | unsigned DiagID; | ||||||||
1487 | if (!L->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() || | ||||||||
1488 | !R->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage()) { | ||||||||
1489 | // If either enumeration type is unnamed, it's less likely that the | ||||||||
1490 | // user cares about this, but this situation is still deprecated in | ||||||||
1491 | // C++2a. Use a different warning group. | ||||||||
1492 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||||||
1493 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types_cxx20 | ||||||||
1494 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types; | ||||||||
1495 | } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Conditional) { | ||||||||
1496 | // Conditional expressions are separated out because they have | ||||||||
1497 | // historically had a different warning flag. | ||||||||
1498 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||||||
1499 | ? diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 | ||||||||
1500 | : diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types; | ||||||||
1501 | } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Comparison) { | ||||||||
1502 | // Comparison expressions are separated out because they have | ||||||||
1503 | // historically had a different warning flag. | ||||||||
1504 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||||||
1505 | ? diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 | ||||||||
1506 | : diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types; | ||||||||
1507 | } else { | ||||||||
1508 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||||||
1509 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 | ||||||||
1510 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types; | ||||||||
1511 | } | ||||||||
1512 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
1513 | << (int)ACK << L << R; | ||||||||
1514 | } | ||||||||
1515 | } | ||||||||
1516 | |||||||||
1517 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to | ||||||||
1518 | /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this | ||||||||
1519 | /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is | ||||||||
1520 | /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. | ||||||||
1521 | QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
1522 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
1523 | ArithConvKind ACK) { | ||||||||
1524 | checkEnumArithmeticConversions(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Loc, ACK); | ||||||||
1525 | |||||||||
1526 | if (ACK != ACK_CompAssign) { | ||||||||
1527 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
1528 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
1529 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
1530 | } | ||||||||
1531 | |||||||||
1532 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
1533 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
1534 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
1535 | |||||||||
1536 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. | ||||||||
1537 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. | ||||||||
1538 | QualType LHSType = | ||||||||
1539 | Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1540 | QualType RHSType = | ||||||||
1541 | Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1542 | |||||||||
1543 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS. | ||||||||
1544 | if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||||||
1545 | LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType(); | ||||||||
1546 | |||||||||
1547 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. | ||||||||
1548 | if (LHSType == RHSType) | ||||||||
1549 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
1550 | |||||||||
1551 | // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done. | ||||||||
1552 | // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int). | ||||||||
1553 | if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType()) | ||||||||
1554 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
1555 | |||||||||
1556 | // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type. | ||||||||
1557 | QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType; | ||||||||
1558 | if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType()) | ||||||||
1559 | LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType); | ||||||||
1560 | QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
1561 | if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) | ||||||||
1562 | LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy; | ||||||||
1563 | if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && ACK != ACK_CompAssign) | ||||||||
1564 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||||||
1565 | |||||||||
1566 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. | ||||||||
1567 | if (LHSType == RHSType) | ||||||||
1568 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
1569 | |||||||||
1570 | // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types. | ||||||||
1571 | |||||||||
1572 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __ibm128, __float128 and long double | ||||||||
1573 | // where such conversions currently can't be handled. | ||||||||
1574 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
1575 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
1576 | |||||||||
1577 | // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1). | ||||||||
1578 | if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType()) | ||||||||
1579 | return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||||||
1580 | ACK == ACK_CompAssign); | ||||||||
1581 | |||||||||
1582 | // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double). | ||||||||
1583 | if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||||||
1584 | return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||||||
1585 | ACK == ACK_CompAssign); | ||||||||
1586 | |||||||||
1587 | // Handle GCC complex int extension. | ||||||||
1588 | if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType()) | ||||||||
1589 | return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||||||
1590 | ACK == ACK_CompAssign); | ||||||||
1591 | |||||||||
1592 | if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType()) | ||||||||
1593 | return handleFixedPointConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||||||
1594 | |||||||||
1595 | // Finally, we have two differing integer types. | ||||||||
1596 | return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> | ||||||||
1597 | (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, ACK == ACK_CompAssign); | ||||||||
1598 | } | ||||||||
1599 | |||||||||
1600 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
1601 | // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types | ||||||||
1602 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
1603 | |||||||||
1604 | |||||||||
1605 | ExprResult | ||||||||
1606 | Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, | ||||||||
1607 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, | ||||||||
1608 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
1609 | Expr *ControllingExpr, | ||||||||
1610 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, | ||||||||
1611 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) { | ||||||||
1612 | unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size(); | ||||||||
1613 | assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size())(static_cast <bool> (NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1613, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1614 | |||||||||
1615 | TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs]; | ||||||||
1616 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { | ||||||||
1617 | if (ArgTypes[i]) | ||||||||
1618 | (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]); | ||||||||
1619 | else | ||||||||
1620 | Types[i] = nullptr; | ||||||||
1621 | } | ||||||||
1622 | |||||||||
1623 | ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
1624 | ControllingExpr, | ||||||||
1625 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs), | ||||||||
1626 | ArgExprs); | ||||||||
1627 | delete [] Types; | ||||||||
1628 | return ER; | ||||||||
1629 | } | ||||||||
1630 | |||||||||
1631 | ExprResult | ||||||||
1632 | Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, | ||||||||
1633 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, | ||||||||
1634 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
1635 | Expr *ControllingExpr, | ||||||||
1636 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, | ||||||||
1637 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) { | ||||||||
1638 | unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size(); | ||||||||
1639 | assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size())(static_cast <bool> (NumAssocs == Exprs.size()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("NumAssocs == Exprs.size()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1639, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1640 | |||||||||
1641 | // Decay and strip qualifiers for the controlling expression type, and handle | ||||||||
1642 | // placeholder type replacement. See committee discussion from WG14 DR423. | ||||||||
1643 | { | ||||||||
1644 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||||
1645 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||||
1646 | ExprResult R = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ControllingExpr); | ||||||||
1647 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
1648 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1649 | ControllingExpr = R.get(); | ||||||||
1650 | } | ||||||||
1651 | |||||||||
1652 | // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are | ||||||||
1653 | // likely unintended. | ||||||||
1654 | if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && | ||||||||
1655 | ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) | ||||||||
1656 | Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
1657 | diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); | ||||||||
1658 | |||||||||
1659 | bool TypeErrorFound = false, | ||||||||
1660 | IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(), | ||||||||
1661 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack | ||||||||
1662 | = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(); | ||||||||
1663 | |||||||||
1664 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { | ||||||||
1665 | if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) | ||||||||
1666 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; | ||||||||
1667 | |||||||||
1668 | if (Types[i]) { | ||||||||
1669 | if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) | ||||||||
1670 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; | ||||||||
1671 | |||||||||
1672 | if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
1673 | IsResultDependent = true; | ||||||||
1674 | } else { | ||||||||
1675 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a | ||||||||
1676 | // complete object type other than a variably modified type." | ||||||||
1677 | unsigned D = 0; | ||||||||
1678 | if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) | ||||||||
1679 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete; | ||||||||
1680 | else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType()) | ||||||||
1681 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject; | ||||||||
1682 | else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||||||
1683 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified; | ||||||||
1684 | |||||||||
1685 | if (D != 0) { | ||||||||
1686 | Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D) | ||||||||
1687 | << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() | ||||||||
1688 | << Types[i]->getType(); | ||||||||
1689 | TypeErrorFound = true; | ||||||||
1690 | } | ||||||||
1691 | |||||||||
1692 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic | ||||||||
1693 | // selection shall specify compatible types." | ||||||||
1694 | for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j) | ||||||||
1695 | if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() && | ||||||||
1696 | Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(), | ||||||||
1697 | Types[j]->getType())) { | ||||||||
1698 | Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
1699 | diag::err_assoc_compatible_types) | ||||||||
1700 | << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() | ||||||||
1701 | << Types[j]->getType() | ||||||||
1702 | << Types[i]->getType(); | ||||||||
1703 | Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
1704 | diag::note_compat_assoc) | ||||||||
1705 | << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() | ||||||||
1706 | << Types[i]->getType(); | ||||||||
1707 | TypeErrorFound = true; | ||||||||
1708 | } | ||||||||
1709 | } | ||||||||
1710 | } | ||||||||
1711 | } | ||||||||
1712 | if (TypeErrorFound) | ||||||||
1713 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1714 | |||||||||
1715 | // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't | ||||||||
1716 | // try to compute the result expression. | ||||||||
1717 | if (IsResultDependent) | ||||||||
1718 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create(Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, | ||||||||
1719 | Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
1720 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | ||||||||
1721 | |||||||||
1722 | SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices; | ||||||||
1723 | unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U; | ||||||||
1724 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { | ||||||||
1725 | if (!Types[i]) | ||||||||
1726 | DefaultIndex = i; | ||||||||
1727 | else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(), | ||||||||
1728 | Types[i]->getType())) | ||||||||
1729 | CompatIndices.push_back(i); | ||||||||
1730 | } | ||||||||
1731 | |||||||||
1732 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have | ||||||||
1733 | // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic | ||||||||
1734 | // association list." | ||||||||
1735 | if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) { | ||||||||
1736 | // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically | ||||||||
1737 | // parenthesized in macro definitions. | ||||||||
1738 | ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
1739 | Diag(ControllingExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match) | ||||||||
1740 | << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType() | ||||||||
1741 | << (unsigned)CompatIndices.size(); | ||||||||
1742 | for (unsigned I : CompatIndices) { | ||||||||
1743 | Diag(Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
1744 | diag::note_compat_assoc) | ||||||||
1745 | << Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() | ||||||||
1746 | << Types[I]->getType(); | ||||||||
1747 | } | ||||||||
1748 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1749 | } | ||||||||
1750 | |||||||||
1751 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association, | ||||||||
1752 | // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of | ||||||||
1753 | // the types named in its generic association list." | ||||||||
1754 | if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) { | ||||||||
1755 | // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically | ||||||||
1756 | // parenthesized in macro definitions. | ||||||||
1757 | ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
1758 | Diag(ControllingExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match) | ||||||||
1759 | << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
1760 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1761 | } | ||||||||
1762 | |||||||||
1763 | // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a | ||||||||
1764 | // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression, | ||||||||
1765 | // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression | ||||||||
1766 | // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the | ||||||||
1767 | // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association." | ||||||||
1768 | unsigned ResultIndex = | ||||||||
1769 | CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex; | ||||||||
1770 | |||||||||
1771 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( | ||||||||
1772 | Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
1773 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex); | ||||||||
1774 | } | ||||||||
1775 | |||||||||
1776 | /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the | ||||||||
1777 | /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it. | ||||||||
1778 | static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc, | ||||||||
1779 | unsigned Offset) { | ||||||||
1780 | return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(), | ||||||||
1781 | S.getLangOpts()); | ||||||||
1782 | } | ||||||||
1783 | |||||||||
1784 | /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up | ||||||||
1785 | /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it. | ||||||||
1786 | static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope, | ||||||||
1787 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix, | ||||||||
1788 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc, | ||||||||
1789 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, | ||||||||
1790 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc) { | ||||||||
1791 | assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator")(static_cast <bool> (Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Args.size() <= 2 && \"too many arguments for literal operator\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1791, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
1792 | |||||||||
1793 | QualType ArgTy[2]; | ||||||||
1794 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
1795 | ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType(); | ||||||||
1796 | if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
1797 | ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]); | ||||||||
1798 | } | ||||||||
1799 | |||||||||
1800 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||||
1801 | S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); | ||||||||
1802 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); | ||||||||
1803 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); | ||||||||
1804 | |||||||||
1805 | LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
1806 | if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()), | ||||||||
1807 | /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ false, | ||||||||
1808 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ false, | ||||||||
1809 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true) == Sema::LOLR_Error) | ||||||||
1810 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1811 | |||||||||
1812 | return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc); | ||||||||
1813 | } | ||||||||
1814 | |||||||||
1815 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string | ||||||||
1816 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string | ||||||||
1817 | /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from | ||||||||
1818 | /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one | ||||||||
1819 | /// string. | ||||||||
1820 | /// | ||||||||
1821 | ExprResult | ||||||||
1822 | Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) { | ||||||||
1823 | assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!")(static_cast <bool> (!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!StringToks.empty() && \"Must have at least one string!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1823, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
1824 | |||||||||
1825 | StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP); | ||||||||
1826 | if (Literal.hadError) | ||||||||
1827 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1828 | |||||||||
1829 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; | ||||||||
1830 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) | ||||||||
1831 | StringTokLocs.push_back(Tok.getLocation()); | ||||||||
1832 | |||||||||
1833 | QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy; | ||||||||
1834 | StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii; | ||||||||
1835 | if (Literal.isWide()) { | ||||||||
1836 | CharTy = Context.getWideCharType(); | ||||||||
1837 | Kind = StringLiteral::Wide; | ||||||||
1838 | } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) { | ||||||||
1839 | if (getLangOpts().Char8) | ||||||||
1840 | CharTy = Context.Char8Ty; | ||||||||
1841 | Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8; | ||||||||
1842 | } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) { | ||||||||
1843 | CharTy = Context.Char16Ty; | ||||||||
1844 | Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16; | ||||||||
1845 | } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) { | ||||||||
1846 | CharTy = Context.Char32Ty; | ||||||||
1847 | Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32; | ||||||||
1848 | } else if (Literal.isPascal()) { | ||||||||
1849 | CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy; | ||||||||
1850 | } | ||||||||
1851 | |||||||||
1852 | // Warn on initializing an array of char from a u8 string literal; this | ||||||||
1853 | // becomes ill-formed in C++2a. | ||||||||
1854 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && | ||||||||
1855 | !getLangOpts().Char8 && Kind == StringLiteral::UTF8) { | ||||||||
1856 | Diag(StringTokLocs.front(), diag::warn_cxx20_compat_utf8_string); | ||||||||
1857 | |||||||||
1858 | // Create removals for all 'u8' prefixes in the string literal(s). This | ||||||||
1859 | // ensures C++2a compatibility (but may change the program behavior when | ||||||||
1860 | // built by non-Clang compilers for which the execution character set is | ||||||||
1861 | // not always UTF-8). | ||||||||
1862 | auto RemovalDiag = PDiag(diag::note_cxx20_compat_utf8_string_remove_u8); | ||||||||
1863 | SourceLocation RemovalDiagLoc; | ||||||||
1864 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) { | ||||||||
1865 | if (Tok.getKind() == tok::utf8_string_literal) { | ||||||||
1866 | if (RemovalDiagLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
1867 | RemovalDiagLoc = Tok.getLocation(); | ||||||||
1868 | RemovalDiag << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::getCharRange( | ||||||||
1869 | Tok.getLocation(), | ||||||||
1870 | Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(Tok.getLocation(), 2, | ||||||||
1871 | getSourceManager(), getLangOpts()))); | ||||||||
1872 | } | ||||||||
1873 | } | ||||||||
1874 | Diag(RemovalDiagLoc, RemovalDiag); | ||||||||
1875 | } | ||||||||
1876 | |||||||||
1877 | QualType StrTy = | ||||||||
1878 | Context.getStringLiteralArrayType(CharTy, Literal.GetNumStringChars()); | ||||||||
1879 | |||||||||
1880 | // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory! | ||||||||
1881 | StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(), | ||||||||
1882 | Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy, | ||||||||
1883 | &StringTokLocs[0], | ||||||||
1884 | StringTokLocs.size()); | ||||||||
1885 | if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) | ||||||||
1886 | return Lit; | ||||||||
1887 | |||||||||
1888 | // We're building a user-defined literal. | ||||||||
1889 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); | ||||||||
1890 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = | ||||||||
1891 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()], | ||||||||
1892 | Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); | ||||||||
1893 | |||||||||
1894 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. | ||||||||
1895 | if (!UDLScope) | ||||||||
1896 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl)); | ||||||||
1897 | |||||||||
1898 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form | ||||||||
1899 | // operator "" X (str, len) | ||||||||
1900 | QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType(); | ||||||||
1901 | |||||||||
1902 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||||
1903 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); | ||||||||
1904 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); | ||||||||
1905 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); | ||||||||
1906 | |||||||||
1907 | QualType ArgTy[] = { | ||||||||
1908 | Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType | ||||||||
1909 | }; | ||||||||
1910 | |||||||||
1911 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
1912 | switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy, | ||||||||
1913 | /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ true, | ||||||||
1914 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ true, | ||||||||
1915 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true, Lit)) { | ||||||||
1916 | |||||||||
1917 | case LOLR_Cooked: { | ||||||||
1918 | llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars()); | ||||||||
1919 | IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType, | ||||||||
1920 | StringTokLocs[0]); | ||||||||
1921 | Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg }; | ||||||||
1922 | |||||||||
1923 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back()); | ||||||||
1924 | } | ||||||||
1925 | |||||||||
1926 | case LOLR_Template: { | ||||||||
1927 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; | ||||||||
1928 | TemplateArgument Arg(Lit); | ||||||||
1929 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo(Lit); | ||||||||
1930 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); | ||||||||
1931 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(), | ||||||||
1932 | &ExplicitArgs); | ||||||||
1933 | } | ||||||||
1934 | |||||||||
1935 | case LOLR_StringTemplatePack: { | ||||||||
1936 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; | ||||||||
1937 | |||||||||
1938 | unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy); | ||||||||
1939 | bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType(); | ||||||||
1940 | llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned); | ||||||||
1941 | |||||||||
1942 | TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy); | ||||||||
1943 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy)); | ||||||||
1944 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo)); | ||||||||
1945 | |||||||||
1946 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||||
1947 | Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I); | ||||||||
1948 | TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy); | ||||||||
1949 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo; | ||||||||
1950 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); | ||||||||
1951 | } | ||||||||
1952 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(), | ||||||||
1953 | &ExplicitArgs); | ||||||||
1954 | } | ||||||||
1955 | case LOLR_Raw: | ||||||||
1956 | case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic: | ||||||||
1957 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected literal operator lookup result" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1957); | ||||||||
1958 | case LOLR_Error: | ||||||||
1959 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1960 | } | ||||||||
1961 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected literal operator lookup result" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1961); | ||||||||
1962 | } | ||||||||
1963 | |||||||||
1964 | DeclRefExpr * | ||||||||
1965 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | ||||||||
1966 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
1967 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { | ||||||||
1968 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc); | ||||||||
1969 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS); | ||||||||
1970 | } | ||||||||
1971 | |||||||||
1972 | DeclRefExpr * | ||||||||
1973 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | ||||||||
1974 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||||||
1975 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD, | ||||||||
1976 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | ||||||||
1977 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||||||
1978 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS = | ||||||||
1979 | SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context) : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); | ||||||||
1980 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, NNS, FoundD, TemplateKWLoc, | ||||||||
1981 | TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
1982 | } | ||||||||
1983 | |||||||||
1984 | // CUDA/HIP: Check whether a captured reference variable is referencing a | ||||||||
1985 | // host variable in a device or host device lambda. | ||||||||
1986 | static bool isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(const Sema &S, | ||||||||
1987 | VarDecl *VD) { | ||||||||
1988 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CUDA || !VD->hasInit()) | ||||||||
1989 | return false; | ||||||||
1990 | assert(VD->getType()->isReferenceType())(static_cast <bool> (VD->getType()->isReferenceType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("VD->getType()->isReferenceType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 1990, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
1991 | |||||||||
1992 | // Check whether the reference variable is referencing a host variable. | ||||||||
1993 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(VD->getInit()); | ||||||||
1994 | if (!DRE) | ||||||||
1995 | return false; | ||||||||
1996 | auto *Referee = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||||
1997 | if (!Referee || !Referee->hasGlobalStorage() || | ||||||||
1998 | Referee->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()) | ||||||||
1999 | return false; | ||||||||
2000 | |||||||||
2001 | // Check whether the current function is a device or host device lambda. | ||||||||
2002 | // Check whether the reference variable is a capture by getDeclContext() | ||||||||
2003 | // since refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() is not ready at this point. | ||||||||
2004 | auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||||
2005 | if (MD && MD->getParent()->isLambda() && | ||||||||
2006 | MD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Call && MD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && | ||||||||
2007 | VD->getDeclContext() != MD) | ||||||||
2008 | return true; | ||||||||
2009 | |||||||||
2010 | return false; | ||||||||
2011 | } | ||||||||
2012 | |||||||||
2013 | NonOdrUseReason Sema::getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D) { | ||||||||
2014 | // A declaration named in an unevaluated operand never constitutes an odr-use. | ||||||||
2015 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
2016 | return NOUR_Unevaluated; | ||||||||
2017 | |||||||||
2018 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: | ||||||||
2019 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e | ||||||||
2020 | // is odr-used by e unless [...] x is a reference that is usable in | ||||||||
2021 | // constant expressions. | ||||||||
2022 | // CUDA/HIP: | ||||||||
2023 | // If a reference variable referencing a host variable is captured in a | ||||||||
2024 | // device or host device lambda, the value of the referee must be copied | ||||||||
2025 | // to the capture and the reference variable must be treated as odr-use | ||||||||
2026 | // since the value of the referee is not known at compile time and must | ||||||||
2027 | // be loaded from the captured. | ||||||||
2028 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
2029 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType() && | ||||||||
2030 | !(getLangOpts().OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(D)) && | ||||||||
2031 | !isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(*this, VD) && | ||||||||
2032 | VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) | ||||||||
2033 | return NOUR_Constant; | ||||||||
2034 | } | ||||||||
2035 | |||||||||
2036 | // All remaining non-variable cases constitute an odr-use. For variables, we | ||||||||
2037 | // need to wait and see how the expression is used. | ||||||||
2038 | return NOUR_None; | ||||||||
2039 | } | ||||||||
2040 | |||||||||
2041 | /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a | ||||||||
2042 | /// declaration that does not require a closure capture. | ||||||||
2043 | DeclRefExpr * | ||||||||
2044 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | ||||||||
2045 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||||||
2046 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, NamedDecl *FoundD, | ||||||||
2047 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | ||||||||
2048 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||||||
2049 | bool RefersToCapturedVariable = | ||||||||
2050 | isa<VarDecl>(D) && | ||||||||
2051 | NeedToCaptureVariable(cast<VarDecl>(D), NameInfo.getLoc()); | ||||||||
2052 | |||||||||
2053 | DeclRefExpr *E = DeclRefExpr::Create( | ||||||||
2054 | Context, NNS, TemplateKWLoc, D, RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo, Ty, | ||||||||
2055 | VK, FoundD, TemplateArgs, getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(D)); | ||||||||
2056 | MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); | ||||||||
2057 | |||||||||
2058 | // C++ [except.spec]p17: | ||||||||
2059 | // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when: | ||||||||
2060 | // - in an expression, the function is the unique lookup result or | ||||||||
2061 | // the selected member of a set of overloaded functions. | ||||||||
2062 | // | ||||||||
2063 | // We delay doing this until after we've built the function reference and | ||||||||
2064 | // marked it as used so that: | ||||||||
2065 | // a) if the function is defaulted, we get errors from defining it before / | ||||||||
2066 | // instead of errors from computing its exception specification, and | ||||||||
2067 | // b) if the function is a defaulted comparison, we can use the body we | ||||||||
2068 | // build when defining it as input to the exception specification | ||||||||
2069 | // computation rather than computing a new body. | ||||||||
2070 | if (auto *FPT = Ty->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||||
2071 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||||||
2072 | if (auto *NewFPT = ResolveExceptionSpec(NameInfo.getLoc(), FPT)) | ||||||||
2073 | E->setType(Context.getQualifiedType(NewFPT, Ty.getQualifiers())); | ||||||||
2074 | } | ||||||||
2075 | } | ||||||||
2076 | |||||||||
2077 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) && | ||||||||
2078 | Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && !isUnevaluatedContext() && | ||||||||
2079 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getBeginLoc())) | ||||||||
2080 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E); | ||||||||
2081 | |||||||||
2082 | FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D); | ||||||||
2083 | if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
2084 | FD = IFD->getAnonField(); | ||||||||
2085 | if (FD) { | ||||||||
2086 | UnusedPrivateFields.remove(FD); | ||||||||
2087 | // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member. | ||||||||
2088 | if (FD->isBitField()) | ||||||||
2089 | E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField); | ||||||||
2090 | } | ||||||||
2091 | |||||||||
2092 | // C++ [expr.prim]/8: The expression [...] is a bit-field if the identifier | ||||||||
2093 | // designates a bit-field. | ||||||||
2094 | if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
2095 | if (auto *BE = BD->getBinding()) | ||||||||
2096 | E->setObjectKind(BE->getObjectKind()); | ||||||||
2097 | |||||||||
2098 | return E; | ||||||||
2099 | } | ||||||||
2100 | |||||||||
2101 | /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and | ||||||||
2102 | /// possibly a list of template arguments. | ||||||||
2103 | /// | ||||||||
2104 | /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call | ||||||||
2105 | /// DecomposeTemplateName. | ||||||||
2106 | /// | ||||||||
2107 | /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for | ||||||||
2108 | /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in | ||||||||
2109 | /// some way. | ||||||||
2110 | void | ||||||||
2111 | Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, | ||||||||
2112 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, | ||||||||
2113 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||||||
2114 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) { | ||||||||
2115 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { | ||||||||
2116 | Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc); | ||||||||
2117 | Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); | ||||||||
2118 | |||||||||
2119 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), | ||||||||
2120 | Id.TemplateId->NumArgs); | ||||||||
2121 | translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer); | ||||||||
2122 | |||||||||
2123 | TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get(); | ||||||||
2124 | SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; | ||||||||
2125 | NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); | ||||||||
2126 | TemplateArgs = &Buffer; | ||||||||
2127 | } else { | ||||||||
2128 | NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id); | ||||||||
2129 | TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||||
2130 | } | ||||||||
2131 | } | ||||||||
2132 | |||||||||
2133 | static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic( | ||||||||
2134 | const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||||||
2135 | DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
2136 | unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) { | ||||||||
2137 | DeclContext *Ctx = | ||||||||
2138 | SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false); | ||||||||
2139 | if (!TC) { | ||||||||
2140 | // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. | ||||||||
2141 | // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) | ||||||||
2142 | if (Ctx) | ||||||||
2143 | SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx | ||||||||
2144 | << SS.getRange(); | ||||||||
2145 | else | ||||||||
2146 | SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo; | ||||||||
2147 | return; | ||||||||
2148 | } | ||||||||
2149 | |||||||||
2150 | std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||||||
2151 | bool DroppedSpecifier = | ||||||||
2152 | TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr; | ||||||||
2153 | unsigned NoteID = TC.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>() | ||||||||
2154 | ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl | ||||||||
2155 | : diag::note_previous_decl; | ||||||||
2156 | if (!Ctx) | ||||||||
2157 | SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo, | ||||||||
2158 | SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID)); | ||||||||
2159 | else | ||||||||
2160 | SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest) | ||||||||
2161 | << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier | ||||||||
2162 | << SS.getRange(), | ||||||||
2163 | SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID)); | ||||||||
2164 | } | ||||||||
2165 | |||||||||
2166 | /// Diagnose a lookup that found results in an enclosing class during error | ||||||||
2167 | /// recovery. This usually indicates that the results were found in a dependent | ||||||||
2168 | /// base class that could not be searched as part of a template definition. | ||||||||
2169 | /// Always issues a diagnostic (though this may be only a warning in MS | ||||||||
2170 | /// compatibility mode). | ||||||||
2171 | /// | ||||||||
2172 | /// Return \c true if the error is unrecoverable, or \c false if the caller | ||||||||
2173 | /// should attempt to recover using these lookup results. | ||||||||
2174 | bool Sema::DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(LookupResult &R) { | ||||||||
2175 | // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points | ||||||||
2176 | // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a | ||||||||
2177 | // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check. | ||||||||
2178 | bool isDefaultArgument = | ||||||||
2179 | !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && | ||||||||
2180 | CodeSynthesisContexts.back().Kind == | ||||||||
2181 | CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation; | ||||||||
2182 | CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||||
2183 | bool isInstance = CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstance() && | ||||||||
2184 | R.getNamingClass() == CurMethod->getParent() && | ||||||||
2185 | !isDefaultArgument; | ||||||||
2186 | |||||||||
2187 | // There are two ways we can find a class-scope declaration during template | ||||||||
2188 | // instantiation that we did not find in the template definition: if it is a | ||||||||
2189 | // member of a dependent base class, or if it is declared after the point of | ||||||||
2190 | // use in the same class. Distinguish these by comparing the class in which | ||||||||
2191 | // the member was found to the naming class of the lookup. | ||||||||
2192 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_found_in_dependent_base; | ||||||||
2193 | unsigned NoteID = diag::note_member_declared_at; | ||||||||
2194 | if (R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext()->Equals(R.getNamingClass())) { | ||||||||
2195 | DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_found_later_in_class | ||||||||
2196 | : diag::err_found_later_in_class; | ||||||||
2197 | } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||||||
2198 | DiagID = diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base; | ||||||||
2199 | NoteID = diag::note_dependent_member_use; | ||||||||
2200 | } | ||||||||
2201 | |||||||||
2202 | if (isInstance) { | ||||||||
2203 | // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'. | ||||||||
2204 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), DiagID) | ||||||||
2205 | << R.getLookupName() | ||||||||
2206 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->"); | ||||||||
2207 | CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc()); | ||||||||
2208 | } else { | ||||||||
2209 | // FIXME: Add a FixItHint to insert 'Base::' or 'Derived::' (assuming | ||||||||
2210 | // they're not shadowed). | ||||||||
2211 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), DiagID) << R.getLookupName(); | ||||||||
2212 | } | ||||||||
2213 | |||||||||
2214 | for (NamedDecl *D : R) | ||||||||
2215 | Diag(D->getLocation(), NoteID); | ||||||||
2216 | |||||||||
2217 | // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation | ||||||||
2218 | // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise | ||||||||
2219 | // the caller will try to create an implicit member call and this is wrong | ||||||||
2220 | // for default arguments. | ||||||||
2221 | // | ||||||||
2222 | // FIXME: Is this special case necessary? We could allow the caller to | ||||||||
2223 | // diagnose this. | ||||||||
2224 | if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) { | ||||||||
2225 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object); | ||||||||
2226 | return true; | ||||||||
2227 | } | ||||||||
2228 | |||||||||
2229 | // Tell the callee to try to recover. | ||||||||
2230 | return false; | ||||||||
2231 | } | ||||||||
2232 | |||||||||
2233 | /// Diagnose an empty lookup. | ||||||||
2234 | /// | ||||||||
2235 | /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found | ||||||||
2236 | bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, | ||||||||
2237 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, | ||||||||
2238 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
2239 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) { | ||||||||
2240 | DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); | ||||||||
2241 | |||||||||
2242 | unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use; | ||||||||
2243 | unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; | ||||||||
2244 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || | ||||||||
2245 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || | ||||||||
2246 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { | ||||||||
2247 | diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use; | ||||||||
2248 | diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest; | ||||||||
2249 | } | ||||||||
2250 | |||||||||
2251 | // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an | ||||||||
2252 | // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the | ||||||||
2253 | // original lookup would not have found something because it was a | ||||||||
2254 | // dependent name. | ||||||||
2255 | DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : nullptr; | ||||||||
2256 | while (DC) { | ||||||||
2257 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { | ||||||||
2258 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||||||
2259 | |||||||||
2260 | if (!R.empty()) { | ||||||||
2261 | // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup. | ||||||||
2262 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
2263 | |||||||||
2264 | // If there's a best viable function among the results, only mention | ||||||||
2265 | // that one in the notes. | ||||||||
2266 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), | ||||||||
2267 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
2268 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Candidates); | ||||||||
2269 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
2270 | if (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best) == | ||||||||
2271 | OR_Success) { | ||||||||
2272 | R.clear(); | ||||||||
2273 | R.addDecl(Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||||||
2274 | R.resolveKind(); | ||||||||
2275 | } | ||||||||
2276 | |||||||||
2277 | return DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R); | ||||||||
2278 | } | ||||||||
2279 | |||||||||
2280 | R.clear(); | ||||||||
2281 | } | ||||||||
2282 | |||||||||
2283 | DC = DC->getLookupParent(); | ||||||||
2284 | } | ||||||||
2285 | |||||||||
2286 | // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo. | ||||||||
2287 | TypoCorrection Corrected; | ||||||||
2288 | if (S && Out) { | ||||||||
2289 | SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc(); | ||||||||
2290 | assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs &&(static_cast <bool> (!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExplicitTemplateArgs && \"Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2291, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
2291 | "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!")(static_cast <bool> (!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExplicitTemplateArgs && \"Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2291, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
2292 | *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed( | ||||||||
2293 | R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, CCC, | ||||||||
2294 | [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) { | ||||||||
2295 | emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args, | ||||||||
2296 | diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest); | ||||||||
2297 | }, | ||||||||
2298 | nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery); | ||||||||
2299 | if (*Out) | ||||||||
2300 | return true; | ||||||||
2301 | } else if (S && | ||||||||
2302 | (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), | ||||||||
2303 | S, &SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery))) { | ||||||||
2304 | std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); | ||||||||
2305 | bool DroppedSpecifier = | ||||||||
2306 | Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr; | ||||||||
2307 | R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); | ||||||||
2308 | |||||||||
2309 | bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false; | ||||||||
2310 | bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false; | ||||||||
2311 | NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); | ||||||||
2312 | if (ND) { | ||||||||
2313 | if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) { | ||||||||
2314 | OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(), | ||||||||
2315 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
2316 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
2317 | for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) { | ||||||||
2318 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = | ||||||||
2319 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(CD)) | ||||||||
2320 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
2321 | FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
2322 | Args, OCS); | ||||||||
2323 | else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD)) | ||||||||
2324 | if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0) | ||||||||
2325 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), | ||||||||
2326 | Args, OCS); | ||||||||
2327 | } | ||||||||
2328 | switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||||
2329 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
2330 | ND = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
2331 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); | ||||||||
2332 | break; | ||||||||
2333 | default: | ||||||||
2334 | // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note. | ||||||||
2335 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); | ||||||||
2336 | break; | ||||||||
2337 | } | ||||||||
2338 | } | ||||||||
2339 | R.addDecl(ND); | ||||||||
2340 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||||||
2341 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; | ||||||||
2342 | if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) { | ||||||||
2343 | const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType(); | ||||||||
2344 | Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||||
2345 | } | ||||||||
2346 | if (!Record) | ||||||||
2347 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||||
2348 | ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); | ||||||||
2349 | R.setNamingClass(Record); | ||||||||
2350 | } | ||||||||
2351 | |||||||||
2352 | auto *UnderlyingND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||||
2353 | AcceptableWithRecovery = isa<ValueDecl>(UnderlyingND) || | ||||||||
2354 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(UnderlyingND); | ||||||||
2355 | // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or | ||||||||
2356 | // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser | ||||||||
2357 | // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo | ||||||||
2358 | // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going | ||||||||
2359 | // to recover well anyway. | ||||||||
2360 | AcceptableWithoutRecovery = isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingND) || | ||||||||
2361 | getAsTypeTemplateDecl(UnderlyingND) || | ||||||||
2362 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingND); | ||||||||
2363 | } else { | ||||||||
2364 | // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it | ||||||||
2365 | // because we aren't able to recover. | ||||||||
2366 | AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true; | ||||||||
2367 | } | ||||||||
2368 | |||||||||
2369 | if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) { | ||||||||
2370 | unsigned NoteID = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>() | ||||||||
2371 | ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl | ||||||||
2372 | : diag::note_previous_decl; | ||||||||
2373 | if (SS.isEmpty()) | ||||||||
2374 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name, | ||||||||
2375 | PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery); | ||||||||
2376 | else | ||||||||
2377 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest) | ||||||||
2378 | << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) | ||||||||
2379 | << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(), | ||||||||
2380 | PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery); | ||||||||
2381 | |||||||||
2382 | // Tell the callee whether to try to recover. | ||||||||
2383 | return !AcceptableWithRecovery; | ||||||||
2384 | } | ||||||||
2385 | } | ||||||||
2386 | R.clear(); | ||||||||
2387 | |||||||||
2388 | // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. | ||||||||
2389 | // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) | ||||||||
2390 | if (!SS.isEmpty()) { | ||||||||
2391 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member) | ||||||||
2392 | << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) | ||||||||
2393 | << SS.getRange(); | ||||||||
2394 | return true; | ||||||||
2395 | } | ||||||||
2396 | |||||||||
2397 | // Give up, we can't recover. | ||||||||
2398 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; | ||||||||
2399 | return true; | ||||||||
2400 | } | ||||||||
2401 | |||||||||
2402 | /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has | ||||||||
2403 | /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then | ||||||||
2404 | /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only | ||||||||
2405 | /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts | ||||||||
2406 | /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's | ||||||||
2407 | /// instantiation model, but it's close enough. | ||||||||
2408 | static Expr * | ||||||||
2409 | recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
2410 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||||||
2411 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | ||||||||
2412 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||||||
2413 | // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or | ||||||||
2414 | // contexts where 'this' is available. | ||||||||
2415 | QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType(); | ||||||||
2416 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; | ||||||||
2417 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) | ||||||||
2418 | RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||||
2419 | else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) | ||||||||
2420 | RD = MD->getParent(); | ||||||||
2421 | if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases()) | ||||||||
2422 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
2423 | |||||||||
2424 | // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this' | ||||||||
2425 | // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit. | ||||||||
2426 | SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc(); | ||||||||
2427 | auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base); | ||||||||
2428 | DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD; | ||||||||
2429 | |||||||||
2430 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
2431 | DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->"); | ||||||||
2432 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create( | ||||||||
2433 | Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true, | ||||||||
2434 | /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc, | ||||||||
2435 | /*FirstQualifierFoundInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
2436 | } | ||||||||
2437 | |||||||||
2438 | // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will | ||||||||
2439 | // perform name lookup during template instantiation. | ||||||||
2440 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||||
2441 | auto *NNS = | ||||||||
2442 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl()); | ||||||||
2443 | SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc)); | ||||||||
2444 | return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create( | ||||||||
2445 | Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, | ||||||||
2446 | TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
2447 | } | ||||||||
2448 | |||||||||
2449 | ExprResult | ||||||||
2450 | Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||||||
2451 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id, | ||||||||
2452 | bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, | ||||||||
2453 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC, | ||||||||
2454 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) { | ||||||||
2455 | assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&(static_cast <bool> (!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen ) && "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && \"cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2456, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
2456 | "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen")(static_cast <bool> (!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen ) && "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && \"cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2456, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
2457 | if (SS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
2458 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2459 | |||||||||
2460 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||||||
2461 | |||||||||
2462 | // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data. | ||||||||
2463 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; | ||||||||
2464 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
2465 | DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
2466 | |||||||||
2467 | DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); | ||||||||
2468 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | ||||||||
2469 | SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc(); | ||||||||
2470 | |||||||||
2471 | if (II && II->isEditorPlaceholder()) { | ||||||||
2472 | // FIXME: When typed placeholders are supported we can create a typed | ||||||||
2473 | // placeholder expression node. | ||||||||
2474 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2475 | } | ||||||||
2476 | |||||||||
2477 | // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: | ||||||||
2478 | // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: | ||||||||
2479 | // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type, | ||||||||
2480 | // (note: handled after lookup) | ||||||||
2481 | // -- a template-id that is dependent, | ||||||||
2482 | // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr) | ||||||||
2483 | // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type, | ||||||||
2484 | // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that | ||||||||
2485 | // names a dependent type. | ||||||||
2486 | // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization; | ||||||||
2487 | // we need to handle these differently. | ||||||||
2488 | bool DependentID = false; | ||||||||
2489 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName && | ||||||||
2490 | Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
2491 | DependentID = true; | ||||||||
2492 | } else if (SS.isSet()) { | ||||||||
2493 | if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) { | ||||||||
2494 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) | ||||||||
2495 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2496 | } else { | ||||||||
2497 | DependentID = true; | ||||||||
2498 | } | ||||||||
2499 | } | ||||||||
2500 | |||||||||
2501 | if (DependentID) | ||||||||
2502 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, | ||||||||
2503 | IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
2504 | |||||||||
2505 | // Perform the required lookup. | ||||||||
2506 | LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, | ||||||||
2507 | (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam) | ||||||||
2508 | ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam | ||||||||
2509 | : LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
2510 | if (TemplateKWLoc.isValid() || TemplateArgs) { | ||||||||
2511 | // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in | ||||||||
2512 | // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the | ||||||||
2513 | // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If | ||||||||
2514 | // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those | ||||||||
2515 | // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it. | ||||||||
2516 | bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; | ||||||||
2517 | AssumedTemplateKind AssumedTemplate; | ||||||||
2518 | if (LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false, | ||||||||
2519 | MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, TemplateKWLoc, | ||||||||
2520 | &AssumedTemplate)) | ||||||||
2521 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2522 | |||||||||
2523 | if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization || | ||||||||
2524 | (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)) | ||||||||
2525 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, | ||||||||
2526 | IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
2527 | } else { | ||||||||
2528 | bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
2529 | LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp); | ||||||||
2530 | |||||||||
2531 | // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent | ||||||||
2532 | // id-expression. | ||||||||
2533 | if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation) | ||||||||
2534 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, | ||||||||
2535 | IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
2536 | |||||||||
2537 | // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do | ||||||||
2538 | // some special Objective-C lookup, too. | ||||||||
2539 | if (IvarLookupFollowUp) { | ||||||||
2540 | ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true)); | ||||||||
2541 | if (E.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
2542 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2543 | |||||||||
2544 | if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>()) | ||||||||
2545 | return Ex; | ||||||||
2546 | } | ||||||||
2547 | } | ||||||||
2548 | |||||||||
2549 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) | ||||||||
2550 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2551 | |||||||||
2552 | // This could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal in C90, | ||||||||
2553 | // extension in C99, forbidden in C++). | ||||||||
2554 | if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
2555 | NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S); | ||||||||
2556 | if (D) R.addDecl(D); | ||||||||
2557 | } | ||||||||
2558 | |||||||||
2559 | // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for | ||||||||
2560 | // argument-dependent lookup. | ||||||||
2561 | bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen); | ||||||||
2562 | |||||||||
2563 | if (R.empty() && !ADL) { | ||||||||
2564 | if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||||||
2565 | if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo, | ||||||||
2566 | TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs)) | ||||||||
2567 | return E; | ||||||||
2568 | } | ||||||||
2569 | |||||||||
2570 | // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly. | ||||||||
2571 | if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier) | ||||||||
2572 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2573 | |||||||||
2574 | // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function | ||||||||
2575 | // call, diagnose the problem. | ||||||||
2576 | TypoExpr *TE = nullptr; | ||||||||
2577 | DefaultFilterCCC DefaultValidator(II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() | ||||||||
2578 | : nullptr); | ||||||||
2579 | DefaultValidator.IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand; | ||||||||
2580 | assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && "Typo correction callback misconfigured" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && \"Typo correction callback misconfigured\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2581, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
2581 | "Typo correction callback misconfigured")(static_cast <bool> ((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && "Typo correction callback misconfigured" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && \"Typo correction callback misconfigured\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2581, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
2582 | if (CCC) { | ||||||||
2583 | // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is. | ||||||||
2584 | CCC->setTypoName(II); | ||||||||
2585 | if (SS.isValid()) | ||||||||
2586 | CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep()); | ||||||||
2587 | } | ||||||||
2588 | // FIXME: DiagnoseEmptyLookup produces bad diagnostics if we're looking for | ||||||||
2589 | // a template name, but we happen to have always already looked up the name | ||||||||
2590 | // before we get here if it must be a template name. | ||||||||
2591 | if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CCC ? *CCC : DefaultValidator, nullptr, | ||||||||
2592 | None, &TE)) { | ||||||||
2593 | if (TE && KeywordReplacement) { | ||||||||
2594 | auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE); | ||||||||
2595 | auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection(); | ||||||||
2596 | if (BestTC.isKeyword()) { | ||||||||
2597 | auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); | ||||||||
2598 | if (State.DiagHandler) | ||||||||
2599 | State.DiagHandler(BestTC); | ||||||||
2600 | KeywordReplacement->startToken(); | ||||||||
2601 | KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID()); | ||||||||
2602 | KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II); | ||||||||
2603 | KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin()); | ||||||||
2604 | // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has | ||||||||
2605 | // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr). | ||||||||
2606 | clearDelayedTypo(TE); | ||||||||
2607 | // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a | ||||||||
2608 | // valid-but-null ExprResult. | ||||||||
2609 | return (Expr*)nullptr; | ||||||||
2610 | } | ||||||||
2611 | State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); | ||||||||
2612 | } | ||||||||
2613 | return TE ? TE : ExprError(); | ||||||||
2614 | } | ||||||||
2615 | |||||||||
2616 | assert(!R.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (!R.empty() && "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2617, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
2617 | "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results")(static_cast <bool> (!R.empty() && "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2617, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
2618 | |||||||||
2619 | // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let | ||||||||
2620 | // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to | ||||||||
2621 | // reference the ivar. | ||||||||
2622 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { | ||||||||
2623 | R.clear(); | ||||||||
2624 | ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); | ||||||||
2625 | // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable | ||||||||
2626 | // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it. | ||||||||
2627 | if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get()) | ||||||||
2628 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2629 | return E; | ||||||||
2630 | } | ||||||||
2631 | } | ||||||||
2632 | |||||||||
2633 | // This is guaranteed from this point on. | ||||||||
2634 | assert(!R.empty() || ADL)(static_cast <bool> (!R.empty() || ADL) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() || ADL", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2634, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2635 | |||||||||
2636 | // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access. | ||||||||
2637 | // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3: | ||||||||
2638 | // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access | ||||||||
2639 | // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the | ||||||||
2640 | // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup | ||||||||
2641 | // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type | ||||||||
2642 | // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a | ||||||||
2643 | // class member access expression using (*this) as the | ||||||||
2644 | // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator. | ||||||||
2645 | // | ||||||||
2646 | // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R | ||||||||
2647 | // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the | ||||||||
2648 | // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a | ||||||||
2649 | // non-static member function: | ||||||||
2650 | // | ||||||||
2651 | // C++ [expr.ref]p4: | ||||||||
2652 | // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . . | ||||||||
2653 | // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a | ||||||||
2654 | // member function call. | ||||||||
2655 | // | ||||||||
2656 | // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important | ||||||||
2657 | // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a | ||||||||
2658 | // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent | ||||||||
2659 | // instance method. | ||||||||
2660 | if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||||||
2661 | bool MightBeImplicitMember; | ||||||||
2662 | if (!IsAddressOfOperand) | ||||||||
2663 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; | ||||||||
2664 | else if (!SS.isEmpty()) | ||||||||
2665 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; | ||||||||
2666 | else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) | ||||||||
2667 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; | ||||||||
2668 | else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) | ||||||||
2669 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; | ||||||||
2670 | else | ||||||||
2671 | MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) || | ||||||||
2672 | isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) || | ||||||||
2673 | isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); | ||||||||
2674 | |||||||||
2675 | if (MightBeImplicitMember) | ||||||||
2676 | return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, | ||||||||
2677 | R, TemplateArgs, S); | ||||||||
2678 | } | ||||||||
2679 | |||||||||
2680 | if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||
2681 | |||||||||
2682 | // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it | ||||||||
2683 | // in BuildTemplateIdExpr(). | ||||||||
2684 | // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration. | ||||||||
2685 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId && | ||||||||
2686 | Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) { | ||||||||
2687 | assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&(static_cast <bool> (R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl> () && "There should only be one declaration found.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() && \"There should only be one declaration found.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2688, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
2688 | "There should only be one declaration found.")(static_cast <bool> (R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl> () && "There should only be one declaration found.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() && \"There should only be one declaration found.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2688, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
2689 | } | ||||||||
2690 | |||||||||
2691 | return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
2692 | } | ||||||||
2693 | |||||||||
2694 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL); | ||||||||
2695 | } | ||||||||
2696 | |||||||||
2697 | /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified | ||||||||
2698 | /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation. | ||||||||
2699 | /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along | ||||||||
2700 | /// this path. | ||||||||
2701 | ExprResult Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr( | ||||||||
2702 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||||||
2703 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) { | ||||||||
2704 | DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); | ||||||||
2705 | if (!DC) | ||||||||
2706 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
2707 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); | ||||||||
2708 | |||||||||
2709 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) | ||||||||
2710 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2711 | |||||||||
2712 | LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
2713 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||||||
2714 | |||||||||
2715 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) | ||||||||
2716 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2717 | |||||||||
2718 | if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation) | ||||||||
2719 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
2720 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); | ||||||||
2721 | |||||||||
2722 | if (R.empty()) { | ||||||||
2723 | // Don't diagnose problems with invalid record decl, the secondary no_member | ||||||||
2724 | // diagnostic during template instantiation is likely bogus, e.g. if a class | ||||||||
2725 | // is invalid because it's derived from an invalid base class, then missing | ||||||||
2726 | // members were likely supposed to be inherited. | ||||||||
2727 | if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) | ||||||||
2728 | if (CD->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
2729 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2730 | Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member) | ||||||||
2731 | << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange(); | ||||||||
2732 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2733 | } | ||||||||
2734 | |||||||||
2735 | if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { | ||||||||
2736 | // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in | ||||||||
2737 | // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to | ||||||||
2738 | // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode. | ||||||||
2739 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; | ||||||||
2740 | if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | ||||||||
2741 | DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; | ||||||||
2742 | SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
2743 | auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID); | ||||||||
2744 | D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString() | ||||||||
2745 | << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
2746 | |||||||||
2747 | // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE | ||||||||
2748 | // context. | ||||||||
2749 | if (!RecoveryTSI) | ||||||||
2750 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2751 | |||||||||
2752 | // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover. | ||||||||
2753 | D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename "); | ||||||||
2754 | |||||||||
2755 | // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type. | ||||||||
2756 | QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); | ||||||||
2757 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; | ||||||||
2758 | TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc()); | ||||||||
2759 | |||||||||
2760 | QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty); | ||||||||
2761 | ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET); | ||||||||
2762 | QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||
2763 | QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); | ||||||||
2764 | |||||||||
2765 | *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET); | ||||||||
2766 | |||||||||
2767 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||||||
2768 | } | ||||||||
2769 | |||||||||
2770 | // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually | ||||||||
2771 | // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in | ||||||||
2772 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming | ||||||||
2773 | // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11. | ||||||||
2774 | if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand) | ||||||||
2775 | return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, | ||||||||
2776 | /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
2777 | R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S); | ||||||||
2778 | |||||||||
2779 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false); | ||||||||
2780 | } | ||||||||
2781 | |||||||||
2782 | /// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently | ||||||||
2783 | /// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we | ||||||||
2784 | /// should form a reference to an ivar. | ||||||||
2785 | /// | ||||||||
2786 | /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's | ||||||||
2787 | /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved. | ||||||||
2788 | DeclResult Sema::LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, | ||||||||
2789 | IdentifierInfo *II) { | ||||||||
2790 | SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc(); | ||||||||
2791 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
2792 | |||||||||
2793 | // Check for error condition which is already reported. | ||||||||
2794 | if (!CurMethod) | ||||||||
2795 | return DeclResult(true); | ||||||||
2796 | |||||||||
2797 | // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed, | ||||||||
2798 | // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have | ||||||||
2799 | // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e. | ||||||||
2800 | // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with | ||||||||
2801 | // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl. | ||||||||
2802 | |||||||||
2803 | // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for | ||||||||
2804 | // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an | ||||||||
2805 | // ivar, that's an error. | ||||||||
2806 | bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod(); | ||||||||
2807 | |||||||||
2808 | bool LookForIvars; | ||||||||
2809 | if (Lookup.empty()) | ||||||||
2810 | LookForIvars = true; | ||||||||
2811 | else if (IsClassMethod) | ||||||||
2812 | LookForIvars = false; | ||||||||
2813 | else | ||||||||
2814 | LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() && | ||||||||
2815 | Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()); | ||||||||
2816 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; | ||||||||
2817 | if (LookForIvars) { | ||||||||
2818 | IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); | ||||||||
2819 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; | ||||||||
2820 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr; | ||||||||
2821 | if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) { | ||||||||
2822 | // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method. | ||||||||
2823 | if (IsClassMethod) { | ||||||||
2824 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
2825 | return DeclResult(true); | ||||||||
2826 | } | ||||||||
2827 | |||||||||
2828 | // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class. | ||||||||
2829 | if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private && | ||||||||
2830 | !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) && | ||||||||
2831 | !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) | ||||||||
2832 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
2833 | |||||||||
2834 | // Success. | ||||||||
2835 | return IV; | ||||||||
2836 | } | ||||||||
2837 | } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { | ||||||||
2838 | // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar. | ||||||||
2839 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) { | ||||||||
2840 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; | ||||||||
2841 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { | ||||||||
2842 | if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private || | ||||||||
2843 | declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared)) | ||||||||
2844 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
2845 | } | ||||||||
2846 | } | ||||||||
2847 | } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() && | ||||||||
2848 | Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) { | ||||||||
2849 | // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error. | ||||||||
2850 | if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = | ||||||||
2851 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl())) { | ||||||||
2852 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
2853 | return DeclResult(true); | ||||||||
2854 | } | ||||||||
2855 | } | ||||||||
2856 | |||||||||
2857 | // Didn't encounter an error, didn't find an ivar. | ||||||||
2858 | return DeclResult(false); | ||||||||
2859 | } | ||||||||
2860 | |||||||||
2861 | ExprResult Sema::BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
2862 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV) { | ||||||||
2863 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
2864 | assert(CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() &&(static_cast <bool> (CurMethod && CurMethod-> isInstanceMethod() && "should not reference ivar from this context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() && \"should not reference ivar from this context\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2865, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
2865 | "should not reference ivar from this context")(static_cast <bool> (CurMethod && CurMethod-> isInstanceMethod() && "should not reference ivar from this context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() && \"should not reference ivar from this context\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2865, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
2866 | |||||||||
2867 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); | ||||||||
2868 | assert(IFace && "should not reference ivar from this context")(static_cast <bool> (IFace && "should not reference ivar from this context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("IFace && \"should not reference ivar from this context\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 2868, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
2869 | |||||||||
2870 | // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent | ||||||||
2871 | // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl. | ||||||||
2872 | if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
2873 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2874 | |||||||||
2875 | // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)). | ||||||||
2876 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc)) | ||||||||
2877 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2878 | |||||||||
2879 | // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't | ||||||||
2880 | // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something. | ||||||||
2881 | IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self"); | ||||||||
2882 | UnqualifiedId SelfName; | ||||||||
2883 | SelfName.setImplicitSelfParam(&II); | ||||||||
2884 | CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec; | ||||||||
2885 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; | ||||||||
2886 | ExprResult SelfExpr = | ||||||||
2887 | ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc, SelfName, | ||||||||
2888 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false, | ||||||||
2889 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); | ||||||||
2890 | if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
2891 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2892 | |||||||||
2893 | SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get()); | ||||||||
2894 | if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
2895 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2896 | |||||||||
2897 | MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true); | ||||||||
2898 | |||||||||
2899 | ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily(); | ||||||||
2900 | if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize && | ||||||||
2901 | !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV)) | ||||||||
2902 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
2903 | |||||||||
2904 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context) | ||||||||
2905 | ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getUsageType(SelfExpr.get()->getType()), Loc, | ||||||||
2906 | IV->getLocation(), SelfExpr.get(), true, true); | ||||||||
2907 | |||||||||
2908 | if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { | ||||||||
2909 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext() && | ||||||||
2910 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc)) | ||||||||
2911 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(Result); | ||||||||
2912 | } | ||||||||
2913 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||
2914 | if (const BlockDecl *BD = CurContext->getInnermostBlockDecl()) | ||||||||
2915 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs.push_back({Loc, BD}); | ||||||||
2916 | |||||||||
2917 | return Result; | ||||||||
2918 | } | ||||||||
2919 | |||||||||
2920 | /// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently | ||||||||
2921 | /// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we | ||||||||
2922 | /// should form a reference to an ivar. If so, build an expression referencing | ||||||||
2923 | /// that ivar. | ||||||||
2924 | ExprResult | ||||||||
2925 | Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, | ||||||||
2926 | IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) { | ||||||||
2927 | // FIXME: Integrate this lookup step into LookupParsedName. | ||||||||
2928 | DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II); | ||||||||
2929 | if (Ivar.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
2930 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
2931 | if (Ivar.isUsable()) | ||||||||
2932 | return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, Lookup.getNameLoc(), | ||||||||
2933 | cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Ivar.get())); | ||||||||
2934 | |||||||||
2935 | if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) | ||||||||
2936 | LookupBuiltin(Lookup); | ||||||||
2937 | |||||||||
2938 | // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special. | ||||||||
2939 | return ExprResult(false); | ||||||||
2940 | } | ||||||||
2941 | |||||||||
2942 | /// Cast a base object to a member's actual type. | ||||||||
2943 | /// | ||||||||
2944 | /// There are two relevant checks: | ||||||||
2945 | /// | ||||||||
2946 | /// C++ [class.access.base]p7: | ||||||||
2947 | /// | ||||||||
2948 | /// If a class member access operator [...] is used to access a non-static | ||||||||
2949 | /// data member or non-static member function, the reference is ill-formed if | ||||||||
2950 | /// the left operand [...] cannot be implicitly converted to a pointer to the | ||||||||
2951 | /// naming class of the right operand. | ||||||||
2952 | /// | ||||||||
2953 | /// C++ [expr.ref]p7: | ||||||||
2954 | /// | ||||||||
2955 | /// If E2 is a non-static data member or a non-static member function, the | ||||||||
2956 | /// program is ill-formed if the class of which E2 is directly a member is an | ||||||||
2957 | /// ambiguous base (11.8) of the naming class (11.9.3) of E2. | ||||||||
2958 | /// | ||||||||
2959 | /// Note that the latter check does not consider access; the access of the | ||||||||
2960 | /// "real" base class is checked as appropriate when checking the access of the | ||||||||
2961 | /// member name. | ||||||||
2962 | ExprResult | ||||||||
2963 | Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, | ||||||||
2964 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||||||
2965 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||||
2966 | NamedDecl *Member) { | ||||||||
2967 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
2968 | if (!RD) | ||||||||
2969 | return From; | ||||||||
2970 | |||||||||
2971 | QualType DestRecordType; | ||||||||
2972 | QualType DestType; | ||||||||
2973 | QualType FromRecordType; | ||||||||
2974 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
2975 | bool PointerConversions = false; | ||||||||
2976 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) { | ||||||||
2977 | DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD)); | ||||||||
2978 | auto FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
2979 | DestRecordType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType( | ||||||||
2980 | DestRecordType, FromPtrType | ||||||||
2981 | ? FromType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() | ||||||||
2982 | : FromType.getAddressSpace()); | ||||||||
2983 | |||||||||
2984 | if (FromPtrType) { | ||||||||
2985 | DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType); | ||||||||
2986 | FromRecordType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2987 | PointerConversions = true; | ||||||||
2988 | } else { | ||||||||
2989 | DestType = DestRecordType; | ||||||||
2990 | FromRecordType = FromType; | ||||||||
2991 | } | ||||||||
2992 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) { | ||||||||
2993 | if (Method->isStatic()) | ||||||||
2994 | return From; | ||||||||
2995 | |||||||||
2996 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); | ||||||||
2997 | DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2998 | |||||||||
2999 | if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
3000 | FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
3001 | PointerConversions = true; | ||||||||
3002 | } else { | ||||||||
3003 | FromRecordType = FromType; | ||||||||
3004 | DestType = DestRecordType; | ||||||||
3005 | } | ||||||||
3006 | |||||||||
3007 | LangAS FromAS = FromRecordType.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
3008 | LangAS DestAS = DestRecordType.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
3009 | if (FromAS != DestAS) { | ||||||||
3010 | QualType FromRecordTypeWithoutAS = | ||||||||
3011 | Context.removeAddrSpaceQualType(FromRecordType); | ||||||||
3012 | QualType FromTypeWithDestAS = | ||||||||
3013 | Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(FromRecordTypeWithoutAS, DestAS); | ||||||||
3014 | if (PointerConversions) | ||||||||
3015 | FromTypeWithDestAS = Context.getPointerType(FromTypeWithDestAS); | ||||||||
3016 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromTypeWithDestAS, | ||||||||
3017 | CK_AddressSpaceConversion, From->getValueKind()) | ||||||||
3018 | .get(); | ||||||||
3019 | } | ||||||||
3020 | } else { | ||||||||
3021 | // No conversion necessary. | ||||||||
3022 | return From; | ||||||||
3023 | } | ||||||||
3024 | |||||||||
3025 | if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
3026 | return From; | ||||||||
3027 | |||||||||
3028 | // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary. | ||||||||
3029 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) | ||||||||
3030 | return From; | ||||||||
3031 | |||||||||
3032 | SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3033 | SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin(); | ||||||||
3034 | |||||||||
3035 | ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind(); | ||||||||
3036 | |||||||||
3037 | // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8: | ||||||||
3038 | // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its | ||||||||
3039 | // class name. | ||||||||
3040 | // | ||||||||
3041 | // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a | ||||||||
3042 | // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type | ||||||||
3043 | // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows | ||||||||
3044 | // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as: | ||||||||
3045 | // | ||||||||
3046 | // class Base { public: int x; }; | ||||||||
3047 | // class Derived1 : public Base { }; | ||||||||
3048 | // class Derived2 : public Base { }; | ||||||||
3049 | // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); }; | ||||||||
3050 | // | ||||||||
3051 | // void VeryDerived::f() { | ||||||||
3052 | // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects | ||||||||
3053 | // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1 | ||||||||
3054 | // } | ||||||||
3055 | if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) { | ||||||||
3056 | QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0); | ||||||||
3057 | assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type")(static_cast <bool> (QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("QType->isRecordType() && \"lookup done with non-record type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3057, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
3058 | |||||||||
3059 | QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->castAs<RecordType>(), 0); | ||||||||
3060 | |||||||||
3061 | // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base | ||||||||
3062 | // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it. | ||||||||
3063 | // Otherwise build the appropriate casts. | ||||||||
3064 | if (IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, QRecordType)) { | ||||||||
3065 | CXXCastPath BasePath; | ||||||||
3066 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType, | ||||||||
3067 | FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath)) | ||||||||
3068 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3069 | |||||||||
3070 | if (PointerConversions) | ||||||||
3071 | QType = Context.getPointerType(QType); | ||||||||
3072 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, | ||||||||
3073 | VK, &BasePath).get(); | ||||||||
3074 | |||||||||
3075 | FromType = QType; | ||||||||
3076 | FromRecordType = QRecordType; | ||||||||
3077 | |||||||||
3078 | // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type, | ||||||||
3079 | // we're done. | ||||||||
3080 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) | ||||||||
3081 | return From; | ||||||||
3082 | } | ||||||||
3083 | } | ||||||||
3084 | |||||||||
3085 | CXXCastPath BasePath; | ||||||||
3086 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType, | ||||||||
3087 | FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath, | ||||||||
3088 | /*IgnoreAccess=*/true)) | ||||||||
3089 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3090 | |||||||||
3091 | return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, | ||||||||
3092 | VK, &BasePath); | ||||||||
3093 | } | ||||||||
3094 | |||||||||
3095 | bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||||||
3096 | const LookupResult &R, | ||||||||
3097 | bool HasTrailingLParen) { | ||||||||
3098 | // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call. | ||||||||
3099 | if (!HasTrailingLParen) | ||||||||
3100 | return false; | ||||||||
3101 | |||||||||
3102 | // Never if a scope specifier was provided. | ||||||||
3103 | if (SS.isSet()) | ||||||||
3104 | return false; | ||||||||
3105 | |||||||||
3106 | // Only in C++ or ObjC++. | ||||||||
3107 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
3108 | return false; | ||||||||
3109 | |||||||||
3110 | // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during | ||||||||
3111 | // normal lookup: | ||||||||
3112 | for (NamedDecl *D : R) { | ||||||||
3113 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||||||
3114 | // -- a declaration of a class member | ||||||||
3115 | // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the | ||||||||
3116 | // original decl. | ||||||||
3117 | if (D->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||||||
3118 | return false; | ||||||||
3119 | |||||||||
3120 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||||||
3121 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a | ||||||||
3122 | // using-declaration | ||||||||
3123 | // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we | ||||||||
3124 | // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types | ||||||||
3125 | // turn off ADL anyway). | ||||||||
3126 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
3127 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
3128 | else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) | ||||||||
3129 | return false; | ||||||||
3130 | |||||||||
3131 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||||||
3132 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function | ||||||||
3133 | // template | ||||||||
3134 | // And also for builtin functions. | ||||||||
3135 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
3136 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
3137 | |||||||||
3138 | // But also builtin functions. | ||||||||
3139 | if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) | ||||||||
3140 | return false; | ||||||||
3141 | } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
3142 | return false; | ||||||||
3143 | } | ||||||||
3144 | |||||||||
3145 | return true; | ||||||||
3146 | } | ||||||||
3147 | |||||||||
3148 | |||||||||
3149 | /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration | ||||||||
3150 | /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that | ||||||||
3151 | /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration | ||||||||
3152 | /// will in fact be used. | ||||||||
3153 | static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { | ||||||||
3154 | if (D->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
3155 | return true; | ||||||||
3156 | |||||||||
3157 | if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
3158 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
3159 | return true; | ||||||||
3160 | } | ||||||||
3161 | |||||||||
3162 | if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
3163 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
3164 | return true; | ||||||||
3165 | } | ||||||||
3166 | |||||||||
3167 | if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
3168 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
3169 | return true; | ||||||||
3170 | } | ||||||||
3171 | |||||||||
3172 | return false; | ||||||||
3173 | } | ||||||||
3174 | |||||||||
3175 | // Certain multiversion types should be treated as overloaded even when there is | ||||||||
3176 | // only one result. | ||||||||
3177 | static bool ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(const LookupResult &R) { | ||||||||
3178 | assert(R.isSingleResult() && "Expected only a single result")(static_cast <bool> (R.isSingleResult() && "Expected only a single result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("R.isSingleResult() && \"Expected only a single result\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3178, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
3179 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); | ||||||||
3180 | return FD && | ||||||||
3181 | (FD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || FD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()); | ||||||||
3182 | } | ||||||||
3183 | |||||||||
3184 | ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||||||
3185 | LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL, | ||||||||
3186 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl) { | ||||||||
3187 | // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL, | ||||||||
3188 | // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref. | ||||||||
3189 | if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && | ||||||||
3190 | !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>() && | ||||||||
3191 | !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R)) | ||||||||
3192 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(), | ||||||||
3193 | R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr, | ||||||||
3194 | AcceptInvalidDecl); | ||||||||
3195 | |||||||||
3196 | // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one | ||||||||
3197 | // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be | ||||||||
3198 | // functions and function templates. | ||||||||
3199 | if (R.isSingleResult() && !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R) && | ||||||||
3200 | CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl())) | ||||||||
3201 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3202 | |||||||||
3203 | // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress | ||||||||
3204 | // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when | ||||||||
3205 | // we've picked a target. | ||||||||
3206 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
3207 | |||||||||
3208 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE | ||||||||
3209 | = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(), | ||||||||
3210 | SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), | ||||||||
3211 | R.getLookupNameInfo(), | ||||||||
3212 | NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(), | ||||||||
3213 | R.begin(), R.end()); | ||||||||
3214 | |||||||||
3215 | return ULE; | ||||||||
3216 | } | ||||||||
3217 | |||||||||
3218 | static void diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, | ||||||||
3219 | ValueDecl *var); | ||||||||
3220 | |||||||||
3221 | /// Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration. | ||||||||
3222 | ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr( | ||||||||
3223 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, | ||||||||
3224 | NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | ||||||||
3225 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl) { | ||||||||
3226 | assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration")(static_cast <bool> (D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("D && \"Cannot refer to a NULL declaration\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3226, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
3227 | assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D ) && "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && \"Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3228, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
3228 | "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D ) && "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && \"Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3228, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
3229 | |||||||||
3230 | SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc(); | ||||||||
3231 | if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D)) { | ||||||||
3232 | // Recovery from invalid cases (e.g. D is an invalid Decl). | ||||||||
3233 | // We use the dependent type for the RecoveryExpr to prevent bogus follow-up | ||||||||
3234 | // diagnostics, as invalid decls use int as a fallback type. | ||||||||
3235 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(NameInfo.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo.getEndLoc(), {}); | ||||||||
3236 | } | ||||||||
3237 | |||||||||
3238 | if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
3239 | // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing | ||||||||
3240 | // a template argument list. | ||||||||
3241 | diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName(Template), Loc); | ||||||||
3242 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3243 | } | ||||||||
3244 | |||||||||
3245 | // Make sure that we're referring to a value. | ||||||||
3246 | if (!isa<ValueDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
3247 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value) << D << SS.getRange(); | ||||||||
3248 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
3249 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3250 | } | ||||||||
3251 | |||||||||
3252 | // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress | ||||||||
3253 | // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup | ||||||||
3254 | // on this function name, because this might not be the function | ||||||||
3255 | // that overload resolution actually selects. | ||||||||
3256 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc)) | ||||||||
3257 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3258 | |||||||||
3259 | auto *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||||||
3260 | |||||||||
3261 | // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's. | ||||||||
3262 | if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl) | ||||||||
3263 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3264 | |||||||||
3265 | // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here, | ||||||||
3266 | // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this | ||||||||
3267 | // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression. | ||||||||
3268 | if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) | ||||||||
3269 | if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||||||
3270 | return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(), | ||||||||
3271 | indirectField); | ||||||||
3272 | |||||||||
3273 | QualType type = VD->getType(); | ||||||||
3274 | if (type.isNull()) | ||||||||
3275 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3276 | ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
3277 | |||||||||
3278 | // In 'T ...V;', the type of the declaration 'V' is 'T...', but the type of | ||||||||
3279 | // a reference to 'V' is simply (unexpanded) 'T'. The type, like the value, | ||||||||
3280 | // is expanded by some outer '...' in the context of the use. | ||||||||
3281 | type = type.getNonPackExpansionType(); | ||||||||
3282 | |||||||||
3283 | switch (D->getKind()) { | ||||||||
3284 | // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds. | ||||||||
3285 | #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind) | ||||||||
3286 | #define VALUE(type, base) | ||||||||
3287 | #define DECL(type, base) case Decl::type: | ||||||||
3288 | #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc" | ||||||||
3289 | llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid value decl kind", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3289); | ||||||||
3290 | |||||||||
3291 | // These shouldn't make it here. | ||||||||
3292 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField: | ||||||||
3293 | llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("forming non-member reference to ivar?" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3293); | ||||||||
3294 | |||||||||
3295 | // Enum constants are always r-values and never references. | ||||||||
3296 | // Unresolved using declarations are dependent. | ||||||||
3297 | case Decl::EnumConstant: | ||||||||
3298 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: | ||||||||
3299 | case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction: | ||||||||
3300 | case Decl::OMPDeclareMapper: | ||||||||
3301 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
3302 | break; | ||||||||
3303 | |||||||||
3304 | // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for | ||||||||
3305 | // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for | ||||||||
3306 | // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really | ||||||||
3307 | // exist in the high-level semantics. | ||||||||
3308 | case Decl::Field: | ||||||||
3309 | case Decl::IndirectField: | ||||||||
3310 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: | ||||||||
3311 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "building reference to field in C?")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "building reference to field in C?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"building reference to field in C?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3311, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
3312 | |||||||||
3313 | // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but | ||||||||
3314 | // for internal consistency we do this anyway. | ||||||||
3315 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
3316 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
3317 | break; | ||||||||
3318 | |||||||||
3319 | // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values | ||||||||
3320 | // depending on the type. | ||||||||
3321 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: { | ||||||||
3322 | if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||||
3323 | type = reftype->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
3324 | valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference | ||||||||
3325 | break; | ||||||||
3326 | } | ||||||||
3327 | |||||||||
3328 | // [expr.prim.id.unqual]p2: | ||||||||
3329 | // If the entity is a template parameter object for a template | ||||||||
3330 | // parameter of type T, the type of the expression is const T. | ||||||||
3331 | // [...] The expression is an lvalue if the entity is a [...] template | ||||||||
3332 | // parameter object. | ||||||||
3333 | if (type->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
3334 | type = type.getUnqualifiedType().withConst(); | ||||||||
3335 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
3336 | break; | ||||||||
3337 | } | ||||||||
3338 | |||||||||
3339 | // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case | ||||||||
3340 | // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever. | ||||||||
3341 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
3342 | type = type.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
3343 | break; | ||||||||
3344 | } | ||||||||
3345 | |||||||||
3346 | case Decl::Var: | ||||||||
3347 | case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||||
3348 | case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization: | ||||||||
3349 | case Decl::Decomposition: | ||||||||
3350 | case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr: | ||||||||
3351 | // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value. | ||||||||
3352 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !type.hasQualifiers() && | ||||||||
3353 | type->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
3354 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
3355 | break; | ||||||||
3356 | } | ||||||||
3357 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
3358 | |||||||||
3359 | case Decl::ImplicitParam: | ||||||||
3360 | case Decl::ParmVar: { | ||||||||
3361 | // These are always l-values. | ||||||||
3362 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
3363 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
3364 | |||||||||
3365 | // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in | ||||||||
3366 | // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually | ||||||||
3367 | // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no. | ||||||||
3368 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) { | ||||||||
3369 | QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc); | ||||||||
3370 | if (!CapturedType.isNull()) | ||||||||
3371 | type = CapturedType; | ||||||||
3372 | } | ||||||||
3373 | |||||||||
3374 | break; | ||||||||
3375 | } | ||||||||
3376 | |||||||||
3377 | case Decl::Binding: { | ||||||||
3378 | // These are always lvalues. | ||||||||
3379 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
3380 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
3381 | // FIXME: Support lambda-capture of BindingDecls, once CWG actually | ||||||||
3382 | // decides how that's supposed to work. | ||||||||
3383 | auto *BD = cast<BindingDecl>(VD); | ||||||||
3384 | if (BD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) { | ||||||||
3385 | auto *DD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(BD->getDecomposedDecl()); | ||||||||
3386 | if (DD && DD->hasLocalStorage()) | ||||||||
3387 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, Loc, BD); | ||||||||
3388 | } | ||||||||
3389 | break; | ||||||||
3390 | } | ||||||||
3391 | |||||||||
3392 | case Decl::Function: { | ||||||||
3393 | if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) { | ||||||||
3394 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { | ||||||||
3395 | type = Context.BuiltinFnTy; | ||||||||
3396 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
3397 | break; | ||||||||
3398 | } | ||||||||
3399 | } | ||||||||
3400 | |||||||||
3401 | const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
3402 | |||||||||
3403 | // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype | ||||||||
3404 | // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. | ||||||||
3405 | if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||||||
3406 | type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; | ||||||||
3407 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
3408 | break; | ||||||||
3409 | } | ||||||||
3410 | |||||||||
3411 | // Functions are l-values in C++. | ||||||||
3412 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
3413 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
3414 | break; | ||||||||
3415 | } | ||||||||
3416 | |||||||||
3417 | // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a | ||||||||
3418 | // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only | ||||||||
3419 | // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing | ||||||||
3420 | // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function | ||||||||
3421 | // type. | ||||||||
3422 | if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() && isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty)) | ||||||||
3423 | type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
3424 | fty->getExtInfo()); | ||||||||
3425 | |||||||||
3426 | // Functions are r-values in C. | ||||||||
3427 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
3428 | break; | ||||||||
3429 | } | ||||||||
3430 | |||||||||
3431 | case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide: | ||||||||
3432 | llvm_unreachable("building reference to deduction guide")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("building reference to deduction guide" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3432); | ||||||||
3433 | |||||||||
3434 | case Decl::MSProperty: | ||||||||
3435 | case Decl::MSGuid: | ||||||||
3436 | case Decl::TemplateParamObject: | ||||||||
3437 | // FIXME: Should MSGuidDecl and template parameter objects be subject to | ||||||||
3438 | // capture in OpenMP, or duplicated between host and device? | ||||||||
3439 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
3440 | break; | ||||||||
3441 | |||||||||
3442 | case Decl::CXXMethod: | ||||||||
3443 | // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype | ||||||||
3444 | // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. | ||||||||
3445 | // This should only be possible with a type written directly. | ||||||||
3446 | if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = | ||||||||
3447 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType())) | ||||||||
3448 | if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||||||
3449 | type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; | ||||||||
3450 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
3451 | break; | ||||||||
3452 | } | ||||||||
3453 | |||||||||
3454 | // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static. | ||||||||
3455 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
3456 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
3457 | break; | ||||||||
3458 | } | ||||||||
3459 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
3460 | |||||||||
3461 | case Decl::CXXConversion: | ||||||||
3462 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: | ||||||||
3463 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: | ||||||||
3464 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
3465 | break; | ||||||||
3466 | } | ||||||||
3467 | |||||||||
3468 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD, | ||||||||
3469 | /*FIXME: TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
3470 | TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
3471 | } | ||||||||
3472 | |||||||||
3473 | static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source, | ||||||||
3474 | SmallString<32> &Target) { | ||||||||
3475 | Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1)); | ||||||||
3476 | char *ResultPtr = &Target[0]; | ||||||||
3477 | const llvm::UTF8 *ErrorPtr; | ||||||||
3478 | bool success = | ||||||||
3479 | llvm::ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr); | ||||||||
3480 | (void)success; | ||||||||
3481 | assert(success)(static_cast <bool> (success) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("success", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3481, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3482 | Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]); | ||||||||
3483 | } | ||||||||
3484 | |||||||||
3485 | ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
3486 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK) { | ||||||||
3487 | // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function. | ||||||||
3488 | Decl *currentDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||
3489 | if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock()) | ||||||||
3490 | currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl; | ||||||||
3491 | else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) | ||||||||
3492 | currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator; | ||||||||
3493 | else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion()) | ||||||||
3494 | currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl; | ||||||||
3495 | else | ||||||||
3496 | currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
3497 | |||||||||
3498 | if (!currentDecl) { | ||||||||
3499 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function); | ||||||||
3500 | currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||||
3501 | } | ||||||||
3502 | |||||||||
3503 | QualType ResTy; | ||||||||
3504 | StringLiteral *SL = nullptr; | ||||||||
3505 | if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) | ||||||||
3506 | ResTy = Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
3507 | else { | ||||||||
3508 | // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of | ||||||||
3509 | // the string. | ||||||||
3510 | auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IK, currentDecl); | ||||||||
3511 | unsigned Length = Str.length(); | ||||||||
3512 | |||||||||
3513 | llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1); | ||||||||
3514 | if (IK == PredefinedExpr::LFunction || IK == PredefinedExpr::LFuncSig) { | ||||||||
3515 | ResTy = | ||||||||
3516 | Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.WideCharTy.withConst()); | ||||||||
3517 | SmallString<32> RawChars; | ||||||||
3518 | ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(), | ||||||||
3519 | Str, RawChars); | ||||||||
3520 | ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, nullptr, | ||||||||
3521 | ArrayType::Normal, | ||||||||
3522 | /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0); | ||||||||
3523 | SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide, | ||||||||
3524 | /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc); | ||||||||
3525 | } else { | ||||||||
3526 | ResTy = Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.CharTy.withConst()); | ||||||||
3527 | ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, nullptr, | ||||||||
3528 | ArrayType::Normal, | ||||||||
3529 | /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0); | ||||||||
3530 | SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ascii, | ||||||||
3531 | /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc); | ||||||||
3532 | } | ||||||||
3533 | } | ||||||||
3534 | |||||||||
3535 | return PredefinedExpr::Create(Context, Loc, ResTy, IK, SL); | ||||||||
3536 | } | ||||||||
3537 | |||||||||
3538 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
3539 | SourceLocation LParen, | ||||||||
3540 | SourceLocation RParen, | ||||||||
3541 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI) { | ||||||||
3542 | return SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr::Create(Context, OpLoc, LParen, RParen, TSI); | ||||||||
3543 | } | ||||||||
3544 | |||||||||
3545 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
3546 | SourceLocation LParen, | ||||||||
3547 | SourceLocation RParen, | ||||||||
3548 | ParsedType ParsedTy) { | ||||||||
3549 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; | ||||||||
3550 | QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedTy, &TSI); | ||||||||
3551 | |||||||||
3552 | if (Ty.isNull()) | ||||||||
3553 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3554 | if (!TSI) | ||||||||
3555 | TSI = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, LParen); | ||||||||
3556 | |||||||||
3557 | return BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(OpLoc, LParen, RParen, TSI); | ||||||||
3558 | } | ||||||||
3559 | |||||||||
3560 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { | ||||||||
3561 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK; | ||||||||
3562 | |||||||||
3563 | switch (Kind) { | ||||||||
3564 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown simple primary expr!" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3564); | ||||||||
3565 | case tok::kw___func__: IK = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2] | ||||||||
3566 | case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::Function; break; | ||||||||
3567 | case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IK = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS] | ||||||||
3568 | case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IK = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS] | ||||||||
3569 | case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break; // [MS] | ||||||||
3570 | case tok::kw_L__FUNCSIG__: IK = PredefinedExpr::LFuncSig; break; // [MS] | ||||||||
3571 | case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break; | ||||||||
3572 | } | ||||||||
3573 | |||||||||
3574 | return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IK); | ||||||||
3575 | } | ||||||||
3576 | |||||||||
3577 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { | ||||||||
3578 | SmallString<16> CharBuffer; | ||||||||
3579 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||||||
3580 | StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid); | ||||||||
3581 | if (Invalid) | ||||||||
3582 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3583 | |||||||||
3584 | CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(), | ||||||||
3585 | PP, Tok.getKind()); | ||||||||
3586 | if (Literal.hadError()) | ||||||||
3587 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3588 | |||||||||
3589 | QualType Ty; | ||||||||
3590 | if (Literal.isWide()) | ||||||||
3591 | Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++. | ||||||||
3592 | else if (Literal.isUTF8() && getLangOpts().Char8) | ||||||||
3593 | Ty = Context.Char8Ty; // u8'x' -> char8_t when it exists. | ||||||||
3594 | else if (Literal.isUTF16()) | ||||||||
3595 | Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11. | ||||||||
3596 | else if (Literal.isUTF32()) | ||||||||
3597 | Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11. | ||||||||
3598 | else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar()) | ||||||||
3599 | Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++. | ||||||||
3600 | else | ||||||||
3601 | Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++ | ||||||||
3602 | |||||||||
3603 | CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii; | ||||||||
3604 | if (Literal.isWide()) | ||||||||
3605 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide; | ||||||||
3606 | else if (Literal.isUTF16()) | ||||||||
3607 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16; | ||||||||
3608 | else if (Literal.isUTF32()) | ||||||||
3609 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32; | ||||||||
3610 | else if (Literal.isUTF8()) | ||||||||
3611 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF8; | ||||||||
3612 | |||||||||
3613 | Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty, | ||||||||
3614 | Tok.getLocation()); | ||||||||
3615 | |||||||||
3616 | if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) | ||||||||
3617 | return Lit; | ||||||||
3618 | |||||||||
3619 | // We're building a user-defined literal. | ||||||||
3620 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); | ||||||||
3621 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = | ||||||||
3622 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); | ||||||||
3623 | |||||||||
3624 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. | ||||||||
3625 | if (!UDLScope) | ||||||||
3626 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl)); | ||||||||
3627 | |||||||||
3628 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form | ||||||||
3629 | // operator "" X (ch) | ||||||||
3630 | return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc, | ||||||||
3631 | Lit, Tok.getLocation()); | ||||||||
3632 | } | ||||||||
3633 | |||||||||
3634 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) { | ||||||||
3635 | unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); | ||||||||
3636 | return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val), | ||||||||
3637 | Context.IntTy, Loc); | ||||||||
3638 | } | ||||||||
3639 | |||||||||
3640 | static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal, | ||||||||
3641 | QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
3642 | const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty); | ||||||||
3643 | |||||||||
3644 | using llvm::APFloat; | ||||||||
3645 | APFloat Val(Format); | ||||||||
3646 | |||||||||
3647 | APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val); | ||||||||
3648 | |||||||||
3649 | // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if | ||||||||
3650 | // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow). | ||||||||
3651 | if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) || | ||||||||
3652 | ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) { | ||||||||
3653 | unsigned diagnostic; | ||||||||
3654 | SmallString<20> buffer; | ||||||||
3655 | if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) { | ||||||||
3656 | diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow; | ||||||||
3657 | APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer); | ||||||||
3658 | } else { | ||||||||
3659 | diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow; | ||||||||
3660 | APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer); | ||||||||
3661 | } | ||||||||
3662 | |||||||||
3663 | S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic) | ||||||||
3664 | << Ty | ||||||||
3665 | << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size()); | ||||||||
3666 | } | ||||||||
3667 | |||||||||
3668 | bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK); | ||||||||
3669 | return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc); | ||||||||
3670 | } | ||||||||
3671 | |||||||||
3672 | bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
3673 | assert(E && "Invalid expression")(static_cast <bool> (E && "Invalid expression") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E && \"Invalid expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3673, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
3674 | |||||||||
3675 | if (E->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
3676 | return false; | ||||||||
3677 | |||||||||
3678 | QualType QT = E->getType(); | ||||||||
3679 | if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) { | ||||||||
3680 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT; | ||||||||
3681 | return true; | ||||||||
3682 | } | ||||||||
3683 | |||||||||
3684 | llvm::APSInt ValueAPS; | ||||||||
3685 | ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS); | ||||||||
3686 | |||||||||
3687 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
3688 | return true; | ||||||||
3689 | |||||||||
3690 | bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive(); | ||||||||
3691 | if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) { | ||||||||
3692 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value) | ||||||||
3693 | << toString(ValueAPS, 10) << ValueIsPositive; | ||||||||
3694 | return true; | ||||||||
3695 | } | ||||||||
3696 | |||||||||
3697 | return false; | ||||||||
3698 | } | ||||||||
3699 | |||||||||
3700 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { | ||||||||
3701 | // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit | ||||||||
3702 | // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix. | ||||||||
3703 | if (Tok.getLength() == 1) { | ||||||||
3704 | const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok); | ||||||||
3705 | return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0'); | ||||||||
3706 | } | ||||||||
3707 | |||||||||
3708 | SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer; | ||||||||
3709 | // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to | ||||||||
3710 | // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling() | ||||||||
3711 | // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at | ||||||||
3712 | // the EOF, so it is also safe. | ||||||||
3713 | SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1); | ||||||||
3714 | |||||||||
3715 | // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc. | ||||||||
3716 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||||||
3717 | StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid); | ||||||||
3718 | if (Invalid) | ||||||||
3719 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3720 | |||||||||
3721 | NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), | ||||||||
3722 | PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts(), | ||||||||
3723 | PP.getTargetInfo(), PP.getDiagnostics()); | ||||||||
3724 | if (Literal.hadError) | ||||||||
3725 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3726 | |||||||||
3727 | if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) { | ||||||||
3728 | // We're building a user-defined literal. | ||||||||
3729 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); | ||||||||
3730 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = | ||||||||
3731 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); | ||||||||
3732 | |||||||||
3733 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. | ||||||||
3734 | if (!UDLScope) | ||||||||
3735 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl)); | ||||||||
3736 | |||||||||
3737 | QualType CookedTy; | ||||||||
3738 | if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { | ||||||||
3739 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type | ||||||||
3740 | // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form | ||||||||
3741 | // operator "" X (f L) | ||||||||
3742 | CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy; | ||||||||
3743 | } else { | ||||||||
3744 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type | ||||||||
3745 | // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form | ||||||||
3746 | // operator "" X (n ULL) | ||||||||
3747 | CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | ||||||||
3748 | } | ||||||||
3749 | |||||||||
3750 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||||
3751 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); | ||||||||
3752 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); | ||||||||
3753 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); | ||||||||
3754 | |||||||||
3755 | SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation(); | ||||||||
3756 | |||||||||
3757 | // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw | ||||||||
3758 | // literal or a cooked one. | ||||||||
3759 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
3760 | switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy, | ||||||||
3761 | /*AllowRaw*/ true, /*AllowTemplate*/ true, | ||||||||
3762 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ false, | ||||||||
3763 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ !Literal.isImaginary)) { | ||||||||
3764 | case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic: | ||||||||
3765 | // Lookup failure for imaginary constants isn't fatal, there's still the | ||||||||
3766 | // GNU extension producing _Complex types. | ||||||||
3767 | break; | ||||||||
3768 | case LOLR_Error: | ||||||||
3769 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3770 | case LOLR_Cooked: { | ||||||||
3771 | Expr *Lit; | ||||||||
3772 | if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { | ||||||||
3773 | Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation()); | ||||||||
3774 | } else { | ||||||||
3775 | llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0); | ||||||||
3776 | if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) | ||||||||
3777 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) | ||||||||
3778 | << /* Unsigned */ 1; | ||||||||
3779 | Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy, | ||||||||
3780 | Tok.getLocation()); | ||||||||
3781 | } | ||||||||
3782 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc); | ||||||||
3783 | } | ||||||||
3784 | |||||||||
3785 | case LOLR_Raw: { | ||||||||
3786 | // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the | ||||||||
3787 | // literal is treated as a call of the form | ||||||||
3788 | // operator "" X ("n") | ||||||||
3789 | unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); | ||||||||
3790 | QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType( | ||||||||
3791 | Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.CharTy.withConst()), | ||||||||
3792 | llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1), nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, 0); | ||||||||
3793 | Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create( | ||||||||
3794 | Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii, | ||||||||
3795 | /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1); | ||||||||
3796 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc); | ||||||||
3797 | } | ||||||||
3798 | |||||||||
3799 | case LOLR_Template: { | ||||||||
3800 | // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator | ||||||||
3801 | // template), L is treated as a call fo the form | ||||||||
3802 | // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>() | ||||||||
3803 | // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck. | ||||||||
3804 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; | ||||||||
3805 | unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy); | ||||||||
3806 | bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType(); | ||||||||
3807 | llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned); | ||||||||
3808 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||||
3809 | Value = TokSpelling[I]; | ||||||||
3810 | TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy); | ||||||||
3811 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo; | ||||||||
3812 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); | ||||||||
3813 | } | ||||||||
3814 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc, | ||||||||
3815 | &ExplicitArgs); | ||||||||
3816 | } | ||||||||
3817 | case LOLR_StringTemplatePack: | ||||||||
3818 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected literal operator lookup result" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3818); | ||||||||
3819 | } | ||||||||
3820 | } | ||||||||
3821 | |||||||||
3822 | Expr *Res; | ||||||||
3823 | |||||||||
3824 | if (Literal.isFixedPointLiteral()) { | ||||||||
3825 | QualType Ty; | ||||||||
3826 | |||||||||
3827 | if (Literal.isAccum) { | ||||||||
3828 | if (Literal.isHalf) { | ||||||||
3829 | Ty = Context.ShortAccumTy; | ||||||||
3830 | } else if (Literal.isLong) { | ||||||||
3831 | Ty = Context.LongAccumTy; | ||||||||
3832 | } else { | ||||||||
3833 | Ty = Context.AccumTy; | ||||||||
3834 | } | ||||||||
3835 | } else if (Literal.isFract) { | ||||||||
3836 | if (Literal.isHalf) { | ||||||||
3837 | Ty = Context.ShortFractTy; | ||||||||
3838 | } else if (Literal.isLong) { | ||||||||
3839 | Ty = Context.LongFractTy; | ||||||||
3840 | } else { | ||||||||
3841 | Ty = Context.FractTy; | ||||||||
3842 | } | ||||||||
3843 | } | ||||||||
3844 | |||||||||
3845 | if (Literal.isUnsigned) Ty = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(Ty); | ||||||||
3846 | |||||||||
3847 | bool isSigned = !Literal.isUnsigned; | ||||||||
3848 | unsigned scale = Context.getFixedPointScale(Ty); | ||||||||
3849 | unsigned bit_width = Context.getTypeInfo(Ty).Width; | ||||||||
3850 | |||||||||
3851 | llvm::APInt Val(bit_width, 0, isSigned); | ||||||||
3852 | bool Overflowed = Literal.GetFixedPointValue(Val, scale); | ||||||||
3853 | bool ValIsZero = Val.isZero() && !Overflowed; | ||||||||
3854 | |||||||||
3855 | auto MaxVal = Context.getFixedPointMax(Ty).getValue(); | ||||||||
3856 | if (Literal.isFract && Val == MaxVal + 1 && !ValIsZero) | ||||||||
3857 | // Clause 6.4.4 - The value of a constant shall be in the range of | ||||||||
3858 | // representable values for its type, with exception for constants of a | ||||||||
3859 | // fract type with a value of exactly 1; such a constant shall denote | ||||||||
3860 | // the maximal value for the type. | ||||||||
3861 | --Val; | ||||||||
3862 | else if (Val.ugt(MaxVal) || Overflowed) | ||||||||
3863 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_too_large_for_fixed_point); | ||||||||
3864 | |||||||||
3865 | Res = FixedPointLiteral::CreateFromRawInt(Context, Val, Ty, | ||||||||
3866 | Tok.getLocation(), scale); | ||||||||
3867 | } else if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { | ||||||||
3868 | QualType Ty; | ||||||||
3869 | if (Literal.isHalf){ | ||||||||
3870 | if (getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", getLangOpts())) | ||||||||
3871 | Ty = Context.HalfTy; | ||||||||
3872 | else { | ||||||||
3873 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_half_const_requires_fp16); | ||||||||
3874 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3875 | } | ||||||||
3876 | } else if (Literal.isFloat) | ||||||||
3877 | Ty = Context.FloatTy; | ||||||||
3878 | else if (Literal.isLong) | ||||||||
3879 | Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy; | ||||||||
3880 | else if (Literal.isFloat16) | ||||||||
3881 | Ty = Context.Float16Ty; | ||||||||
3882 | else if (Literal.isFloat128) | ||||||||
3883 | Ty = Context.Float128Ty; | ||||||||
3884 | else | ||||||||
3885 | Ty = Context.DoubleTy; | ||||||||
3886 | |||||||||
3887 | Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); | ||||||||
3888 | |||||||||
3889 | if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) { | ||||||||
3890 | if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) { | ||||||||
3891 | if (Ty->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float) { | ||||||||
3892 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||||||
3893 | } | ||||||||
3894 | } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( | ||||||||
3895 | "cl_khr_fp64", getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||
3896 | // Impose single-precision float type when cl_khr_fp64 is not enabled. | ||||||||
3897 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64) | ||||||||
3898 | << (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 300); | ||||||||
3899 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||||||
3900 | } | ||||||||
3901 | } | ||||||||
3902 | } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) { | ||||||||
3903 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
3904 | } else { | ||||||||
3905 | QualType Ty; | ||||||||
3906 | |||||||||
3907 | // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature. | ||||||||
3908 | if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) { | ||||||||
3909 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
3910 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), | ||||||||
3911 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? | ||||||||
3912 | diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong); | ||||||||
3913 | else | ||||||||
3914 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong); | ||||||||
3915 | } | ||||||||
3916 | |||||||||
3917 | // 'z/uz' literals are a C++2b feature. | ||||||||
3918 | if (Literal.isSizeT) | ||||||||
3919 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
3920 | ? getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2b | ||||||||
3921 | ? diag::warn_cxx20_compat_size_t_suffix | ||||||||
3922 | : diag::ext_cxx2b_size_t_suffix | ||||||||
3923 | : diag::err_cxx2b_size_t_suffix); | ||||||||
3924 | |||||||||
3925 | // 'wb/uwb' literals are a C2x feature. We support _BitInt as a type in C++, | ||||||||
3926 | // but we do not currently support the suffix in C++ mode because it's not | ||||||||
3927 | // entirely clear whether WG21 will prefer this suffix to return a library | ||||||||
3928 | // type such as std::bit_int instead of returning a _BitInt. | ||||||||
3929 | if (Literal.isBitInt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
3930 | PP.Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().C2x | ||||||||
3931 | ? diag::warn_c2x_compat_bitint_suffix | ||||||||
3932 | : diag::ext_c2x_bitint_suffix); | ||||||||
3933 | |||||||||
3934 | // Get the value in the widest-possible width. What is "widest" depends on | ||||||||
3935 | // whether the literal is a bit-precise integer or not. For a bit-precise | ||||||||
3936 | // integer type, try to scan the source to determine how many bits are | ||||||||
3937 | // needed to represent the value. This may seem a bit expensive, but trying | ||||||||
3938 | // to get the integer value from an overly-wide APInt is *extremely* | ||||||||
3939 | // expensive, so the naive approach of assuming | ||||||||
3940 | // llvm::IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS is a big performance hit. | ||||||||
3941 | unsigned BitsNeeded = | ||||||||
3942 | Literal.isBitInt ? llvm::APInt::getSufficientBitsNeeded( | ||||||||
3943 | Literal.getLiteralDigits(), Literal.getRadix()) | ||||||||
3944 | : Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth(); | ||||||||
3945 | llvm::APInt ResultVal(BitsNeeded, 0); | ||||||||
3946 | |||||||||
3947 | if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) { | ||||||||
3948 | // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull. | ||||||||
3949 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) | ||||||||
3950 | << /* Unsigned */ 1; | ||||||||
3951 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | ||||||||
3952 | assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&(static_cast <bool> (Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal .getBitWidth() && "long long is not intmax_t?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && \"long long is not intmax_t?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3953, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
3953 | "long long is not intmax_t?")(static_cast <bool> (Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal .getBitWidth() && "long long is not intmax_t?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && \"long long is not intmax_t?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 3953, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
3954 | } else { | ||||||||
3955 | // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into | ||||||||
3956 | // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5. | ||||||||
3957 | |||||||||
3958 | // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to | ||||||||
3959 | // be an unsigned int. | ||||||||
3960 | bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10; | ||||||||
3961 | |||||||||
3962 | // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can. | ||||||||
3963 | unsigned Width = 0; | ||||||||
3964 | |||||||||
3965 | // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized. | ||||||||
3966 | if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) { | ||||||||
3967 | if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) { | ||||||||
3968 | Width = 8; | ||||||||
3969 | Ty = Context.CharTy; | ||||||||
3970 | } else { | ||||||||
3971 | Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger; | ||||||||
3972 | Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width, | ||||||||
3973 | /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned); | ||||||||
3974 | } | ||||||||
3975 | } | ||||||||
3976 | |||||||||
3977 | // Bit-precise integer literals are automagically-sized based on the | ||||||||
3978 | // width required by the literal. | ||||||||
3979 | if (Literal.isBitInt) { | ||||||||
3980 | // The signed version has one more bit for the sign value. There are no | ||||||||
3981 | // zero-width bit-precise integers, even if the literal value is 0. | ||||||||
3982 | Width = Literal.isUnsigned ? std::max(ResultVal.getActiveBits(), 1u) | ||||||||
3983 | : std::max(ResultVal.getMinSignedBits(), 2u); | ||||||||
3984 | |||||||||
3985 | // Diagnose if the width of the constant is larger than BITINT_MAXWIDTH, | ||||||||
3986 | // and reset the type to the largest supported width. | ||||||||
3987 | unsigned int MaxBitIntWidth = | ||||||||
3988 | Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxBitIntWidth(); | ||||||||
3989 | if (Width > MaxBitIntWidth) { | ||||||||
3990 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) | ||||||||
3991 | << Literal.isUnsigned; | ||||||||
3992 | Width = MaxBitIntWidth; | ||||||||
3993 | } | ||||||||
3994 | |||||||||
3995 | // Reset the result value to the smaller APInt and select the correct | ||||||||
3996 | // type to be used. Note, we zext even for signed values because the | ||||||||
3997 | // literal itself is always an unsigned value (a preceeding - is a | ||||||||
3998 | // unary operator, not part of the literal). | ||||||||
3999 | ResultVal = ResultVal.zextOrTrunc(Width); | ||||||||
4000 | Ty = Context.getBitIntType(Literal.isUnsigned, Width); | ||||||||
4001 | } | ||||||||
4002 | |||||||||
4003 | // Check C++2b size_t literals. | ||||||||
4004 | if (Literal.isSizeT) { | ||||||||
4005 | assert(!Literal.MicrosoftInteger &&(static_cast <bool> (!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && "size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && \"size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4006, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
4006 | "size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals")(static_cast <bool> (!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && "size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && \"size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4006, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
4007 | unsigned SizeTSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getTypeWidth( | ||||||||
4008 | Context.getTargetInfo().getSizeType()); | ||||||||
4009 | |||||||||
4010 | // Does it fit in size_t? | ||||||||
4011 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(SizeTSize)) { | ||||||||
4012 | // Does it fit in ssize_t? | ||||||||
4013 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[SizeTSize - 1] == 0) | ||||||||
4014 | Ty = Context.getSignedSizeType(); | ||||||||
4015 | else if (AllowUnsigned) | ||||||||
4016 | Ty = Context.getSizeType(); | ||||||||
4017 | Width = SizeTSize; | ||||||||
4018 | } | ||||||||
4019 | } | ||||||||
4020 | |||||||||
4021 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong && | ||||||||
4022 | !Literal.isSizeT) { | ||||||||
4023 | // Are int/unsigned possibilities? | ||||||||
4024 | unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); | ||||||||
4025 | |||||||||
4026 | // Does it fit in a unsigned int? | ||||||||
4027 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) { | ||||||||
4028 | // Does it fit in a signed int? | ||||||||
4029 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0) | ||||||||
4030 | Ty = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||
4031 | else if (AllowUnsigned) | ||||||||
4032 | Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy; | ||||||||
4033 | Width = IntSize; | ||||||||
4034 | } | ||||||||
4035 | } | ||||||||
4036 | |||||||||
4037 | // Are long/unsigned long possibilities? | ||||||||
4038 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong && !Literal.isSizeT) { | ||||||||
4039 | unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); | ||||||||
4040 | |||||||||
4041 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long? | ||||||||
4042 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) { | ||||||||
4043 | // Does it fit in a signed long? | ||||||||
4044 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0) | ||||||||
4045 | Ty = Context.LongTy; | ||||||||
4046 | else if (AllowUnsigned) | ||||||||
4047 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; | ||||||||
4048 | // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2 | ||||||||
4049 | // is compatible. | ||||||||
4050 | else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||||
4051 | const unsigned LongLongSize = | ||||||||
4052 | Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); | ||||||||
4053 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), | ||||||||
4054 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
4055 | ? Literal.isLong | ||||||||
4056 | ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx | ||||||||
4057 | : /*C++98 UB*/ diag:: | ||||||||
4058 | ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx | ||||||||
4059 | : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long) | ||||||||
4060 | << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0 | ||||||||
4061 | : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1); | ||||||||
4062 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; | ||||||||
4063 | } | ||||||||
4064 | Width = LongSize; | ||||||||
4065 | } | ||||||||
4066 | } | ||||||||
4067 | |||||||||
4068 | // Check long long if needed. | ||||||||
4069 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isSizeT) { | ||||||||
4070 | unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); | ||||||||
4071 | |||||||||
4072 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long long? | ||||||||
4073 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) { | ||||||||
4074 | // Does it fit in a signed long long? | ||||||||
4075 | // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the | ||||||||
4076 | // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode. | ||||||||
4077 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 || | ||||||||
4078 | (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && Literal.isLongLong))) | ||||||||
4079 | Ty = Context.LongLongTy; | ||||||||
4080 | else if (AllowUnsigned) | ||||||||
4081 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | ||||||||
4082 | Width = LongLongSize; | ||||||||
4083 | } | ||||||||
4084 | } | ||||||||
4085 | |||||||||
4086 | // If we still couldn't decide a type, we either have 'size_t' literal | ||||||||
4087 | // that is out of range, or a decimal literal that does not fit in a | ||||||||
4088 | // signed long long and has no U suffix. | ||||||||
4089 | if (Ty.isNull()) { | ||||||||
4090 | if (Literal.isSizeT) | ||||||||
4091 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_size_t_literal_too_large) | ||||||||
4092 | << Literal.isUnsigned; | ||||||||
4093 | else | ||||||||
4094 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), | ||||||||
4095 | diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed); | ||||||||
4096 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | ||||||||
4097 | Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); | ||||||||
4098 | } | ||||||||
4099 | |||||||||
4100 | if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width) | ||||||||
4101 | ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width); | ||||||||
4102 | } | ||||||||
4103 | Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); | ||||||||
4104 | } | ||||||||
4105 | |||||||||
4106 | // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper. | ||||||||
4107 | if (Literal.isImaginary) { | ||||||||
4108 | Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res, | ||||||||
4109 | Context.getComplexType(Res->getType())); | ||||||||
4110 | |||||||||
4111 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_imaginary_constant); | ||||||||
4112 | } | ||||||||
4113 | return Res; | ||||||||
4114 | } | ||||||||
4115 | |||||||||
4116 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
4117 | assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr")(static_cast <bool> (E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E && \"ActOnParenExpr() missing expr\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4117, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
4118 | QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); | ||||||||
4119 | if (getLangOpts().ProtectParens && CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() && | ||||||||
4120 | !E->isLValue() && ExprTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) | ||||||||
4121 | return BuildBuiltinCallExpr(R, Builtin::BI__arithmetic_fence, E); | ||||||||
4122 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E); | ||||||||
4123 | } | ||||||||
4124 | |||||||||
4125 | static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||||||
4126 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
4127 | SourceRange ArgRange) { | ||||||||
4128 | // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in | ||||||||
4129 | // scalar or vector data type argument..." | ||||||||
4130 | // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic | ||||||||
4131 | // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void. | ||||||||
4132 | if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) { | ||||||||
4133 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type) | ||||||||
4134 | << T << ArgRange; | ||||||||
4135 | return true; | ||||||||
4136 | } | ||||||||
4137 | |||||||||
4138 | assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType ()) && "Scalar types should always be complete") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) && \"Scalar types should always be complete\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4139, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
4139 | "Scalar types should always be complete")(static_cast <bool> ((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType ()) && "Scalar types should always be complete") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) && \"Scalar types should always be complete\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4139, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
4140 | return false; | ||||||||
4141 | } | ||||||||
4142 | |||||||||
4143 | static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||||||
4144 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
4145 | SourceRange ArgRange, | ||||||||
4146 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { | ||||||||
4147 | // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++. | ||||||||
4148 | if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
4149 | return true; | ||||||||
4150 | |||||||||
4151 | // C99 6.5.3.4p1: | ||||||||
4152 | if (T->isFunctionType() && | ||||||||
4153 | (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf || | ||||||||
4154 | TraitKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf)) { | ||||||||
4155 | // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension. | ||||||||
4156 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type) | ||||||||
4157 | << getTraitSpelling(TraitKind) << ArgRange; | ||||||||
4158 | return false; | ||||||||
4159 | } | ||||||||
4160 | |||||||||
4161 | // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where | ||||||||
4162 | // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k) | ||||||||
4163 | if (T->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
4164 | unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type | ||||||||
4165 | : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type; | ||||||||
4166 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getTraitSpelling(TraitKind) << ArgRange; | ||||||||
4167 | return false; | ||||||||
4168 | } | ||||||||
4169 | |||||||||
4170 | return true; | ||||||||
4171 | } | ||||||||
4172 | |||||||||
4173 | static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||||||
4174 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
4175 | SourceRange ArgRange, | ||||||||
4176 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { | ||||||||
4177 | // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the | ||||||||
4178 | // runtime doesn't allow it. | ||||||||
4179 | if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||||||
4180 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface) | ||||||||
4181 | << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf) | ||||||||
4182 | << ArgRange; | ||||||||
4183 | return true; | ||||||||
4184 | } | ||||||||
4185 | |||||||||
4186 | return false; | ||||||||
4187 | } | ||||||||
4188 | |||||||||
4189 | /// Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed | ||||||||
4190 | /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is. | ||||||||
4191 | static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, | ||||||||
4192 | Expr *E) { | ||||||||
4193 | // Don't warn if the operation changed the type. | ||||||||
4194 | if (T != E->getType()) | ||||||||
4195 | return; | ||||||||
4196 | |||||||||
4197 | // Now look for array decays. | ||||||||
4198 | ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); | ||||||||
4199 | if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay) | ||||||||
4200 | return; | ||||||||
4201 | |||||||||
4202 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
4203 | << ICE->getType() | ||||||||
4204 | << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(); | ||||||||
4205 | } | ||||||||
4206 | |||||||||
4207 | /// Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression | ||||||||
4208 | /// and type traits. | ||||||||
4209 | /// | ||||||||
4210 | /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand | ||||||||
4211 | /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify | ||||||||
4212 | /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template | ||||||||
4213 | /// instantiation, etc. | ||||||||
4214 | bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, | ||||||||
4215 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | ||||||||
4216 | QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); | ||||||||
4217 | assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType())(static_cast <bool> (!ExprTy->isReferenceType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprTy->isReferenceType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4217, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4218 | |||||||||
4219 | bool IsUnevaluatedOperand = | ||||||||
4220 | (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || | ||||||||
4221 | ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_VecStep); | ||||||||
4222 | if (IsUnevaluatedOperand) { | ||||||||
4223 | ExprResult Result = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(E); | ||||||||
4224 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
4225 | return true; | ||||||||
4226 | E = Result.get(); | ||||||||
4227 | } | ||||||||
4228 | |||||||||
4229 | // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context, | ||||||||
4230 | // so side effects could result in unintended consequences. | ||||||||
4231 | // Exclude instantiation-dependent expressions, because 'sizeof' is sometimes | ||||||||
4232 | // used to build SFINAE gadgets. | ||||||||
4233 | // FIXME: Should we consider instantiation-dependent operands to 'alignof'? | ||||||||
4234 | if (IsUnevaluatedOperand && !inTemplateInstantiation() && | ||||||||
4235 | !E->isInstantiationDependent() && | ||||||||
4236 | E->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) | ||||||||
4237 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); | ||||||||
4238 | |||||||||
4239 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) | ||||||||
4240 | return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
4241 | E->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
4242 | |||||||||
4243 | // Explicitly list some types as extensions. | ||||||||
4244 | if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
4245 | E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) | ||||||||
4246 | return false; | ||||||||
4247 | |||||||||
4248 | // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of | ||||||||
4249 | // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to | ||||||||
4250 | // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown | ||||||||
4251 | // bound). | ||||||||
4252 | if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) { | ||||||||
4253 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||||||
4254 | E->getExprLoc(), Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()), | ||||||||
4255 | diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||||||
4256 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange())) | ||||||||
4257 | return true; | ||||||||
4258 | } else { | ||||||||
4259 | if (RequireCompleteSizedExprType( | ||||||||
4260 | E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||||||
4261 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange())) | ||||||||
4262 | return true; | ||||||||
4263 | } | ||||||||
4264 | |||||||||
4265 | // Completing the expression's type may have changed it. | ||||||||
4266 | ExprTy = E->getType(); | ||||||||
4267 | assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType())(static_cast <bool> (!ExprTy->isReferenceType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprTy->isReferenceType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4267, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4268 | |||||||||
4269 | if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
4270 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type) | ||||||||
4271 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
4272 | return true; | ||||||||
4273 | } | ||||||||
4274 | |||||||||
4275 | if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
4276 | E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) | ||||||||
4277 | return true; | ||||||||
4278 | |||||||||
4279 | if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) { | ||||||||
4280 | if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||
4281 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) { | ||||||||
4282 | QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType(); | ||||||||
4283 | QualType Type = PVD->getType(); | ||||||||
4284 | if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
4285 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param) | ||||||||
4286 | << Type << OType; | ||||||||
4287 | Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
4288 | } | ||||||||
4289 | } | ||||||||
4290 | } | ||||||||
4291 | |||||||||
4292 | // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array | ||||||||
4293 | // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most | ||||||||
4294 | // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x". | ||||||||
4295 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||
4296 | warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(), | ||||||||
4297 | BO->getLHS()); | ||||||||
4298 | warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(), | ||||||||
4299 | BO->getRHS()); | ||||||||
4300 | } | ||||||||
4301 | } | ||||||||
4302 | |||||||||
4303 | return false; | ||||||||
4304 | } | ||||||||
4305 | |||||||||
4306 | /// Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type | ||||||||
4307 | /// traits. | ||||||||
4308 | /// | ||||||||
4309 | /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints | ||||||||
4310 | /// on those operands. | ||||||||
4311 | /// | ||||||||
4312 | /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine. | ||||||||
4313 | /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state: | ||||||||
4314 | /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ... | ||||||||
4315 | /// | ||||||||
4316 | /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4 | ||||||||
4317 | /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer | ||||||||
4318 | /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof. | ||||||||
4319 | /// | ||||||||
4320 | /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions. | ||||||||
4321 | bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, | ||||||||
4322 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
4323 | SourceRange ExprRange, | ||||||||
4324 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | ||||||||
4325 | if (ExprType->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
4326 | return false; | ||||||||
4327 | |||||||||
4328 | // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: | ||||||||
4329 | // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result | ||||||||
4330 | // is the size of the referenced type. | ||||||||
4331 | // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3: | ||||||||
4332 | // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result | ||||||||
4333 | // shall be the alignment of the referenced type. | ||||||||
4334 | if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
4335 | ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4336 | |||||||||
4337 | // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3: | ||||||||
4338 | // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result | ||||||||
4339 | // is the alignment of the element type. | ||||||||
4340 | if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || | ||||||||
4341 | ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) | ||||||||
4342 | ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType); | ||||||||
4343 | |||||||||
4344 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) | ||||||||
4345 | return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange); | ||||||||
4346 | |||||||||
4347 | // Explicitly list some types as extensions. | ||||||||
4348 | if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange, | ||||||||
4349 | ExprKind)) | ||||||||
4350 | return false; | ||||||||
4351 | |||||||||
4352 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||||||
4353 | OpLoc, ExprType, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||||||
4354 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), ExprRange)) | ||||||||
4355 | return true; | ||||||||
4356 | |||||||||
4357 | if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
4358 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type) | ||||||||
4359 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind) << ExprRange; | ||||||||
4360 | return true; | ||||||||
4361 | } | ||||||||
4362 | |||||||||
4363 | if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange, | ||||||||
4364 | ExprKind)) | ||||||||
4365 | return true; | ||||||||
4366 | |||||||||
4367 | return false; | ||||||||
4368 | } | ||||||||
4369 | |||||||||
4370 | static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | ||||||||
4371 | // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. | ||||||||
4372 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
4373 | return false; | ||||||||
4374 | |||||||||
4375 | if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { | ||||||||
4376 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) | ||||||||
4377 | << 1 << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
4378 | return true; | ||||||||
4379 | } | ||||||||
4380 | |||||||||
4381 | ValueDecl *D = nullptr; | ||||||||
4382 | Expr *Inner = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
4383 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Inner)) { | ||||||||
4384 | D = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||||||
4385 | } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Inner)) { | ||||||||
4386 | D = ME->getMemberDecl(); | ||||||||
4387 | } | ||||||||
4388 | |||||||||
4389 | // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a | ||||||||
4390 | // complete definition so that we can compute the layout. | ||||||||
4391 | // | ||||||||
4392 | // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member | ||||||||
4393 | // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression | ||||||||
4394 | // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member | ||||||||
4395 | // in a trailing-return-type. | ||||||||
4396 | // | ||||||||
4397 | // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC | ||||||||
4398 | // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the | ||||||||
4399 | // nonsensical answer 0. | ||||||||
4400 | // | ||||||||
4401 | // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just | ||||||||
4402 | // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing | ||||||||
4403 | // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of | ||||||||
4404 | // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal | ||||||||
4405 | // use-case. | ||||||||
4406 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
4407 | // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a | ||||||||
4408 | // definition if we can find a member of it. | ||||||||
4409 | if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) { | ||||||||
4410 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type) | ||||||||
4411 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
4412 | return true; | ||||||||
4413 | } | ||||||||
4414 | |||||||||
4415 | // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have | ||||||||
4416 | // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a | ||||||||
4417 | // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to | ||||||||
4418 | // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial. | ||||||||
4419 | if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
4420 | return false; | ||||||||
4421 | } | ||||||||
4422 | |||||||||
4423 | return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, ExprKind); | ||||||||
4424 | } | ||||||||
4425 | |||||||||
4426 | bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
4427 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
4428 | |||||||||
4429 | // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. | ||||||||
4430 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
4431 | return false; | ||||||||
4432 | |||||||||
4433 | return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep); | ||||||||
4434 | } | ||||||||
4435 | |||||||||
4436 | static void captureVariablyModifiedType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | ||||||||
4437 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI) { | ||||||||
4438 | assert(T->isVariablyModifiedType())(static_cast <bool> (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isVariablyModifiedType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4438, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4439 | assert(CSI != nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (CSI != nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CSI != nullptr", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4439, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4440 | |||||||||
4441 | // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA expressions. | ||||||||
4442 | do { | ||||||||
4443 | const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
4444 | switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||||
4445 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||||||
4446 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||||||
4447 | #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||||||
4448 | #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: | ||||||||
4449 | #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||||||
4450 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | ||||||||
4451 | T = QualType(); | ||||||||
4452 | break; | ||||||||
4453 | // These types are never variably-modified. | ||||||||
4454 | case Type::Builtin: | ||||||||
4455 | case Type::Complex: | ||||||||
4456 | case Type::Vector: | ||||||||
4457 | case Type::ExtVector: | ||||||||
4458 | case Type::ConstantMatrix: | ||||||||
4459 | case Type::Record: | ||||||||
4460 | case Type::Enum: | ||||||||
4461 | case Type::Elaborated: | ||||||||
4462 | case Type::TemplateSpecialization: | ||||||||
4463 | case Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||||
4464 | case Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||||
4465 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||||
4466 | case Type::ObjCTypeParam: | ||||||||
4467 | case Type::Pipe: | ||||||||
4468 | case Type::BitInt: | ||||||||
4469 | llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("type class is never variably-modified!" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4469); | ||||||||
4470 | case Type::Adjusted: | ||||||||
4471 | T = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType(); | ||||||||
4472 | break; | ||||||||
4473 | case Type::Decayed: | ||||||||
4474 | T = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4475 | break; | ||||||||
4476 | case Type::Pointer: | ||||||||
4477 | T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4478 | break; | ||||||||
4479 | case Type::BlockPointer: | ||||||||
4480 | T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4481 | break; | ||||||||
4482 | case Type::LValueReference: | ||||||||
4483 | case Type::RValueReference: | ||||||||
4484 | T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4485 | break; | ||||||||
4486 | case Type::MemberPointer: | ||||||||
4487 | T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4488 | break; | ||||||||
4489 | case Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||||
4490 | case Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||||
4491 | // Losing element qualification here is fine. | ||||||||
4492 | T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType(); | ||||||||
4493 | break; | ||||||||
4494 | case Type::VariableArray: { | ||||||||
4495 | // Losing element qualification here is fine. | ||||||||
4496 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty); | ||||||||
4497 | |||||||||
4498 | // Unknown size indication requires no size computation. | ||||||||
4499 | // Otherwise, evaluate and record it. | ||||||||
4500 | auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr(); | ||||||||
4501 | if (Size && !CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT) && | ||||||||
4502 | (isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) || isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))) | ||||||||
4503 | CSI->addVLATypeCapture(Size->getExprLoc(), VAT, Context.getSizeType()); | ||||||||
4504 | |||||||||
4505 | T = VAT->getElementType(); | ||||||||
4506 | break; | ||||||||
4507 | } | ||||||||
4508 | case Type::FunctionProto: | ||||||||
4509 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: | ||||||||
4510 | T = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
4511 | break; | ||||||||
4512 | case Type::Paren: | ||||||||
4513 | case Type::TypeOf: | ||||||||
4514 | case Type::UnaryTransform: | ||||||||
4515 | case Type::Attributed: | ||||||||
4516 | case Type::BTFTagAttributed: | ||||||||
4517 | case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | ||||||||
4518 | case Type::MacroQualified: | ||||||||
4519 | // Keep walking after single level desugaring. | ||||||||
4520 | T = T.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context); | ||||||||
4521 | break; | ||||||||
4522 | case Type::Typedef: | ||||||||
4523 | T = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar(); | ||||||||
4524 | break; | ||||||||
4525 | case Type::Decltype: | ||||||||
4526 | T = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar(); | ||||||||
4527 | break; | ||||||||
4528 | case Type::Using: | ||||||||
4529 | T = cast<UsingType>(Ty)->desugar(); | ||||||||
4530 | break; | ||||||||
4531 | case Type::Auto: | ||||||||
4532 | case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||||
4533 | T = cast<DeducedType>(Ty)->getDeducedType(); | ||||||||
4534 | break; | ||||||||
4535 | case Type::TypeOfExpr: | ||||||||
4536 | T = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType(); | ||||||||
4537 | break; | ||||||||
4538 | case Type::Atomic: | ||||||||
4539 | T = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType(); | ||||||||
4540 | break; | ||||||||
4541 | } | ||||||||
4542 | } while (!T.isNull() && T->isVariablyModifiedType()); | ||||||||
4543 | } | ||||||||
4544 | |||||||||
4545 | /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand. | ||||||||
4546 | ExprResult | ||||||||
4547 | Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||||||||
4548 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
4549 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, | ||||||||
4550 | SourceRange R) { | ||||||||
4551 | if (!TInfo) | ||||||||
4552 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4553 | |||||||||
4554 | QualType T = TInfo->getType(); | ||||||||
4555 | |||||||||
4556 | if (!T->isDependentType() && | ||||||||
4557 | CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind)) | ||||||||
4558 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4559 | |||||||||
4560 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && FunctionScopes.size() > 1) { | ||||||||
4561 | if (auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | ||||||||
4562 | for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(), | ||||||||
4563 | E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend()); | ||||||||
4564 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
4565 | auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I); | ||||||||
4566 | if (CSI == nullptr) | ||||||||
4567 | break; | ||||||||
4568 | DeclContext *DC = nullptr; | ||||||||
4569 | if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||||||
4570 | DC = LSI->CallOperator; | ||||||||
4571 | else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||||||
4572 | DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl; | ||||||||
4573 | else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||||||
4574 | DC = BSI->TheDecl; | ||||||||
4575 | if (DC) { | ||||||||
4576 | if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl())) | ||||||||
4577 | break; | ||||||||
4578 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, T, CSI); | ||||||||
4579 | } | ||||||||
4580 | } | ||||||||
4581 | } | ||||||||
4582 | } | ||||||||
4583 | |||||||||
4584 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. | ||||||||
4585 | if (isUnevaluatedContext() && ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && | ||||||||
4586 | TInfo->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||||||
4587 | TInfo = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(TInfo); | ||||||||
4588 | |||||||||
4589 | return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( | ||||||||
4590 | ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd()); | ||||||||
4591 | } | ||||||||
4592 | |||||||||
4593 | /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression | ||||||||
4594 | /// operand. | ||||||||
4595 | ExprResult | ||||||||
4596 | Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
4597 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | ||||||||
4598 | ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
4599 | if (PE.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
4600 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4601 | |||||||||
4602 | E = PE.get(); | ||||||||
4603 | |||||||||
4604 | // Verify that the operand is valid. | ||||||||
4605 | bool isInvalid = false; | ||||||||
4606 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
4607 | // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. | ||||||||
4608 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) { | ||||||||
4609 | isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E, ExprKind); | ||||||||
4610 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) { | ||||||||
4611 | isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E); | ||||||||
4612 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) { | ||||||||
4613 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr); | ||||||||
4614 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
4615 | } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1. | ||||||||
4616 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 0; | ||||||||
4617 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
4618 | } else { | ||||||||
4619 | isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf); | ||||||||
4620 | } | ||||||||
4621 | |||||||||
4622 | if (isInvalid) | ||||||||
4623 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4624 | |||||||||
4625 | if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) { | ||||||||
4626 | PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); | ||||||||
4627 | if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4628 | E = PE.get(); | ||||||||
4629 | } | ||||||||
4630 | |||||||||
4631 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. | ||||||||
4632 | return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( | ||||||||
4633 | ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); | ||||||||
4634 | } | ||||||||
4635 | |||||||||
4636 | /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c | ||||||||
4637 | /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof | ||||||||
4638 | /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false. | ||||||||
4639 | ExprResult | ||||||||
4640 | Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
4641 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType, | ||||||||
4642 | void *TyOrEx, SourceRange ArgRange) { | ||||||||
4643 | // If error parsing type, ignore. | ||||||||
4644 | if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4645 | |||||||||
4646 | if (IsType) { | ||||||||
4647 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||||||||
4648 | (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo); | ||||||||
4649 | return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange); | ||||||||
4650 | } | ||||||||
4651 | |||||||||
4652 | Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx; | ||||||||
4653 | ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind); | ||||||||
4654 | return Result; | ||||||||
4655 | } | ||||||||
4656 | |||||||||
4657 | static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
4658 | bool IsReal) { | ||||||||
4659 | if (V.get()->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
4660 | return S.Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
4661 | |||||||||
4662 | // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values. | ||||||||
4663 | if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) { | ||||||||
4664 | V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get()); | ||||||||
4665 | if (V.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
4666 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
4667 | } | ||||||||
4668 | |||||||||
4669 | // These operators return the element type of a complex type. | ||||||||
4670 | if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) | ||||||||
4671 | return CT->getElementType(); | ||||||||
4672 | |||||||||
4673 | // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here. | ||||||||
4674 | if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) | ||||||||
4675 | return V.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
4676 | |||||||||
4677 | // Test for placeholders. | ||||||||
4678 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get()); | ||||||||
4679 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||||||
4680 | if (PR.get() != V.get()) { | ||||||||
4681 | V = PR; | ||||||||
4682 | return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal); | ||||||||
4683 | } | ||||||||
4684 | |||||||||
4685 | // Reject anything else. | ||||||||
4686 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType() | ||||||||
4687 | << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag"); | ||||||||
4688 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
4689 | } | ||||||||
4690 | |||||||||
4691 | |||||||||
4692 | |||||||||
4693 | ExprResult | ||||||||
4694 | Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
4695 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) { | ||||||||
4696 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc; | ||||||||
4697 | switch (Kind) { | ||||||||
4698 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown unary op!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4698); | ||||||||
4699 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break; | ||||||||
4700 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break; | ||||||||
4701 | } | ||||||||
4702 | |||||||||
4703 | // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. | ||||||||
4704 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input); | ||||||||
4705 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4706 | Input = Result.get(); | ||||||||
4707 | |||||||||
4708 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||||||
4709 | } | ||||||||
4710 | |||||||||
4711 | /// Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal. | ||||||||
4712 | /// | ||||||||
4713 | /// \return true on error | ||||||||
4714 | static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S, | ||||||||
4715 | SourceLocation opLoc, | ||||||||
4716 | Expr *op) { | ||||||||
4717 | assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4717, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
4718 | if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() && | ||||||||
4719 | !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime) | ||||||||
4720 | return false; | ||||||||
4721 | |||||||||
4722 | S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) | ||||||||
4723 | << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType() | ||||||||
4724 | << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
4725 | return true; | ||||||||
4726 | } | ||||||||
4727 | |||||||||
4728 | static bool isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Base) { | ||||||||
4729 | auto *BaseNoParens = Base->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
4730 | if (auto *MSProp = dyn_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr>(BaseNoParens)) | ||||||||
4731 | return MSProp->getPropertyDecl()->getType()->isArrayType(); | ||||||||
4732 | return isa<MSPropertySubscriptExpr>(BaseNoParens); | ||||||||
4733 | } | ||||||||
4734 | |||||||||
4735 | // Returns the type used for LHS[RHS], given one of LHS, RHS is type-dependent. | ||||||||
4736 | // Typically this is DependentTy, but can sometimes be more precise. | ||||||||
4737 | // | ||||||||
4738 | // There are cases when we could determine a non-dependent type: | ||||||||
4739 | // - LHS and RHS may have non-dependent types despite being type-dependent | ||||||||
4740 | // (e.g. unbounded array static members of the current instantiation) | ||||||||
4741 | // - one may be a dependent-sized array with known element type | ||||||||
4742 | // - one may be a dependent-typed valid index (enum in current instantiation) | ||||||||
4743 | // | ||||||||
4744 | // We *always* return a dependent type, in such cases it is DependentTy. | ||||||||
4745 | // This avoids creating type-dependent expressions with non-dependent types. | ||||||||
4746 | // FIXME: is this important to avoid? See https://reviews.llvm.org/D107275 | ||||||||
4747 | static QualType getDependentArraySubscriptType(Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||||||
4748 | const ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||||||
4749 | assert(LHS->isTypeDependent() || RHS->isTypeDependent())(static_cast <bool> (LHS->isTypeDependent() || RHS-> isTypeDependent()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isTypeDependent() || RHS->isTypeDependent()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4749, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
4750 | QualType LTy = LHS->getType(), RTy = RHS->getType(); | ||||||||
4751 | QualType Result = Ctx.DependentTy; | ||||||||
4752 | if (RTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { | ||||||||
4753 | if (const PointerType *PT = LTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
4754 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4755 | else if (const ArrayType *AT = LTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) | ||||||||
4756 | Result = AT->getElementType(); | ||||||||
4757 | } else if (LTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { | ||||||||
4758 | if (const PointerType *PT = RTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
4759 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4760 | else if (const ArrayType *AT = RTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) | ||||||||
4761 | Result = AT->getElementType(); | ||||||||
4762 | } | ||||||||
4763 | // Ensure we return a dependent type. | ||||||||
4764 | return Result->isDependentType() ? Result : Ctx.DependentTy; | ||||||||
4765 | } | ||||||||
4766 | |||||||||
4767 | static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args); | ||||||||
4768 | |||||||||
4769 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, | ||||||||
4770 | SourceLocation lbLoc, | ||||||||
4771 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, | ||||||||
4772 | SourceLocation rbLoc) { | ||||||||
4773 | |||||||||
4774 | if (base && !base->getType().isNull() && | ||||||||
4775 | base->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) | ||||||||
4776 | return ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(base, lbLoc, ArgExprs.front(), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
4777 | SourceLocation(), /*Length*/ nullptr, | ||||||||
4778 | /*Stride=*/nullptr, rbLoc); | ||||||||
4779 | |||||||||
4780 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. | ||||||||
4781 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) { | ||||||||
4782 | ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base); | ||||||||
4783 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
4784 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4785 | base = result.get(); | ||||||||
4786 | } | ||||||||
4787 | |||||||||
4788 | // Check if base and idx form a MatrixSubscriptExpr. | ||||||||
4789 | // | ||||||||
4790 | // Helper to check for comma expressions, which are not allowed as indices for | ||||||||
4791 | // matrix subscript expressions. | ||||||||
4792 | auto CheckAndReportCommaError = [this, base, rbLoc](Expr *E) { | ||||||||
4793 | if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E) && cast<BinaryOperator>(E)->isCommaOp()) { | ||||||||
4794 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_subscript_comma) | ||||||||
4795 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); | ||||||||
4796 | return true; | ||||||||
4797 | } | ||||||||
4798 | return false; | ||||||||
4799 | }; | ||||||||
4800 | // The matrix subscript operator ([][])is considered a single operator. | ||||||||
4801 | // Separating the index expressions by parenthesis is not allowed. | ||||||||
4802 | if (base->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx) && | ||||||||
4803 | !isa<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(base)) { | ||||||||
4804 | Diag(base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_separate_incomplete_index) | ||||||||
4805 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); | ||||||||
4806 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4807 | } | ||||||||
4808 | // If the base is a MatrixSubscriptExpr, try to create a new | ||||||||
4809 | // MatrixSubscriptExpr. | ||||||||
4810 | auto *matSubscriptE = dyn_cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(base); | ||||||||
4811 | if (matSubscriptE) { | ||||||||
4812 | assert(ArgExprs.size() == 1)(static_cast <bool> (ArgExprs.size() == 1) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgExprs.size() == 1", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4812, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4813 | if (CheckAndReportCommaError(ArgExprs.front())) | ||||||||
4814 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4815 | |||||||||
4816 | assert(matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() &&(static_cast <bool> (matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && "base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && \"base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4817, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
4817 | "base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript")(static_cast <bool> (matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && "base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && \"base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4817, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
4818 | return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(matSubscriptE->getBase(), | ||||||||
4819 | matSubscriptE->getRowIdx(), | ||||||||
4820 | ArgExprs.front(), rbLoc); | ||||||||
4821 | } | ||||||||
4822 | |||||||||
4823 | // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index | ||||||||
4824 | // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other | ||||||||
4825 | // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload | ||||||||
4826 | // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack | ||||||||
4827 | // at the overload. | ||||||||
4828 | bool IsMSPropertySubscript = false; | ||||||||
4829 | if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
4830 | IsMSPropertySubscript = isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(*this, base); | ||||||||
4831 | if (!IsMSPropertySubscript) { | ||||||||
4832 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base); | ||||||||
4833 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
4834 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4835 | base = result.get(); | ||||||||
4836 | } | ||||||||
4837 | } | ||||||||
4838 | |||||||||
4839 | // If the base is a matrix type, try to create a new MatrixSubscriptExpr. | ||||||||
4840 | if (base->getType()->isMatrixType()) { | ||||||||
4841 | assert(ArgExprs.size() == 1)(static_cast <bool> (ArgExprs.size() == 1) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgExprs.size() == 1", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4841, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4842 | if (CheckAndReportCommaError(ArgExprs.front())) | ||||||||
4843 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4844 | |||||||||
4845 | return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(base, ArgExprs.front(), nullptr, | ||||||||
4846 | rbLoc); | ||||||||
4847 | } | ||||||||
4848 | |||||||||
4849 | if (ArgExprs.size() == 1 && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { | ||||||||
4850 | Expr *idx = ArgExprs[0]; | ||||||||
4851 | if ((isa<BinaryOperator>(idx) && cast<BinaryOperator>(idx)->isCommaOp()) || | ||||||||
4852 | (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(idx) && | ||||||||
4853 | cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(idx)->getOperator() == OO_Comma)) { | ||||||||
4854 | Diag(idx->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_comma_subscript) | ||||||||
4855 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); | ||||||||
4856 | } | ||||||||
4857 | } | ||||||||
4858 | |||||||||
4859 | if (ArgExprs.size() == 1 && | ||||||||
4860 | ArgExprs[0]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
4861 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArgExprs[0]); | ||||||||
4862 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
4863 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4864 | ArgExprs[0] = result.get(); | ||||||||
4865 | } else { | ||||||||
4866 | if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs)) | ||||||||
4867 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4868 | } | ||||||||
4869 | |||||||||
4870 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent. | ||||||||
4871 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ArgExprs.size() == 1 && | ||||||||
4872 | (base->isTypeDependent() || | ||||||||
4873 | Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))) { | ||||||||
4874 | return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr( | ||||||||
4875 | base, ArgExprs.front(), | ||||||||
4876 | getDependentArraySubscriptType(base, ArgExprs.front(), getASTContext()), | ||||||||
4877 | VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc); | ||||||||
4878 | } | ||||||||
4879 | |||||||||
4880 | // MSDN, property (C++) | ||||||||
4881 | // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/yhfk0thd(v=vs.120).aspx | ||||||||
4882 | // This attribute can also be used in the declaration of an empty array in a | ||||||||
4883 | // class or structure definition. For example: | ||||||||
4884 | // __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[]; | ||||||||
4885 | // The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array | ||||||||
4886 | // indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b), | ||||||||
4887 | // and p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i); | ||||||||
4888 | if (IsMSPropertySubscript) { | ||||||||
4889 | assert(ArgExprs.size() == 1)(static_cast <bool> (ArgExprs.size() == 1) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgExprs.size() == 1", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4889, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4890 | // Build MS property subscript expression if base is MS property reference | ||||||||
4891 | // or MS property subscript. | ||||||||
4892 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
4893 | MSPropertySubscriptExpr(base, ArgExprs.front(), Context.PseudoObjectTy, | ||||||||
4894 | VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc); | ||||||||
4895 | } | ||||||||
4896 | |||||||||
4897 | // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record | ||||||||
4898 | // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*, | ||||||||
4899 | // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion | ||||||||
4900 | // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution | ||||||||
4901 | // to do if there aren't any record types involved. | ||||||||
4902 | // | ||||||||
4903 | // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied | ||||||||
4904 | // to overload resolution and so should not take this path. | ||||||||
4905 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||
4906 | ((base->getType()->isRecordType() || | ||||||||
4907 | (ArgExprs.size() != 1 || ArgExprs[0]->getType()->isRecordType())))) { | ||||||||
4908 | return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, ArgExprs); | ||||||||
4909 | } | ||||||||
4910 | |||||||||
4911 | ExprResult Res = | ||||||||
4912 | CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, ArgExprs.front(), rbLoc); | ||||||||
4913 | |||||||||
4914 | if (!Res.isInvalid() && isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Res.get())) | ||||||||
4915 | CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Res.get())); | ||||||||
4916 | |||||||||
4917 | return Res; | ||||||||
4918 | } | ||||||||
4919 | |||||||||
4920 | ExprResult Sema::tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty) { | ||||||||
4921 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty); | ||||||||
4922 | InitializationKind Kind = | ||||||||
4923 | InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation()); | ||||||||
4924 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, E); | ||||||||
4925 | return InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, E); | ||||||||
4926 | } | ||||||||
4927 | |||||||||
4928 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, | ||||||||
4929 | Expr *ColumnIdx, | ||||||||
4930 | SourceLocation RBLoc) { | ||||||||
4931 | ExprResult BaseR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); | ||||||||
4932 | if (BaseR.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
4933 | return BaseR; | ||||||||
4934 | Base = BaseR.get(); | ||||||||
4935 | |||||||||
4936 | ExprResult RowR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RowIdx); | ||||||||
4937 | if (RowR.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
4938 | return RowR; | ||||||||
4939 | RowIdx = RowR.get(); | ||||||||
4940 | |||||||||
4941 | if (!ColumnIdx) | ||||||||
4942 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr( | ||||||||
4943 | Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, Context.IncompleteMatrixIdxTy, RBLoc); | ||||||||
4944 | |||||||||
4945 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if any of the operands is type-dependent. | ||||||||
4946 | if (Base->isTypeDependent() || RowIdx->isTypeDependent() || | ||||||||
4947 | ColumnIdx->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
4948 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, | ||||||||
4949 | Context.DependentTy, RBLoc); | ||||||||
4950 | |||||||||
4951 | ExprResult ColumnR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ColumnIdx); | ||||||||
4952 | if (ColumnR.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
4953 | return ColumnR; | ||||||||
4954 | ColumnIdx = ColumnR.get(); | ||||||||
4955 | |||||||||
4956 | // Check that IndexExpr is an integer expression. If it is a constant | ||||||||
4957 | // expression, check that it is less than Dim (= the number of elements in the | ||||||||
4958 | // corresponding dimension). | ||||||||
4959 | auto IsIndexValid = [&](Expr *IndexExpr, unsigned Dim, | ||||||||
4960 | bool IsColumnIdx) -> Expr * { | ||||||||
4961 | if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||
4962 | !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
4963 | Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_not_integer) | ||||||||
4964 | << IsColumnIdx; | ||||||||
4965 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
4966 | } | ||||||||
4967 | |||||||||
4968 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> Idx = | ||||||||
4969 | IndexExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) { | ||||||||
4970 | if ((*Idx < 0 || *Idx >= Dim)) { | ||||||||
4971 | Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_outside_range) | ||||||||
4972 | << IsColumnIdx << Dim; | ||||||||
4973 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
4974 | } | ||||||||
4975 | } | ||||||||
4976 | |||||||||
4977 | ExprResult ConvExpr = | ||||||||
4978 | tryConvertExprToType(IndexExpr, Context.getSizeType()); | ||||||||
4979 | assert(!ConvExpr.isInvalid() &&(static_cast <bool> (!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && "should be able to convert any integer type to size type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && \"should be able to convert any integer type to size type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4980, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
4980 | "should be able to convert any integer type to size type")(static_cast <bool> (!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && "should be able to convert any integer type to size type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && \"should be able to convert any integer type to size type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 4980, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
4981 | return ConvExpr.get(); | ||||||||
4982 | }; | ||||||||
4983 | |||||||||
4984 | auto *MTy = Base->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); | ||||||||
4985 | RowIdx = IsIndexValid(RowIdx, MTy->getNumRows(), false); | ||||||||
4986 | ColumnIdx = IsIndexValid(ColumnIdx, MTy->getNumColumns(), true); | ||||||||
4987 | if (!RowIdx || !ColumnIdx) | ||||||||
4988 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
4989 | |||||||||
4990 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, | ||||||||
4991 | MTy->getElementType(), RBLoc); | ||||||||
4992 | } | ||||||||
4993 | |||||||||
4994 | void Sema::CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E) { | ||||||||
4995 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back(); | ||||||||
4996 | const Expr *StrippedExpr = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
4997 | |||||||||
4998 | // For expressions like `&(*s).b`, the base is recorded and what should be | ||||||||
4999 | // checked. | ||||||||
5000 | const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr; | ||||||||
5001 | while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(StrippedExpr)) && !Member->isArrow()) | ||||||||
5002 | StrippedExpr = Member->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
5003 | |||||||||
5004 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.erase(StrippedExpr); | ||||||||
5005 | } | ||||||||
5006 | |||||||||
5007 | void Sema::CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) { | ||||||||
5008 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
5009 | return; | ||||||||
5010 | |||||||||
5011 | QualType ResultTy = E->getType(); | ||||||||
5012 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back(); | ||||||||
5013 | |||||||||
5014 | // Bail if the element is an array since it is not memory access. | ||||||||
5015 | if (isa<ArrayType>(ResultTy)) | ||||||||
5016 | return; | ||||||||
5017 | |||||||||
5018 | if (ResultTy->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) { | ||||||||
5019 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E); | ||||||||
5020 | return; | ||||||||
5021 | } | ||||||||
5022 | |||||||||
5023 | // Check if the base type is a pointer to a member access of a struct | ||||||||
5024 | // marked with noderef. | ||||||||
5025 | const Expr *Base = E->getBase(); | ||||||||
5026 | QualType BaseTy = Base->getType(); | ||||||||
5027 | if (!(isa<ArrayType>(BaseTy) || isa<PointerType>(BaseTy))) | ||||||||
5028 | // Not a pointer access | ||||||||
5029 | return; | ||||||||
5030 | |||||||||
5031 | const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr; | ||||||||
5032 | while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base->IgnoreParenCasts())) && | ||||||||
5033 | Member->isArrow()) | ||||||||
5034 | Base = Member->getBase(); | ||||||||
5035 | |||||||||
5036 | if (const auto *Ptr = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Base->getType())) { | ||||||||
5037 | if (Ptr->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) | ||||||||
5038 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E); | ||||||||
5039 | } | ||||||||
5040 | } | ||||||||
5041 | |||||||||
5042 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, | ||||||||
5043 | Expr *LowerBound, | ||||||||
5044 | SourceLocation ColonLocFirst, | ||||||||
5045 | SourceLocation ColonLocSecond, | ||||||||
5046 | Expr *Length, Expr *Stride, | ||||||||
5047 | SourceLocation RBLoc) { | ||||||||
5048 | if (Base->hasPlaceholderType() && | ||||||||
5049 | !Base->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) { | ||||||||
5050 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); | ||||||||
5051 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5052 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5053 | Base = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5054 | } | ||||||||
5055 | if (LowerBound && LowerBound->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
5056 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LowerBound); | ||||||||
5057 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5058 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5059 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||||||
5060 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5061 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5062 | LowerBound = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5063 | } | ||||||||
5064 | if (Length && Length->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
5065 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Length); | ||||||||
5066 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5067 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5068 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||||||
5069 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5070 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5071 | Length = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5072 | } | ||||||||
5073 | if (Stride && Stride->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
5074 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Stride); | ||||||||
5075 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5076 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5077 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||||||
5078 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5079 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5080 | Stride = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5081 | } | ||||||||
5082 | |||||||||
5083 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent. | ||||||||
5084 | if (Base->isTypeDependent() || | ||||||||
5085 | (LowerBound && | ||||||||
5086 | (LowerBound->isTypeDependent() || LowerBound->isValueDependent())) || | ||||||||
5087 | (Length && (Length->isTypeDependent() || Length->isValueDependent())) || | ||||||||
5088 | (Stride && (Stride->isTypeDependent() || Stride->isValueDependent()))) { | ||||||||
5089 | return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr( | ||||||||
5090 | Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||||
5091 | OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc); | ||||||||
5092 | } | ||||||||
5093 | |||||||||
5094 | // Perform default conversions. | ||||||||
5095 | QualType OriginalTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(Base); | ||||||||
5096 | QualType ResultTy; | ||||||||
5097 | if (OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) { | ||||||||
5098 | ResultTy = OriginalTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5099 | } else if (OriginalTy->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
5100 | ResultTy = OriginalTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); | ||||||||
5101 | } else { | ||||||||
5102 | return ExprError( | ||||||||
5103 | Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_value) | ||||||||
5104 | << Base->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
5105 | } | ||||||||
5106 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 | ||||||||
5107 | if (LowerBound) { | ||||||||
5108 | auto Res = PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
5109 | LowerBound); | ||||||||
5110 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5111 | return ExprError(Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
5112 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) | ||||||||
5113 | << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
5114 | LowerBound = Res.get(); | ||||||||
5115 | |||||||||
5116 | if (LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||||||
5117 | LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) | ||||||||
5118 | Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) | ||||||||
5119 | << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5120 | } | ||||||||
5121 | if (Length) { | ||||||||
5122 | auto Res = | ||||||||
5123 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Length->getExprLoc(), Length); | ||||||||
5124 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5125 | return ExprError(Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
5126 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) | ||||||||
5127 | << 1 << Length->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
5128 | Length = Res.get(); | ||||||||
5129 | |||||||||
5130 | if (Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||||||
5131 | Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) | ||||||||
5132 | Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) | ||||||||
5133 | << 1 << Length->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5134 | } | ||||||||
5135 | if (Stride) { | ||||||||
5136 | ExprResult Res = | ||||||||
5137 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Stride->getExprLoc(), Stride); | ||||||||
5138 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5139 | return ExprError(Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
5140 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) | ||||||||
5141 | << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
5142 | Stride = Res.get(); | ||||||||
5143 | |||||||||
5144 | if (Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||||||
5145 | Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) | ||||||||
5146 | Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) | ||||||||
5147 | << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5148 | } | ||||||||
5149 | |||||||||
5150 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, | ||||||||
5151 | // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object | ||||||||
5152 | // type. Note that functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) | ||||||||
5153 | // incomplete types are not object types. | ||||||||
5154 | if (ResultTy->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
5155 | Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_function_type) | ||||||||
5156 | << ResultTy << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5157 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5158 | } | ||||||||
5159 | |||||||||
5160 | if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getExprLoc(), ResultTy, | ||||||||
5161 | diag::err_omp_section_incomplete_type, Base)) | ||||||||
5162 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5163 | |||||||||
5164 | if (LowerBound && !OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) { | ||||||||
5165 | Expr::EvalResult Result; | ||||||||
5166 | if (LowerBound->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) { | ||||||||
5167 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] | ||||||||
5168 | // The array section must be a subset of the original array. | ||||||||
5169 | llvm::APSInt LowerBoundValue = Result.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
5170 | if (LowerBoundValue.isNegative()) { | ||||||||
5171 | Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_not_subset_of_array) | ||||||||
5172 | << LowerBound->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5173 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5174 | } | ||||||||
5175 | } | ||||||||
5176 | } | ||||||||
5177 | |||||||||
5178 | if (Length) { | ||||||||
5179 | Expr::EvalResult Result; | ||||||||
5180 | if (Length->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) { | ||||||||
5181 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] | ||||||||
5182 | // The length must evaluate to non-negative integers. | ||||||||
5183 | llvm::APSInt LengthValue = Result.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
5184 | if (LengthValue.isNegative()) { | ||||||||
5185 | Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_length_negative) | ||||||||
5186 | << toString(LengthValue, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) | ||||||||
5187 | << Length->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5188 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5189 | } | ||||||||
5190 | } | ||||||||
5191 | } else if (ColonLocFirst.isValid() && | ||||||||
5192 | (OriginalTy.isNull() || (!OriginalTy->isConstantArrayType() && | ||||||||
5193 | !OriginalTy->isVariableArrayType()))) { | ||||||||
5194 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] | ||||||||
5195 | // When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be | ||||||||
5196 | // specified explicitly. | ||||||||
5197 | Diag(ColonLocFirst, diag::err_omp_section_length_undefined) | ||||||||
5198 | << (!OriginalTy.isNull() && OriginalTy->isArrayType()); | ||||||||
5199 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5200 | } | ||||||||
5201 | |||||||||
5202 | if (Stride) { | ||||||||
5203 | Expr::EvalResult Result; | ||||||||
5204 | if (Stride->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) { | ||||||||
5205 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] | ||||||||
5206 | // The stride must evaluate to a positive integer. | ||||||||
5207 | llvm::APSInt StrideValue = Result.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
5208 | if (!StrideValue.isStrictlyPositive()) { | ||||||||
5209 | Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_stride_non_positive) | ||||||||
5210 | << toString(StrideValue, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) | ||||||||
5211 | << Stride->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5212 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5213 | } | ||||||||
5214 | } | ||||||||
5215 | } | ||||||||
5216 | |||||||||
5217 | if (!Base->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) { | ||||||||
5218 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Base); | ||||||||
5219 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5220 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5221 | Base = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5222 | } | ||||||||
5223 | return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr( | ||||||||
5224 | Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.OMPArraySectionTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||||
5225 | OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc); | ||||||||
5226 | } | ||||||||
5227 | |||||||||
5228 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
5229 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
5230 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims, | ||||||||
5231 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets) { | ||||||||
5232 | if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
5233 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); | ||||||||
5234 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5235 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5236 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||||||
5237 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5238 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5239 | Base = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5240 | } | ||||||||
5241 | QualType BaseTy = Base->getType(); | ||||||||
5242 | // Delay analysis of the types/expressions if instantiation/specialization is | ||||||||
5243 | // required. | ||||||||
5244 | if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() && Base->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
5245 | return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, Context.DependentTy, Base, | ||||||||
5246 | LParenLoc, RParenLoc, Dims, Brackets); | ||||||||
5247 | if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() || | ||||||||
5248 | (!Base->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||||
5249 | BaseTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType())) | ||||||||
5250 | return ExprError(Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
5251 | diag::err_omp_non_pointer_type_array_shaping_base) | ||||||||
5252 | << Base->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
5253 | |||||||||
5254 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> NewDims; | ||||||||
5255 | bool ErrorFound = false; | ||||||||
5256 | for (Expr *Dim : Dims) { | ||||||||
5257 | if (Dim->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
5258 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Dim); | ||||||||
5259 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
5260 | ErrorFound = true; | ||||||||
5261 | continue; | ||||||||
5262 | } | ||||||||
5263 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||||||
5264 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
5265 | ErrorFound = true; | ||||||||
5266 | continue; | ||||||||
5267 | } | ||||||||
5268 | Dim = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5269 | } | ||||||||
5270 | if (!Dim->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
5271 | ExprResult Result = | ||||||||
5272 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Dim->getExprLoc(), Dim); | ||||||||
5273 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
5274 | ErrorFound = true; | ||||||||
5275 | Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_shaping_not_integer) | ||||||||
5276 | << Dim->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5277 | continue; | ||||||||
5278 | } | ||||||||
5279 | Dim = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5280 | Expr::EvalResult EvResult; | ||||||||
5281 | if (!Dim->isValueDependent() && Dim->EvaluateAsInt(EvResult, Context)) { | ||||||||
5282 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.4 Array Shaping] | ||||||||
5283 | // Each si is an integral type expression that must evaluate to a | ||||||||
5284 | // positive integer. | ||||||||
5285 | llvm::APSInt Value = EvResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
5286 | if (!Value.isStrictlyPositive()) { | ||||||||
5287 | Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_shaping_dimension_not_positive) | ||||||||
5288 | << toString(Value, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) | ||||||||
5289 | << Dim->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5290 | ErrorFound = true; | ||||||||
5291 | continue; | ||||||||
5292 | } | ||||||||
5293 | } | ||||||||
5294 | } | ||||||||
5295 | NewDims.push_back(Dim); | ||||||||
5296 | } | ||||||||
5297 | if (ErrorFound) | ||||||||
5298 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5299 | return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, Context.OMPArrayShapingTy, Base, | ||||||||
5300 | LParenLoc, RParenLoc, NewDims, Brackets); | ||||||||
5301 | } | ||||||||
5302 | |||||||||
5303 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc, | ||||||||
5304 | SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc, | ||||||||
5305 | ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data) { | ||||||||
5306 | SmallVector<OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition, 4> ID; | ||||||||
5307 | bool IsCorrect = true; | ||||||||
5308 | for (const OMPIteratorData &D : Data) { | ||||||||
5309 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||
5310 | SourceLocation StartLoc; | ||||||||
5311 | QualType DeclTy; | ||||||||
5312 | if (!D.Type.getAsOpaquePtr()) { | ||||||||
5313 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators | ||||||||
5314 | // In an iterator-specifier, if the iterator-type is not specified then | ||||||||
5315 | // the type of that iterator is of int type. | ||||||||
5316 | DeclTy = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||
5317 | StartLoc = D.DeclIdentLoc; | ||||||||
5318 | } else { | ||||||||
5319 | DeclTy = GetTypeFromParser(D.Type, &TInfo); | ||||||||
5320 | StartLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
5321 | } | ||||||||
5322 | |||||||||
5323 | bool IsDeclTyDependent = DeclTy->isDependentType() || | ||||||||
5324 | DeclTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || | ||||||||
5325 | DeclTy->isInstantiationDependentType(); | ||||||||
5326 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent) { | ||||||||
5327 | if (!DeclTy->isIntegralType(Context) && !DeclTy->isAnyPointerType()) { | ||||||||
5328 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++ | ||||||||
5329 | // The iterator-type must be an integral or pointer type. | ||||||||
5330 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer) | ||||||||
5331 | << DeclTy; | ||||||||
5332 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5333 | continue; | ||||||||
5334 | } | ||||||||
5335 | if (DeclTy.isConstant(Context)) { | ||||||||
5336 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++ | ||||||||
5337 | // The iterator-type must not be const qualified. | ||||||||
5338 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer) | ||||||||
5339 | << DeclTy; | ||||||||
5340 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5341 | continue; | ||||||||
5342 | } | ||||||||
5343 | } | ||||||||
5344 | |||||||||
5345 | // Iterator declaration. | ||||||||
5346 | assert(D.DeclIdent && "Identifier expected.")(static_cast <bool> (D.DeclIdent && "Identifier expected." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("D.DeclIdent && \"Identifier expected.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 5346, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
5347 | // Always try to create iterator declarator to avoid extra error messages | ||||||||
5348 | // about unknown declarations use. | ||||||||
5349 | auto *VD = VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, D.DeclIdentLoc, | ||||||||
5350 | D.DeclIdent, DeclTy, TInfo, SC_None); | ||||||||
5351 | VD->setImplicit(); | ||||||||
5352 | if (S) { | ||||||||
5353 | // Check for conflicting previous declaration. | ||||||||
5354 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(VD->getDeclName(), D.DeclIdentLoc); | ||||||||
5355 | LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||||||
5356 | ForVisibleRedeclaration); | ||||||||
5357 | Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
5358 | LookupName(Previous, S); | ||||||||
5359 | |||||||||
5360 | FilterLookupForScope(Previous, CurContext, S, /*ConsiderLinkage=*/false, | ||||||||
5361 | /*AllowInlineNamespace=*/false); | ||||||||
5362 | if (!Previous.empty()) { | ||||||||
5363 | NamedDecl *Old = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); | ||||||||
5364 | Diag(D.DeclIdentLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << VD->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
5365 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||||||
5366 | } else { | ||||||||
5367 | PushOnScopeChains(VD, S); | ||||||||
5368 | } | ||||||||
5369 | } else { | ||||||||
5370 | CurContext->addDecl(VD); | ||||||||
5371 | } | ||||||||
5372 | Expr *Begin = D.Range.Begin; | ||||||||
5373 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Begin && !Begin->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
5374 | ExprResult BeginRes = | ||||||||
5375 | PerformImplicitConversion(Begin, DeclTy, AA_Converting); | ||||||||
5376 | Begin = BeginRes.get(); | ||||||||
5377 | } | ||||||||
5378 | Expr *End = D.Range.End; | ||||||||
5379 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && End && !End->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
5380 | ExprResult EndRes = PerformImplicitConversion(End, DeclTy, AA_Converting); | ||||||||
5381 | End = EndRes.get(); | ||||||||
5382 | } | ||||||||
5383 | Expr *Step = D.Range.Step; | ||||||||
5384 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Step && !Step->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
5385 | if (!Step->getType()->isIntegralType(Context)) { | ||||||||
5386 | Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_not_integral) | ||||||||
5387 | << Step << Step->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5388 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5389 | continue; | ||||||||
5390 | } | ||||||||
5391 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> Result = Step->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context); | ||||||||
5392 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions | ||||||||
5393 | // If the step expression of a range-specification equals zero, the | ||||||||
5394 | // behavior is unspecified. | ||||||||
5395 | if (Result && Result->isZero()) { | ||||||||
5396 | Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_constant_zero) | ||||||||
5397 | << Step << Step->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5398 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5399 | continue; | ||||||||
5400 | } | ||||||||
5401 | } | ||||||||
5402 | if (!Begin || !End || !IsCorrect) { | ||||||||
5403 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5404 | continue; | ||||||||
5405 | } | ||||||||
5406 | OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &IDElem = ID.emplace_back(); | ||||||||
5407 | IDElem.IteratorDecl = VD; | ||||||||
5408 | IDElem.AssignmentLoc = D.AssignLoc; | ||||||||
5409 | IDElem.Range.Begin = Begin; | ||||||||
5410 | IDElem.Range.End = End; | ||||||||
5411 | IDElem.Range.Step = Step; | ||||||||
5412 | IDElem.ColonLoc = D.ColonLoc; | ||||||||
5413 | IDElem.SecondColonLoc = D.SecColonLoc; | ||||||||
5414 | } | ||||||||
5415 | if (!IsCorrect) { | ||||||||
5416 | // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found. | ||||||||
5417 | for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { | ||||||||
5418 | if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl) | ||||||||
5419 | ID->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
5420 | } | ||||||||
5421 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5422 | } | ||||||||
5423 | SmallVector<OMPIteratorHelperData, 4> Helpers; | ||||||||
5424 | if (!CurContext->isDependentContext()) { | ||||||||
5425 | // Build number of ityeration for each iteration range. | ||||||||
5426 | // Ni = ((Stepi > 0) ? ((Endi + Stepi -1 - Begini)/Stepi) : | ||||||||
5427 | // ((Begini-Stepi-1-Endi) / -Stepi); | ||||||||
5428 | for (OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { | ||||||||
5429 | // (Endi - Begini) | ||||||||
5430 | ExprResult Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, D.Range.End, | ||||||||
5431 | D.Range.Begin); | ||||||||
5432 | if(!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5433 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5434 | continue; | ||||||||
5435 | } | ||||||||
5436 | ExprResult St, St1; | ||||||||
5437 | if (D.Range.Step) { | ||||||||
5438 | St = D.Range.Step; | ||||||||
5439 | // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi | ||||||||
5440 | Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, Res.get(), St.get()); | ||||||||
5441 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5442 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5443 | continue; | ||||||||
5444 | } | ||||||||
5445 | // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1 | ||||||||
5446 | Res = | ||||||||
5447 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, Res.get(), | ||||||||
5448 | ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 1).get()); | ||||||||
5449 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5450 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5451 | continue; | ||||||||
5452 | } | ||||||||
5453 | // ((Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1) / Stepi | ||||||||
5454 | Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Div, Res.get(), St.get()); | ||||||||
5455 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5456 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5457 | continue; | ||||||||
5458 | } | ||||||||
5459 | St1 = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(D.AssignmentLoc, UO_Minus, D.Range.Step); | ||||||||
5460 | // (Begini - Endi) | ||||||||
5461 | ExprResult Res1 = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, | ||||||||
5462 | D.Range.Begin, D.Range.End); | ||||||||
5463 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5464 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5465 | continue; | ||||||||
5466 | } | ||||||||
5467 | // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi | ||||||||
5468 | Res1 = | ||||||||
5469 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, Res1.get(), St1.get()); | ||||||||
5470 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5471 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5472 | continue; | ||||||||
5473 | } | ||||||||
5474 | // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1 | ||||||||
5475 | Res1 = | ||||||||
5476 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, Res1.get(), | ||||||||
5477 | ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 1).get()); | ||||||||
5478 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5479 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5480 | continue; | ||||||||
5481 | } | ||||||||
5482 | // ((Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1) / (-Stepi) | ||||||||
5483 | Res1 = | ||||||||
5484 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Div, Res1.get(), St1.get()); | ||||||||
5485 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5486 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5487 | continue; | ||||||||
5488 | } | ||||||||
5489 | // Stepi > 0. | ||||||||
5490 | ExprResult CmpRes = | ||||||||
5491 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_GT, D.Range.Step, | ||||||||
5492 | ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 0).get()); | ||||||||
5493 | if (!CmpRes.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5494 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5495 | continue; | ||||||||
5496 | } | ||||||||
5497 | Res = ActOnConditionalOp(D.AssignmentLoc, D.AssignmentLoc, CmpRes.get(), | ||||||||
5498 | Res.get(), Res1.get()); | ||||||||
5499 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5500 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5501 | continue; | ||||||||
5502 | } | ||||||||
5503 | } | ||||||||
5504 | Res = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Res.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/false); | ||||||||
5505 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5506 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5507 | continue; | ||||||||
5508 | } | ||||||||
5509 | |||||||||
5510 | // Build counter update. | ||||||||
5511 | // Build counter. | ||||||||
5512 | auto *CounterVD = | ||||||||
5513 | VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5514 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||||||
5515 | Res.get()->getType(), nullptr, SC_None); | ||||||||
5516 | CounterVD->setImplicit(); | ||||||||
5517 | ExprResult RefRes = | ||||||||
5518 | BuildDeclRefExpr(CounterVD, CounterVD->getType(), VK_LValue, | ||||||||
5519 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
5520 | // Build counter update. | ||||||||
5521 | // I = Begini + counter * Stepi; | ||||||||
5522 | ExprResult UpdateRes; | ||||||||
5523 | if (D.Range.Step) { | ||||||||
5524 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp( | ||||||||
5525 | D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Mul, | ||||||||
5526 | DefaultLvalueConversion(RefRes.get()).get(), St.get()); | ||||||||
5527 | } else { | ||||||||
5528 | UpdateRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(RefRes.get()); | ||||||||
5529 | } | ||||||||
5530 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5531 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5532 | continue; | ||||||||
5533 | } | ||||||||
5534 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, D.Range.Begin, | ||||||||
5535 | UpdateRes.get()); | ||||||||
5536 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5537 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5538 | continue; | ||||||||
5539 | } | ||||||||
5540 | ExprResult VDRes = | ||||||||
5541 | BuildDeclRefExpr(cast<VarDecl>(D.IteratorDecl), | ||||||||
5542 | cast<VarDecl>(D.IteratorDecl)->getType(), VK_LValue, | ||||||||
5543 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
5544 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Assign, VDRes.get(), | ||||||||
5545 | UpdateRes.get()); | ||||||||
5546 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5547 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5548 | continue; | ||||||||
5549 | } | ||||||||
5550 | UpdateRes = | ||||||||
5551 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(UpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true); | ||||||||
5552 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5553 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5554 | continue; | ||||||||
5555 | } | ||||||||
5556 | ExprResult CounterUpdateRes = | ||||||||
5557 | CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(D.AssignmentLoc, UO_PreInc, RefRes.get()); | ||||||||
5558 | if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5559 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5560 | continue; | ||||||||
5561 | } | ||||||||
5562 | CounterUpdateRes = | ||||||||
5563 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(CounterUpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true); | ||||||||
5564 | if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
5565 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||||||
5566 | continue; | ||||||||
5567 | } | ||||||||
5568 | OMPIteratorHelperData &HD = Helpers.emplace_back(); | ||||||||
5569 | HD.CounterVD = CounterVD; | ||||||||
5570 | HD.Upper = Res.get(); | ||||||||
5571 | HD.Update = UpdateRes.get(); | ||||||||
5572 | HD.CounterUpdate = CounterUpdateRes.get(); | ||||||||
5573 | } | ||||||||
5574 | } else { | ||||||||
5575 | Helpers.assign(ID.size(), {}); | ||||||||
5576 | } | ||||||||
5577 | if (!IsCorrect) { | ||||||||
5578 | // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found. | ||||||||
5579 | for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { | ||||||||
5580 | if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl) | ||||||||
5581 | ID->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
5582 | } | ||||||||
5583 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5584 | } | ||||||||
5585 | return OMPIteratorExpr::Create(Context, Context.OMPIteratorTy, IteratorKwLoc, | ||||||||
5586 | LLoc, RLoc, ID, Helpers); | ||||||||
5587 | } | ||||||||
5588 | |||||||||
5589 | ExprResult | ||||||||
5590 | Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, | ||||||||
5591 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { | ||||||||
5592 | Expr *LHSExp = Base; | ||||||||
5593 | Expr *RHSExp = Idx; | ||||||||
5594 | |||||||||
5595 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
5596 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||||||
5597 | |||||||||
5598 | // Per C++ core issue 1213, the result is an xvalue if either operand is | ||||||||
5599 | // a non-lvalue array, and an lvalue otherwise. | ||||||||
5600 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||||
5601 | for (auto *Op : {LHSExp, RHSExp}) { | ||||||||
5602 | Op = Op->IgnoreImplicit(); | ||||||||
5603 | if (Op->getType()->isArrayType() && !Op->isLValue()) | ||||||||
5604 | VK = VK_XValue; | ||||||||
5605 | } | ||||||||
5606 | } | ||||||||
5607 | |||||||||
5608 | // Perform default conversions. | ||||||||
5609 | if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||||||
5610 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp); | ||||||||
5611 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5612 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5613 | LHSExp = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5614 | } | ||||||||
5615 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp); | ||||||||
5616 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5617 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5618 | RHSExp = Result.get(); | ||||||||
5619 | |||||||||
5620 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); | ||||||||
5621 | |||||||||
5622 | // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent | ||||||||
5623 | // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be | ||||||||
5624 | // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base | ||||||||
5625 | // and index from the expression types. | ||||||||
5626 | Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr; | ||||||||
5627 | QualType ResultType; | ||||||||
5628 | if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
5629 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; | ||||||||
5630 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||||||
5631 | ResultType = | ||||||||
5632 | getDependentArraySubscriptType(LHSExp, RHSExp, getASTContext()); | ||||||||
5633 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
5634 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; | ||||||||
5635 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||||||
5636 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5637 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = | ||||||||
5638 | LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
5639 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; | ||||||||
5640 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||||||
5641 | |||||||||
5642 | // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript | ||||||||
5643 | // expression. | ||||||||
5644 | if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) | ||||||||
5645 | return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr, | ||||||||
5646 | nullptr); | ||||||||
5647 | |||||||||
5648 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5649 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
5650 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". | ||||||||
5651 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; | ||||||||
5652 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; | ||||||||
5653 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5654 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = | ||||||||
5655 | RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
5656 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". | ||||||||
5657 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; | ||||||||
5658 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; | ||||||||
5659 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5660 | if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) { | ||||||||
5661 | Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface) | ||||||||
5662 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5663 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5664 | } | ||||||||
5665 | } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||||||
5666 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123] | ||||||||
5667 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||||||
5668 | // We apply C++ DR1213 to vector subscripting too. | ||||||||
5669 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && LHSExp->isPRValue()) { | ||||||||
5670 | ExprResult Materialized = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHSExp); | ||||||||
5671 | if (Materialized.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5672 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5673 | LHSExp = Materialized.get(); | ||||||||
5674 | } | ||||||||
5675 | VK = LHSExp->getValueKind(); | ||||||||
5676 | if (VK != VK_PRValue) | ||||||||
5677 | OK = OK_VectorComponent; | ||||||||
5678 | |||||||||
5679 | ResultType = VTy->getElementType(); | ||||||||
5680 | QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
5681 | Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5682 | Qualifiers MemberQuals = ResultType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5683 | Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; | ||||||||
5684 | if (Combined != MemberQuals) | ||||||||
5685 | ResultType = Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, Combined); | ||||||||
5686 | } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
5687 | // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by | ||||||||
5688 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that | ||||||||
5689 | // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't | ||||||||
5690 | // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then | ||||||||
5691 | // force the promotion here. | ||||||||
5692 | Diag(LHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) | ||||||||
5693 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5694 | LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy), | ||||||||
5695 | CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get(); | ||||||||
5696 | LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(); | ||||||||
5697 | |||||||||
5698 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; | ||||||||
5699 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||||||
5700 | ResultType = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5701 | } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
5702 | // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case | ||||||||
5703 | Diag(RHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) | ||||||||
5704 | << RHSExp->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5705 | RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy), | ||||||||
5706 | CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get(); | ||||||||
5707 | RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); | ||||||||
5708 | |||||||||
5709 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; | ||||||||
5710 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; | ||||||||
5711 | ResultType = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5712 | } else { | ||||||||
5713 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) | ||||||||
5714 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
5715 | } | ||||||||
5716 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 | ||||||||
5717 | if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
5718 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) | ||||||||
5719 | << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
5720 | |||||||||
5721 | if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||||||
5722 | IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) | ||||||||
5723 | && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
5724 | Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5725 | |||||||||
5726 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, | ||||||||
5727 | // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object | ||||||||
5728 | // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) | ||||||||
5729 | // incomplete types are not object types. | ||||||||
5730 | if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
5731 | Diag(BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_subscript_function_type) | ||||||||
5732 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5733 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5734 | } | ||||||||
5735 | |||||||||
5736 | if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
5737 | // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void | ||||||||
5738 | Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type) | ||||||||
5739 | << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5740 | |||||||||
5741 | // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values. | ||||||||
5742 | // See IsCForbiddenLValueType. | ||||||||
5743 | if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) | ||||||||
5744 | VK = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
5745 | } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && | ||||||||
5746 | RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||||||
5747 | LLoc, ResultType, | ||||||||
5748 | diag::err_subscript_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, BaseExpr)) | ||||||||
5749 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5750 | |||||||||
5751 | assert(VK == VK_PRValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||(static_cast <bool> (VK == VK_PRValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("VK == VK_PRValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 5752, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
5752 | !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType())(static_cast <bool> (VK == VK_PRValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("VK == VK_PRValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 5752, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
5753 | |||||||||
5754 | if (LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && | ||||||||
5755 | FunctionScopes.size() > 1) { | ||||||||
5756 | if (auto *TT = | ||||||||
5757 | LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | ||||||||
5758 | for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(), | ||||||||
5759 | E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend()); | ||||||||
5760 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
5761 | auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I); | ||||||||
5762 | if (CSI == nullptr) | ||||||||
5763 | break; | ||||||||
5764 | DeclContext *DC = nullptr; | ||||||||
5765 | if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||||||
5766 | DC = LSI->CallOperator; | ||||||||
5767 | else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||||||
5768 | DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl; | ||||||||
5769 | else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||||||
5770 | DC = BSI->TheDecl; | ||||||||
5771 | if (DC) { | ||||||||
5772 | if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl())) | ||||||||
5773 | break; | ||||||||
5774 | captureVariablyModifiedType( | ||||||||
5775 | Context, LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(), CSI); | ||||||||
5776 | } | ||||||||
5777 | } | ||||||||
5778 | } | ||||||||
5779 | } | ||||||||
5780 | |||||||||
5781 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
5782 | ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc); | ||||||||
5783 | } | ||||||||
5784 | |||||||||
5785 | bool Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||||
5786 | ParmVarDecl *Param) { | ||||||||
5787 | if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { | ||||||||
5788 | // If we've already cleared out the location for the default argument, | ||||||||
5789 | // that means we're parsing it right now. | ||||||||
5790 | if (!UnparsedDefaultArgLocs.count(Param)) { | ||||||||
5791 | Diag(Param->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD; | ||||||||
5792 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::note_recursive_default_argument_used_here); | ||||||||
5793 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
5794 | return true; | ||||||||
5795 | } | ||||||||
5796 | |||||||||
5797 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) | ||||||||
5798 | << FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
5799 | Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param], | ||||||||
5800 | diag::note_default_argument_declared_here); | ||||||||
5801 | return true; | ||||||||
5802 | } | ||||||||
5803 | |||||||||
5804 | if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() && | ||||||||
5805 | InstantiateDefaultArgument(CallLoc, FD, Param)) | ||||||||
5806 | return true; | ||||||||
5807 | |||||||||
5808 | assert(Param->hasInit() && "default argument but no initializer?")(static_cast <bool> (Param->hasInit() && "default argument but no initializer?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Param->hasInit() && \"default argument but no initializer?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 5808, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
5809 | |||||||||
5810 | // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to | ||||||||
5811 | // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll | ||||||||
5812 | // be properly destroyed. | ||||||||
5813 | // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new | ||||||||
5814 | // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810. | ||||||||
5815 | // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because | ||||||||
5816 | // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything. | ||||||||
5817 | if (auto Init = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) { | ||||||||
5818 | // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are | ||||||||
5819 | // any explicit objects. | ||||||||
5820 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(Init->cleanupsHaveSideEffects()); | ||||||||
5821 | |||||||||
5822 | // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this | ||||||||
5823 | // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument | ||||||||
5824 | // expressions should never be able to capture anything. | ||||||||
5825 | assert(!Init->getNumObjects() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Init->getNumObjects() && "default argument expression has capturing blocks?") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!Init->getNumObjects() && \"default argument expression has capturing blocks?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 5826, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
5826 | "default argument expression has capturing blocks?")(static_cast <bool> (!Init->getNumObjects() && "default argument expression has capturing blocks?") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!Init->getNumObjects() && \"default argument expression has capturing blocks?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 5826, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
5827 | } | ||||||||
5828 | |||||||||
5829 | // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works. | ||||||||
5830 | // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression | ||||||||
5831 | // as being "referenced". | ||||||||
5832 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( | ||||||||
5833 | *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, Param); | ||||||||
5834 | MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(), | ||||||||
5835 | /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true); | ||||||||
5836 | return false; | ||||||||
5837 | } | ||||||||
5838 | |||||||||
5839 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||||||
5840 | FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) { | ||||||||
5841 | assert(Param->hasDefaultArg() && "can't build nonexistent default arg")(static_cast <bool> (Param->hasDefaultArg() && "can't build nonexistent default arg") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Param->hasDefaultArg() && \"can't build nonexistent default arg\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 5841, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
5842 | if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FD, Param)) | ||||||||
5843 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5844 | return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, CurContext); | ||||||||
5845 | } | ||||||||
5846 | |||||||||
5847 | Sema::VariadicCallType | ||||||||
5848 | Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||||||
5849 | Expr *Fn) { | ||||||||
5850 | if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||
5851 | if (isa_and_nonnull<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl)) | ||||||||
5852 | return VariadicConstructor; | ||||||||
5853 | else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||||
5854 | return VariadicBlock; | ||||||||
5855 | else if (FDecl) { | ||||||||
5856 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) | ||||||||
5857 | if (Method->isInstance()) | ||||||||
5858 | return VariadicMethod; | ||||||||
5859 | } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) | ||||||||
5860 | return VariadicMethod; | ||||||||
5861 | return VariadicFunction; | ||||||||
5862 | } | ||||||||
5863 | return VariadicDoesNotApply; | ||||||||
5864 | } | ||||||||
5865 | |||||||||
5866 | namespace { | ||||||||
5867 | class FunctionCallCCC final : public FunctionCallFilterCCC { | ||||||||
5868 | public: | ||||||||
5869 | FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName, | ||||||||
5870 | unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME) | ||||||||
5871 | : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME), | ||||||||
5872 | FunctionName(FuncName) {} | ||||||||
5873 | |||||||||
5874 | bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { | ||||||||
5875 | if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() || | ||||||||
5876 | candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) { | ||||||||
5877 | return false; | ||||||||
5878 | } | ||||||||
5879 | |||||||||
5880 | return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate); | ||||||||
5881 | } | ||||||||
5882 | |||||||||
5883 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { | ||||||||
5884 | return std::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(*this); | ||||||||
5885 | } | ||||||||
5886 | |||||||||
5887 | private: | ||||||||
5888 | const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName; | ||||||||
5889 | }; | ||||||||
5890 | } | ||||||||
5891 | |||||||||
5892 | static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||||
5893 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, | ||||||||
5894 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||||||
5895 | MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn); | ||||||||
5896 | DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
5897 | SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
5898 | |||||||||
5899 | FunctionCallCCC CCC(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(), Args.size(), ME); | ||||||||
5900 | if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo( | ||||||||
5901 | DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||||||
5902 | S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr, CCC, | ||||||||
5903 | Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { | ||||||||
5904 | if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl()) { | ||||||||
5905 | if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) { | ||||||||
5906 | OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
5907 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
5908 | for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) { | ||||||||
5909 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD)) | ||||||||
5910 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args, | ||||||||
5911 | OCS); | ||||||||
5912 | } | ||||||||
5913 | switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) { | ||||||||
5914 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
5915 | ND = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
5916 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); | ||||||||
5917 | break; | ||||||||
5918 | default: | ||||||||
5919 | break; | ||||||||
5920 | } | ||||||||
5921 | } | ||||||||
5922 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||||
5923 | if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||||||
5924 | return Corrected; | ||||||||
5925 | } | ||||||||
5926 | } | ||||||||
5927 | return TypoCorrection(); | ||||||||
5928 | } | ||||||||
5929 | |||||||||
5930 | /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in | ||||||||
5931 | /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with | ||||||||
5932 | /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and | ||||||||
5933 | /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this | ||||||||
5934 | /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns | ||||||||
5935 | /// true if the call is ill-formed. | ||||||||
5936 | bool | ||||||||
5937 | Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, | ||||||||
5938 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, | ||||||||
5939 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||||||
5940 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
5941 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
5942 | bool IsExecConfig) { | ||||||||
5943 | // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking. | ||||||||
5944 | if (FDecl) | ||||||||
5945 | if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID()) | ||||||||
5946 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID)) | ||||||||
5947 | return false; | ||||||||
5948 | |||||||||
5949 | // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by | ||||||||
5950 | // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ... | ||||||||
5951 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
5952 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||||||
5953 | unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams; | ||||||||
5954 | unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() | ||||||||
5955 | ? 1 /* block */ | ||||||||
5956 | : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */ | ||||||||
5957 | : 0 /* function */); | ||||||||
5958 | |||||||||
5959 | // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default | ||||||||
5960 | // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call. | ||||||||
5961 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { | ||||||||
5962 | if (Args.size() < MinArgs) { | ||||||||
5963 | TypoCorrection TC; | ||||||||
5964 | if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) { | ||||||||
5965 | unsigned diag_id = | ||||||||
5966 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() | ||||||||
5967 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest | ||||||||
5968 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest; | ||||||||
5969 | diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs | ||||||||
5970 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) | ||||||||
5971 | << TC.getCorrectionRange()); | ||||||||
5972 | } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) | ||||||||
5973 | Diag(RParenLoc, | ||||||||
5974 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() | ||||||||
5975 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one | ||||||||
5976 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one) | ||||||||
5977 | << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5978 | else | ||||||||
5979 | Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() | ||||||||
5980 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args | ||||||||
5981 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) | ||||||||
5982 | << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) | ||||||||
5983 | << Fn->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5984 | |||||||||
5985 | // Emit the location of the prototype. | ||||||||
5986 | if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) | ||||||||
5987 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; | ||||||||
5988 | |||||||||
5989 | return true; | ||||||||
5990 | } | ||||||||
5991 | // We reserve space for the default arguments when we create | ||||||||
5992 | // the call expression, before calling ConvertArgumentsForCall. | ||||||||
5993 | assert((Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams ) && "We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) && \"We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 5994, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
5994 | "We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!")(static_cast <bool> ((Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams ) && "We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) && \"We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 5994, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
5995 | } | ||||||||
5996 | |||||||||
5997 | // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop | ||||||||
5998 | // them. | ||||||||
5999 | if (Args.size() > NumParams) { | ||||||||
6000 | if (!Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||
6001 | TypoCorrection TC; | ||||||||
6002 | if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) { | ||||||||
6003 | unsigned diag_id = | ||||||||
6004 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() | ||||||||
6005 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest | ||||||||
6006 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest; | ||||||||
6007 | diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams | ||||||||
6008 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) | ||||||||
6009 | << TC.getCorrectionRange()); | ||||||||
6010 | } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl && | ||||||||
6011 | FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) | ||||||||
6012 | Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
6013 | MinArgs == NumParams | ||||||||
6014 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one | ||||||||
6015 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one) | ||||||||
6016 | << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) | ||||||||
6017 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
6018 | << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
6019 | Args.back()->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
6020 | else | ||||||||
6021 | Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
6022 | MinArgs == NumParams | ||||||||
6023 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args | ||||||||
6024 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most) | ||||||||
6025 | << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) | ||||||||
6026 | << Fn->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
6027 | << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
6028 | Args.back()->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
6029 | |||||||||
6030 | // Emit the location of the prototype. | ||||||||
6031 | if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) | ||||||||
6032 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; | ||||||||
6033 | |||||||||
6034 | // This deletes the extra arguments. | ||||||||
6035 | Call->shrinkNumArgs(NumParams); | ||||||||
6036 | return true; | ||||||||
6037 | } | ||||||||
6038 | } | ||||||||
6039 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs; | ||||||||
6040 | VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn); | ||||||||
6041 | |||||||||
6042 | Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getBeginLoc(), FDecl, Proto, 0, Args, | ||||||||
6043 | AllArgs, CallType); | ||||||||
6044 | if (Invalid) | ||||||||
6045 | return true; | ||||||||
6046 | unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size(); | ||||||||
6047 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i) | ||||||||
6048 | Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]); | ||||||||
6049 | |||||||||
6050 | Call->computeDependence(); | ||||||||
6051 | return false; | ||||||||
6052 | } | ||||||||
6053 | |||||||||
6054 | bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, | ||||||||
6055 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||||||
6056 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
6057 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, | ||||||||
6058 | VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
6059 | bool IsListInitialization) { | ||||||||
6060 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
6061 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||||||
6062 | size_t ArgIx = 0; | ||||||||
6063 | // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args). | ||||||||
6064 | for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) { | ||||||||
6065 | QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i); | ||||||||
6066 | |||||||||
6067 | Expr *Arg; | ||||||||
6068 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr; | ||||||||
6069 | if (ArgIx < Args.size()) { | ||||||||
6070 | Arg = Args[ArgIx++]; | ||||||||
6071 | |||||||||
6072 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), ProtoArgType, | ||||||||
6073 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg)) | ||||||||
6074 | return true; | ||||||||
6075 | |||||||||
6076 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. | ||||||||
6077 | bool CFAudited = false; | ||||||||
6078 | if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy && | ||||||||
6079 | FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() && | ||||||||
6080 | (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())) | ||||||||
6081 | Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg); | ||||||||
6082 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||||
6083 | FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() && | ||||||||
6084 | (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())) | ||||||||
6085 | CFAudited = true; | ||||||||
6086 | |||||||||
6087 | if (Proto->getExtParameterInfo(i).isNoEscape() && | ||||||||
6088 | ProtoArgType->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||||
6089 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Context))) | ||||||||
6090 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setDoesNotEscape(); | ||||||||
6091 | |||||||||
6092 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||||
6093 | Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param, | ||||||||
6094 | ProtoArgType) | ||||||||
6095 | : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||||
6096 | Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i)); | ||||||||
6097 | |||||||||
6098 | // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API. | ||||||||
6099 | if (CFAudited) | ||||||||
6100 | Entity.setParameterCFAudited(); | ||||||||
6101 | |||||||||
6102 | ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
6103 | Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
6104 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6105 | return true; | ||||||||
6106 | |||||||||
6107 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
6108 | } else { | ||||||||
6109 | assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee")(static_cast <bool> (Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Param && \"can't use default arguments without a known callee\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6109, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
6110 | |||||||||
6111 | ExprResult ArgExpr = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param); | ||||||||
6112 | if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6113 | return true; | ||||||||
6114 | |||||||||
6115 | Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
6116 | } | ||||||||
6117 | |||||||||
6118 | // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This | ||||||||
6119 | // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr | ||||||||
6120 | // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator. | ||||||||
6121 | CheckArrayAccess(Arg); | ||||||||
6122 | |||||||||
6123 | // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7). | ||||||||
6124 | CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg); | ||||||||
6125 | |||||||||
6126 | AllArgs.push_back(Arg); | ||||||||
6127 | } | ||||||||
6128 | |||||||||
6129 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". | ||||||||
6130 | if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { | ||||||||
6131 | // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that | ||||||||
6132 | // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic. | ||||||||
6133 | if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl && | ||||||||
6134 | FDecl->isExternC()) { | ||||||||
6135 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) { | ||||||||
6136 | QualType paramType; // ignored | ||||||||
6137 | ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, A, paramType); | ||||||||
6138 | Invalid |= arg.isInvalid(); | ||||||||
6139 | AllArgs.push_back(arg.get()); | ||||||||
6140 | } | ||||||||
6141 | |||||||||
6142 | // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7). | ||||||||
6143 | } else { | ||||||||
6144 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) { | ||||||||
6145 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(A, CallType, FDecl); | ||||||||
6146 | Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid(); | ||||||||
6147 | AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get()); | ||||||||
6148 | } | ||||||||
6149 | } | ||||||||
6150 | |||||||||
6151 | // Check for array bounds violations. | ||||||||
6152 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) | ||||||||
6153 | CheckArrayAccess(A); | ||||||||
6154 | } | ||||||||
6155 | return Invalid; | ||||||||
6156 | } | ||||||||
6157 | |||||||||
6158 | static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) { | ||||||||
6159 | TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||||
6160 | if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>()) | ||||||||
6161 | TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc(); | ||||||||
6162 | if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>()) | ||||||||
6163 | S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array) | ||||||||
6164 | << ATL.getLocalSourceRange(); | ||||||||
6165 | } | ||||||||
6166 | |||||||||
6167 | /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static | ||||||||
6168 | /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by | ||||||||
6169 | /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large. | ||||||||
6170 | /// | ||||||||
6171 | /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the | ||||||||
6172 | /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the | ||||||||
6173 | /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of | ||||||||
6174 | /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression. | ||||||||
6175 | void | ||||||||
6176 | Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||||||
6177 | ParmVarDecl *Param, | ||||||||
6178 | const Expr *ArgExpr) { | ||||||||
6179 | // Static array parameters are not supported in C++. | ||||||||
6180 | if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
6181 | return; | ||||||||
6182 | |||||||||
6183 | QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType(); | ||||||||
6184 | |||||||||
6185 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy); | ||||||||
6186 | if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static) | ||||||||
6187 | return; | ||||||||
6188 | |||||||||
6189 | if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
6190 | Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) { | ||||||||
6191 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
6192 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); | ||||||||
6193 | return; | ||||||||
6194 | } | ||||||||
6195 | |||||||||
6196 | const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT); | ||||||||
6197 | if (!CAT) | ||||||||
6198 | return; | ||||||||
6199 | |||||||||
6200 | const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT = | ||||||||
6201 | Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()); | ||||||||
6202 | if (!ArgCAT) | ||||||||
6203 | return; | ||||||||
6204 | |||||||||
6205 | if (getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(CAT->getElementType(), | ||||||||
6206 | ArgCAT->getElementType())) { | ||||||||
6207 | if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) { | ||||||||
6208 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small) | ||||||||
6209 | << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
6210 | << (unsigned)ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue() | ||||||||
6211 | << (unsigned)CAT->getSize().getZExtValue() << 0; | ||||||||
6212 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); | ||||||||
6213 | } | ||||||||
6214 | return; | ||||||||
6215 | } | ||||||||
6216 | |||||||||
6217 | Optional<CharUnits> ArgSize = | ||||||||
6218 | getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(ArgCAT); | ||||||||
6219 | Optional<CharUnits> ParmSize = getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(CAT); | ||||||||
6220 | if (ArgSize && ParmSize && *ArgSize < *ParmSize) { | ||||||||
6221 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small) | ||||||||
6222 | << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() << (unsigned)ArgSize->getQuantity() | ||||||||
6223 | << (unsigned)ParmSize->getQuantity() << 1; | ||||||||
6224 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); | ||||||||
6225 | } | ||||||||
6226 | } | ||||||||
6227 | |||||||||
6228 | /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it | ||||||||
6229 | /// to have a function type. | ||||||||
6230 | static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn); | ||||||||
6231 | |||||||||
6232 | /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out | ||||||||
6233 | /// immediately during argument processing? | ||||||||
6234 | static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) { | ||||||||
6235 | // Placeholders are never sugared. | ||||||||
6236 | const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type); | ||||||||
6237 | if (!placeholder) return false; | ||||||||
6238 | |||||||||
6239 | switch (placeholder->getKind()) { | ||||||||
6240 | // Ignore all the non-placeholder types. | ||||||||
6241 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | ||||||||
6242 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
6243 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||||
6244 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ | ||||||||
6245 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
6246 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||||
6247 | // In practice we'll never use this, since all SVE types are sugared | ||||||||
6248 | // via TypedefTypes rather than exposed directly as BuiltinTypes. | ||||||||
6249 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ | ||||||||
6250 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
6251 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" | ||||||||
6252 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \ | ||||||||
6253 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
6254 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" | ||||||||
6255 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
6256 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" | ||||||||
6257 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) | ||||||||
6258 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID: | ||||||||
6259 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" | ||||||||
6260 | return false; | ||||||||
6261 | |||||||||
6262 | // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved | ||||||||
6263 | // by the call machinery. | ||||||||
6264 | case BuiltinType::Overload: | ||||||||
6265 | return false; | ||||||||
6266 | |||||||||
6267 | // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and | ||||||||
6268 | // should be left in place. | ||||||||
6269 | case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: | ||||||||
6270 | return false; | ||||||||
6271 | |||||||||
6272 | // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible. | ||||||||
6273 | case BuiltinType::PseudoObject: | ||||||||
6274 | return true; | ||||||||
6275 | |||||||||
6276 | // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try | ||||||||
6277 | // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types. | ||||||||
6278 | case BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | ||||||||
6279 | return true; | ||||||||
6280 | |||||||||
6281 | // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported. | ||||||||
6282 | case BuiltinType::BoundMember: | ||||||||
6283 | case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: | ||||||||
6284 | case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: | ||||||||
6285 | case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: | ||||||||
6286 | case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping: | ||||||||
6287 | case BuiltinType::OMPIterator: | ||||||||
6288 | return true; | ||||||||
6289 | |||||||||
6290 | } | ||||||||
6291 | llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad builtin type kind", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6291); | ||||||||
6292 | } | ||||||||
6293 | |||||||||
6294 | /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to | ||||||||
6295 | /// handle later. | ||||||||
6296 | static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) { | ||||||||
6297 | // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of | ||||||||
6298 | // dying at the first failure. | ||||||||
6299 | bool hasInvalid = false; | ||||||||
6300 | for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||||||
6301 | if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) { | ||||||||
6302 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]); | ||||||||
6303 | if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true; | ||||||||
6304 | else args[i] = result.get(); | ||||||||
6305 | } | ||||||||
6306 | } | ||||||||
6307 | return hasInvalid; | ||||||||
6308 | } | ||||||||
6309 | |||||||||
6310 | /// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address | ||||||||
6311 | /// space, then it should be able to accept a pointer to any address | ||||||||
6312 | /// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the | ||||||||
6313 | /// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space | ||||||||
6314 | /// as the call. | ||||||||
6315 | /// | ||||||||
6316 | /// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e. | ||||||||
6317 | /// it does not contain any pointer arguments without | ||||||||
6318 | /// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten | ||||||||
6319 | /// FunctionDecl is returned. | ||||||||
6320 | /// TODO: Handle pointer return types. | ||||||||
6321 | static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
6322 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, | ||||||||
6323 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs) { | ||||||||
6324 | |||||||||
6325 | QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType(); | ||||||||
6326 | const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(DeclType); | ||||||||
6327 | |||||||||
6328 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(FDecl->getBuiltinID()) || !FT || | ||||||||
6329 | ArgExprs.size() < FT->getNumParams()) | ||||||||
6330 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
6331 | |||||||||
6332 | bool NeedsNewDecl = false; | ||||||||
6333 | unsigned i = 0; | ||||||||
6334 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams; | ||||||||
6335 | |||||||||
6336 | for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) { | ||||||||
6337 | |||||||||
6338 | // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup. | ||||||||
6339 | ExprResult ArgRes = | ||||||||
6340 | Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]); | ||||||||
6341 | if (ArgRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6342 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
6343 | Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get(); | ||||||||
6344 | QualType ArgType = Arg->getType(); | ||||||||
6345 | if (!ParamType->isPointerType() || | ||||||||
6346 | ParamType.hasAddressSpace() || | ||||||||
6347 | !ArgType->isPointerType() || | ||||||||
6348 | !ArgType->getPointeeType().hasAddressSpace()) { | ||||||||
6349 | OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType); | ||||||||
6350 | continue; | ||||||||
6351 | } | ||||||||
6352 | |||||||||
6353 | QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
6354 | if (PointeeType.hasAddressSpace()) | ||||||||
6355 | continue; | ||||||||
6356 | |||||||||
6357 | NeedsNewDecl = true; | ||||||||
6358 | LangAS AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
6359 | |||||||||
6360 | PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS); | ||||||||
6361 | OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType)); | ||||||||
6362 | } | ||||||||
6363 | |||||||||
6364 | if (!NeedsNewDecl) | ||||||||
6365 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
6366 | |||||||||
6367 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||||||
6368 | EPI.Variadic = FT->isVariadic(); | ||||||||
6369 | QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
6370 | OverloadParams, EPI); | ||||||||
6371 | DeclContext *Parent = FDecl->getParent(); | ||||||||
6372 | FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create( | ||||||||
6373 | Context, Parent, FDecl->getLocation(), FDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||||
6374 | FDecl->getIdentifier(), OverloadTy, | ||||||||
6375 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, Sema->getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), | ||||||||
6376 | false, | ||||||||
6377 | /*hasPrototype=*/true); | ||||||||
6378 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | ||||||||
6379 | FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OverloadTy); | ||||||||
6380 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
6381 | QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i); | ||||||||
6382 | ParmVarDecl *Parm = | ||||||||
6383 | ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
6384 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType, | ||||||||
6385 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr); | ||||||||
6386 | Parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); | ||||||||
6387 | Params.push_back(Parm); | ||||||||
6388 | } | ||||||||
6389 | OverloadDecl->setParams(Params); | ||||||||
6390 | Sema->mergeDeclAttributes(OverloadDecl, FDecl); | ||||||||
6391 | return OverloadDecl; | ||||||||
6392 | } | ||||||||
6393 | |||||||||
6394 | static void checkDirectCallValidity(Sema &S, const Expr *Fn, | ||||||||
6395 | FunctionDecl *Callee, | ||||||||
6396 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs) { | ||||||||
6397 | // `Callee` (when called with ArgExprs) may be ill-formed. enable_if (and | ||||||||
6398 | // similar attributes) really don't like it when functions are called with an | ||||||||
6399 | // invalid number of args. | ||||||||
6400 | if (S.TooManyArguments(Callee->getNumParams(), ArgExprs.size(), | ||||||||
6401 | /*PartialOverloading=*/false) && | ||||||||
6402 | !Callee->isVariadic()) | ||||||||
6403 | return; | ||||||||
6404 | if (Callee->getMinRequiredArguments() > ArgExprs.size()) | ||||||||
6405 | return; | ||||||||
6406 | |||||||||
6407 | if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = | ||||||||
6408 | S.CheckEnableIf(Callee, Fn->getBeginLoc(), ArgExprs, true)) { | ||||||||
6409 | S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
6410 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee) | ||||||||
6411 | ? diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call | ||||||||
6412 | : diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||||||
6413 | << Callee << Callee->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
6414 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), | ||||||||
6415 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||||||
6416 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||||||
6417 | return; | ||||||||
6418 | } | ||||||||
6419 | } | ||||||||
6420 | |||||||||
6421 | static bool enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound( | ||||||||
6422 | const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, Sema &S) { | ||||||||
6423 | |||||||||
6424 | const auto GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass = | ||||||||
6425 | [](Sema &S) -> const CXXRecordDecl * { | ||||||||
6426 | const DeclContext *const DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); | ||||||||
6427 | if (!DC || !DC->getParent()) | ||||||||
6428 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
6429 | |||||||||
6430 | // If the call to some member function was made from within a member | ||||||||
6431 | // function body 'M' return return 'M's parent. | ||||||||
6432 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) | ||||||||
6433 | return MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||||
6434 | // else the call was made from within a default member initializer of a | ||||||||
6435 | // class, so return the class. | ||||||||
6436 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) | ||||||||
6437 | return RD->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||||
6438 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
6439 | }; | ||||||||
6440 | // If our DeclContext is neither a member function nor a class (in the | ||||||||
6441 | // case of a lambda in a default member initializer), we can't have an | ||||||||
6442 | // enclosing 'this'. | ||||||||
6443 | |||||||||
6444 | const CXXRecordDecl *const CurParentClass = GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass(S); | ||||||||
6445 | if (!CurParentClass) | ||||||||
6446 | return false; | ||||||||
6447 | |||||||||
6448 | // The naming class for implicit member functions call is the class in which | ||||||||
6449 | // name lookup starts. | ||||||||
6450 | const CXXRecordDecl *const NamingClass = | ||||||||
6451 | UME->getNamingClass()->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||||
6452 | assert(NamingClass && "Must have naming class even for implicit access")(static_cast <bool> (NamingClass && "Must have naming class even for implicit access" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("NamingClass && \"Must have naming class even for implicit access\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6452, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
6453 | |||||||||
6454 | // If the unresolved member functions were found in a 'naming class' that is | ||||||||
6455 | // related (either the same or derived from) to the class that contains the | ||||||||
6456 | // member function that itself contained the implicit member access. | ||||||||
6457 | |||||||||
6458 | return CurParentClass == NamingClass || | ||||||||
6459 | CurParentClass->isDerivedFrom(NamingClass); | ||||||||
6460 | } | ||||||||
6461 | |||||||||
6462 | static void | ||||||||
6463 | tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs( | ||||||||
6464 | Sema &S, const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, SourceLocation CallLoc) { | ||||||||
6465 | |||||||||
6466 | if (!UME) | ||||||||
6467 | return; | ||||||||
6468 | |||||||||
6469 | LambdaScopeInfo *const CurLSI = S.getCurLambda(); | ||||||||
6470 | // Only try and implicitly capture 'this' within a C++ Lambda if it hasn't | ||||||||
6471 | // already been captured, or if this is an implicit member function call (if | ||||||||
6472 | // it isn't, an attempt to capture 'this' should already have been made). | ||||||||
6473 | if (!CurLSI || CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CurLSI->ImpCap_None || | ||||||||
6474 | !UME->isImplicitAccess() || CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) | ||||||||
6475 | return; | ||||||||
6476 | |||||||||
6477 | // Check if the naming class in which the unresolved members were found is | ||||||||
6478 | // related (same as or is a base of) to the enclosing class. | ||||||||
6479 | |||||||||
6480 | if (!enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound(UME, S)) | ||||||||
6481 | return; | ||||||||
6482 | |||||||||
6483 | |||||||||
6484 | DeclContext *EnclosingFunctionCtx = S.CurContext->getParent()->getParent(); | ||||||||
6485 | // If the enclosing function is not dependent, then this lambda is | ||||||||
6486 | // capture ready, so if we can capture this, do so. | ||||||||
6487 | if (!EnclosingFunctionCtx->isDependentContext()) { | ||||||||
6488 | // If the current lambda and all enclosing lambdas can capture 'this' - | ||||||||
6489 | // then go ahead and capture 'this' (since our unresolved overload set | ||||||||
6490 | // contains at least one non-static member function). | ||||||||
6491 | if (!S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CallLoc, /*Explcit*/ false, /*Diagnose*/ false)) | ||||||||
6492 | S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CallLoc); | ||||||||
6493 | } else if (S.CurContext->isDependentContext()) { | ||||||||
6494 | // ... since this is an implicit member reference, that might potentially | ||||||||
6495 | // involve a 'this' capture, mark 'this' for potential capture in | ||||||||
6496 | // enclosing lambdas. | ||||||||
6497 | if (CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle != CurLSI->ImpCap_None) | ||||||||
6498 | CurLSI->addPotentialThisCapture(CallLoc); | ||||||||
6499 | } | ||||||||
6500 | } | ||||||||
6501 | |||||||||
6502 | // Once a call is fully resolved, warn for unqualified calls to specific | ||||||||
6503 | // C++ standard functions, like move and forward. | ||||||||
6504 | static void DiagnosedUnqualifiedCallsToStdFunctions(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) { | ||||||||
6505 | // We are only checking unary move and forward so exit early here. | ||||||||
6506 | if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) | ||||||||
6507 | return; | ||||||||
6508 | |||||||||
6509 | Expr *E = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
6510 | if (!E || isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
6511 | return; | ||||||||
6512 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E); | ||||||||
6513 | if (!DRE || !DRE->getLocation().isValid()) | ||||||||
6514 | return; | ||||||||
6515 | |||||||||
6516 | if (DRE->getQualifier()) | ||||||||
6517 | return; | ||||||||
6518 | |||||||||
6519 | NamedDecl *D = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(Call->getCalleeDecl()); | ||||||||
6520 | if (!D || !D->isInStdNamespace()) | ||||||||
6521 | return; | ||||||||
6522 | |||||||||
6523 | // Only warn for some functions deemed more frequent or problematic. | ||||||||
6524 | static constexpr llvm::StringRef SpecialFunctions[] = {"move", "forward"}; | ||||||||
6525 | auto it = llvm::find(SpecialFunctions, D->getName()); | ||||||||
6526 | if (it == std::end(SpecialFunctions)) | ||||||||
6527 | return; | ||||||||
6528 | |||||||||
6529 | S.Diag(DRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_unqualified_call_to_std_cast_function) | ||||||||
6530 | << D->getQualifiedNameAsString() | ||||||||
6531 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DRE->getLocation(), "std::"); | ||||||||
6532 | } | ||||||||
6533 | |||||||||
6534 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
6535 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
6536 | Expr *ExecConfig) { | ||||||||
6537 | ExprResult Call = | ||||||||
6538 | BuildCallExpr(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig, | ||||||||
6539 | /*IsExecConfig=*/false, /*AllowRecovery=*/true); | ||||||||
6540 | if (Call.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6541 | return Call; | ||||||||
6542 | |||||||||
6543 | // Diagnose uses of the C++20 "ADL-only template-id call" feature in earlier | ||||||||
6544 | // language modes. | ||||||||
6545 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Fn)) { | ||||||||
6546 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && | ||||||||
6547 | ULE->decls_begin() == ULE->decls_end()) { | ||||||||
6548 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||||||
6549 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_adl_only_template_id | ||||||||
6550 | : diag::ext_adl_only_template_id) | ||||||||
6551 | << ULE->getName(); | ||||||||
6552 | } | ||||||||
6553 | } | ||||||||
6554 | |||||||||
6555 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP) | ||||||||
6556 | Call = ActOnOpenMPCall(Call, Scope, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
6557 | ExecConfig); | ||||||||
6558 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
6559 | CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Call.get()); | ||||||||
6560 | if (CE) | ||||||||
6561 | DiagnosedUnqualifiedCallsToStdFunctions(*this, CE); | ||||||||
6562 | } | ||||||||
6563 | return Call; | ||||||||
6564 | } | ||||||||
6565 | |||||||||
6566 | /// BuildCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. | ||||||||
6567 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma | ||||||||
6568 | /// locations. | ||||||||
6569 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
6570 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
6571 | Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig, | ||||||||
6572 | bool AllowRecovery) { | ||||||||
6573 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. | ||||||||
6574 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope, Fn); | ||||||||
6575 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6576 | Fn = Result.get(); | ||||||||
6577 | |||||||||
6578 | if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs)) | ||||||||
6579 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6580 | |||||||||
6581 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
6582 | // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately. | ||||||||
6583 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) { | ||||||||
6584 | if (!ArgExprs.empty()) { | ||||||||
6585 | // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments. | ||||||||
6586 | Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args) | ||||||||
6587 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( | ||||||||
6588 | SourceRange(ArgExprs.front()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
6589 | ArgExprs.back()->getEndLoc())); | ||||||||
6590 | } | ||||||||
6591 | |||||||||
6592 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, /*Args=*/{}, Context.VoidTy, | ||||||||
6593 | VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
6594 | } | ||||||||
6595 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) { | ||||||||
6596 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn); | ||||||||
6597 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6598 | Fn = result.get(); | ||||||||
6599 | } | ||||||||
6600 | |||||||||
6601 | // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template, | ||||||||
6602 | // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now. | ||||||||
6603 | if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs)) { | ||||||||
6604 | if (ExecConfig) { | ||||||||
6605 | return CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, | ||||||||
6606 | cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs, | ||||||||
6607 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, | ||||||||
6608 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
6609 | } else { | ||||||||
6610 | |||||||||
6611 | tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs( | ||||||||
6612 | *this, dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()), | ||||||||
6613 | Fn->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
6614 | |||||||||
6615 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, | ||||||||
6616 | VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
6617 | } | ||||||||
6618 | } | ||||||||
6619 | |||||||||
6620 | // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]). | ||||||||
6621 | if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType()) | ||||||||
6622 | return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, | ||||||||
6623 | RParenLoc); | ||||||||
6624 | |||||||||
6625 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||||||
6626 | ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); | ||||||||
6627 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6628 | Fn = result.get(); | ||||||||
6629 | } | ||||||||
6630 | |||||||||
6631 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) { | ||||||||
6632 | return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, | ||||||||
6633 | RParenLoc, ExecConfig, IsExecConfig, | ||||||||
6634 | AllowRecovery); | ||||||||
6635 | } | ||||||||
6636 | } | ||||||||
6637 | |||||||||
6638 | // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions. | ||||||||
6639 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
6640 | OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn); | ||||||||
6641 | |||||||||
6642 | // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved. | ||||||||
6643 | if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) { | ||||||||
6644 | if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs)) | ||||||||
6645 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, | ||||||||
6646 | VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
6647 | OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression; | ||||||||
6648 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) | ||||||||
6649 | return BuildOverloadedCallExpr( | ||||||||
6650 | Scope, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig, | ||||||||
6651 | /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/true, find.IsAddressOfOperand); | ||||||||
6652 | return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, | ||||||||
6653 | RParenLoc, ExecConfig, IsExecConfig, | ||||||||
6654 | AllowRecovery); | ||||||||
6655 | } | ||||||||
6656 | } | ||||||||
6657 | |||||||||
6658 | // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. | ||||||||
6659 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||||||
6660 | ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); | ||||||||
6661 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6662 | Fn = result.get(); | ||||||||
6663 | } | ||||||||
6664 | |||||||||
6665 | Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
6666 | |||||||||
6667 | bool CallingNDeclIndirectly = false; | ||||||||
6668 | NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||
6669 | if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn)) { | ||||||||
6670 | if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) { | ||||||||
6671 | CallingNDeclIndirectly = true; | ||||||||
6672 | NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
6673 | } | ||||||||
6674 | } | ||||||||
6675 | |||||||||
6676 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) { | ||||||||
6677 | NDecl = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||||||
6678 | |||||||||
6679 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); | ||||||||
6680 | if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) { | ||||||||
6681 | // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing parameters | ||||||||
6682 | // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments | ||||||||
6683 | // in ArgExprs. | ||||||||
6684 | if ((FDecl = | ||||||||
6685 | rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) { | ||||||||
6686 | NDecl = FDecl; | ||||||||
6687 | Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create( | ||||||||
6688 | Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), FDecl, false, | ||||||||
6689 | SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(), Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl, | ||||||||
6690 | nullptr, DRE->isNonOdrUse()); | ||||||||
6691 | } | ||||||||
6692 | } | ||||||||
6693 | } else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) | ||||||||
6694 | NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl(); | ||||||||
6695 | |||||||||
6696 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) { | ||||||||
6697 | if (CallingNDeclIndirectly && !checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable( | ||||||||
6698 | FD, /*Complain=*/true, Fn->getBeginLoc())) | ||||||||
6699 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6700 | |||||||||
6701 | checkDirectCallValidity(*this, Fn, FD, ArgExprs); | ||||||||
6702 | |||||||||
6703 | // If this expression is a call to a builtin function in HIP device | ||||||||
6704 | // compilation, allow a pointer-type argument to default address space to be | ||||||||
6705 | // passed as a pointer-type parameter to a non-default address space. | ||||||||
6706 | // If Arg is declared in the default address space and Param is declared | ||||||||
6707 | // in a non-default address space, perform an implicit address space cast to | ||||||||
6708 | // the parameter type. | ||||||||
6709 | if (getLangOpts().HIP && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && FD && | ||||||||
6710 | FD->getBuiltinID()) { | ||||||||
6711 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < FD->param_size(); ++Idx) { | ||||||||
6712 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(Idx); | ||||||||
6713 | if (!ArgExprs[Idx] || !Param || !Param->getType()->isPointerType() || | ||||||||
6714 | !ArgExprs[Idx]->getType()->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
6715 | continue; | ||||||||
6716 | |||||||||
6717 | auto ParamAS = Param->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
6718 | auto ArgTy = ArgExprs[Idx]->getType(); | ||||||||
6719 | auto ArgPtTy = ArgTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
6720 | auto ArgAS = ArgPtTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
6721 | |||||||||
6722 | // Add address space cast if target address spaces are different | ||||||||
6723 | bool NeedImplicitASC = | ||||||||
6724 | ParamAS != LangAS::Default && // Pointer params in generic AS don't need special handling. | ||||||||
6725 | ( ArgAS == LangAS::Default || // We do allow implicit conversion from generic AS | ||||||||
6726 | // or from specific AS which has target AS matching that of Param. | ||||||||
6727 | getASTContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ArgAS) == getASTContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ParamAS)); | ||||||||
6728 | if (!NeedImplicitASC) | ||||||||
6729 | continue; | ||||||||
6730 | |||||||||
6731 | // First, ensure that the Arg is an RValue. | ||||||||
6732 | if (ArgExprs[Idx]->isGLValue()) { | ||||||||
6733 | ArgExprs[Idx] = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( | ||||||||
6734 | Context, ArgExprs[Idx]->getType(), CK_NoOp, ArgExprs[Idx], | ||||||||
6735 | nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||||||
6736 | } | ||||||||
6737 | |||||||||
6738 | // Construct a new arg type with address space of Param | ||||||||
6739 | Qualifiers ArgPtQuals = ArgPtTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
6740 | ArgPtQuals.setAddressSpace(ParamAS); | ||||||||
6741 | auto NewArgPtTy = | ||||||||
6742 | Context.getQualifiedType(ArgPtTy.getUnqualifiedType(), ArgPtQuals); | ||||||||
6743 | auto NewArgTy = | ||||||||
6744 | Context.getQualifiedType(Context.getPointerType(NewArgPtTy), | ||||||||
6745 | ArgTy.getQualifiers()); | ||||||||
6746 | |||||||||
6747 | // Finally perform an implicit address space cast | ||||||||
6748 | ArgExprs[Idx] = ImpCastExprToType(ArgExprs[Idx], NewArgTy, | ||||||||
6749 | CK_AddressSpaceConversion) | ||||||||
6750 | .get(); | ||||||||
6751 | } | ||||||||
6752 | } | ||||||||
6753 | } | ||||||||
6754 | |||||||||
6755 | if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() && | ||||||||
6756 | (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))) { | ||||||||
6757 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)(static_cast <bool> (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6757, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6758 | assert((Fn->containsErrors() ||(static_cast <bool> ((Fn->containsErrors() || llvm:: any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors (); })) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6761, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
6759 | llvm::any_of(ArgExprs,(static_cast <bool> ((Fn->containsErrors() || llvm:: any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors (); })) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6761, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
6760 | [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Fn->containsErrors() || llvm:: any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors (); })) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6761, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
6761 | "should only occur in error-recovery path.")(static_cast <bool> ((Fn->containsErrors() || llvm:: any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors (); })) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6761, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
6762 | QualType ReturnType = | ||||||||
6763 | llvm::isa_and_nonnull<FunctionDecl>(NDecl) | ||||||||
6764 | ? cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)->getCallResultType() | ||||||||
6765 | : Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
6766 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, ReturnType, | ||||||||
6767 | Expr::getValueKindForType(ReturnType), RParenLoc, | ||||||||
6768 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
6769 | } | ||||||||
6770 | return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
6771 | ExecConfig, IsExecConfig); | ||||||||
6772 | } | ||||||||
6773 | |||||||||
6774 | /// BuildBuiltinCallExpr - Create a call to a builtin function specified by Id | ||||||||
6775 | // with the specified CallArgs | ||||||||
6776 | Expr *Sema::BuildBuiltinCallExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Builtin::ID Id, | ||||||||
6777 | MultiExprArg CallArgs) { | ||||||||
6778 | StringRef Name = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(Id); | ||||||||
6779 | LookupResult R(*this, &Context.Idents.get(Name), Loc, | ||||||||
6780 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
6781 | LookupName(R, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true); | ||||||||
6782 | |||||||||
6783 | auto *BuiltInDecl = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); | ||||||||
6784 | assert(BuiltInDecl && "failed to find builtin declaration")(static_cast <bool> (BuiltInDecl && "failed to find builtin declaration" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltInDecl && \"failed to find builtin declaration\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6784, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
6785 | |||||||||
6786 | ExprResult DeclRef = | ||||||||
6787 | BuildDeclRefExpr(BuiltInDecl, BuiltInDecl->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||||
6788 | assert(DeclRef.isUsable() && "Builtin reference cannot fail")(static_cast <bool> (DeclRef.isUsable() && "Builtin reference cannot fail" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclRef.isUsable() && \"Builtin reference cannot fail\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6788, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
6789 | |||||||||
6790 | ExprResult Call = | ||||||||
6791 | BuildCallExpr(/*Scope=*/nullptr, DeclRef.get(), Loc, CallArgs, Loc); | ||||||||
6792 | |||||||||
6793 | assert(!Call.isInvalid() && "Call to builtin cannot fail!")(static_cast <bool> (!Call.isInvalid() && "Call to builtin cannot fail!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Call.isInvalid() && \"Call to builtin cannot fail!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6793, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
6794 | return Call.get(); | ||||||||
6795 | } | ||||||||
6796 | |||||||||
6797 | /// Parse a __builtin_astype expression. | ||||||||
6798 | /// | ||||||||
6799 | /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type ) | ||||||||
6800 | /// | ||||||||
6801 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, | ||||||||
6802 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||||||
6803 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||||
6804 | QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy); | ||||||||
6805 | return BuildAsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
6806 | } | ||||||||
6807 | |||||||||
6808 | /// Create a new AsTypeExpr node (bitcast) from the arguments. | ||||||||
6809 | ExprResult Sema::BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy, | ||||||||
6810 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||||||
6811 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||||
6812 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
6813 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||||||
6814 | QualType SrcTy = E->getType(); | ||||||||
6815 | if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && | ||||||||
6816 | Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) | ||||||||
6817 | return ExprError( | ||||||||
6818 | Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size) | ||||||||
6819 | << DestTy << SrcTy << E->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
6820 | return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DestTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
6821 | } | ||||||||
6822 | |||||||||
6823 | /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the | ||||||||
6824 | /// provided arguments. | ||||||||
6825 | /// | ||||||||
6826 | /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type ) | ||||||||
6827 | /// | ||||||||
6828 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, | ||||||||
6829 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||||||
6830 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||||
6831 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||||||||
6832 | GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo); | ||||||||
6833 | return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
6834 | } | ||||||||
6835 | |||||||||
6836 | /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression, | ||||||||
6837 | /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should | ||||||||
6838 | /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or | ||||||||
6839 | /// block-pointer type. | ||||||||
6840 | /// | ||||||||
6841 | /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available | ||||||||
6842 | ExprResult Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, | ||||||||
6843 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
6844 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
6845 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *Config, | ||||||||
6846 | bool IsExecConfig, ADLCallKind UsesADL) { | ||||||||
6847 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); | ||||||||
6848 | unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0); | ||||||||
6849 | |||||||||
6850 | // Functions with 'interrupt' attribute cannot be called directly. | ||||||||
6851 | if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) { | ||||||||
6852 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_called); | ||||||||
6853 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6854 | } | ||||||||
6855 | |||||||||
6856 | // Interrupt handlers don't save off the VFP regs automatically on ARM, | ||||||||
6857 | // so there's some risk when calling out to non-interrupt handler functions | ||||||||
6858 | // that the callee might not preserve them. This is easy to diagnose here, | ||||||||
6859 | // but can be very challenging to debug. | ||||||||
6860 | // Likewise, X86 interrupt handlers may only call routines with attribute | ||||||||
6861 | // no_caller_saved_registers since there is no efficient way to | ||||||||
6862 | // save and restore the non-GPR state. | ||||||||
6863 | if (auto *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl()) { | ||||||||
6864 | if (Caller->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()) { | ||||||||
6865 | bool VFP = Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("vfp"); | ||||||||
6866 | if (VFP && (!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>())) { | ||||||||
6867 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arm_interrupt_calling_convention); | ||||||||
6868 | if (FDecl) | ||||||||
6869 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; | ||||||||
6870 | } | ||||||||
6871 | } | ||||||||
6872 | if (Caller->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>() && | ||||||||
6873 | ((!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>()))) { | ||||||||
6874 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_anyx86_interrupt_regsave); | ||||||||
6875 | if (FDecl) | ||||||||
6876 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; | ||||||||
6877 | } | ||||||||
6878 | } | ||||||||
6879 | |||||||||
6880 | // Promote the function operand. | ||||||||
6881 | // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting | ||||||||
6882 | // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call. | ||||||||
6883 | ExprResult Result; | ||||||||
6884 | QualType ResultTy; | ||||||||
6885 | if (BuiltinID && | ||||||||
6886 | Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) { | ||||||||
6887 | // Extract the return type from the (builtin) function pointer type. | ||||||||
6888 | // FIXME Several builtins still have setType in | ||||||||
6889 | // Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall. One should review their definitions in | ||||||||
6890 | // Builtins.def to ensure they are correct before removing setType calls. | ||||||||
6891 | QualType FnPtrTy = Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()); | ||||||||
6892 | Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, FnPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get(); | ||||||||
6893 | ResultTy = FDecl->getCallResultType(); | ||||||||
6894 | } else { | ||||||||
6895 | Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn); | ||||||||
6896 | ResultTy = Context.BoolTy; | ||||||||
6897 | } | ||||||||
6898 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6899 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6900 | Fn = Result.get(); | ||||||||
6901 | |||||||||
6902 | // Check for a valid function type, but only if it is not a builtin which | ||||||||
6903 | // requires custom type checking. These will be handled by | ||||||||
6904 | // CheckBuiltinFunctionCall below just after creation of the call expression. | ||||||||
6905 | const FunctionType *FuncT = nullptr; | ||||||||
6906 | if (!BuiltinID || !Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID)) { | ||||||||
6907 | retry: | ||||||||
6908 | if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
6909 | // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall | ||||||||
6910 | // have type pointer to function". | ||||||||
6911 | FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
6912 | if (!FuncT) | ||||||||
6913 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) | ||||||||
6914 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
6915 | } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT = | ||||||||
6916 | Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
6917 | FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
6918 | } else { | ||||||||
6919 | // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type. | ||||||||
6920 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||||||
6921 | ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); | ||||||||
6922 | if (rewrite.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6923 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6924 | Fn = rewrite.get(); | ||||||||
6925 | goto retry; | ||||||||
6926 | } | ||||||||
6927 | |||||||||
6928 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) | ||||||||
6929 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
6930 | } | ||||||||
6931 | } | ||||||||
6932 | |||||||||
6933 | // Get the number of parameters in the function prototype, if any. | ||||||||
6934 | // We will allocate space for max(Args.size(), NumParams) arguments | ||||||||
6935 | // in the call expression. | ||||||||
6936 | const auto *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT); | ||||||||
6937 | unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; | ||||||||
6938 | |||||||||
6939 | CallExpr *TheCall; | ||||||||
6940 | if (Config) { | ||||||||
6941 | assert(UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL &&(static_cast <bool> (UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && "CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && \"CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6942, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
6942 | "CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL")(static_cast <bool> (UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && "CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && \"CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 6942, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
6943 | TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(Config), | ||||||||
6944 | Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
6945 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams); | ||||||||
6946 | } else { | ||||||||
6947 | TheCall = | ||||||||
6948 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
6949 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams, UsesADL); | ||||||||
6950 | } | ||||||||
6951 | |||||||||
6952 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { | ||||||||
6953 | // Forget about the nulled arguments since typo correction | ||||||||
6954 | // do not handle them well. | ||||||||
6955 | TheCall->shrinkNumArgs(Args.size()); | ||||||||
6956 | // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct | ||||||||
6957 | // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle | ||||||||
6958 | // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been | ||||||||
6959 | // dealt with. | ||||||||
6960 | ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall); | ||||||||
6961 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6962 | CallExpr *TheOldCall = TheCall; | ||||||||
6963 | TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Result.get()); | ||||||||
6964 | bool CorrectedTypos = TheCall != TheOldCall; | ||||||||
6965 | if (!TheCall) return Result; | ||||||||
6966 | Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()); | ||||||||
6967 | |||||||||
6968 | // A new call expression node was created if some typos were corrected. | ||||||||
6969 | // However it may not have been constructed with enough storage. In this | ||||||||
6970 | // case, rebuild the node with enough storage. The waste of space is | ||||||||
6971 | // immaterial since this only happens when some typos were corrected. | ||||||||
6972 | if (CorrectedTypos && Args.size() < NumParams) { | ||||||||
6973 | if (Config) | ||||||||
6974 | TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create( | ||||||||
6975 | Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, | ||||||||
6976 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams); | ||||||||
6977 | else | ||||||||
6978 | TheCall = | ||||||||
6979 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
6980 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams, UsesADL); | ||||||||
6981 | } | ||||||||
6982 | // We can now handle the nulled arguments for the default arguments. | ||||||||
6983 | TheCall->setNumArgsUnsafe(std::max<unsigned>(Args.size(), NumParams)); | ||||||||
6984 | } | ||||||||
6985 | |||||||||
6986 | // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom type checking. | ||||||||
6987 | if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID)) | ||||||||
6988 | return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall); | ||||||||
6989 | |||||||||
6990 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { | ||||||||
6991 | if (Config) { | ||||||||
6992 | // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions | ||||||||
6993 | if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) | ||||||||
6994 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function) | ||||||||
6995 | << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
6996 | |||||||||
6997 | // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type | ||||||||
6998 | if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && | ||||||||
6999 | !FuncT->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>() && | ||||||||
7000 | !FuncT->getReturnType()->isInstantiationDependentType()) | ||||||||
7001 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return) | ||||||||
7002 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
7003 | } else { | ||||||||
7004 | // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured | ||||||||
7005 | if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) | ||||||||
7006 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config) | ||||||||
7007 | << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
7008 | } | ||||||||
7009 | } | ||||||||
7010 | |||||||||
7011 | // Check for a valid return type | ||||||||
7012 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getBeginLoc(), TheCall, | ||||||||
7013 | FDecl)) | ||||||||
7014 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7015 | |||||||||
7016 | // We know the result type of the call, set it. | ||||||||
7017 | TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context)); | ||||||||
7018 | TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType())); | ||||||||
7019 | |||||||||
7020 | if (Proto) { | ||||||||
7021 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
7022 | IsExecConfig)) | ||||||||
7023 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7024 | } else { | ||||||||
7025 | assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT ) && "Unknown FunctionType!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && \"Unknown FunctionType!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7025, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7026 | |||||||||
7027 | if (FDecl) { | ||||||||
7028 | // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based | ||||||||
7029 | // on our knowledge of the function definition. | ||||||||
7030 | const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr; | ||||||||
7031 | if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) { | ||||||||
7032 | Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
7033 | if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size())) | ||||||||
7034 | Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments) | ||||||||
7035 | << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
7036 | } | ||||||||
7037 | |||||||||
7038 | // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have | ||||||||
7039 | // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype. | ||||||||
7040 | if (!FDecl->hasPrototype()) | ||||||||
7041 | Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
7042 | } | ||||||||
7043 | |||||||||
7044 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6). | ||||||||
7045 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||||||
7046 | Expr *Arg = Args[i]; | ||||||||
7047 | |||||||||
7048 | if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) { | ||||||||
7049 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||||
7050 | Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i)); | ||||||||
7051 | ExprResult ArgE = | ||||||||
7052 | PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); | ||||||||
7053 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
7054 | return true; | ||||||||
7055 | |||||||||
7056 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
7057 | |||||||||
7058 | } else { | ||||||||
7059 | ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg); | ||||||||
7060 | |||||||||
7061 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
7062 | return true; | ||||||||
7063 | |||||||||
7064 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
7065 | } | ||||||||
7066 | |||||||||
7067 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), Arg->getType(), | ||||||||
7068 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg)) | ||||||||
7069 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7070 | |||||||||
7071 | TheCall->setArg(i, Arg); | ||||||||
7072 | } | ||||||||
7073 | TheCall->computeDependence(); | ||||||||
7074 | } | ||||||||
7075 | |||||||||
7076 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) | ||||||||
7077 | if (!Method->isStatic()) | ||||||||
7078 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) | ||||||||
7079 | << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
7080 | |||||||||
7081 | // Check for sentinels | ||||||||
7082 | if (NDecl) | ||||||||
7083 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||||||
7084 | |||||||||
7085 | // Warn for unions passing across security boundary (CMSE). | ||||||||
7086 | if (FuncT != nullptr && FuncT->getCmseNSCallAttr()) { | ||||||||
7087 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||||||
7088 | if (const auto *RT = | ||||||||
7089 | dyn_cast<RecordType>(Args[i]->getType().getCanonicalType())) { | ||||||||
7090 | if (RT->getDecl()->isOrContainsUnion()) | ||||||||
7091 | Diag(Args[i]->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_cmse_nonsecure_union) | ||||||||
7092 | << 0 << i; | ||||||||
7093 | } | ||||||||
7094 | } | ||||||||
7095 | } | ||||||||
7096 | |||||||||
7097 | // Do special checking on direct calls to functions. | ||||||||
7098 | if (FDecl) { | ||||||||
7099 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||||||
7100 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7101 | |||||||||
7102 | checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FDecl, TheCall); | ||||||||
7103 | |||||||||
7104 | if (BuiltinID) | ||||||||
7105 | return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall); | ||||||||
7106 | } else if (NDecl) { | ||||||||
7107 | if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||||||
7108 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7109 | } else { | ||||||||
7110 | if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto)) | ||||||||
7111 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7112 | } | ||||||||
7113 | |||||||||
7114 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), FDecl); | ||||||||
7115 | } | ||||||||
7116 | |||||||||
7117 | ExprResult | ||||||||
7118 | Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty, | ||||||||
7119 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) { | ||||||||
7120 | assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type")(static_cast <bool> (Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty && \"ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7120, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7121 | assert(InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression")(static_cast <bool> (InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("InitExpr && \"ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7121, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7122 | |||||||||
7123 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||||||||
7124 | QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); | ||||||||
7125 | if (!TInfo) | ||||||||
7126 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType); | ||||||||
7127 | |||||||||
7128 | return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr); | ||||||||
7129 | } | ||||||||
7130 | |||||||||
7131 | ExprResult | ||||||||
7132 | Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||||||||
7133 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) { | ||||||||
7134 | QualType literalType = TInfo->getType(); | ||||||||
7135 | |||||||||
7136 | if (literalType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
7137 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||||||
7138 | LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType), | ||||||||
7139 | diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||||||
7140 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) | ||||||||
7141 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7142 | if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) { | ||||||||
7143 | if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TInfo, literalType, LParenLoc, | ||||||||
7144 | diag::err_variable_object_no_init)) { | ||||||||
7145 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7146 | } | ||||||||
7147 | } | ||||||||
7148 | } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() && | ||||||||
7149 | RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType, | ||||||||
7150 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type, | ||||||||
7151 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) | ||||||||
7152 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7153 | |||||||||
7154 | InitializedEntity Entity | ||||||||
7155 | = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo); | ||||||||
7156 | InitializationKind Kind | ||||||||
7157 | = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc, | ||||||||
7158 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), | ||||||||
7159 | /*InitList=*/true); | ||||||||
7160 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr); | ||||||||
7161 | ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr, | ||||||||
7162 | &literalType); | ||||||||
7163 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
7164 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7165 | LiteralExpr = Result.get(); | ||||||||
7166 | |||||||||
7167 | bool isFileScope = !CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod(); | ||||||||
7168 | |||||||||
7169 | // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason. | ||||||||
7170 | // For GCC compatibility, in C++, file-scope array compound literals with | ||||||||
7171 | // constant initializers are also l-values, and compound literals are | ||||||||
7172 | // otherwise prvalues. | ||||||||
7173 | // | ||||||||
7174 | // (GCC also treats C++ list-initialized file-scope array prvalues with | ||||||||
7175 | // constant initializers as l-values, but that's non-conforming, so we don't | ||||||||
7176 | // follow it there.) | ||||||||
7177 | // | ||||||||
7178 | // FIXME: It would be better to handle the lvalue cases as materializing and | ||||||||
7179 | // lifetime-extending a temporary object, but our materialized temporaries | ||||||||
7180 | // representation only supports lifetime extension from a variable, not "out | ||||||||
7181 | // of thin air". | ||||||||
7182 | // FIXME: For C++, we might want to instead lifetime-extend only if a pointer | ||||||||
7183 | // is bound to the result of applying array-to-pointer decay to the compound | ||||||||
7184 | // literal. | ||||||||
7185 | // FIXME: GCC supports compound literals of reference type, which should | ||||||||
7186 | // obviously have a value kind derived from the kind of reference involved. | ||||||||
7187 | ExprValueKind VK = | ||||||||
7188 | (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !(isFileScope && literalType->isArrayType())) | ||||||||
7189 | ? VK_PRValue | ||||||||
7190 | : VK_LValue; | ||||||||
7191 | |||||||||
7192 | if (isFileScope) | ||||||||
7193 | if (auto ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(LiteralExpr)) | ||||||||
7194 | for (unsigned i = 0, j = ILE->getNumInits(); i != j; i++) { | ||||||||
7195 | Expr *Init = ILE->getInit(i); | ||||||||
7196 | ILE->setInit(i, ConstantExpr::Create(Context, Init)); | ||||||||
7197 | } | ||||||||
7198 | |||||||||
7199 | auto *E = new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType, | ||||||||
7200 | VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope); | ||||||||
7201 | if (isFileScope) { | ||||||||
7202 | if (!LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||||
7203 | !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() && | ||||||||
7204 | !literalType->isDependentType()) // C99 6.5.2.5p3 | ||||||||
7205 | if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType)) | ||||||||
7206 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7207 | } else if (literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && | ||||||||
7208 | literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { | ||||||||
7209 | // Embedded-C extensions to C99 6.5.2.5: | ||||||||
7210 | // "If the compound literal occurs inside the body of a function, the | ||||||||
7211 | // type name shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." | ||||||||
7212 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_compound_literal_with_address_space) | ||||||||
7213 | << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()); | ||||||||
7214 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7215 | } | ||||||||
7216 | |||||||||
7217 | if (!isFileScope && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
7218 | // Compound literals that have automatic storage duration are destroyed at | ||||||||
7219 | // the end of the scope in C; in C++, they're just temporaries. | ||||||||
7220 | |||||||||
7221 | // Emit diagnostics if it is or contains a C union type that is non-trivial | ||||||||
7222 | // to destruct. | ||||||||
7223 | if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) | ||||||||
7224 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(E->getType(), E->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
7225 | NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, NTCUK_Destruct); | ||||||||
7226 | |||||||||
7227 | // Diagnose jumps that enter or exit the lifetime of the compound literal. | ||||||||
7228 | if (literalType.isDestructedType()) { | ||||||||
7229 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||||||
7230 | ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(E); | ||||||||
7231 | getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); | ||||||||
7232 | } | ||||||||
7233 | } | ||||||||
7234 | |||||||||
7235 | if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || | ||||||||
7236 | E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) | ||||||||
7237 | checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(E->getInitializer(), | ||||||||
7238 | E->getInitializer()->getExprLoc()); | ||||||||
7239 | |||||||||
7240 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(E); | ||||||||
7241 | } | ||||||||
7242 | |||||||||
7243 | ExprResult | ||||||||
7244 | Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList, | ||||||||
7245 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { | ||||||||
7246 | // Only produce each kind of designated initialization diagnostic once. | ||||||||
7247 | SourceLocation FirstDesignator; | ||||||||
7248 | bool DiagnosedArrayDesignator = false; | ||||||||
7249 | bool DiagnosedNestedDesignator = false; | ||||||||
7250 | bool DiagnosedMixedDesignator = false; | ||||||||
7251 | |||||||||
7252 | // Check that any designated initializers are syntactically valid in the | ||||||||
7253 | // current language mode. | ||||||||
7254 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
7255 | if (auto *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[I])) { | ||||||||
7256 | if (FirstDesignator.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
7257 | FirstDesignator = DIE->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
7258 | |||||||||
7259 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
7260 | break; | ||||||||
7261 | |||||||||
7262 | if (!DiagnosedNestedDesignator && DIE->size() > 1) { | ||||||||
7263 | DiagnosedNestedDesignator = true; | ||||||||
7264 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_nested) | ||||||||
7265 | << DIE->getDesignatorsSourceRange(); | ||||||||
7266 | } | ||||||||
7267 | |||||||||
7268 | for (auto &Desig : DIE->designators()) { | ||||||||
7269 | if (!Desig.isFieldDesignator() && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator) { | ||||||||
7270 | DiagnosedArrayDesignator = true; | ||||||||
7271 | Diag(Desig.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_array) | ||||||||
7272 | << Desig.getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
7273 | } | ||||||||
7274 | } | ||||||||
7275 | |||||||||
7276 | if (!DiagnosedMixedDesignator && | ||||||||
7277 | !isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0])) { | ||||||||
7278 | DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true; | ||||||||
7279 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed) | ||||||||
7280 | << DIE->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
7281 | Diag(InitArgList[0]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed) | ||||||||
7282 | << InitArgList[0]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
7283 | } | ||||||||
7284 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator && | ||||||||
7285 | isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0])) { | ||||||||
7286 | DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true; | ||||||||
7287 | auto *DIE = cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0]); | ||||||||
7288 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed) | ||||||||
7289 | << DIE->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
7290 | Diag(InitArgList[I]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed) | ||||||||
7291 | << InitArgList[I]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
7292 | } | ||||||||
7293 | } | ||||||||
7294 | |||||||||
7295 | if (FirstDesignator.isValid()) { | ||||||||
7296 | // Only diagnose designated initiaization as a C++20 extension if we didn't | ||||||||
7297 | // already diagnose use of (non-C++20) C99 designator syntax. | ||||||||
7298 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator && | ||||||||
7299 | !DiagnosedNestedDesignator && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator) { | ||||||||
7300 | Diag(FirstDesignator, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||||||
7301 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_designated_init | ||||||||
7302 | : diag::ext_cxx_designated_init); | ||||||||
7303 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C99) { | ||||||||
7304 | Diag(FirstDesignator, diag::ext_designated_init); | ||||||||
7305 | } | ||||||||
7306 | } | ||||||||
7307 | |||||||||
7308 | return BuildInitList(LBraceLoc, InitArgList, RBraceLoc); | ||||||||
7309 | } | ||||||||
7310 | |||||||||
7311 | ExprResult | ||||||||
7312 | Sema::BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList, | ||||||||
7313 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { | ||||||||
7314 | // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and | ||||||||
7315 | // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being initialized. | ||||||||
7316 | |||||||||
7317 | // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be | ||||||||
7318 | // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't. | ||||||||
7319 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
7320 | if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
7321 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]); | ||||||||
7322 | |||||||||
7323 | // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because | ||||||||
7324 | // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc. | ||||||||
7325 | if (result.isInvalid()) continue; | ||||||||
7326 | |||||||||
7327 | InitArgList[I] = result.get(); | ||||||||
7328 | } | ||||||||
7329 | } | ||||||||
7330 | |||||||||
7331 | InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList, | ||||||||
7332 | RBraceLoc); | ||||||||
7333 | E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now. | ||||||||
7334 | return E; | ||||||||
7335 | } | ||||||||
7336 | |||||||||
7337 | /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC. | ||||||||
7338 | void Sema::maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E) { | ||||||||
7339 | assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7339, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7340 | assert(E.get()->isPRValue())(static_cast <bool> (E.get()->isPRValue()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("E.get()->isPRValue()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7340, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7341 | |||||||||
7342 | // Only do this in an r-value context. | ||||||||
7343 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return; | ||||||||
7344 | |||||||||
7345 | E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( | ||||||||
7346 | Context, E.get()->getType(), CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(), | ||||||||
7347 | /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||||||
7348 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||||||
7349 | } | ||||||||
7350 | |||||||||
7351 | /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object | ||||||||
7352 | /// pointer type. | ||||||||
7353 | CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) { | ||||||||
7354 | QualType type = E.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
7355 | if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
7356 | return CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
7357 | } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
7358 | maybeExtendBlockObject(E); | ||||||||
7359 | return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
7360 | } else { | ||||||||
7361 | assert(type->isPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (type->isPointerType()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("type->isPointerType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7361, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7362 | return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
7363 | } | ||||||||
7364 | } | ||||||||
7365 | |||||||||
7366 | /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages | ||||||||
7367 | /// except the final cast and returning the kind required. | ||||||||
7368 | CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) { | ||||||||
7369 | // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer. | ||||||||
7370 | // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with | ||||||||
7371 | // pointers. Everything else should be possible. | ||||||||
7372 | |||||||||
7373 | QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
7374 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy)) | ||||||||
7375 | return CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
7376 | |||||||||
7377 | switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||||||
7378 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||||||
7379 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7379); | ||||||||
7380 | |||||||||
7381 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||||||
7382 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||||||
7383 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||||
7384 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||||||
7385 | case Type::STK_CPointer: { | ||||||||
7386 | LangAS SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
7387 | LangAS DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
7388 | if (SrcAS != DestAS) | ||||||||
7389 | return CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||||||
7390 | if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(SrcTy, DestTy)) | ||||||||
7391 | return CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
7392 | return CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
7393 | } | ||||||||
7394 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||||||
7395 | return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer | ||||||||
7396 | ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); | ||||||||
7397 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||||
7398 | if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer) | ||||||||
7399 | return CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
7400 | if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer) | ||||||||
7401 | return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
7402 | maybeExtendBlockObject(Src); | ||||||||
7403 | return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
7404 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||||||
7405 | return CK_PointerToBoolean; | ||||||||
7406 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||||||
7407 | return CK_PointerToIntegral; | ||||||||
7408 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||||||
7409 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||||||
7410 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||||||
7411 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||||||
7412 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||||||
7413 | llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("illegal cast from pointer" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7413); | ||||||||
7414 | } | ||||||||
7415 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7415); | ||||||||
7416 | |||||||||
7417 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||||||
7418 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||||||
7419 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||||||
7420 | return CK_FixedPointCast; | ||||||||
7421 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||||||
7422 | return CK_FixedPointToBoolean; | ||||||||
7423 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||||||
7424 | return CK_FixedPointToIntegral; | ||||||||
7425 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||||||
7426 | return CK_FixedPointToFloating; | ||||||||
7427 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||||||
7428 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||||||
7429 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
7430 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) | ||||||||
7431 | << DestTy; | ||||||||
7432 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||||||
7433 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||||||
7434 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||||
7435 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||||||
7436 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||||||
7437 | llvm_unreachable("illegal cast to pointer type")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("illegal cast to pointer type" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7437); | ||||||||
7438 | } | ||||||||
7439 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7439); | ||||||||
7440 | |||||||||
7441 | case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer | ||||||||
7442 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||||||
7443 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||||||
7444 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||||||
7445 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||||
7446 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||||||
7447 | if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
7448 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||||||
7449 | return CK_NullToPointer; | ||||||||
7450 | return CK_IntegralToPointer; | ||||||||
7451 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||||||
7452 | return CK_IntegralToBoolean; | ||||||||
7453 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||||||
7454 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||||||
7455 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||||||
7456 | return CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||||||
7457 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||||||
7458 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||||||
7459 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||||||
7460 | CK_IntegralCast); | ||||||||
7461 | return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; | ||||||||
7462 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||||||
7463 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||||||
7464 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||||||
7465 | CK_IntegralToFloating); | ||||||||
7466 | return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; | ||||||||
7467 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||||||
7468 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7468); | ||||||||
7469 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||||||
7470 | return CK_IntegralToFixedPoint; | ||||||||
7471 | } | ||||||||
7472 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7472); | ||||||||
7473 | |||||||||
7474 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||||||
7475 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||||||
7476 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||||||
7477 | return CK_FloatingCast; | ||||||||
7478 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||||||
7479 | return CK_FloatingToBoolean; | ||||||||
7480 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||||||
7481 | return CK_FloatingToIntegral; | ||||||||
7482 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||||||
7483 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||||||
7484 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||||||
7485 | CK_FloatingCast); | ||||||||
7486 | return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; | ||||||||
7487 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||||||
7488 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||||||
7489 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||||||
7490 | CK_FloatingToIntegral); | ||||||||
7491 | return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; | ||||||||
7492 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||||||
7493 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||||
7494 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||||||
7495 | llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("valid float->pointer cast?" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7495); | ||||||||
7496 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||||||
7497 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7497); | ||||||||
7498 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||||||
7499 | return CK_FloatingToFixedPoint; | ||||||||
7500 | } | ||||||||
7501 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7501); | ||||||||
7502 | |||||||||
7503 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||||||
7504 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||||||
7505 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||||||
7506 | return CK_FloatingComplexCast; | ||||||||
7507 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||||||
7508 | return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; | ||||||||
7509 | case Type::STK_Floating: { | ||||||||
7510 | QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | ||||||||
7511 | if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy)) | ||||||||
7512 | return CK_FloatingComplexToReal; | ||||||||
7513 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal); | ||||||||
7514 | return CK_FloatingCast; | ||||||||
7515 | } | ||||||||
7516 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||||||
7517 | return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean; | ||||||||
7518 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||||||
7519 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||||||
7520 | SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||||||
7521 | CK_FloatingComplexToReal); | ||||||||
7522 | return CK_FloatingToIntegral; | ||||||||
7523 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||||||
7524 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||||
7525 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||||||
7526 | llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("valid complex float->pointer cast?" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7526); | ||||||||
7527 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||||||
7528 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7528); | ||||||||
7529 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||||||
7530 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
7531 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) | ||||||||
7532 | << SrcTy; | ||||||||
7533 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||||||
7534 | } | ||||||||
7535 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7535); | ||||||||
7536 | |||||||||
7537 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||||||
7538 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||||||
7539 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||||||
7540 | return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; | ||||||||
7541 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||||||
7542 | return CK_IntegralComplexCast; | ||||||||
7543 | case Type::STK_Integral: { | ||||||||
7544 | QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | ||||||||
7545 | if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy)) | ||||||||
7546 | return CK_IntegralComplexToReal; | ||||||||
7547 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal); | ||||||||
7548 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||||||
7549 | } | ||||||||
7550 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||||||
7551 | return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean; | ||||||||
7552 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||||||
7553 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||||||
7554 | SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||||||
7555 | CK_IntegralComplexToReal); | ||||||||
7556 | return CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||||||
7557 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||||||
7558 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||||
7559 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||||||
7560 | llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("valid complex int->pointer cast?" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7560); | ||||||||
7561 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||||||
7562 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7562); | ||||||||
7563 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||||||
7564 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
7565 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) | ||||||||
7566 | << SrcTy; | ||||||||
7567 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||||||
7568 | } | ||||||||
7569 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7569); | ||||||||
7570 | } | ||||||||
7571 | |||||||||
7572 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled scalar cast", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7572); | ||||||||
7573 | } | ||||||||
7574 | |||||||||
7575 | static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len, | ||||||||
7576 | QualType &eltType) { | ||||||||
7577 | // Vectors are simple. | ||||||||
7578 | if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||||||
7579 | len = vecType->getNumElements(); | ||||||||
7580 | eltType = vecType->getElementType(); | ||||||||
7581 | assert(eltType->isScalarType())(static_cast <bool> (eltType->isScalarType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("eltType->isScalarType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7581, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7582 | return true; | ||||||||
7583 | } | ||||||||
7584 | |||||||||
7585 | // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if | ||||||||
7586 | // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types). | ||||||||
7587 | if (!type->isRealType()) return false; | ||||||||
7588 | |||||||||
7589 | len = 1; | ||||||||
7590 | eltType = type; | ||||||||
7591 | return true; | ||||||||
7592 | } | ||||||||
7593 | |||||||||
7594 | /// Are the two types SVE-bitcast-compatible types? I.e. is bitcasting from the | ||||||||
7595 | /// first SVE type (e.g. an SVE VLAT) to the second type (e.g. an SVE VLST) | ||||||||
7596 | /// allowed? | ||||||||
7597 | /// | ||||||||
7598 | /// This will also return false if the two given types do not make sense from | ||||||||
7599 | /// the perspective of SVE bitcasts. | ||||||||
7600 | bool Sema::isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { | ||||||||
7601 | assert(srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType())(static_cast <bool> (srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy ->isVectorType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7601, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7602 | |||||||||
7603 | auto ValidScalableConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { | ||||||||
7604 | if (!FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) | ||||||||
7605 | return false; | ||||||||
7606 | |||||||||
7607 | const auto *VecTy = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
7608 | return VecTy && | ||||||||
7609 | VecTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector; | ||||||||
7610 | }; | ||||||||
7611 | |||||||||
7612 | return ValidScalableConversion(srcTy, destTy) || | ||||||||
7613 | ValidScalableConversion(destTy, srcTy); | ||||||||
7614 | } | ||||||||
7615 | |||||||||
7616 | /// Are the two types matrix types and do they have the same dimensions i.e. | ||||||||
7617 | /// do they have the same number of rows and the same number of columns? | ||||||||
7618 | bool Sema::areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { | ||||||||
7619 | if (!destTy->isMatrixType() || !srcTy->isMatrixType()) | ||||||||
7620 | return false; | ||||||||
7621 | |||||||||
7622 | const ConstantMatrixType *matSrcType = srcTy->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); | ||||||||
7623 | const ConstantMatrixType *matDestType = destTy->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); | ||||||||
7624 | |||||||||
7625 | return matSrcType->getNumRows() == matDestType->getNumRows() && | ||||||||
7626 | matSrcType->getNumColumns() == matDestType->getNumColumns(); | ||||||||
7627 | } | ||||||||
7628 | |||||||||
7629 | bool Sema::areVectorTypesSameSize(QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) { | ||||||||
7630 | assert(DestTy->isVectorType() || SrcTy->isVectorType())(static_cast <bool> (DestTy->isVectorType() || SrcTy ->isVectorType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DestTy->isVectorType() || SrcTy->isVectorType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7630, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7631 | |||||||||
7632 | uint64_t SrcLen, DestLen; | ||||||||
7633 | QualType SrcEltTy, DestEltTy; | ||||||||
7634 | if (!breakDownVectorType(SrcTy, SrcLen, SrcEltTy)) | ||||||||
7635 | return false; | ||||||||
7636 | if (!breakDownVectorType(DestTy, DestLen, DestEltTy)) | ||||||||
7637 | return false; | ||||||||
7638 | |||||||||
7639 | // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a | ||||||||
7640 | // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw | ||||||||
7641 | // element size multiplied by the element count. | ||||||||
7642 | uint64_t SrcEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(SrcEltTy); | ||||||||
7643 | uint64_t DestEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(DestEltTy); | ||||||||
7644 | |||||||||
7645 | return (SrcLen * SrcEltSize == DestLen * DestEltSize); | ||||||||
7646 | } | ||||||||
7647 | |||||||||
7648 | /// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types? That is, given | ||||||||
7649 | /// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes, | ||||||||
7650 | /// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element | ||||||||
7651 | /// size? | ||||||||
7652 | /// | ||||||||
7653 | /// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a | ||||||||
7654 | /// vector nor a real type. | ||||||||
7655 | bool Sema::areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { | ||||||||
7656 | assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType())(static_cast <bool> (destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy ->isVectorType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7656, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7657 | |||||||||
7658 | // Disallow lax conversions between scalars and ExtVectors (these | ||||||||
7659 | // conversions are allowed for other vector types because common headers | ||||||||
7660 | // depend on them). Most scalar OP ExtVector cases are handled by the | ||||||||
7661 | // splat path anyway, which does what we want (convert, not bitcast). | ||||||||
7662 | // What this rules out for ExtVectors is crazy things like char4*float. | ||||||||
7663 | if (srcTy->isScalarType() && destTy->isExtVectorType()) return false; | ||||||||
7664 | if (destTy->isScalarType() && srcTy->isExtVectorType()) return false; | ||||||||
7665 | |||||||||
7666 | return areVectorTypesSameSize(srcTy, destTy); | ||||||||
7667 | } | ||||||||
7668 | |||||||||
7669 | /// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is | ||||||||
7670 | /// known to be a vector type? | ||||||||
7671 | bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { | ||||||||
7672 | assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType())(static_cast <bool> (destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy ->isVectorType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7672, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7673 | |||||||||
7674 | switch (Context.getLangOpts().getLaxVectorConversions()) { | ||||||||
7675 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::None: | ||||||||
7676 | return false; | ||||||||
7677 | |||||||||
7678 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::Integer: | ||||||||
7679 | if (!srcTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | ||||||||
7680 | auto *Vec = srcTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
7681 | if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||||||
7682 | return false; | ||||||||
7683 | } | ||||||||
7684 | if (!destTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | ||||||||
7685 | auto *Vec = destTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
7686 | if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||||||
7687 | return false; | ||||||||
7688 | } | ||||||||
7689 | // OK, integer (vector) -> integer (vector) bitcast. | ||||||||
7690 | break; | ||||||||
7691 | |||||||||
7692 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::All: | ||||||||
7693 | break; | ||||||||
7694 | } | ||||||||
7695 | |||||||||
7696 | return areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy, destTy); | ||||||||
7697 | } | ||||||||
7698 | |||||||||
7699 | bool Sema::CheckMatrixCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy, | ||||||||
7700 | CastKind &Kind) { | ||||||||
7701 | if (SrcTy->isMatrixType() && DestTy->isMatrixType()) { | ||||||||
7702 | if (!areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(SrcTy, DestTy)) { | ||||||||
7703 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrixes) | ||||||||
7704 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; | ||||||||
7705 | } | ||||||||
7706 | } else if (SrcTy->isMatrixType()) { | ||||||||
7707 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), | ||||||||
7708 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrix_and_type) | ||||||||
7709 | << SrcTy << DestTy << R; | ||||||||
7710 | } else if (DestTy->isMatrixType()) { | ||||||||
7711 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), | ||||||||
7712 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrix_and_type) | ||||||||
7713 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; | ||||||||
7714 | } | ||||||||
7715 | |||||||||
7716 | Kind = CK_MatrixCast; | ||||||||
7717 | return false; | ||||||||
7718 | } | ||||||||
7719 | |||||||||
7720 | bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, | ||||||||
7721 | CastKind &Kind) { | ||||||||
7722 | assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!")(static_cast <bool> (VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("VectorTy->isVectorType() && \"Not a vector type!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7722, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7723 | |||||||||
7724 | if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) { | ||||||||
7725 | if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(Ty, VectorTy)) | ||||||||
7726 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), | ||||||||
7727 | Ty->isVectorType() ? | ||||||||
7728 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : | ||||||||
7729 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer) | ||||||||
7730 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; | ||||||||
7731 | } else | ||||||||
7732 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), | ||||||||
7733 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) | ||||||||
7734 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; | ||||||||
7735 | |||||||||
7736 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
7737 | return false; | ||||||||
7738 | } | ||||||||
7739 | |||||||||
7740 | ExprResult Sema::prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr) { | ||||||||
7741 | QualType DestElemTy = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); | ||||||||
7742 | |||||||||
7743 | if (DestElemTy == SplattedExpr->getType()) | ||||||||
7744 | return SplattedExpr; | ||||||||
7745 | |||||||||
7746 | assert(DestElemTy->isFloatingType() ||(static_cast <bool> (DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7747, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
7747 | DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())(static_cast <bool> (DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7747, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7748 | |||||||||
7749 | CastKind CK; | ||||||||
7750 | if (VectorTy->isExtVectorType() && SplattedExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) { | ||||||||
7751 | // OpenCL requires that we convert `true` boolean expressions to -1, but | ||||||||
7752 | // only when splatting vectors. | ||||||||
7753 | if (DestElemTy->isFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
7754 | // To avoid having to have a CK_BooleanToSignedFloating cast kind, we cast | ||||||||
7755 | // in two steps: boolean to signed integral, then to floating. | ||||||||
7756 | ExprResult CastExprRes = ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, Context.IntTy, | ||||||||
7757 | CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral); | ||||||||
7758 | SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get(); | ||||||||
7759 | CK = CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||||||
7760 | } else { | ||||||||
7761 | CK = CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral; | ||||||||
7762 | } | ||||||||
7763 | } else { | ||||||||
7764 | ExprResult CastExprRes = SplattedExpr; | ||||||||
7765 | CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy); | ||||||||
7766 | if (CastExprRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
7767 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7768 | SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get(); | ||||||||
7769 | } | ||||||||
7770 | return ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, DestElemTy, CK); | ||||||||
7771 | } | ||||||||
7772 | |||||||||
7773 | ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, | ||||||||
7774 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) { | ||||||||
7775 | assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!")(static_cast <bool> (DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "DestTy->isExtVectorType() && \"Not an extended vector type!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7775, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7776 | |||||||||
7777 | QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
7778 | |||||||||
7779 | // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to | ||||||||
7780 | // an ExtVectorType. | ||||||||
7781 | // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed. | ||||||||
7782 | // (See OpenCL 6.2). | ||||||||
7783 | if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
7784 | if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(SrcTy, DestTy) || | ||||||||
7785 | (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
7786 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestTy, SrcTy))) { | ||||||||
7787 | Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors) | ||||||||
7788 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; | ||||||||
7789 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7790 | } | ||||||||
7791 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
7792 | return CastExpr; | ||||||||
7793 | } | ||||||||
7794 | |||||||||
7795 | // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate | ||||||||
7796 | // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then | ||||||||
7797 | // splat from elt type to vector. | ||||||||
7798 | if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
7799 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), | ||||||||
7800 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) | ||||||||
7801 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; | ||||||||
7802 | |||||||||
7803 | Kind = CK_VectorSplat; | ||||||||
7804 | return prepareVectorSplat(DestTy, CastExpr); | ||||||||
7805 | } | ||||||||
7806 | |||||||||
7807 | ExprResult | ||||||||
7808 | Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
7809 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, | ||||||||
7810 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) { | ||||||||
7811 | assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) &&(static_cast <bool> (!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && \"ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7812, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
7812 | "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr")(static_cast <bool> (!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && \"ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7812, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7813 | |||||||||
7814 | TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType()); | ||||||||
7815 | if (D.isInvalidType()) | ||||||||
7816 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7817 | |||||||||
7818 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
7819 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). | ||||||||
7820 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | ||||||||
7821 | } else { | ||||||||
7822 | // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with. | ||||||||
7823 | ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr); | ||||||||
7824 | if (!Res.isUsable()) | ||||||||
7825 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7826 | CastExpr = Res.get(); | ||||||||
7827 | } | ||||||||
7828 | |||||||||
7829 | checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D); | ||||||||
7830 | |||||||||
7831 | QualType castType = castTInfo->getType(); | ||||||||
7832 | Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo); | ||||||||
7833 | |||||||||
7834 | bool isVectorLiteral = false; | ||||||||
7835 | |||||||||
7836 | // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal, | ||||||||
7837 | // i.e. all the elements are integer constants. | ||||||||
7838 | ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr); | ||||||||
7839 | ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr); | ||||||||
7840 | if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector || getLangOpts().OpenCL) | ||||||||
7841 | && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) { | ||||||||
7842 | if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) { | ||||||||
7843 | Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer); | ||||||||
7844 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7845 | } | ||||||||
7846 | if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) { | ||||||||
7847 | Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0)); | ||||||||
7848 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && !E->getType()->isVectorType()) | ||||||||
7849 | isVectorLiteral = true; | ||||||||
7850 | } | ||||||||
7851 | else | ||||||||
7852 | isVectorLiteral = true; | ||||||||
7853 | } | ||||||||
7854 | |||||||||
7855 | // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')' | ||||||||
7856 | // then handle it as such. | ||||||||
7857 | if (isVectorLiteral) | ||||||||
7858 | return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo); | ||||||||
7859 | |||||||||
7860 | // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially. | ||||||||
7861 | // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a | ||||||||
7862 | // sequence of BinOp comma operators. | ||||||||
7863 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) { | ||||||||
7864 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr); | ||||||||
7865 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7866 | CastExpr = Result.get(); | ||||||||
7867 | } | ||||||||
7868 | |||||||||
7869 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
7870 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
7871 | |||||||||
7872 | CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr); | ||||||||
7873 | |||||||||
7874 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr); | ||||||||
7875 | |||||||||
7876 | DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(castType.getTypePtr(), CastExpr); | ||||||||
7877 | |||||||||
7878 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr); | ||||||||
7879 | } | ||||||||
7880 | |||||||||
7881 | ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
7882 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, | ||||||||
7883 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { | ||||||||
7884 | assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa <ParenExpr>(E)) && "Expected paren or paren list expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) && \"Expected paren or paren list expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7885, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
7885 | "Expected paren or paren list expression")(static_cast <bool> ((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa <ParenExpr>(E)) && "Expected paren or paren list expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) && \"Expected paren or paren list expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7885, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7886 | |||||||||
7887 | Expr **exprs; | ||||||||
7888 | unsigned numExprs; | ||||||||
7889 | Expr *subExpr; | ||||||||
7890 | SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc; | ||||||||
7891 | if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
7892 | LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc(); | ||||||||
7893 | LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc(); | ||||||||
7894 | exprs = PE->getExprs(); | ||||||||
7895 | numExprs = PE->getNumExprs(); | ||||||||
7896 | } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance | ||||||||
7897 | LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen(); | ||||||||
7898 | LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen(); | ||||||||
7899 | subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
7900 | exprs = &subExpr; | ||||||||
7901 | numExprs = 1; | ||||||||
7902 | } | ||||||||
7903 | |||||||||
7904 | QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); | ||||||||
7905 | assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type")(static_cast <bool> (Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty->isVectorType() && \"Expected vector type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 7905, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
7906 | |||||||||
7907 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs; | ||||||||
7908 | const VectorType *VTy = Ty->castAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
7909 | unsigned numElems = VTy->getNumElements(); | ||||||||
7910 | |||||||||
7911 | // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of | ||||||||
7912 | // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector. | ||||||||
7913 | // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be | ||||||||
7914 | // replicated to all the components of the vector | ||||||||
7915 | if (CheckAltivecInitFromScalar(E->getSourceRange(), Ty, | ||||||||
7916 | VTy->getElementType())) | ||||||||
7917 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7918 | if (ShouldSplatAltivecScalarInCast(VTy)) { | ||||||||
7919 | // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the | ||||||||
7920 | // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will | ||||||||
7921 | // be replicated to all the components of the vector | ||||||||
7922 | if (numExprs == 1) { | ||||||||
7923 | QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType(); | ||||||||
7924 | ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]); | ||||||||
7925 | if (Literal.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
7926 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7927 | Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy, | ||||||||
7928 | PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy)); | ||||||||
7929 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get()); | ||||||||
7930 | } | ||||||||
7931 | else if (numExprs < numElems) { | ||||||||
7932 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
7933 | diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers); | ||||||||
7934 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7935 | } | ||||||||
7936 | else | ||||||||
7937 | initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs); | ||||||||
7938 | } | ||||||||
7939 | else { | ||||||||
7940 | // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value, | ||||||||
7941 | // it will be replicated to all components of the vector. | ||||||||
7942 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
7943 | VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector && | ||||||||
7944 | numExprs == 1) { | ||||||||
7945 | QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType(); | ||||||||
7946 | ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]); | ||||||||
7947 | if (Literal.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
7948 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7949 | Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy, | ||||||||
7950 | PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy)); | ||||||||
7951 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get()); | ||||||||
7952 | } | ||||||||
7953 | |||||||||
7954 | initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs); | ||||||||
7955 | } | ||||||||
7956 | // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly | ||||||||
7957 | // braces instead of the original commas. | ||||||||
7958 | InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc, | ||||||||
7959 | initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc); | ||||||||
7960 | initE->setType(Ty); | ||||||||
7961 | return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE); | ||||||||
7962 | } | ||||||||
7963 | |||||||||
7964 | /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn | ||||||||
7965 | /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators. | ||||||||
7966 | ExprResult | ||||||||
7967 | Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) { | ||||||||
7968 | ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr); | ||||||||
7969 | if (!E) | ||||||||
7970 | return OrigExpr; | ||||||||
7971 | |||||||||
7972 | ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0)); | ||||||||
7973 | |||||||||
7974 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i) | ||||||||
7975 | Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(), | ||||||||
7976 | E->getExpr(i)); | ||||||||
7977 | |||||||||
7978 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
7979 | |||||||||
7980 | return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get()); | ||||||||
7981 | } | ||||||||
7982 | |||||||||
7983 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, | ||||||||
7984 | SourceLocation R, | ||||||||
7985 | MultiExprArg Val) { | ||||||||
7986 | return ParenListExpr::Create(Context, L, Val, R); | ||||||||
7987 | } | ||||||||
7988 | |||||||||
7989 | /// Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer | ||||||||
7990 | /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is | ||||||||
7991 | /// emitted. | ||||||||
7992 | bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, | ||||||||
7993 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||||||
7994 | Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr; | ||||||||
7995 | Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr; | ||||||||
7996 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind = | ||||||||
7997 | NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
7998 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); | ||||||||
7999 | |||||||||
8000 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) { | ||||||||
8001 | NullExpr = RHSExpr; | ||||||||
8002 | NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr; | ||||||||
8003 | NullKind = | ||||||||
8004 | NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
8005 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); | ||||||||
8006 | } | ||||||||
8007 | |||||||||
8008 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) | ||||||||
8009 | return false; | ||||||||
8010 | |||||||||
8011 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) | ||||||||
8012 | return false; | ||||||||
8013 | |||||||||
8014 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) { | ||||||||
8015 | // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL" | ||||||||
8016 | // string in the source code. | ||||||||
8017 | NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
8018 | SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc(); | ||||||||
8019 | if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL")) | ||||||||
8020 | return false; | ||||||||
8021 | } | ||||||||
8022 | |||||||||
8023 | int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr); | ||||||||
8024 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null) | ||||||||
8025 | << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType | ||||||||
8026 | << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8027 | return true; | ||||||||
8028 | } | ||||||||
8029 | |||||||||
8030 | /// Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise. | ||||||||
8031 | static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||||||
8032 | QualType CondTy = Cond->getType(); | ||||||||
8033 | |||||||||
8034 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type. | ||||||||
8035 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
8036 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat) | ||||||||
8037 | << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8038 | return true; | ||||||||
8039 | } | ||||||||
8040 | |||||||||
8041 | // C99 6.5.15p2 | ||||||||
8042 | if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false; | ||||||||
8043 | |||||||||
8044 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) | ||||||||
8045 | << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8046 | return true; | ||||||||
8047 | } | ||||||||
8048 | |||||||||
8049 | /// Handle when one or both operands are void type. | ||||||||
8050 | static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
8051 | ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||||||
8052 | Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get(); | ||||||||
8053 | Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get(); | ||||||||
8054 | |||||||||
8055 | if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
8056 | S.Diag(RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) | ||||||||
8057 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8058 | if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
8059 | S.Diag(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) | ||||||||
8060 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8061 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid); | ||||||||
8062 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid); | ||||||||
8063 | return S.Context.VoidTy; | ||||||||
8064 | } | ||||||||
8065 | |||||||||
8066 | /// Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy, | ||||||||
8067 | /// true otherwise. | ||||||||
8068 | static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr, | ||||||||
8069 | QualType PointerTy) { | ||||||||
8070 | if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) || | ||||||||
8071 | !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, | ||||||||
8072 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||||||
8073 | return true; | ||||||||
8074 | |||||||||
8075 | NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
8076 | return false; | ||||||||
8077 | } | ||||||||
8078 | |||||||||
8079 | /// Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting | ||||||||
8080 | /// type. | ||||||||
8081 | static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
8082 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
8083 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
8084 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8085 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8086 | |||||||||
8087 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) { | ||||||||
8088 | // Two identical pointers types are always compatible. | ||||||||
8089 | return LHSTy; | ||||||||
8090 | } | ||||||||
8091 | |||||||||
8092 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; | ||||||||
8093 | |||||||||
8094 | // Get the pointee types. | ||||||||
8095 | bool IsBlockPointer = false; | ||||||||
8096 | if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
8097 | lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8098 | rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8099 | IsBlockPointer = true; | ||||||||
8100 | } else { | ||||||||
8101 | lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8102 | rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8103 | } | ||||||||
8104 | |||||||||
8105 | // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to | ||||||||
8106 | // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is | ||||||||
8107 | // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite | ||||||||
8108 | // type. | ||||||||
8109 | |||||||||
8110 | // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified | ||||||||
8111 | // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should | ||||||||
8112 | // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or | ||||||||
8113 | // anything. | ||||||||
8114 | Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
8115 | Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
8116 | |||||||||
8117 | LangAS ResultAddrSpace = LangAS::Default; | ||||||||
8118 | LangAS LAddrSpace = lhQual.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
8119 | LangAS RAddrSpace = rhQual.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
8120 | |||||||||
8121 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5 - Conversion between pointers to distinct address | ||||||||
8122 | // spaces is disallowed. | ||||||||
8123 | if (lhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhQual)) | ||||||||
8124 | ResultAddrSpace = LAddrSpace; | ||||||||
8125 | else if (rhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(lhQual)) | ||||||||
8126 | ResultAddrSpace = RAddrSpace; | ||||||||
8127 | else { | ||||||||
8128 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) | ||||||||
8129 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << 2 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
8130 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8131 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8132 | } | ||||||||
8133 | |||||||||
8134 | unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
8135 | auto LHSCastKind = CK_BitCast, RHSCastKind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
8136 | lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
8137 | rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
8138 | |||||||||
8139 | // OpenCL v2.0 specification doesn't extend compatibility of type qualifiers | ||||||||
8140 | // (C99 6.7.3) for address spaces. We assume that the check should behave in | ||||||||
8141 | // the same manner as it's defined for CVR qualifiers, so for OpenCL two | ||||||||
8142 | // qual types are compatible iff | ||||||||
8143 | // * corresponded types are compatible | ||||||||
8144 | // * CVR qualifiers are equal | ||||||||
8145 | // * address spaces are equal | ||||||||
8146 | // Thus for conditional operator we merge CVR and address space unqualified | ||||||||
8147 | // pointees and if there is a composite type we return a pointer to it with | ||||||||
8148 | // merged qualifiers. | ||||||||
8149 | LHSCastKind = | ||||||||
8150 | LAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||||||
8151 | RHSCastKind = | ||||||||
8152 | RAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||||||
8153 | lhQual.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
8154 | rhQual.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
8155 | |||||||||
8156 | lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual); | ||||||||
8157 | rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual); | ||||||||
8158 | |||||||||
8159 | QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee); | ||||||||
8160 | |||||||||
8161 | if (CompositeTy.isNull()) { | ||||||||
8162 | // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good | ||||||||
8163 | // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick | ||||||||
8164 | // to get a consistent AST. | ||||||||
8165 | QualType incompatTy; | ||||||||
8166 | incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType( | ||||||||
8167 | S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(S.Context.VoidTy, ResultAddrSpace)); | ||||||||
8168 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, LHSCastKind); | ||||||||
8169 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, RHSCastKind); | ||||||||
8170 | |||||||||
8171 | // FIXME: For OpenCL the warning emission and cast to void* leaves a room | ||||||||
8172 | // for casts between types with incompatible address space qualifiers. | ||||||||
8173 | // For the following code the compiler produces casts between global and | ||||||||
8174 | // local address spaces of the corresponded innermost pointees: | ||||||||
8175 | // local int *global *a; | ||||||||
8176 | // global int *global *b; | ||||||||
8177 | // a = (0 ? a : b); // see C99 6.5.16.1.p1. | ||||||||
8178 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) | ||||||||
8179 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
8180 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8181 | |||||||||
8182 | return incompatTy; | ||||||||
8183 | } | ||||||||
8184 | |||||||||
8185 | // The pointer types are compatible. | ||||||||
8186 | // In case of OpenCL ResultTy should have the address space qualifier | ||||||||
8187 | // which is a superset of address spaces of both the 2nd and the 3rd | ||||||||
8188 | // operands of the conditional operator. | ||||||||
8189 | QualType ResultTy = [&, ResultAddrSpace]() { | ||||||||
8190 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||
8191 | Qualifiers CompositeQuals = CompositeTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
8192 | CompositeQuals.setAddressSpace(ResultAddrSpace); | ||||||||
8193 | return S.Context | ||||||||
8194 | .getQualifiedType(CompositeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), CompositeQuals) | ||||||||
8195 | .withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual); | ||||||||
8196 | } | ||||||||
8197 | return CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual); | ||||||||
8198 | }(); | ||||||||
8199 | if (IsBlockPointer) | ||||||||
8200 | ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy); | ||||||||
8201 | else | ||||||||
8202 | ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy); | ||||||||
8203 | |||||||||
8204 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, LHSCastKind); | ||||||||
8205 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, RHSCastKind); | ||||||||
8206 | return ResultTy; | ||||||||
8207 | } | ||||||||
8208 | |||||||||
8209 | /// Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers. | ||||||||
8210 | static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, | ||||||||
8211 | ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
8212 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
8213 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
8214 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8215 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8216 | |||||||||
8217 | if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
8218 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { | ||||||||
8219 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy); | ||||||||
8220 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8221 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8222 | return destType; | ||||||||
8223 | } | ||||||||
8224 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | ||||||||
8225 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
8226 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8227 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8228 | } | ||||||||
8229 | |||||||||
8230 | // We have 2 block pointer types. | ||||||||
8231 | return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||||||
8232 | } | ||||||||
8233 | |||||||||
8234 | /// Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers. | ||||||||
8235 | static QualType | ||||||||
8236 | checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
8237 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
8238 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
8239 | // get the pointer types | ||||||||
8240 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8241 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8242 | |||||||||
8243 | // get the "pointed to" types | ||||||||
8244 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8245 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8246 | |||||||||
8247 | // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6) | ||||||||
8248 | if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { | ||||||||
8249 | // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6) | ||||||||
8250 | QualType destPointee | ||||||||
8251 | = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); | ||||||||
8252 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee); | ||||||||
8253 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. | ||||||||
8254 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); | ||||||||
8255 | // Promote to void*. | ||||||||
8256 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8257 | return destType; | ||||||||
8258 | } | ||||||||
8259 | if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { | ||||||||
8260 | QualType destPointee | ||||||||
8261 | = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); | ||||||||
8262 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee); | ||||||||
8263 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. | ||||||||
8264 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); | ||||||||
8265 | // Promote to void*. | ||||||||
8266 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8267 | return destType; | ||||||||
8268 | } | ||||||||
8269 | |||||||||
8270 | return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||||||
8271 | } | ||||||||
8272 | |||||||||
8273 | /// Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second | ||||||||
8274 | /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise. | ||||||||
8275 | static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int, | ||||||||
8276 | Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
8277 | bool IsIntFirstExpr) { | ||||||||
8278 | if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() || | ||||||||
8279 | !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) | ||||||||
8280 | return false; | ||||||||
8281 | |||||||||
8282 | Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr; | ||||||||
8283 | Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get(); | ||||||||
8284 | |||||||||
8285 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) | ||||||||
8286 | << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType() | ||||||||
8287 | << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8288 | Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(), | ||||||||
8289 | CK_IntegralToPointer); | ||||||||
8290 | return true; | ||||||||
8291 | } | ||||||||
8292 | |||||||||
8293 | /// Simple conversion between integer and floating point types. | ||||||||
8294 | /// | ||||||||
8295 | /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the | ||||||||
8296 | /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar. | ||||||||
8297 | /// | ||||||||
8298 | /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar | ||||||||
8299 | /// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two | ||||||||
8300 | /// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result | ||||||||
8301 | /// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No | ||||||||
8302 | /// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use | ||||||||
8303 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always | ||||||||
8304 | /// promotes promotable types. | ||||||||
8305 | static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
8306 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
8307 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||||||
8308 | LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
8309 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
8310 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8311 | RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
8312 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
8313 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8314 | |||||||||
8315 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. | ||||||||
8316 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. | ||||||||
8317 | QualType LHSType = | ||||||||
8318 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
8319 | QualType RHSType = | ||||||||
8320 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
8321 | |||||||||
8322 | if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
8323 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float) | ||||||||
8324 | << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8325 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8326 | } | ||||||||
8327 | |||||||||
8328 | if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
8329 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float) | ||||||||
8330 | << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8331 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8332 | } | ||||||||
8333 | |||||||||
8334 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. | ||||||||
8335 | if (LHSType == RHSType) | ||||||||
8336 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
8337 | |||||||||
8338 | // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double). | ||||||||
8339 | if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||||||
8340 | return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||||||
8341 | /*IsCompAssign = */ false); | ||||||||
8342 | |||||||||
8343 | // Finally, we have two differing integer types. | ||||||||
8344 | return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> | ||||||||
8345 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false); | ||||||||
8346 | } | ||||||||
8347 | |||||||||
8348 | /// Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the | ||||||||
8349 | /// condition in length. | ||||||||
8350 | /// | ||||||||
8351 | /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the | ||||||||
8352 | /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar. | ||||||||
8353 | /// | ||||||||
8354 | /// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands | ||||||||
8355 | /// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted | ||||||||
8356 | /// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition | ||||||||
8357 | /// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result | ||||||||
8358 | /// and the condition must have the same number of bits. | ||||||||
8359 | static QualType | ||||||||
8360 | OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
8361 | QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||||||
8362 | QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); | ||||||||
8363 | if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType(); | ||||||||
8364 | |||||||||
8365 | const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
8366 | assert(CV)(static_cast <bool> (CV) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CV" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 8366, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
8367 | |||||||||
8368 | // Determine the vector result type | ||||||||
8369 | unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements(); | ||||||||
8370 | QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(ResTy, NumElements); | ||||||||
8371 | |||||||||
8372 | // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits | ||||||||
8373 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CV->getElementType()) | ||||||||
8374 | != S.Context.getTypeSize(ResTy)) { | ||||||||
8375 | // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print | ||||||||
8376 | // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description. | ||||||||
8377 | std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString(); | ||||||||
8378 | SmallString<64> Str; | ||||||||
8379 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); | ||||||||
8380 | OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)"; | ||||||||
8381 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size) | ||||||||
8382 | << CondTy << OS.str(); | ||||||||
8383 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8384 | } | ||||||||
8385 | |||||||||
8386 | // Convert operands to the vector result type | ||||||||
8387 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||||||
8388 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||||||
8389 | |||||||||
8390 | return VectorTy; | ||||||||
8391 | } | ||||||||
8392 | |||||||||
8393 | /// Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector | ||||||||
8394 | static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, | ||||||||
8395 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||||||
8396 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of | ||||||||
8397 | // integral type. | ||||||||
8398 | const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
8399 | assert(CondTy)(static_cast <bool> (CondTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CondTy", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 8399, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
8400 | QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType(); | ||||||||
8401 | if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false; | ||||||||
8402 | |||||||||
8403 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat) | ||||||||
8404 | << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8405 | return true; | ||||||||
8406 | } | ||||||||
8407 | |||||||||
8408 | /// Return false if the vector condition type and the vector | ||||||||
8409 | /// result type are compatible. | ||||||||
8410 | /// | ||||||||
8411 | /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same | ||||||||
8412 | /// number of elements, and their element types have the same number | ||||||||
8413 | /// of bits. | ||||||||
8414 | static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy, | ||||||||
8415 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||||||
8416 | const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
8417 | const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
8418 | assert(CV && RV)(static_cast <bool> (CV && RV) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CV && RV", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 8418, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
8419 | |||||||||
8420 | if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) { | ||||||||
8421 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size) | ||||||||
8422 | << CondTy << VecResTy; | ||||||||
8423 | return true; | ||||||||
8424 | } | ||||||||
8425 | |||||||||
8426 | QualType CVE = CV->getElementType(); | ||||||||
8427 | QualType RVE = RV->getElementType(); | ||||||||
8428 | |||||||||
8429 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RVE)) { | ||||||||
8430 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size) | ||||||||
8431 | << CondTy << VecResTy; | ||||||||
8432 | return true; | ||||||||
8433 | } | ||||||||
8434 | |||||||||
8435 | return false; | ||||||||
8436 | } | ||||||||
8437 | |||||||||
8438 | /// Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in | ||||||||
8439 | /// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1 | ||||||||
8440 | /// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type. | ||||||||
8441 | static QualType | ||||||||
8442 | OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond, | ||||||||
8443 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
8444 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||||||
8445 | Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get()); | ||||||||
8446 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
8447 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8448 | QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8449 | |||||||||
8450 | if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc)) | ||||||||
8451 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8452 | |||||||||
8453 | // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the | ||||||||
8454 | // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. | ||||||||
8455 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||||||
8456 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
8457 | bool IsBoolVecLang = | ||||||||
8458 | !S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; | ||||||||
8459 | QualType VecResTy = | ||||||||
8460 | S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, | ||||||||
8461 | /*isCompAssign*/ false, | ||||||||
8462 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, | ||||||||
8463 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, | ||||||||
8464 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ IsBoolVecLang, | ||||||||
8465 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); | ||||||||
8466 | if (VecResTy.isNull()) | ||||||||
8467 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8468 | // The result type must match the condition type as specified in | ||||||||
8469 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6. | ||||||||
8470 | if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc)) | ||||||||
8471 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8472 | return VecResTy; | ||||||||
8473 | } | ||||||||
8474 | |||||||||
8475 | // Both operands are scalar. | ||||||||
8476 | return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc); | ||||||||
8477 | } | ||||||||
8478 | |||||||||
8479 | /// Return true if the Expr is block type | ||||||||
8480 | static bool checkBlockType(Sema &S, const Expr *E) { | ||||||||
8481 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
8482 | QualType Ty = CE->getCallee()->getType(); | ||||||||
8483 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
8484 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_ternary_with_block); | ||||||||
8485 | return true; | ||||||||
8486 | } | ||||||||
8487 | } | ||||||||
8488 | return false; | ||||||||
8489 | } | ||||||||
8490 | |||||||||
8491 | /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension. | ||||||||
8492 | /// In that case, LHS = cond. | ||||||||
8493 | /// C99 6.5.15 | ||||||||
8494 | QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
8495 | ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, | ||||||||
8496 | ExprObjectKind &OK, | ||||||||
8497 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||||||
8498 | |||||||||
8499 | ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
8500 | if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); | ||||||||
8501 | LHS = LHSResult; | ||||||||
8502 | |||||||||
8503 | ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
8504 | if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); | ||||||||
8505 | RHS = RHSResult; | ||||||||
8506 | |||||||||
8507 | // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker. | ||||||||
8508 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
8509 | return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc); | ||||||||
8510 | |||||||||
8511 | VK = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
8512 | OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||||||
8513 | |||||||||
8514 | if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() && | ||||||||
8515 | (Cond.get()->isTypeDependent() || LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || | ||||||||
8516 | RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())) { | ||||||||
8517 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)(static_cast <bool> (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8517, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
8518 | assert((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() ||(static_cast <bool> ((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || RHS.get()->containsErrors ()) && "should only occur in error-recovery path.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 8520, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
8519 | RHS.get()->containsErrors()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || RHS.get()->containsErrors ()) && "should only occur in error-recovery path.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 8520, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
8520 | "should only occur in error-recovery path.")(static_cast <bool> ((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || RHS.get()->containsErrors ()) && "should only occur in error-recovery path.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 8520, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
8521 | return Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
8522 | } | ||||||||
8523 | |||||||||
8524 | // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently | ||||||||
8525 | // different to merit its own checker. | ||||||||
8526 | if ((getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) || | ||||||||
8527 | Cond.get()->getType()->isExtVectorType()) | ||||||||
8528 | return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(*this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); | ||||||||
8529 | |||||||||
8530 | // First, check the condition. | ||||||||
8531 | Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get()); | ||||||||
8532 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
8533 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8534 | if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc)) | ||||||||
8535 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8536 | |||||||||
8537 | // Now check the two expressions. | ||||||||
8538 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||||||
8539 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) | ||||||||
8540 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/ false, | ||||||||
8541 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, | ||||||||
8542 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, | ||||||||
8543 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, | ||||||||
8544 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); | ||||||||
8545 | |||||||||
8546 | QualType ResTy = | ||||||||
8547 | UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, ACK_Conditional); | ||||||||
8548 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
8549 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8550 | |||||||||
8551 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8552 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8553 | |||||||||
8554 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __ibm128, __float128 and long double | ||||||||
8555 | // where such conversions currently can't be handled. | ||||||||
8556 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSTy, RHSTy)) { | ||||||||
8557 | Diag(QuestionLoc, | ||||||||
8558 | diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LHSTy << RHSTy | ||||||||
8559 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8560 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8561 | } | ||||||||
8562 | |||||||||
8563 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks cannot be used as expressions of the ternary | ||||||||
8564 | // selection operator (?:). | ||||||||
8565 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
8566 | ((int)checkBlockType(*this, LHS.get()) | (int)checkBlockType(*this, RHS.get()))) { | ||||||||
8567 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8568 | } | ||||||||
8569 | |||||||||
8570 | // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||||
8571 | // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5. | ||||||||
8572 | if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||||||
8573 | // Disallow invalid arithmetic conversions, such as those between bit- | ||||||||
8574 | // precise integers types of different sizes, or between a bit-precise | ||||||||
8575 | // integer and another type. | ||||||||
8576 | if (ResTy.isNull() && (LHSTy->isBitIntType() || RHSTy->isBitIntType())) { | ||||||||
8577 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | ||||||||
8578 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
8579 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8580 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8581 | } | ||||||||
8582 | |||||||||
8583 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); | ||||||||
8584 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); | ||||||||
8585 | |||||||||
8586 | return ResTy; | ||||||||
8587 | } | ||||||||
8588 | |||||||||
8589 | // And if they're both bfloat (which isn't arithmetic), that's fine too. | ||||||||
8590 | if (LHSTy->isBFloat16Type() && RHSTy->isBFloat16Type()) { | ||||||||
8591 | return LHSTy; | ||||||||
8592 | } | ||||||||
8593 | |||||||||
8594 | // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that | ||||||||
8595 | // type. | ||||||||
8596 | if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3 | ||||||||
8597 | if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||||||
8598 | if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl()) | ||||||||
8599 | // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has | ||||||||
8600 | // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped. | ||||||||
8601 | return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
8602 | // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode. | ||||||||
8603 | } | ||||||||
8604 | |||||||||
8605 | // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type." | ||||||||
8606 | // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism). | ||||||||
8607 | if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
8608 | return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
8609 | } | ||||||||
8610 | |||||||||
8611 | // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has | ||||||||
8612 | // the type of the other operand." | ||||||||
8613 | if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy; | ||||||||
8614 | if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy; | ||||||||
8615 | |||||||||
8616 | // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here. | ||||||||
8617 | QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, | ||||||||
8618 | QuestionLoc); | ||||||||
8619 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
8620 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8621 | if (!compositeType.isNull()) | ||||||||
8622 | return compositeType; | ||||||||
8623 | |||||||||
8624 | |||||||||
8625 | // Handle block pointer types. | ||||||||
8626 | if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||||
8627 | return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS, | ||||||||
8628 | QuestionLoc); | ||||||||
8629 | |||||||||
8630 | // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6). | ||||||||
8631 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
8632 | return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS, | ||||||||
8633 | QuestionLoc); | ||||||||
8634 | |||||||||
8635 | // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that | ||||||||
8636 | // null pointers have been filtered out by this point. | ||||||||
8637 | if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, | ||||||||
8638 | /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/true)) | ||||||||
8639 | return RHSTy; | ||||||||
8640 | if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, | ||||||||
8641 | /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/false)) | ||||||||
8642 | return LHSTy; | ||||||||
8643 | |||||||||
8644 | // Allow ?: operations in which both operands have the same | ||||||||
8645 | // built-in sizeless type. | ||||||||
8646 | if (LHSTy->isSizelessBuiltinType() && Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) | ||||||||
8647 | return LHSTy; | ||||||||
8648 | |||||||||
8649 | // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer | ||||||||
8650 | // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most | ||||||||
8651 | // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. | ||||||||
8652 | if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) | ||||||||
8653 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8654 | |||||||||
8655 | // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible. | ||||||||
8656 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | ||||||||
8657 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
8658 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8659 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8660 | } | ||||||||
8661 | |||||||||
8662 | /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of | ||||||||
8663 | /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions. | ||||||||
8664 | QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
8665 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||||||
8666 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8667 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
8668 | |||||||||
8669 | // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result | ||||||||
8670 | // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the | ||||||||
8671 | // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields. | ||||||||
8672 | if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
8673 | (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||||||
8674 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||||||
8675 | return LHSTy; | ||||||||
8676 | } | ||||||||
8677 | if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
8678 | (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||||||
8679 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||||||
8680 | return RHSTy; | ||||||||
8681 | } | ||||||||
8682 | // And the same for struct objc_object* / id | ||||||||
8683 | if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||||
8684 | (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||||||
8685 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||||||
8686 | return LHSTy; | ||||||||
8687 | } | ||||||||
8688 | if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||||
8689 | (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||||||
8690 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||||||
8691 | return RHSTy; | ||||||||
8692 | } | ||||||||
8693 | // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL | ||||||||
8694 | if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) && | ||||||||
8695 | (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||||||
8696 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8697 | return LHSTy; | ||||||||
8698 | } | ||||||||
8699 | if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) && | ||||||||
8700 | (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||||||
8701 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8702 | return RHSTy; | ||||||||
8703 | } | ||||||||
8704 | // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types. | ||||||||
8705 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
8706 | |||||||||
8707 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { | ||||||||
8708 | // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible. | ||||||||
8709 | return LHSTy; | ||||||||
8710 | } | ||||||||
8711 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
8712 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
8713 | QualType compositeType = LHSTy; | ||||||||
8714 | |||||||||
8715 | // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be | ||||||||
8716 | // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite | ||||||||
8717 | // type. This allows | ||||||||
8718 | // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b | ||||||||
8719 | // where B is a subclass of A. | ||||||||
8720 | // | ||||||||
8721 | // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id' | ||||||||
8722 | // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are | ||||||||
8723 | // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite | ||||||||
8724 | // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to. | ||||||||
8725 | |||||||||
8726 | // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'. | ||||||||
8727 | // It could return the composite type. | ||||||||
8728 | if (!(compositeType = | ||||||||
8729 | Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) { | ||||||||
8730 | // Nothing more to do. | ||||||||
8731 | } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) { | ||||||||
8732 | compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy; | ||||||||
8733 | } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) { | ||||||||
8734 | compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy; | ||||||||
8735 | } else if ((LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || | ||||||||
8736 | RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && | ||||||||
8737 | Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT, | ||||||||
8738 | true)) { | ||||||||
8739 | // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. | ||||||||
8740 | // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to | ||||||||
8741 | // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be | ||||||||
8742 | // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible. | ||||||||
8743 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
8744 | } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||||||
8745 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
8746 | } else { | ||||||||
8747 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | ||||||||
8748 | << LHSTy << RHSTy | ||||||||
8749 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8750 | QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
8751 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8752 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8753 | return incompatTy; | ||||||||
8754 | } | ||||||||
8755 | // The object pointer types are compatible. | ||||||||
8756 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8757 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8758 | return compositeType; | ||||||||
8759 | } | ||||||||
8760 | // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *' | ||||||||
8761 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
8762 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
8763 | // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', | ||||||||
8764 | // so these types are not compatible. | ||||||||
8765 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy | ||||||||
8766 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8767 | LHS = RHS = true; | ||||||||
8768 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8769 | } | ||||||||
8770 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8771 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8772 | QualType destPointee | ||||||||
8773 | = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); | ||||||||
8774 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); | ||||||||
8775 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. | ||||||||
8776 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); | ||||||||
8777 | // Promote to void*. | ||||||||
8778 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8779 | return destType; | ||||||||
8780 | } | ||||||||
8781 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { | ||||||||
8782 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
8783 | // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', | ||||||||
8784 | // so these types are not compatible. | ||||||||
8785 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy | ||||||||
8786 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
8787 | LHS = RHS = true; | ||||||||
8788 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8789 | } | ||||||||
8790 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8791 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8792 | QualType destPointee | ||||||||
8793 | = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); | ||||||||
8794 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); | ||||||||
8795 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. | ||||||||
8796 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); | ||||||||
8797 | // Promote to void*. | ||||||||
8798 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
8799 | return destType; | ||||||||
8800 | } | ||||||||
8801 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
8802 | } | ||||||||
8803 | |||||||||
8804 | /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps | ||||||||
8805 | /// ParenRange in parentheses. | ||||||||
8806 | static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
8807 | const PartialDiagnostic &Note, | ||||||||
8808 | SourceRange ParenRange) { | ||||||||
8809 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd()); | ||||||||
8810 | if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() && | ||||||||
8811 | EndLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||
8812 | Self.Diag(Loc, Note) | ||||||||
8813 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(") | ||||||||
8814 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")"); | ||||||||
8815 | } else { | ||||||||
8816 | // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note. | ||||||||
8817 | Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange; | ||||||||
8818 | } | ||||||||
8819 | } | ||||||||
8820 | |||||||||
8821 | static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
8822 | return BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(Opc) || | ||||||||
8823 | BinaryOperator::isMultiplicativeOp(Opc) || | ||||||||
8824 | BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opc) || Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or; | ||||||||
8825 | // This only checks for bitwise-or and bitwise-and, but not bitwise-xor and | ||||||||
8826 | // not any of the logical operators. Bitwise-xor is commonly used as a | ||||||||
8827 | // logical-xor because there is no logical-xor operator. The logical | ||||||||
8828 | // operators, including uses of xor, have a high false positive rate for | ||||||||
8829 | // precedence warnings. | ||||||||
8830 | } | ||||||||
8831 | |||||||||
8832 | /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary | ||||||||
8833 | /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator, | ||||||||
8834 | /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side | ||||||||
8835 | /// expression. | ||||||||
8836 | static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode, | ||||||||
8837 | Expr **RHSExprs) { | ||||||||
8838 | // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis. | ||||||||
8839 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||||||
8840 | E = E->IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep(); | ||||||||
8841 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||||||
8842 | if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
8843 | E = MTE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
8844 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||||||
8845 | } | ||||||||
8846 | |||||||||
8847 | // Built-in binary operator. | ||||||||
8848 | if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||||||
8849 | if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) { | ||||||||
8850 | *Opcode = OP->getOpcode(); | ||||||||
8851 | *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS(); | ||||||||
8852 | return true; | ||||||||
8853 | } | ||||||||
8854 | } | ||||||||
8855 | |||||||||
8856 | // Overloaded operator. | ||||||||
8857 | if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
8858 | if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2) | ||||||||
8859 | return false; | ||||||||
8860 | |||||||||
8861 | // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into | ||||||||
8862 | // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op. | ||||||||
8863 | OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator(); | ||||||||
8864 | if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow || | ||||||||
8865 | OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus) | ||||||||
8866 | return false; | ||||||||
8867 | |||||||||
8868 | BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO); | ||||||||
8869 | if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) { | ||||||||
8870 | *Opcode = OpKind; | ||||||||
8871 | *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1); | ||||||||
8872 | return true; | ||||||||
8873 | } | ||||||||
8874 | } | ||||||||
8875 | |||||||||
8876 | return false; | ||||||||
8877 | } | ||||||||
8878 | |||||||||
8879 | /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type | ||||||||
8880 | /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is | ||||||||
8881 | /// commonly interpreted as boolean. | ||||||||
8882 | static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
8883 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
8884 | |||||||||
8885 | if (E->getType()->isBooleanType()) | ||||||||
8886 | return true; | ||||||||
8887 | if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) | ||||||||
8888 | return OP->isComparisonOp() || OP->isLogicalOp(); | ||||||||
8889 | if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) | ||||||||
8890 | return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot; | ||||||||
8891 | if (E->getType()->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
8892 | return true; | ||||||||
8893 | // FIXME: What about overloaded operator calls returning "unspecified boolean | ||||||||
8894 | // type"s (commonly pointer-to-members)? | ||||||||
8895 | |||||||||
8896 | return false; | ||||||||
8897 | } | ||||||||
8898 | |||||||||
8899 | /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator | ||||||||
8900 | /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed | ||||||||
8901 | /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example: | ||||||||
8902 | /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2". | ||||||||
8903 | static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self, | ||||||||
8904 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
8905 | Expr *Condition, | ||||||||
8906 | Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||||||
8907 | Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
8908 | BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode; | ||||||||
8909 | Expr *CondRHS; | ||||||||
8910 | |||||||||
8911 | if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS)) | ||||||||
8912 | return; | ||||||||
8913 | if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS)) | ||||||||
8914 | return; | ||||||||
8915 | |||||||||
8916 | // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right- | ||||||||
8917 | // hand side that looks boolean, so warn. | ||||||||
8918 | |||||||||
8919 | unsigned DiagID = BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(CondOpcode) | ||||||||
8920 | ? diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_conditional | ||||||||
8921 | : diag::warn_precedence_conditional; | ||||||||
8922 | |||||||||
8923 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, DiagID) | ||||||||
8924 | << Condition->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
8925 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode); | ||||||||
8926 | |||||||||
8927 | SuggestParentheses( | ||||||||
8928 | Self, OpLoc, | ||||||||
8929 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) | ||||||||
8930 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode), | ||||||||
8931 | SourceRange(Condition->getBeginLoc(), Condition->getEndLoc())); | ||||||||
8932 | |||||||||
8933 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, | ||||||||
8934 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first), | ||||||||
8935 | SourceRange(CondRHS->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc())); | ||||||||
8936 | } | ||||||||
8937 | |||||||||
8938 | /// Compute the nullability of a conditional expression. | ||||||||
8939 | static QualType computeConditionalNullability(QualType ResTy, bool IsBin, | ||||||||
8940 | QualType LHSTy, QualType RHSTy, | ||||||||
8941 | ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||||||
8942 | if (!ResTy->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||||
8943 | return ResTy; | ||||||||
8944 | |||||||||
8945 | auto GetNullability = [&Ctx](QualType Ty) { | ||||||||
8946 | Optional<NullabilityKind> Kind = Ty->getNullability(Ctx); | ||||||||
8947 | if (Kind) { | ||||||||
8948 | // For our purposes, treat _Nullable_result as _Nullable. | ||||||||
8949 | if (*Kind == NullabilityKind::NullableResult) | ||||||||
8950 | return NullabilityKind::Nullable; | ||||||||
8951 | return *Kind; | ||||||||
8952 | } | ||||||||
8953 | return NullabilityKind::Unspecified; | ||||||||
8954 | }; | ||||||||
8955 | |||||||||
8956 | auto LHSKind = GetNullability(LHSTy), RHSKind = GetNullability(RHSTy); | ||||||||
8957 | NullabilityKind MergedKind; | ||||||||
8958 | |||||||||
8959 | // Compute nullability of a binary conditional expression. | ||||||||
8960 | if (IsBin) { | ||||||||
8961 | if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) | ||||||||
8962 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::NonNull; | ||||||||
8963 | else | ||||||||
8964 | MergedKind = RHSKind; | ||||||||
8965 | // Compute nullability of a normal conditional expression. | ||||||||
8966 | } else { | ||||||||
8967 | if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable || | ||||||||
8968 | RHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable) | ||||||||
8969 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Nullable; | ||||||||
8970 | else if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) | ||||||||
8971 | MergedKind = RHSKind; | ||||||||
8972 | else if (RHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) | ||||||||
8973 | MergedKind = LHSKind; | ||||||||
8974 | else | ||||||||
8975 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Unspecified; | ||||||||
8976 | } | ||||||||
8977 | |||||||||
8978 | // Return if ResTy already has the correct nullability. | ||||||||
8979 | if (GetNullability(ResTy) == MergedKind) | ||||||||
8980 | return ResTy; | ||||||||
8981 | |||||||||
8982 | // Strip all nullability from ResTy. | ||||||||
8983 | while (ResTy->getNullability(Ctx)) | ||||||||
8984 | ResTy = ResTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Ctx); | ||||||||
8985 | |||||||||
8986 | // Create a new AttributedType with the new nullability kind. | ||||||||
8987 | auto NewAttr = AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(MergedKind); | ||||||||
8988 | return Ctx.getAttributedType(NewAttr, ResTy, ResTy); | ||||||||
8989 | } | ||||||||
8990 | |||||||||
8991 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null | ||||||||
8992 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. | ||||||||
8993 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, | ||||||||
8994 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, | ||||||||
8995 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||||||
8996 | Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
8997 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { | ||||||||
8998 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it | ||||||||
8999 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have | ||||||||
9000 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. | ||||||||
9001 | ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CondExpr); | ||||||||
9002 | ExprResult LHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr); | ||||||||
9003 | ExprResult RHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr); | ||||||||
9004 | |||||||||
9005 | if (!CondResult.isUsable()) | ||||||||
9006 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
9007 | |||||||||
9008 | if (LHSExpr) { | ||||||||
9009 | if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) | ||||||||
9010 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
9011 | } | ||||||||
9012 | |||||||||
9013 | if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) | ||||||||
9014 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
9015 | |||||||||
9016 | CondExpr = CondResult.get(); | ||||||||
9017 | LHSExpr = LHSResult.get(); | ||||||||
9018 | RHSExpr = RHSResult.get(); | ||||||||
9019 | } | ||||||||
9020 | |||||||||
9021 | // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS | ||||||||
9022 | // was the condition. | ||||||||
9023 | OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr; | ||||||||
9024 | Expr *commonExpr = nullptr; | ||||||||
9025 | if (!LHSExpr) { | ||||||||
9026 | commonExpr = CondExpr; | ||||||||
9027 | // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't | ||||||||
9028 | // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such | ||||||||
9029 | // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax. | ||||||||
9030 | if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
9031 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr); | ||||||||
9032 | if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
9033 | commonExpr = result.get(); | ||||||||
9034 | } | ||||||||
9035 | // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except | ||||||||
9036 | // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional. | ||||||||
9037 | if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
9038 | && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent() | ||||||||
9039 | && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind() | ||||||||
9040 | && commonExpr->isGLValue() | ||||||||
9041 | && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() | ||||||||
9042 | && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() | ||||||||
9043 | && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) { | ||||||||
9044 | ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr); | ||||||||
9045 | if (commonRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
9046 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
9047 | commonExpr = commonRes.get(); | ||||||||
9048 | } | ||||||||
9049 | |||||||||
9050 | // If the common expression is a class or array prvalue, materialize it | ||||||||
9051 | // so that we can safely refer to it multiple times. | ||||||||
9052 | if (commonExpr->isPRValue() && (commonExpr->getType()->isRecordType() || | ||||||||
9053 | commonExpr->getType()->isArrayType())) { | ||||||||
9054 | ExprResult MatExpr = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(commonExpr); | ||||||||
9055 | if (MatExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
9056 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
9057 | commonExpr = MatExpr.get(); | ||||||||
9058 | } | ||||||||
9059 | |||||||||
9060 | opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
9061 | commonExpr->getType(), | ||||||||
9062 | commonExpr->getValueKind(), | ||||||||
9063 | commonExpr->getObjectKind(), | ||||||||
9064 | commonExpr); | ||||||||
9065 | LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue; | ||||||||
9066 | } | ||||||||
9067 | |||||||||
9068 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
9069 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
9070 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||||||
9071 | ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; | ||||||||
9072 | QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, | ||||||||
9073 | VK, OK, QuestionLoc); | ||||||||
9074 | if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() || | ||||||||
9075 | RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
9076 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
9077 | |||||||||
9078 | DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), | ||||||||
9079 | RHS.get()); | ||||||||
9080 | |||||||||
9081 | CheckBoolLikeConversion(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc); | ||||||||
9082 | |||||||||
9083 | result = computeConditionalNullability(result, commonExpr, LHSTy, RHSTy, | ||||||||
9084 | Context); | ||||||||
9085 | |||||||||
9086 | if (!commonExpr) | ||||||||
9087 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
9088 | ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc, | ||||||||
9089 | RHS.get(), result, VK, OK); | ||||||||
9090 | |||||||||
9091 | return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator( | ||||||||
9092 | commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, | ||||||||
9093 | ColonLoc, result, VK, OK); | ||||||||
9094 | } | ||||||||
9095 | |||||||||
9096 | // Check if we have a conversion between incompatible cmse function pointer | ||||||||
9097 | // types, that is, a conversion between a function pointer with the | ||||||||
9098 | // cmse_nonsecure_call attribute and one without. | ||||||||
9099 | static bool IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
9100 | QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
9101 | if (const auto *ToFn = | ||||||||
9102 | dyn_cast<FunctionType>(S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType))) { | ||||||||
9103 | if (const auto *FromFn = | ||||||||
9104 | dyn_cast<FunctionType>(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType))) { | ||||||||
9105 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
9106 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
9107 | |||||||||
9108 | return ToEInfo.getCmseNSCall() != FromEInfo.getCmseNSCall(); | ||||||||
9109 | } | ||||||||
9110 | } | ||||||||
9111 | return false; | ||||||||
9112 | } | ||||||||
9113 | |||||||||
9114 | // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite | ||||||||
9115 | // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this | ||||||||
9116 | // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee. | ||||||||
9117 | // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3]. | ||||||||
9118 | // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment. | ||||||||
9119 | static Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||||||
9120 | checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) { | ||||||||
9121 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!")(static_cast <bool> (LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType.isCanonical() && \"LHS not canonicalized!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 9121, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
9122 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!")(static_cast <bool> (RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSType.isCanonical() && \"RHS not canonicalized!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 9122, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
9123 | |||||||||
9124 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) | ||||||||
9125 | const Type *lhptee, *rhptee; | ||||||||
9126 | Qualifiers lhq, rhq; | ||||||||
9127 | std::tie(lhptee, lhq) = | ||||||||
9128 | cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); | ||||||||
9129 | std::tie(rhptee, rhq) = | ||||||||
9130 | cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); | ||||||||
9131 | |||||||||
9132 | Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; | ||||||||
9133 | |||||||||
9134 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints | ||||||||
9135 | // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the | ||||||||
9136 | // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right; | ||||||||
9137 | |||||||||
9138 | // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay. | ||||||||
9139 | if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() && | ||||||||
9140 | lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) { | ||||||||
9141 | // Ignore lifetime for further calculation. | ||||||||
9142 | lhq.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
9143 | rhq.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
9144 | } | ||||||||
9145 | |||||||||
9146 | if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) { | ||||||||
9147 | // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. | ||||||||
9148 | if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq)) | ||||||||
9149 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||||||
9150 | |||||||||
9151 | // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to | ||||||||
9152 | // and from void*. | ||||||||
9153 | else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime() | ||||||||
9154 | .compatiblyIncludes( | ||||||||
9155 | rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()) | ||||||||
9156 | && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType())) | ||||||||
9157 | ; // keep old | ||||||||
9158 | |||||||||
9159 | // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal. | ||||||||
9160 | else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) | ||||||||
9161 | ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||||||
9162 | |||||||||
9163 | // For GCC/MS compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated | ||||||||
9164 | // as still compatible in C. | ||||||||
9165 | else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||||||
9166 | } | ||||||||
9167 | |||||||||
9168 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or | ||||||||
9169 | // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified | ||||||||
9170 | // version of void... | ||||||||
9171 | if (lhptee->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
9172 | if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) | ||||||||
9173 | return ConvTy; | ||||||||
9174 | |||||||||
9175 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. | ||||||||
9176 | assert(rhptee->isFunctionType())(static_cast <bool> (rhptee->isFunctionType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("rhptee->isFunctionType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 9176, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
9177 | return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; | ||||||||
9178 | } | ||||||||
9179 | |||||||||
9180 | if (rhptee->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
9181 | if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) | ||||||||
9182 | return ConvTy; | ||||||||
9183 | |||||||||
9184 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. | ||||||||
9185 | assert(lhptee->isFunctionType())(static_cast <bool> (lhptee->isFunctionType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("lhptee->isFunctionType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 9185, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
9186 | return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; | ||||||||
9187 | } | ||||||||
9188 | |||||||||
9189 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or | ||||||||
9190 | // unqualified versions of compatible types, ... | ||||||||
9191 | QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0); | ||||||||
9192 | if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) { | ||||||||
9193 | // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign. | ||||||||
9194 | // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs | ||||||||
9195 | // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned. | ||||||||
9196 | if (lhptee->isCharType()) | ||||||||
9197 | ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; | ||||||||
9198 | else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||||||
9199 | ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans); | ||||||||
9200 | |||||||||
9201 | if (rhptee->isCharType()) | ||||||||
9202 | rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; | ||||||||
9203 | else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||||||
9204 | rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans); | ||||||||
9205 | |||||||||
9206 | if (ltrans == rtrans) { | ||||||||
9207 | // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility | ||||||||
9208 | // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign | ||||||||
9209 | // warning can be disabled. | ||||||||
9210 | if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible) | ||||||||
9211 | return ConvTy; | ||||||||
9212 | |||||||||
9213 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign; | ||||||||
9214 | } | ||||||||
9215 | |||||||||
9216 | // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply | ||||||||
9217 | // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If | ||||||||
9218 | // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same | ||||||||
9219 | // level of indirection, this must be the issue. | ||||||||
9220 | if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) { | ||||||||
9221 | do { | ||||||||
9222 | std::tie(lhptee, lhq) = | ||||||||
9223 | cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); | ||||||||
9224 | std::tie(rhptee, rhq) = | ||||||||
9225 | cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); | ||||||||
9226 | |||||||||
9227 | // Inconsistent address spaces at this point is invalid, even if the | ||||||||
9228 | // address spaces would be compatible. | ||||||||
9229 | // FIXME: This doesn't catch address space mismatches for pointers of | ||||||||
9230 | // different nesting levels, like: | ||||||||
9231 | // __local int *** a; | ||||||||
9232 | // int ** b = a; | ||||||||
9233 | // It's not clear how to actually determine when such pointers are | ||||||||
9234 | // invalidly incompatible. | ||||||||
9235 | if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) | ||||||||
9236 | return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch; | ||||||||
9237 | |||||||||
9238 | } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)); | ||||||||
9239 | |||||||||
9240 | if (lhptee == rhptee) | ||||||||
9241 | return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers; | ||||||||
9242 | } | ||||||||
9243 | |||||||||
9244 | // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers. | ||||||||
9245 | if (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType()) | ||||||||
9246 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; | ||||||||
9247 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; | ||||||||
9248 | } | ||||||||
9249 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
9250 | S.IsFunctionConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans)) | ||||||||
9251 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; | ||||||||
9252 | if (IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(S, ltrans, rtrans)) | ||||||||
9253 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; | ||||||||
9254 | return ConvTy; | ||||||||
9255 | } | ||||||||
9256 | |||||||||
9257 | /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two | ||||||||
9258 | /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer | ||||||||
9259 | /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer | ||||||||
9260 | // types. | ||||||||
9261 | static Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||||||
9262 | checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, | ||||||||
9263 | QualType RHSType) { | ||||||||
9264 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!")(static_cast <bool> (LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType.isCanonical() && \"LHS not canonicalized!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 9264, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
9265 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!")(static_cast <bool> (RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSType.isCanonical() && \"RHS not canonicalized!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 9265, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
9266 | |||||||||
9267 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; | ||||||||
9268 | |||||||||
9269 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) | ||||||||
9270 | lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
9271 | rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
9272 | |||||||||
9273 | // In C++, the types have to match exactly. | ||||||||
9274 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
9275 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; | ||||||||
9276 | |||||||||
9277 | Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; | ||||||||
9278 | |||||||||
9279 | // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical. | ||||||||
9280 | Qualifiers LQuals = lhptee.getLocalQualifiers(); | ||||||||
9281 | Qualifiers RQuals = rhptee.getLocalQualifiers(); | ||||||||
9282 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||
9283 | LQuals.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
9284 | RQuals.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
9285 | } | ||||||||
9286 | if (LQuals != RQuals) | ||||||||
9287 | ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||||||
9288 | |||||||||
9289 | // FIXME: OpenCL doesn't define the exact compile time semantics for a block | ||||||||
9290 | // assignment. | ||||||||
9291 | // The current behavior is similar to C++ lambdas. A block might be | ||||||||
9292 | // assigned to a variable iff its return type and parameters are compatible | ||||||||
9293 | // (C99 6.2.7) with the corresponding return type and parameters of the LHS of | ||||||||
9294 | // an assignment. Presumably it should behave in way that a function pointer | ||||||||
9295 | // assignment does in C, so for each parameter and return type: | ||||||||
9296 | // * CVR and address space of LHS should be a superset of CVR and address | ||||||||
9297 | // space of RHS. | ||||||||
9298 | // * unqualified types should be compatible. | ||||||||
9299 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||
9300 | if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible( | ||||||||
9301 | S.Context.getQualifiedType(LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), LQuals), | ||||||||
9302 | S.Context.getQualifiedType(RHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), RQuals))) | ||||||||
9303 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; | ||||||||
9304 | } else if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
9305 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; | ||||||||
9306 | |||||||||
9307 | return ConvTy; | ||||||||
9308 | } | ||||||||
9309 | |||||||||
9310 | /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types | ||||||||
9311 | /// for assignment compatibility. | ||||||||
9312 | static Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||||||
9313 | checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, | ||||||||
9314 | QualType RHSType) { | ||||||||
9315 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!")(static_cast <bool> (LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType.isCanonical() && \"LHS was not canonicalized!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 9315, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
9316 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!")(static_cast <bool> (RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSType.isCanonical() && \"RHS was not canonicalized!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 9316, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
9317 | |||||||||
9318 | if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
9319 | // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers. | ||||||||
9320 | if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && | ||||||||
9321 | !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) | ||||||||
9322 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; | ||||||||
9323 | return Sema::Compatible; | ||||||||
9324 | } | ||||||||
9325 | if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
9326 | if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && | ||||||||
9327 | !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) | ||||||||
9328 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; | ||||||||
9329 | return Sema::Compatible; | ||||||||
9330 | } | ||||||||
9331 | QualType lhptee = LHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
9332 | QualType rhptee = RHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
9333 | |||||||||
9334 | if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) && | ||||||||
9335 | // make an exception for id<P> | ||||||||
9336 | !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||||||
9337 | return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||||||
9338 | |||||||||
9339 | if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
9340 | return Sema::Compatible; | ||||||||
9341 | if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||||||
9342 | return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId; | ||||||||
9343 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; | ||||||||
9344 | } | ||||||||
9345 | |||||||||
9346 | Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||||||
9347 | Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
9348 | QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) { | ||||||||
9349 | // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what | ||||||||
9350 | // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints | ||||||||
9351 | // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't | ||||||||
9352 | // usually happen on valid code. | ||||||||
9353 | OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_PRValue); | ||||||||
9354 | ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr; | ||||||||
9355 | CastKind K; | ||||||||
9356 | |||||||||
9357 | return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K, /*ConvertRHS=*/false); | ||||||||
9358 | } | ||||||||
9359 | |||||||||
9360 | /// This helper function returns true if QT is a vector type that has element | ||||||||
9361 | /// type ElementType. | ||||||||
9362 | static bool isVector(QualType QT, QualType ElementType) { | ||||||||
9363 | if (const VectorType *VT = QT->getAs<VectorType>()) | ||||||||
9364 | return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == ElementType; | ||||||||
9365 | return false; | ||||||||
9366 | } | ||||||||
9367 | |||||||||
9368 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently | ||||||||
9369 | /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking | ||||||||
9370 | /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings: | ||||||||
9371 | /// | ||||||||
9372 | /// int a, *pint; | ||||||||
9373 | /// short *pshort; | ||||||||
9374 | /// struct foo *pfoo; | ||||||||
9375 | /// | ||||||||
9376 | /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type | ||||||||
9377 | /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast | ||||||||
9378 | /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast | ||||||||
9379 | /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type | ||||||||
9380 | /// | ||||||||
9381 | /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the | ||||||||
9382 | /// C99 spec dictates. | ||||||||
9383 | /// | ||||||||
9384 | /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible. | ||||||||
9385 | Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||||||
9386 | Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
9387 | CastKind &Kind, bool ConvertRHS) { | ||||||||
9388 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
9389 | QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType; | ||||||||
9390 | |||||||||
9391 | // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing | ||||||||
9392 | // them. | ||||||||
9393 | LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
9394 | RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
9395 | |||||||||
9396 | // Common case: no conversion required. | ||||||||
9397 | if (LHSType == RHSType) { | ||||||||
| |||||||||
9398 | Kind = CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
9399 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9400 | } | ||||||||
9401 | |||||||||
9402 | // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an | ||||||||
9403 | // atomic qualification step. | ||||||||
9404 | if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy
| ||||||||
9405 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = | ||||||||
9406 | CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind); | ||||||||
9407 | if (result != Compatible) | ||||||||
9408 | return result; | ||||||||
9409 | if (Kind != CK_NoOp && ConvertRHS) | ||||||||
9410 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind); | ||||||||
9411 | Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic; | ||||||||
9412 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9413 | } | ||||||||
9414 | |||||||||
9415 | // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a | ||||||||
9416 | // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C, | ||||||||
9417 | // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case, | ||||||||
9418 | // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the | ||||||||
9419 | // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting | ||||||||
9420 | // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference | ||||||||
9421 | // type. | ||||||||
9422 | if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef
| ||||||||
9423 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9424 | Kind = CK_LValueBitCast; | ||||||||
9425 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9426 | } | ||||||||
9427 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9428 | } | ||||||||
9429 | |||||||||
9430 | // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type | ||||||||
9431 | // to the same ExtVector type. | ||||||||
9432 | if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||||||
9433 | if (RHSType->isExtVectorType()) | ||||||||
9434 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9435 | if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||||||
9436 | // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the element type. | ||||||||
9437 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||||||
9438 | RHS = prepareVectorSplat(LHSType, RHS.get()); | ||||||||
9439 | Kind = CK_VectorSplat; | ||||||||
9440 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9441 | } | ||||||||
9442 | } | ||||||||
9443 | |||||||||
9444 | // Conversions to or from vector type. | ||||||||
9445 | if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
9446 | if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
9447 | // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC | ||||||||
9448 | // vector type and vice versa | ||||||||
9449 | if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9450 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9451 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9452 | } | ||||||||
9453 | |||||||||
9454 | // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both | ||||||||
9455 | // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast; | ||||||||
9456 | // no bits are changed but the result type is different. | ||||||||
9457 | if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { | ||||||||
9458 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9459 | return IncompatibleVectors; | ||||||||
9460 | } | ||||||||
9461 | } | ||||||||
9462 | |||||||||
9463 | // When the RHS comes from another lax conversion (e.g. binops between | ||||||||
9464 | // scalars and vectors) the result is canonicalized as a vector. When the | ||||||||
9465 | // LHS is also a vector, the lax is allowed by the condition above. Handle | ||||||||
9466 | // the case where LHS is a scalar. | ||||||||
9467 | if (LHSType->isScalarType()) { | ||||||||
9468 | const VectorType *VecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
9469 | if (VecType && VecType->getNumElements() == 1 && | ||||||||
9470 | isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { | ||||||||
9471 | ExprResult *VecExpr = &RHS; | ||||||||
9472 | *VecExpr = ImpCastExprToType(VecExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
9473 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9474 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9475 | } | ||||||||
9476 | } | ||||||||
9477 | |||||||||
9478 | // Allow assignments between fixed-length and sizeless SVE vectors. | ||||||||
9479 | if ((LHSType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) || | ||||||||
9480 | (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isSizelessBuiltinType())) | ||||||||
9481 | if (Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(LHSType, RHSType) || | ||||||||
9482 | Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9483 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9484 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9485 | } | ||||||||
9486 | |||||||||
9487 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9488 | } | ||||||||
9489 | |||||||||
9490 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __ibm128, __float128 and long double | ||||||||
9491 | // where such conversions currently can't be handled. | ||||||||
9492 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
9493 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9494 | |||||||||
9495 | // Disallow assigning a _Complex to a real type in C++ mode since it simply | ||||||||
9496 | // discards the imaginary part. | ||||||||
9497 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>() && | ||||||||
9498 | !LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()) | ||||||||
9499 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9500 | |||||||||
9501 | // Arithmetic conversions. | ||||||||
9502 | if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() && | ||||||||
9503 | !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) { | ||||||||
9504 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||||||
9505 | Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType); | ||||||||
9506 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9507 | } | ||||||||
9508 | |||||||||
9509 | // Conversions to normal pointers. | ||||||||
9510 | if (const PointerType *LHSPointer
| ||||||||
9511 | // U* -> T* | ||||||||
9512 | if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9513 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
9514 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
9515 | if (AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR) | ||||||||
9516 | Kind = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||||||
9517 | else if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(RHSType, LHSType)) | ||||||||
9518 | Kind = CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
9519 | else | ||||||||
9520 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9521 | return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||||||
9522 | } | ||||||||
9523 | |||||||||
9524 | // int -> T* | ||||||||
9525 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
9526 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null? | ||||||||
9527 | return IntToPointer; | ||||||||
9528 | } | ||||||||
9529 | |||||||||
9530 | // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, | ||||||||
9531 | // with two exceptions: | ||||||||
9532 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9533 | // - conversions to void* | ||||||||
9534 | if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
9535 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9536 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9537 | } | ||||||||
9538 | |||||||||
9539 | // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type | ||||||||
9540 | if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
9541 | Context.hasSameType(LHSType, | ||||||||
9542 | Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { | ||||||||
9543 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9544 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9545 | } | ||||||||
9546 | |||||||||
9547 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9548 | return IncompatiblePointer; | ||||||||
9549 | } | ||||||||
9550 | |||||||||
9551 | // U^ -> void* | ||||||||
9552 | if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
9553 | if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
9554 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
9555 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() | ||||||||
9556 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||||
9557 | .getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
9558 | Kind = | ||||||||
9559 | AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9560 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9561 | } | ||||||||
9562 | } | ||||||||
9563 | |||||||||
9564 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9565 | } | ||||||||
9566 | |||||||||
9567 | // Conversions to block pointers. | ||||||||
9568 | if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) { | ||||||||
9569 | // U^ -> T^ | ||||||||
9570 | if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
9571 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() | ||||||||
| |||||||||
9572 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||||
9573 | .getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
9574 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() | ||||||||
9575 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||||
9576 | .getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
9577 | Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9578 | return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||||||
9579 | } | ||||||||
9580 | |||||||||
9581 | // int or null -> T^ | ||||||||
9582 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
9583 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null | ||||||||
9584 | return IntToBlockPointer; | ||||||||
9585 | } | ||||||||
9586 | |||||||||
9587 | // id -> T^ | ||||||||
9588 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||||||
9589 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||||||
9590 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9591 | } | ||||||||
9592 | |||||||||
9593 | // void* -> T^ | ||||||||
9594 | if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
9595 | if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
9596 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||||||
9597 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9598 | } | ||||||||
9599 | |||||||||
9600 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9601 | } | ||||||||
9602 | |||||||||
9603 | // Conversions to Objective-C pointers. | ||||||||
9604 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) { | ||||||||
9605 | // A* -> B* | ||||||||
9606 | if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
9607 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
9608 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = | ||||||||
9609 | checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||||||
9610 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && | ||||||||
9611 | result == Compatible && | ||||||||
9612 | !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
9613 | result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; | ||||||||
9614 | return result; | ||||||||
9615 | } | ||||||||
9616 | |||||||||
9617 | // int or null -> A* | ||||||||
9618 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
9619 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null | ||||||||
9620 | return IntToPointer; | ||||||||
9621 | } | ||||||||
9622 | |||||||||
9623 | // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, | ||||||||
9624 | // with two exceptions: | ||||||||
9625 | if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9626 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
9627 | |||||||||
9628 | // - conversions from 'void*' | ||||||||
9629 | if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) { | ||||||||
9630 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9631 | } | ||||||||
9632 | |||||||||
9633 | // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type | ||||||||
9634 | if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
9635 | Context.hasSameType(RHSType, | ||||||||
9636 | Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { | ||||||||
9637 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9638 | } | ||||||||
9639 | |||||||||
9640 | return IncompatiblePointer; | ||||||||
9641 | } | ||||||||
9642 | |||||||||
9643 | // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer. | ||||||||
9644 | if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||||
9645 | LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) { | ||||||||
9646 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||||||
9647 | maybeExtendBlockObject(RHS); | ||||||||
9648 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
9649 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9650 | } | ||||||||
9651 | |||||||||
9652 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9653 | } | ||||||||
9654 | |||||||||
9655 | // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above. | ||||||||
9656 | if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9657 | // T* -> _Bool | ||||||||
9658 | if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { | ||||||||
9659 | Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; | ||||||||
9660 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9661 | } | ||||||||
9662 | |||||||||
9663 | // T* -> int | ||||||||
9664 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
9665 | Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; | ||||||||
9666 | return PointerToInt; | ||||||||
9667 | } | ||||||||
9668 | |||||||||
9669 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9670 | } | ||||||||
9671 | |||||||||
9672 | // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above. | ||||||||
9673 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9674 | // T* -> _Bool | ||||||||
9675 | if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { | ||||||||
9676 | Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; | ||||||||
9677 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9678 | } | ||||||||
9679 | |||||||||
9680 | // T* -> int | ||||||||
9681 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
9682 | Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; | ||||||||
9683 | return PointerToInt; | ||||||||
9684 | } | ||||||||
9685 | |||||||||
9686 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9687 | } | ||||||||
9688 | |||||||||
9689 | // struct A -> struct B | ||||||||
9690 | if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9691 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||||||
9692 | Kind = CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
9693 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9694 | } | ||||||||
9695 | } | ||||||||
9696 | |||||||||
9697 | if (LHSType->isSamplerT() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
9698 | Kind = CK_IntToOCLSampler; | ||||||||
9699 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9700 | } | ||||||||
9701 | |||||||||
9702 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9703 | } | ||||||||
9704 | |||||||||
9705 | /// Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is | ||||||||
9706 | /// used to initialize the transparent union. | ||||||||
9707 | static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C, | ||||||||
9708 | ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType, | ||||||||
9709 | FieldDecl *Field) { | ||||||||
9710 | // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member | ||||||||
9711 | // of the transparent union. | ||||||||
9712 | Expr *E = EResult.get(); | ||||||||
9713 | InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
9714 | E, SourceLocation()); | ||||||||
9715 | Initializer->setType(UnionType); | ||||||||
9716 | Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field); | ||||||||
9717 | |||||||||
9718 | // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent | ||||||||
9719 | // union type from this initializer list. | ||||||||
9720 | TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType); | ||||||||
9721 | EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType, | ||||||||
9722 | VK_PRValue, Initializer, false); | ||||||||
9723 | } | ||||||||
9724 | |||||||||
9725 | Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||||||
9726 | Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, | ||||||||
9727 | ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||||||
9728 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
9729 | |||||||||
9730 | // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential | ||||||||
9731 | // transparent_union GCC extension. | ||||||||
9732 | const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType(); | ||||||||
9733 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | ||||||||
9734 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9735 | |||||||||
9736 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. | ||||||||
9737 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||||||
9738 | FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr; | ||||||||
9739 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. | ||||||||
9740 | for (auto *it : UD->fields()) { | ||||||||
9741 | if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
9742 | // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow: | ||||||||
9743 | // 1) void pointer | ||||||||
9744 | // 2) null pointer constant | ||||||||
9745 | if (RHSType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
9746 | if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
9747 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
9748 | InitField = it; | ||||||||
9749 | break; | ||||||||
9750 | } | ||||||||
9751 | |||||||||
9752 | if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
9753 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||||
9754 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), | ||||||||
9755 | CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
9756 | InitField = it; | ||||||||
9757 | break; | ||||||||
9758 | } | ||||||||
9759 | } | ||||||||
9760 | |||||||||
9761 | CastKind Kind; | ||||||||
9762 | if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind) | ||||||||
9763 | == Compatible) { | ||||||||
9764 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind); | ||||||||
9765 | InitField = it; | ||||||||
9766 | break; | ||||||||
9767 | } | ||||||||
9768 | } | ||||||||
9769 | |||||||||
9770 | if (!InitField) | ||||||||
9771 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9772 | |||||||||
9773 | ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField); | ||||||||
9774 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9775 | } | ||||||||
9776 | |||||||||
9777 | Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||||||
9778 | Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &CallerRHS, | ||||||||
9779 | bool Diagnose, | ||||||||
9780 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited, | ||||||||
9781 | bool ConvertRHS) { | ||||||||
9782 | // We need to be able to tell the caller whether we diagnosed a problem, if | ||||||||
9783 | // they ask us to issue diagnostics. | ||||||||
9784 | assert((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed")(static_cast <bool> ((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && \"can't indicate whether we diagnosed\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 9784, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
9785 | |||||||||
9786 | // If ConvertRHS is false, we want to leave the caller's RHS untouched. Sadly, | ||||||||
9787 | // we can't avoid *all* modifications at the moment, so we need some somewhere | ||||||||
9788 | // to put the updated value. | ||||||||
9789 | ExprResult LocalRHS = CallerRHS; | ||||||||
9790 | ExprResult &RHS = ConvertRHS ? CallerRHS : LocalRHS; | ||||||||
9791 | |||||||||
9792 | if (const auto *LHSPtrType = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
9793 | if (const auto *RHSPtrType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
9794 | if (RHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) && | ||||||||
9795 | !LHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) { | ||||||||
9796 | Diag(RHS.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
9797 | diag::warn_noderef_to_dereferenceable_pointer) | ||||||||
9798 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
9799 | } | ||||||||
9800 | } | ||||||||
9801 | } | ||||||||
9802 | |||||||||
9803 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
9804 | if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) { | ||||||||
9805 | // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the | ||||||||
9806 | // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the | ||||||||
9807 | // cv-unqualified type of the left operand. | ||||||||
9808 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
9809 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
9810 | RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||||
9811 | AA_Assigning); | ||||||||
9812 | } else { | ||||||||
9813 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
9814 | TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||||
9815 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
9816 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
9817 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
9818 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
9819 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); | ||||||||
9820 | if (ICS.isFailure()) | ||||||||
9821 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9822 | RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||||
9823 | ICS, AA_Assigning); | ||||||||
9824 | } | ||||||||
9825 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
9826 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9827 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible; | ||||||||
9828 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && | ||||||||
9829 | !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
9830 | result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; | ||||||||
9831 | return result; | ||||||||
9832 | } | ||||||||
9833 | |||||||||
9834 | // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C | ||||||||
9835 | // structures. | ||||||||
9836 | // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should | ||||||||
9837 | // happen there, though. | ||||||||
9838 | } else if (RHS.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
9839 | // As a set of extensions to C, we support overloading on functions. These | ||||||||
9840 | // functions need to be resolved here. | ||||||||
9841 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||||||
9842 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( | ||||||||
9843 | RHS.get(), LHSType, /*Complain=*/false, DAP)) | ||||||||
9844 | RHS = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(RHS.get(), DAP, FD); | ||||||||
9845 | else | ||||||||
9846 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9847 | } | ||||||||
9848 | |||||||||
9849 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is | ||||||||
9850 | // a null pointer constant. | ||||||||
9851 | if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||||
9852 | LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) && | ||||||||
9853 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
9854 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||||
9855 | if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) { | ||||||||
9856 | CastKind Kind; | ||||||||
9857 | CXXCastPath Path; | ||||||||
9858 | CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path, | ||||||||
9859 | /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose); | ||||||||
9860 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||||||
9861 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_PRValue, &Path); | ||||||||
9862 | } | ||||||||
9863 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9864 | } | ||||||||
9865 | |||||||||
9866 | // OpenCL queue_t type assignment. | ||||||||
9867 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||||||
9868 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||||
9869 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
9870 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9871 | } | ||||||||
9872 | |||||||||
9873 | // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper | ||||||||
9874 | // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all | ||||||||
9875 | // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary | ||||||||
9876 | // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof). | ||||||||
9877 | // | ||||||||
9878 | // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5. | ||||||||
9879 | if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||
9880 | // FIXME: We potentially allocate here even if ConvertRHS is false. | ||||||||
9881 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get(), Diagnose); | ||||||||
9882 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
9883 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9884 | } | ||||||||
9885 | CastKind Kind; | ||||||||
9886 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = | ||||||||
9887 | CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind, ConvertRHS); | ||||||||
9888 | |||||||||
9889 | // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the | ||||||||
9890 | // type of the assignment expression. | ||||||||
9891 | // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference, | ||||||||
9892 | // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C. | ||||||||
9893 | // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression | ||||||||
9894 | // does not have reference type. | ||||||||
9895 | if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) { | ||||||||
9896 | QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
9897 | Expr *E = RHS.get(); | ||||||||
9898 | |||||||||
9899 | // Check for various Objective-C errors. If we are not reporting | ||||||||
9900 | // diagnostics and just checking for errors, e.g., during overload | ||||||||
9901 | // resolution, return Incompatible to indicate the failure. | ||||||||
9902 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && | ||||||||
9903 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion, | ||||||||
9904 | Diagnose, DiagnoseCFAudited) != ACR_okay) { | ||||||||
9905 | if (!Diagnose) | ||||||||
9906 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9907 | } | ||||||||
9908 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && | ||||||||
9909 | (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getBeginLoc(), LHSType, | ||||||||
9910 | E->getType(), E, Diagnose) || | ||||||||
9911 | CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(LHSType, E, Diagnose))) { | ||||||||
9912 | if (!Diagnose) | ||||||||
9913 | return Incompatible; | ||||||||
9914 | // Replace the expression with a corrected version and continue so we | ||||||||
9915 | // can find further errors. | ||||||||
9916 | RHS = E; | ||||||||
9917 | return Compatible; | ||||||||
9918 | } | ||||||||
9919 | |||||||||
9920 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||||||
9921 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind); | ||||||||
9922 | } | ||||||||
9923 | |||||||||
9924 | return result; | ||||||||
9925 | } | ||||||||
9926 | |||||||||
9927 | namespace { | ||||||||
9928 | /// The original operand to an operator, prior to the application of the usual | ||||||||
9929 | /// arithmetic conversions and converting the arguments of a builtin operator | ||||||||
9930 | /// candidate. | ||||||||
9931 | struct OriginalOperand { | ||||||||
9932 | explicit OriginalOperand(Expr *Op) : Orig(Op), Conversion(nullptr) { | ||||||||
9933 | if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Op)) | ||||||||
9934 | Op = MTE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
9935 | if (auto *BTE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Op)) | ||||||||
9936 | Op = BTE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
9937 | if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Op)) { | ||||||||
9938 | Orig = ICE->getSubExprAsWritten(); | ||||||||
9939 | Conversion = ICE->getConversionFunction(); | ||||||||
9940 | } | ||||||||
9941 | } | ||||||||
9942 | |||||||||
9943 | QualType getType() const { return Orig->getType(); } | ||||||||
9944 | |||||||||
9945 | Expr *Orig; | ||||||||
9946 | NamedDecl *Conversion; | ||||||||
9947 | }; | ||||||||
9948 | } | ||||||||
9949 | |||||||||
9950 | QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
9951 | ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||||||
9952 | OriginalOperand OrigLHS(LHS.get()), OrigRHS(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
9953 | |||||||||
9954 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) | ||||||||
9955 | << OrigLHS.getType() << OrigRHS.getType() | ||||||||
9956 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
9957 | |||||||||
9958 | // If a user-defined conversion was applied to either of the operands prior | ||||||||
9959 | // to applying the built-in operator rules, tell the user about it. | ||||||||
9960 | if (OrigLHS.Conversion) { | ||||||||
9961 | Diag(OrigLHS.Conversion->getLocation(), | ||||||||
9962 | diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted) | ||||||||
9963 | << 0 << LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
9964 | } | ||||||||
9965 | if (OrigRHS.Conversion) { | ||||||||
9966 | Diag(OrigRHS.Conversion->getLocation(), | ||||||||
9967 | diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted) | ||||||||
9968 | << 1 << RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
9969 | } | ||||||||
9970 | |||||||||
9971 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
9972 | } | ||||||||
9973 | |||||||||
9974 | // Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and | ||||||||
9975 | // diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error | ||||||||
9976 | // as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases. | ||||||||
9977 | QualType Sema::InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
9978 | ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||||||
9979 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); | ||||||||
9980 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); | ||||||||
9981 | |||||||||
9982 | bool LHSNatVec = LHSType->isVectorType(); | ||||||||
9983 | bool RHSNatVec = RHSType->isVectorType(); | ||||||||
9984 | |||||||||
9985 | if (!(LHSNatVec && RHSNatVec)) { | ||||||||
9986 | Expr *Vector = LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get(); | ||||||||
9987 | Expr *NonVector = !LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get(); | ||||||||
9988 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict) | ||||||||
9989 | << 0 << Vector->getType() << NonVector->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType() | ||||||||
9990 | << Vector->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
9991 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
9992 | } | ||||||||
9993 | |||||||||
9994 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict) | ||||||||
9995 | << 1 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
9996 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
9997 | |||||||||
9998 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
9999 | } | ||||||||
10000 | |||||||||
10001 | /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting | ||||||||
10002 | /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat. | ||||||||
10003 | /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar | ||||||||
10004 | /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except | ||||||||
10005 | /// for float->int. | ||||||||
10006 | /// | ||||||||
10007 | /// OpenCL V2.0 6.2.6.p2: | ||||||||
10008 | /// An error shall occur if any scalar operand type has greater rank | ||||||||
10009 | /// than the type of the vector element. | ||||||||
10010 | /// | ||||||||
10011 | /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions | ||||||||
10012 | /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure) | ||||||||
10013 | static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar, | ||||||||
10014 | QualType scalarTy, | ||||||||
10015 | QualType vectorEltTy, | ||||||||
10016 | QualType vectorTy, | ||||||||
10017 | unsigned &DiagID) { | ||||||||
10018 | // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it, | ||||||||
10019 | // if necessary. | ||||||||
10020 | CastKind scalarCast = CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
10021 | |||||||||
10022 | if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||||||
10023 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType() || | ||||||||
10024 | (scalarTy->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||
10025 | S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0))) { | ||||||||
10026 | DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type; | ||||||||
10027 | return true; | ||||||||
10028 | } | ||||||||
10029 | if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) | ||||||||
10030 | return true; | ||||||||
10031 | scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast; | ||||||||
10032 | } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
10033 | if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
10034 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
10035 | S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0) { | ||||||||
10036 | DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type; | ||||||||
10037 | return true; | ||||||||
10038 | } | ||||||||
10039 | scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast; | ||||||||
10040 | } | ||||||||
10041 | else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) | ||||||||
10042 | scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||||||
10043 | else | ||||||||
10044 | return true; | ||||||||
10045 | } else { | ||||||||
10046 | return true; | ||||||||
10047 | } | ||||||||
10048 | |||||||||
10049 | // Adjust scalar if desired. | ||||||||
10050 | if (scalar) { | ||||||||
10051 | if (scalarCast != CK_NoOp) | ||||||||
10052 | *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast); | ||||||||
10053 | *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||||||
10054 | } | ||||||||
10055 | return false; | ||||||||
10056 | } | ||||||||
10057 | |||||||||
10058 | /// Convert vector E to a vector with the same number of elements but different | ||||||||
10059 | /// element type. | ||||||||
10060 | static ExprResult convertVector(Expr *E, QualType ElementType, Sema &S) { | ||||||||
10061 | const auto *VecTy = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
10062 | assert(VecTy && "Expression E must be a vector")(static_cast <bool> (VecTy && "Expression E must be a vector" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("VecTy && \"Expression E must be a vector\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 10062, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
10063 | QualType NewVecTy = S.Context.getVectorType(ElementType, | ||||||||
10064 | VecTy->getNumElements(), | ||||||||
10065 | VecTy->getVectorKind()); | ||||||||
10066 | |||||||||
10067 | // Look through the implicit cast. Return the subexpression if its type is | ||||||||
10068 | // NewVecTy. | ||||||||
10069 | if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
10070 | if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType() == NewVecTy) | ||||||||
10071 | return ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
10072 | |||||||||
10073 | auto Cast = ElementType->isIntegerType() ? CK_IntegralCast : CK_FloatingCast; | ||||||||
10074 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(E, NewVecTy, Cast); | ||||||||
10075 | } | ||||||||
10076 | |||||||||
10077 | /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to another integer type | ||||||||
10078 | /// IntTy without losing precision. | ||||||||
10079 | static bool canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int, | ||||||||
10080 | QualType OtherIntTy) { | ||||||||
10081 | QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
10082 | |||||||||
10083 | // Reject cases where the value of the Int is unknown as that would | ||||||||
10084 | // possibly cause truncation, but accept cases where the scalar can be | ||||||||
10085 | // demoted without loss of precision. | ||||||||
10086 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; | ||||||||
10087 | bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, S.Context); | ||||||||
10088 | int Order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(OtherIntTy, IntTy); | ||||||||
10089 | bool IntSigned = IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); | ||||||||
10090 | bool OtherIntSigned = OtherIntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); | ||||||||
10091 | |||||||||
10092 | if (CstInt) { | ||||||||
10093 | // If the scalar is constant and is of a higher order and has more active | ||||||||
10094 | // bits that the vector element type, reject it. | ||||||||
10095 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
10096 | unsigned NumBits = IntSigned | ||||||||
10097 | ? (Result.isNegative() ? Result.getMinSignedBits() | ||||||||
10098 | : Result.getActiveBits()) | ||||||||
10099 | : Result.getActiveBits(); | ||||||||
10100 | if (Order < 0 && S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy) < NumBits) | ||||||||
10101 | return true; | ||||||||
10102 | |||||||||
10103 | // If the signedness of the scalar type and the vector element type | ||||||||
10104 | // differs and the number of bits is greater than that of the vector | ||||||||
10105 | // element reject it. | ||||||||
10106 | return (IntSigned != OtherIntSigned && | ||||||||
10107 | NumBits > S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy)); | ||||||||
10108 | } | ||||||||
10109 | |||||||||
10110 | // Reject cases where the value of the scalar is not constant and it's | ||||||||
10111 | // order is greater than that of the vector element type. | ||||||||
10112 | return (Order < 0); | ||||||||
10113 | } | ||||||||
10114 | |||||||||
10115 | /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to floating point type | ||||||||
10116 | /// FloatTy without losing precision. | ||||||||
10117 | static bool canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int, | ||||||||
10118 | QualType FloatTy) { | ||||||||
10119 | QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
10120 | |||||||||
10121 | // Determine if the integer constant can be expressed as a floating point | ||||||||
10122 | // number of the appropriate type. | ||||||||
10123 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; | ||||||||
10124 | bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, S.Context); | ||||||||
10125 | |||||||||
10126 | uint64_t Bits = 0; | ||||||||
10127 | if (CstInt) { | ||||||||
10128 | // Reject constants that would be truncated if they were converted to | ||||||||
10129 | // the floating point type. Test by simple to/from conversion. | ||||||||
10130 | // FIXME: Ideally the conversion to an APFloat and from an APFloat | ||||||||
10131 | // could be avoided if there was a convertFromAPInt method | ||||||||
10132 | // which could signal back if implicit truncation occurred. | ||||||||
10133 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
10134 | llvm::APFloat Float(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy)); | ||||||||
10135 | Float.convertFromAPInt(Result, IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(), | ||||||||
10136 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero); | ||||||||
10137 | llvm::APSInt ConvertBack(S.Context.getIntWidth(IntTy), | ||||||||
10138 | !IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()); | ||||||||
10139 | bool Ignored = false; | ||||||||
10140 | Float.convertToInteger(ConvertBack, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, | ||||||||
10141 | &Ignored); | ||||||||
10142 | if (Result != ConvertBack) | ||||||||
10143 | return true; | ||||||||
10144 | } else { | ||||||||
10145 | // Reject types that cannot be fully encoded into the mantissa of | ||||||||
10146 | // the float. | ||||||||
10147 | Bits = S.Context.getTypeSize(IntTy); | ||||||||
10148 | unsigned FloatPrec = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision( | ||||||||
10149 | S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy)); | ||||||||
10150 | if (Bits > FloatPrec) | ||||||||
10151 | return true; | ||||||||
10152 | } | ||||||||
10153 | |||||||||
10154 | return false; | ||||||||
10155 | } | ||||||||
10156 | |||||||||
10157 | /// Attempt to convert and splat Scalar into a vector whose types matches | ||||||||
10158 | /// Vector following GCC conversion rules. The rule is that implicit | ||||||||
10159 | /// conversion can occur when Scalar can be casted to match Vector's element | ||||||||
10160 | /// type without causing truncation of Scalar. | ||||||||
10161 | static bool tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *Scalar, | ||||||||
10162 | ExprResult *Vector) { | ||||||||
10163 | QualType ScalarTy = Scalar->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
10164 | QualType VectorTy = Vector->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
10165 | const auto *VT = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
10166 | |||||||||
10167 | assert(!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && \"ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 10168, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
10168 | "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && \"ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 10168, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
10169 | |||||||||
10170 | QualType VectorEltTy = VT->getElementType(); | ||||||||
10171 | |||||||||
10172 | // Reject cases where the vector element type or the scalar element type are | ||||||||
10173 | // not integral or floating point types. | ||||||||
10174 | if (!VectorEltTy->isArithmeticType() || !ScalarTy->isArithmeticType()) | ||||||||
10175 | return true; | ||||||||
10176 | |||||||||
10177 | // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it, | ||||||||
10178 | // if necessary. | ||||||||
10179 | CastKind ScalarCast = CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
10180 | |||||||||
10181 | // Accept cases where the vector elements are integers and the scalar is | ||||||||
10182 | // an integer. | ||||||||
10183 | // FIXME: Notionally if the scalar was a floating point value with a precise | ||||||||
10184 | // integral representation, we could cast it to an appropriate integer | ||||||||
10185 | // type and then perform the rest of the checks here. GCC will perform | ||||||||
10186 | // this conversion in some cases as determined by the input language. | ||||||||
10187 | // We should accept it on a language independent basis. | ||||||||
10188 | if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) && | ||||||||
10189 | ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) && | ||||||||
10190 | S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy)) { | ||||||||
10191 | |||||||||
10192 | if (canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy)) | ||||||||
10193 | return true; | ||||||||
10194 | |||||||||
10195 | ScalarCast = CK_IntegralCast; | ||||||||
10196 | } else if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) && | ||||||||
10197 | ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
10198 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(VectorEltTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(ScalarTy)) | ||||||||
10199 | ScalarCast = CK_FloatingToIntegral; | ||||||||
10200 | else | ||||||||
10201 | return true; | ||||||||
10202 | } else if (VectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
10203 | if (ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
10204 | |||||||||
10205 | // Reject cases where the scalar type is not a constant and has a higher | ||||||||
10206 | // Order than the vector element type. | ||||||||
10207 | llvm::APFloat Result(0.0); | ||||||||
10208 | |||||||||
10209 | // Determine whether this is a constant scalar. In the event that the | ||||||||
10210 | // value is dependent (and thus cannot be evaluated by the constant | ||||||||
10211 | // evaluator), skip the evaluation. This will then diagnose once the | ||||||||
10212 | // expression is instantiated. | ||||||||
10213 | bool CstScalar = Scalar->get()->isValueDependent() || | ||||||||
10214 | Scalar->get()->EvaluateAsFloat(Result, S.Context); | ||||||||
10215 | int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy); | ||||||||
10216 | if (!CstScalar && Order < 0) | ||||||||
10217 | return true; | ||||||||
10218 | |||||||||
10219 | // If the scalar cannot be safely casted to the vector element type, | ||||||||
10220 | // reject it. | ||||||||
10221 | if (CstScalar) { | ||||||||
10222 | bool Truncated = false; | ||||||||
10223 | Result.convert(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(VectorEltTy), | ||||||||
10224 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &Truncated); | ||||||||
10225 | if (Truncated) | ||||||||
10226 | return true; | ||||||||
10227 | } | ||||||||
10228 | |||||||||
10229 | ScalarCast = CK_FloatingCast; | ||||||||
10230 | } else if (ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||||||
10231 | if (canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy)) | ||||||||
10232 | return true; | ||||||||
10233 | |||||||||
10234 | ScalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||||||
10235 | } else | ||||||||
10236 | return true; | ||||||||
10237 | } else if (ScalarTy->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||||
10238 | return true; | ||||||||
10239 | |||||||||
10240 | // Adjust scalar if desired. | ||||||||
10241 | if (Scalar) { | ||||||||
10242 | if (ScalarCast != CK_NoOp) | ||||||||
10243 | *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorEltTy, ScalarCast); | ||||||||
10244 | *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||||||
10245 | } | ||||||||
10246 | return false; | ||||||||
10247 | } | ||||||||
10248 | |||||||||
10249 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
10250 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, | ||||||||
10251 | bool AllowBothBool, | ||||||||
10252 | bool AllowBoolConversions, | ||||||||
10253 | bool AllowBoolOperation, | ||||||||
10254 | bool ReportInvalid) { | ||||||||
10255 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
10256 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
10257 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
10258 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10259 | } | ||||||||
10260 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
10261 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
10262 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10263 | |||||||||
10264 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. | ||||||||
10265 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. | ||||||||
10266 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
10267 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
10268 | |||||||||
10269 | const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
10270 | const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
10271 | assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType)(static_cast <bool> (LHSVecType || RHSVecType) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("LHSVecType || RHSVecType", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 10271, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10272 | |||||||||
10273 | if ((LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getElementType()->isBFloat16Type()) || | ||||||||
10274 | (RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getElementType()->isBFloat16Type())) | ||||||||
10275 | return ReportInvalid ? InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS) : QualType(); | ||||||||
10276 | |||||||||
10277 | // AltiVec-style "vector bool op vector bool" combinations are allowed | ||||||||
10278 | // for some operators but not others. | ||||||||
10279 | if (!AllowBothBool && | ||||||||
10280 | LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool && | ||||||||
10281 | RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) | ||||||||
10282 | return ReportInvalid ? InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS) : QualType(); | ||||||||
10283 | |||||||||
10284 | // This operation may not be performed on boolean vectors. | ||||||||
10285 | if (!AllowBoolOperation && | ||||||||
10286 | (LHSType->isExtVectorBoolType() || RHSType->isExtVectorBoolType())) | ||||||||
10287 | return ReportInvalid ? InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS) : QualType(); | ||||||||
10288 | |||||||||
10289 | // If the vector types are identical, return. | ||||||||
10290 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
10291 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
10292 | |||||||||
10293 | // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type. | ||||||||
10294 | if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType && | ||||||||
10295 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||||||
10296 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) { | ||||||||
10297 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
10298 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
10299 | } | ||||||||
10300 | |||||||||
10301 | if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
10302 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
10303 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
10304 | } | ||||||||
10305 | |||||||||
10306 | // AllowBoolConversions says that bool and non-bool AltiVec vectors | ||||||||
10307 | // can be mixed, with the result being the non-bool type. The non-bool | ||||||||
10308 | // operand must have integer element type. | ||||||||
10309 | if (AllowBoolConversions && LHSVecType && RHSVecType && | ||||||||
10310 | LHSVecType->getNumElements() == RHSVecType->getNumElements() && | ||||||||
10311 | (Context.getTypeSize(LHSVecType->getElementType()) == | ||||||||
10312 | Context.getTypeSize(RHSVecType->getElementType()))) { | ||||||||
10313 | if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector && | ||||||||
10314 | LHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||
10315 | RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) { | ||||||||
10316 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
10317 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
10318 | } | ||||||||
10319 | if (!IsCompAssign && | ||||||||
10320 | LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool && | ||||||||
10321 | RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector && | ||||||||
10322 | RHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
10323 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
10324 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
10325 | } | ||||||||
10326 | } | ||||||||
10327 | |||||||||
10328 | // Expressions containing fixed-length and sizeless SVE vectors are invalid | ||||||||
10329 | // since the ambiguity can affect the ABI. | ||||||||
10330 | auto IsSveConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { | ||||||||
10331 | const VectorType *VecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
10332 | return FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && VecType && | ||||||||
10333 | (VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector || | ||||||||
10334 | VecType->getVectorKind() == | ||||||||
10335 | VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector); | ||||||||
10336 | }; | ||||||||
10337 | |||||||||
10338 | if (IsSveConversion(LHSType, RHSType) || IsSveConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { | ||||||||
10339 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_ambiguous) << LHSType << RHSType; | ||||||||
10340 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10341 | } | ||||||||
10342 | |||||||||
10343 | // Expressions containing GNU and SVE (fixed or sizeless) vectors are invalid | ||||||||
10344 | // since the ambiguity can affect the ABI. | ||||||||
10345 | auto IsSveGnuConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { | ||||||||
10346 | const VectorType *FirstVecType = FirstType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
10347 | const VectorType *SecondVecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
10348 | |||||||||
10349 | if (FirstVecType && SecondVecType) | ||||||||
10350 | return FirstVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector && | ||||||||
10351 | (SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == | ||||||||
10352 | VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector || | ||||||||
10353 | SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == | ||||||||
10354 | VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector); | ||||||||
10355 | |||||||||
10356 | return FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && SecondVecType && | ||||||||
10357 | SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector; | ||||||||
10358 | }; | ||||||||
10359 | |||||||||
10360 | if (IsSveGnuConversion(LHSType, RHSType) || | ||||||||
10361 | IsSveGnuConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { | ||||||||
10362 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_gnu_ambiguous) << LHSType << RHSType; | ||||||||
10363 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10364 | } | ||||||||
10365 | |||||||||
10366 | // If there's a vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to | ||||||||
10367 | // the vector element type and splat. | ||||||||
10368 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable; | ||||||||
10369 | if (!RHSVecType) { | ||||||||
10370 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) { | ||||||||
10371 | if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType, | ||||||||
10372 | LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType, | ||||||||
10373 | DiagID)) | ||||||||
10374 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
10375 | } else { | ||||||||
10376 | if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, &LHS)) | ||||||||
10377 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
10378 | } | ||||||||
10379 | } | ||||||||
10380 | if (!LHSVecType) { | ||||||||
10381 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) { | ||||||||
10382 | if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS), | ||||||||
10383 | LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(), | ||||||||
10384 | RHSType, DiagID)) | ||||||||
10385 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
10386 | } else { | ||||||||
10387 | if (LHS.get()->isLValue() || | ||||||||
10388 | !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &LHS, &RHS)) | ||||||||
10389 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
10390 | } | ||||||||
10391 | } | ||||||||
10392 | |||||||||
10393 | // FIXME: The code below also handles conversion between vectors and | ||||||||
10394 | // non-scalars, we should break this down into fine grained specific checks | ||||||||
10395 | // and emit proper diagnostics. | ||||||||
10396 | QualType VecType = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType; | ||||||||
10397 | const VectorType *VT = LHSVecType ? LHSVecType : RHSVecType; | ||||||||
10398 | QualType OtherType = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType; | ||||||||
10399 | ExprResult *OtherExpr = LHSVecType ? &RHS : &LHS; | ||||||||
10400 | if (isLaxVectorConversion(OtherType, VecType)) { | ||||||||
10401 | // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size | ||||||||
10402 | // needs to be the same. For non compound assignment, if one of the types is | ||||||||
10403 | // scalar, the result is always the vector type. | ||||||||
10404 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
10405 | *OtherExpr = ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr->get(), VecType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
10406 | return VecType; | ||||||||
10407 | // In a compound assignment, lhs += rhs, 'lhs' is a lvalue src, forbidding | ||||||||
10408 | // any implicit cast. Here, the 'rhs' should be implicit casted to 'lhs' | ||||||||
10409 | // type. Note that this is already done by non-compound assignments in | ||||||||
10410 | // CheckAssignmentConstraints. If it's a scalar type, only bitcast for | ||||||||
10411 | // <1 x T> -> T. The result is also a vector type. | ||||||||
10412 | } else if (OtherType->isExtVectorType() || OtherType->isVectorType() || | ||||||||
10413 | (OtherType->isScalarType() && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) { | ||||||||
10414 | ExprResult *RHSExpr = &RHS; | ||||||||
10415 | *RHSExpr = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
10416 | return VecType; | ||||||||
10417 | } | ||||||||
10418 | } | ||||||||
10419 | |||||||||
10420 | // Okay, the expression is invalid. | ||||||||
10421 | |||||||||
10422 | // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that. | ||||||||
10423 | if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) || | ||||||||
10424 | (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) { | ||||||||
10425 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar) | ||||||||
10426 | << LHSType << RHSType | ||||||||
10427 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10428 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10429 | } | ||||||||
10430 | |||||||||
10431 | // OpenCL V1.1 6.2.6.p1: | ||||||||
10432 | // If the operands are of more than one vector type, then an error shall | ||||||||
10433 | // occur. Implicit conversions between vector types are not permitted, per | ||||||||
10434 | // section 6.2.1. | ||||||||
10435 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
10436 | RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType) && | ||||||||
10437 | LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) { | ||||||||
10438 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_implicit_vector_conversion) << LHSType | ||||||||
10439 | << RHSType; | ||||||||
10440 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10441 | } | ||||||||
10442 | |||||||||
10443 | |||||||||
10444 | // If there is a vector type that is not a ExtVector and a scalar, we reach | ||||||||
10445 | // this point if scalar could not be converted to the vector's element type | ||||||||
10446 | // without truncation. | ||||||||
10447 | if ((RHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) || | ||||||||
10448 | (LHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType))) { | ||||||||
10449 | QualType Scalar = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType; | ||||||||
10450 | QualType Vector = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType; | ||||||||
10451 | unsigned ScalarOrVector = LHSVecType && RHSVecType ? 1 : 0; | ||||||||
10452 | Diag(Loc, | ||||||||
10453 | diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation) | ||||||||
10454 | << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector; | ||||||||
10455 | |||||||||
10456 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10457 | } | ||||||||
10458 | |||||||||
10459 | // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic. | ||||||||
10460 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) | ||||||||
10461 | << LHSType << RHSType | ||||||||
10462 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10463 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10464 | } | ||||||||
10465 | |||||||||
10466 | QualType Sema::CheckSizelessVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
10467 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10468 | ArithConvKind OperationKind) { | ||||||||
10469 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
10470 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
10471 | |||||||||
10472 | const BuiltinType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||
10473 | const BuiltinType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||
10474 | |||||||||
10475 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands; | ||||||||
10476 | if ((OperationKind == ACK_Arithmetic) && | ||||||||
10477 | (LHSVecType->isSVEBool() || RHSVecType->isSVEBool())) { | ||||||||
10478 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
10479 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10480 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10481 | } | ||||||||
10482 | |||||||||
10483 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
10484 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
10485 | |||||||||
10486 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
10487 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10488 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10489 | } | ||||||||
10490 | |||||||||
10491 | // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an | ||||||||
10492 | // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an | ||||||||
10493 | // integer instead of a pointer. | ||||||||
10494 | static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
10495 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) { | ||||||||
10496 | // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant, | ||||||||
10497 | // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively | ||||||||
10498 | // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow. | ||||||||
10499 | bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||||||
10500 | bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||||||
10501 | |||||||||
10502 | QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
10503 | |||||||||
10504 | // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and | ||||||||
10505 | // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about. | ||||||||
10506 | if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||||
10507 | NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
10508 | return; | ||||||||
10509 | |||||||||
10510 | // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter | ||||||||
10511 | // what the other expression is. | ||||||||
10512 | if (!IsCompare) { | ||||||||
10513 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation) | ||||||||
10514 | << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||||
10515 | << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||||||
10516 | return; | ||||||||
10517 | } | ||||||||
10518 | |||||||||
10519 | // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer | ||||||||
10520 | // if the other expression is a pointer. | ||||||||
10521 | if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||||||
10522 | NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType()) | ||||||||
10523 | return; | ||||||||
10524 | |||||||||
10525 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation) | ||||||||
10526 | << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType | ||||||||
10527 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10528 | } | ||||||||
10529 | |||||||||
10530 | static void DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||||||
10531 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
10532 | const auto *LUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(LHS); | ||||||||
10533 | const auto *RUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(RHS); | ||||||||
10534 | if (!LUE || !RUE) | ||||||||
10535 | return; | ||||||||
10536 | if (LUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf || LUE->isArgumentType() || | ||||||||
10537 | RUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf) | ||||||||
10538 | return; | ||||||||
10539 | |||||||||
10540 | const Expr *LHSArg = LUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
10541 | QualType LHSTy = LHSArg->getType(); | ||||||||
10542 | QualType RHSTy; | ||||||||
10543 | |||||||||
10544 | if (RUE->isArgumentType()) | ||||||||
10545 | RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
10546 | else | ||||||||
10547 | RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens()->getType(); | ||||||||
10548 | |||||||||
10549 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && !RHSTy->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
10550 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSTy->getPointeeType(), RHSTy)) | ||||||||
10551 | return; | ||||||||
10552 | |||||||||
10553 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_ptr) << LHS << LHS->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10554 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSArg)) { | ||||||||
10555 | if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl()) | ||||||||
10556 | S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_pointer_declared_here) | ||||||||
10557 | << LHSArgDecl; | ||||||||
10558 | } | ||||||||
10559 | } else if (const auto *ArrayTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(LHSTy)) { | ||||||||
10560 | QualType ArrayElemTy = ArrayTy->getElementType(); | ||||||||
10561 | if (ArrayElemTy != S.Context.getBaseElementType(ArrayTy) || | ||||||||
10562 | ArrayElemTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType() || | ||||||||
10563 | RHSTy->isReferenceType() || ArrayElemTy->isCharType() || | ||||||||
10564 | S.Context.getTypeSize(ArrayElemTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSTy)) | ||||||||
10565 | return; | ||||||||
10566 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_array) | ||||||||
10567 | << LHSArg->getSourceRange() << ArrayElemTy << RHSTy; | ||||||||
10568 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSArg)) { | ||||||||
10569 | if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl()) | ||||||||
10570 | S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_array_declared_here) | ||||||||
10571 | << LHSArgDecl; | ||||||||
10572 | } | ||||||||
10573 | |||||||||
10574 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_precedence_silence) << RHS; | ||||||||
10575 | } | ||||||||
10576 | } | ||||||||
10577 | |||||||||
10578 | static void DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
10579 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
10580 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDiv) { | ||||||||
10581 | // Check for division/remainder by zero. | ||||||||
10582 | Expr::EvalResult RHSValue; | ||||||||
10583 | if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && | ||||||||
10584 | RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, S.Context) && | ||||||||
10585 | RHSValue.Val.getInt() == 0) | ||||||||
10586 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), | ||||||||
10587 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_division_by_zero) | ||||||||
10588 | << IsDiv << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
10589 | } | ||||||||
10590 | |||||||||
10591 | QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
10592 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10593 | bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) { | ||||||||
10594 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||||||
10595 | |||||||||
10596 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
10597 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
10598 | if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType()) | ||||||||
10599 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, | ||||||||
10600 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, | ||||||||
10601 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, | ||||||||
10602 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, | ||||||||
10603 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); | ||||||||
10604 | if (LHSTy->isVLSTBuiltinType() || RHSTy->isVLSTBuiltinType()) | ||||||||
10605 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||||||
10606 | if (!IsDiv && | ||||||||
10607 | (LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() || RHSTy->isConstantMatrixType())) | ||||||||
10608 | return CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); | ||||||||
10609 | // For division, only matrix-by-scalar is supported. Other combinations with | ||||||||
10610 | // matrix types are invalid. | ||||||||
10611 | if (IsDiv && LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) | ||||||||
10612 | return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); | ||||||||
10613 | |||||||||
10614 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||||||
10615 | LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||||||
10616 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
10617 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10618 | |||||||||
10619 | |||||||||
10620 | if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType()) | ||||||||
10621 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
10622 | if (IsDiv) { | ||||||||
10623 | DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv); | ||||||||
10624 | DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Loc); | ||||||||
10625 | } | ||||||||
10626 | return compType; | ||||||||
10627 | } | ||||||||
10628 | |||||||||
10629 | QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands( | ||||||||
10630 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
10631 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||||||
10632 | |||||||||
10633 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||||||
10634 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
10635 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && | ||||||||
10636 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||||||
10637 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, | ||||||||
10638 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, | ||||||||
10639 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, | ||||||||
10640 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, | ||||||||
10641 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); | ||||||||
10642 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
10643 | } | ||||||||
10644 | |||||||||
10645 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() && | ||||||||
10646 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
10647 | if (LHS.get() | ||||||||
10648 | ->getType() | ||||||||
10649 | ->getSveEltType(Context) | ||||||||
10650 | ->hasIntegerRepresentation() && | ||||||||
10651 | RHS.get() | ||||||||
10652 | ->getType() | ||||||||
10653 | ->getSveEltType(Context) | ||||||||
10654 | ->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||||||
10655 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||||||
10656 | |||||||||
10657 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
10658 | } | ||||||||
10659 | |||||||||
10660 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||||||
10661 | LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||||||
10662 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
10663 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10664 | |||||||||
10665 | if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType()) | ||||||||
10666 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
10667 | DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, false /* IsDiv */); | ||||||||
10668 | return compType; | ||||||||
10669 | } | ||||||||
10670 | |||||||||
10671 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers. | ||||||||
10672 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10673 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
10674 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
10675 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type | ||||||||
10676 | : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) | ||||||||
10677 | << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
10678 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10679 | } | ||||||||
10680 | |||||||||
10681 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer. | ||||||||
10682 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10683 | Expr *Pointer) { | ||||||||
10684 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
10685 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type | ||||||||
10686 | : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) | ||||||||
10687 | << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10688 | } | ||||||||
10689 | |||||||||
10690 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a null pointer. | ||||||||
10691 | /// | ||||||||
10692 | /// If \p IsGNUIdiom is true, the operation is using the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n' | ||||||||
10693 | /// idiom, which we recognize as a GNU extension. | ||||||||
10694 | /// | ||||||||
10695 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10696 | Expr *Pointer, bool IsGNUIdiom) { | ||||||||
10697 | if (IsGNUIdiom) | ||||||||
10698 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_gnu_null_ptr_arith) | ||||||||
10699 | << Pointer->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10700 | else | ||||||||
10701 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_pointer_arith_null_ptr) | ||||||||
10702 | << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus << Pointer->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10703 | } | ||||||||
10704 | |||||||||
10705 | /// Diagnose invalid subraction on a null pointer. | ||||||||
10706 | /// | ||||||||
10707 | static void diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10708 | Expr *Pointer, bool BothNull) { | ||||||||
10709 | // Null - null is valid in C++ [expr.add]p7 | ||||||||
10710 | if (BothNull && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
10711 | return; | ||||||||
10712 | |||||||||
10713 | // Is this s a macro from a system header? | ||||||||
10714 | if (S.Diags.getSuppressSystemWarnings() && S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Loc)) | ||||||||
10715 | return; | ||||||||
10716 | |||||||||
10717 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_pointer_sub_null_ptr) | ||||||||
10718 | << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus << Pointer->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10719 | } | ||||||||
10720 | |||||||||
10721 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers. | ||||||||
10722 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10723 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { | ||||||||
10724 | assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 10724, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
10725 | assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 10725, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
10726 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
10727 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type | ||||||||
10728 | : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) | ||||||||
10729 | << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType() | ||||||||
10730 | // We only show the second type if it differs from the first. | ||||||||
10731 | << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(), | ||||||||
10732 | RHS->getType()) | ||||||||
10733 | << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType() | ||||||||
10734 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10735 | } | ||||||||
10736 | |||||||||
10737 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer. | ||||||||
10738 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10739 | Expr *Pointer) { | ||||||||
10740 | assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 10740, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
10741 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
10742 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type | ||||||||
10743 | : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) | ||||||||
10744 | << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType() | ||||||||
10745 | << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */ | ||||||||
10746 | << Pointer->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10747 | } | ||||||||
10748 | |||||||||
10749 | /// Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type | ||||||||
10750 | /// | ||||||||
10751 | /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type | ||||||||
10752 | static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10753 | Expr *Operand) { | ||||||||
10754 | QualType ResType = Operand->getType(); | ||||||||
10755 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||||||
10756 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); | ||||||||
10757 | |||||||||
10758 | assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType())(static_cast <bool> (ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 10758, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
10759 | QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
10760 | return S.RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||||||
10761 | Loc, PointeeTy, | ||||||||
10762 | diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||||||
10763 | Operand->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
10764 | } | ||||||||
10765 | |||||||||
10766 | /// Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand. | ||||||||
10767 | /// | ||||||||
10768 | /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types | ||||||||
10769 | /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed | ||||||||
10770 | /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an | ||||||||
10771 | /// extension. | ||||||||
10772 | /// | ||||||||
10773 | /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). | ||||||||
10774 | static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10775 | Expr *Operand) { | ||||||||
10776 | QualType ResType = Operand->getType(); | ||||||||
10777 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||||||
10778 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); | ||||||||
10779 | |||||||||
10780 | if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true; | ||||||||
10781 | |||||||||
10782 | QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
10783 | if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
10784 | diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand); | ||||||||
10785 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||||||
10786 | } | ||||||||
10787 | if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
10788 | diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand); | ||||||||
10789 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||||||
10790 | } | ||||||||
10791 | |||||||||
10792 | if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false; | ||||||||
10793 | |||||||||
10794 | return true; | ||||||||
10795 | } | ||||||||
10796 | |||||||||
10797 | /// Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer | ||||||||
10798 | /// operands. | ||||||||
10799 | /// | ||||||||
10800 | /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much | ||||||||
10801 | /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic | ||||||||
10802 | /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS | ||||||||
10803 | /// are (potentially problematic) pointers. | ||||||||
10804 | /// | ||||||||
10805 | /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). | ||||||||
10806 | static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10807 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
10808 | bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); | ||||||||
10809 | bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); | ||||||||
10810 | if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true; | ||||||||
10811 | |||||||||
10812 | QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy; | ||||||||
10813 | if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
10814 | if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
10815 | |||||||||
10816 | // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces | ||||||||
10817 | if (isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) { | ||||||||
10818 | if (!LHSPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(RHSPointeeTy)) { | ||||||||
10819 | S.Diag(Loc, | ||||||||
10820 | diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) | ||||||||
10821 | << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/ | ||||||||
10822 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10823 | return false; | ||||||||
10824 | } | ||||||||
10825 | } | ||||||||
10826 | |||||||||
10827 | // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types. | ||||||||
10828 | bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); | ||||||||
10829 | bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); | ||||||||
10830 | if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) { | ||||||||
10831 | if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr); | ||||||||
10832 | else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
10833 | else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
10834 | |||||||||
10835 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||||||
10836 | } | ||||||||
10837 | |||||||||
10838 | bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
10839 | bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
10840 | if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) { | ||||||||
10841 | if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr); | ||||||||
10842 | else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, | ||||||||
10843 | RHSExpr); | ||||||||
10844 | else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
10845 | |||||||||
10846 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||||||
10847 | } | ||||||||
10848 | |||||||||
10849 | if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr)) | ||||||||
10850 | return false; | ||||||||
10851 | if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr)) | ||||||||
10852 | return false; | ||||||||
10853 | |||||||||
10854 | return true; | ||||||||
10855 | } | ||||||||
10856 | |||||||||
10857 | /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string | ||||||||
10858 | /// literal. | ||||||||
10859 | static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
10860 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
10861 | StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||||||
10862 | Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr; | ||||||||
10863 | if (!StrExpr) { | ||||||||
10864 | StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||||||
10865 | IndexExpr = LHSExpr; | ||||||||
10866 | } | ||||||||
10867 | |||||||||
10868 | bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr && | ||||||||
10869 | IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
10870 | if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
10871 | return; | ||||||||
10872 | |||||||||
10873 | SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
10874 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int) | ||||||||
10875 | << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); | ||||||||
10876 | |||||||||
10877 | // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str". | ||||||||
10878 | if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
10879 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
10880 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence) | ||||||||
10881 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&") | ||||||||
10882 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[") | ||||||||
10883 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]"); | ||||||||
10884 | } else | ||||||||
10885 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence); | ||||||||
10886 | } | ||||||||
10887 | |||||||||
10888 | /// Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string. | ||||||||
10889 | static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
10890 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
10891 | const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr; | ||||||||
10892 | const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr = | ||||||||
10893 | dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||||||
10894 | |||||||||
10895 | if (!CharExpr) { | ||||||||
10896 | CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||||||
10897 | StringRefExpr = RHSExpr; | ||||||||
10898 | } | ||||||||
10899 | |||||||||
10900 | if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr) | ||||||||
10901 | return; | ||||||||
10902 | |||||||||
10903 | const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
10904 | |||||||||
10905 | // Return if not a PointerType. | ||||||||
10906 | if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||||
10907 | return; | ||||||||
10908 | |||||||||
10909 | // Return if not a CharacterType. | ||||||||
10910 | if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType()) | ||||||||
10911 | return; | ||||||||
10912 | |||||||||
10913 | ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext(); | ||||||||
10914 | SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
10915 | |||||||||
10916 | const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
10917 | if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() && | ||||||||
10918 | CharType->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||
10919 | llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) { | ||||||||
10920 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char) | ||||||||
10921 | << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy; | ||||||||
10922 | } else { | ||||||||
10923 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char) | ||||||||
10924 | << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
10925 | } | ||||||||
10926 | |||||||||
10927 | // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str. | ||||||||
10928 | if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) { | ||||||||
10929 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
10930 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence) | ||||||||
10931 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&") | ||||||||
10932 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[") | ||||||||
10933 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]"); | ||||||||
10934 | } else { | ||||||||
10935 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence); | ||||||||
10936 | } | ||||||||
10937 | } | ||||||||
10938 | |||||||||
10939 | /// Emit error when two pointers are incompatible. | ||||||||
10940 | static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
10941 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
10942 | assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 10942, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
10943 | assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 10943, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
10944 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) | ||||||||
10945 | << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
10946 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
10947 | } | ||||||||
10948 | |||||||||
10949 | // C99 6.5.6 | ||||||||
10950 | QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
10951 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
10952 | QualType* CompLHSTy) { | ||||||||
10953 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||||||
10954 | |||||||||
10955 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||||||
10956 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
10957 | QualType compType = | ||||||||
10958 | CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy, | ||||||||
10959 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, | ||||||||
10960 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, | ||||||||
10961 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, | ||||||||
10962 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); | ||||||||
10963 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||||||
10964 | return compType; | ||||||||
10965 | } | ||||||||
10966 | |||||||||
10967 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || | ||||||||
10968 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
10969 | QualType compType = | ||||||||
10970 | CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||||||
10971 | if (CompLHSTy) | ||||||||
10972 | *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||||||
10973 | return compType; | ||||||||
10974 | } | ||||||||
10975 | |||||||||
10976 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() || | ||||||||
10977 | RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) { | ||||||||
10978 | QualType compType = | ||||||||
10979 | CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy); | ||||||||
10980 | if (CompLHSTy) | ||||||||
10981 | *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||||||
10982 | return compType; | ||||||||
10983 | } | ||||||||
10984 | |||||||||
10985 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||||||
10986 | LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||||||
10987 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
10988 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
10989 | |||||||||
10990 | // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal". | ||||||||
10991 | if (Opc == BO_Add) { | ||||||||
10992 | diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||||||
10993 | diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||||||
10994 | } | ||||||||
10995 | |||||||||
10996 | // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). | ||||||||
10997 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||||||
10998 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||||||
10999 | return compType; | ||||||||
11000 | } | ||||||||
11001 | |||||||||
11002 | // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp; | ||||||||
11003 | // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer. | ||||||||
11004 | Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get(); | ||||||||
11005 | |||||||||
11006 | bool isObjCPointer; | ||||||||
11007 | if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
11008 | isObjCPointer = false; | ||||||||
11009 | } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
11010 | isObjCPointer = true; | ||||||||
11011 | } else { | ||||||||
11012 | std::swap(PExp, IExp); | ||||||||
11013 | if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
11014 | isObjCPointer = false; | ||||||||
11015 | } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
11016 | isObjCPointer = true; | ||||||||
11017 | } else { | ||||||||
11018 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11019 | } | ||||||||
11020 | } | ||||||||
11021 | assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 11021, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
11022 | |||||||||
11023 | if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) | ||||||||
11024 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11025 | |||||||||
11026 | // Adding to a null pointer results in undefined behavior. | ||||||||
11027 | if (PExp->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||||||
11028 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { | ||||||||
11029 | // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined. | ||||||||
11030 | Expr::EvalResult KnownVal; | ||||||||
11031 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||||||
11032 | (!IExp->isValueDependent() && | ||||||||
11033 | (!IExp->EvaluateAsInt(KnownVal, Context) || | ||||||||
11034 | KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) { | ||||||||
11035 | // Check the conditions to see if this is the 'p = nullptr + n' idiom. | ||||||||
11036 | bool IsGNUIdiom = BinaryOperator::isNullPointerArithmeticExtension( | ||||||||
11037 | Context, BO_Add, PExp, IExp); | ||||||||
11038 | diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, PExp, IsGNUIdiom); | ||||||||
11039 | } | ||||||||
11040 | } | ||||||||
11041 | |||||||||
11042 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp)) | ||||||||
11043 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11044 | |||||||||
11045 | if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp)) | ||||||||
11046 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11047 | |||||||||
11048 | // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic | ||||||||
11049 | CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp); | ||||||||
11050 | |||||||||
11051 | if (CompLHSTy) { | ||||||||
11052 | QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
11053 | if (LHSTy.isNull()) { | ||||||||
11054 | LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11055 | if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) | ||||||||
11056 | LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); | ||||||||
11057 | } | ||||||||
11058 | *CompLHSTy = LHSTy; | ||||||||
11059 | } | ||||||||
11060 | |||||||||
11061 | return PExp->getType(); | ||||||||
11062 | } | ||||||||
11063 | |||||||||
11064 | // C99 6.5.6 | ||||||||
11065 | QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
11066 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
11067 | QualType* CompLHSTy) { | ||||||||
11068 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||||||
11069 | |||||||||
11070 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||||||
11071 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
11072 | QualType compType = | ||||||||
11073 | CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy, | ||||||||
11074 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, | ||||||||
11075 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, | ||||||||
11076 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, | ||||||||
11077 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); | ||||||||
11078 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||||||
11079 | return compType; | ||||||||
11080 | } | ||||||||
11081 | |||||||||
11082 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || | ||||||||
11083 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
11084 | QualType compType = | ||||||||
11085 | CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||||||
11086 | if (CompLHSTy) | ||||||||
11087 | *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||||||
11088 | return compType; | ||||||||
11089 | } | ||||||||
11090 | |||||||||
11091 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() || | ||||||||
11092 | RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) { | ||||||||
11093 | QualType compType = | ||||||||
11094 | CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy); | ||||||||
11095 | if (CompLHSTy) | ||||||||
11096 | *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||||||
11097 | return compType; | ||||||||
11098 | } | ||||||||
11099 | |||||||||
11100 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||||||
11101 | LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||||||
11102 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
11103 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11104 | |||||||||
11105 | // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3. | ||||||||
11106 | |||||||||
11107 | // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). | ||||||||
11108 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||||||
11109 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||||||
11110 | return compType; | ||||||||
11111 | } | ||||||||
11112 | |||||||||
11113 | // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr. | ||||||||
11114 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { | ||||||||
11115 | QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11116 | |||||||||
11117 | // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. | ||||||||
11118 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||
11119 | checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get())) | ||||||||
11120 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11121 | |||||||||
11122 | // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type. | ||||||||
11123 | if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
11124 | // Subtracting from a null pointer should produce a warning. | ||||||||
11125 | // The last argument to the diagnose call says this doesn't match the | ||||||||
11126 | // GNU int-to-pointer idiom. | ||||||||
11127 | if (LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
11128 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { | ||||||||
11129 | // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined. | ||||||||
11130 | Expr::EvalResult KnownVal; | ||||||||
11131 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||||||
11132 | (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && | ||||||||
11133 | (!RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(KnownVal, Context) || | ||||||||
11134 | KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) { | ||||||||
11135 | diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), false); | ||||||||
11136 | } | ||||||||
11137 | } | ||||||||
11138 | |||||||||
11139 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get())) | ||||||||
11140 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11141 | |||||||||
11142 | // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic | ||||||||
11143 | CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr, | ||||||||
11144 | /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true); | ||||||||
11145 | |||||||||
11146 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11147 | return LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11148 | } | ||||||||
11149 | |||||||||
11150 | // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions. | ||||||||
11151 | if (const PointerType *RHSPTy | ||||||||
11152 | = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
11153 | QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11154 | |||||||||
11155 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
11156 | // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add] | ||||||||
11157 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) { | ||||||||
11158 | diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||||||
11159 | } | ||||||||
11160 | } else { | ||||||||
11161 | // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3 | ||||||||
11162 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible( | ||||||||
11163 | Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||||
11164 | Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||||||
11165 | diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||||||
11166 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11167 | } | ||||||||
11168 | } | ||||||||
11169 | |||||||||
11170 | if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc, | ||||||||
11171 | LHS.get(), RHS.get())) | ||||||||
11172 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11173 | |||||||||
11174 | bool LHSIsNullPtr = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||||||
11175 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); | ||||||||
11176 | bool RHSIsNullPtr = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||||||
11177 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); | ||||||||
11178 | |||||||||
11179 | // Subtracting nullptr or from nullptr is suspect | ||||||||
11180 | if (LHSIsNullPtr) | ||||||||
11181 | diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHSIsNullPtr); | ||||||||
11182 | if (RHSIsNullPtr) | ||||||||
11183 | diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, RHS.get(), LHSIsNullPtr); | ||||||||
11184 | |||||||||
11185 | // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or | ||||||||
11186 | // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this | ||||||||
11187 | // case subtraction does not make sense. | ||||||||
11188 | if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
11189 | CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee); | ||||||||
11190 | if (ElementSize.isZero()) { | ||||||||
11191 | Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types) | ||||||||
11192 | << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType() | ||||||||
11193 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11194 | } | ||||||||
11195 | } | ||||||||
11196 | |||||||||
11197 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11198 | return Context.getPointerDiffType(); | ||||||||
11199 | } | ||||||||
11200 | } | ||||||||
11201 | |||||||||
11202 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11203 | } | ||||||||
11204 | |||||||||
11205 | static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) { | ||||||||
11206 | if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||||||
11207 | return ET->getDecl()->isScoped(); | ||||||||
11208 | return false; | ||||||||
11209 | } | ||||||||
11210 | |||||||||
11211 | static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
11212 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
11213 | QualType LHSType) { | ||||||||
11214 | // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined), | ||||||||
11215 | // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema. | ||||||||
11216 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) | ||||||||
11217 | return; | ||||||||
11218 | |||||||||
11219 | // Check right/shifter operand | ||||||||
11220 | Expr::EvalResult RHSResult; | ||||||||
11221 | if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() || | ||||||||
11222 | !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSResult, S.Context)) | ||||||||
11223 | return; | ||||||||
11224 | llvm::APSInt Right = RHSResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
11225 | |||||||||
11226 | if (Right.isNegative()) { | ||||||||
11227 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), | ||||||||
11228 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative) | ||||||||
11229 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
11230 | return; | ||||||||
11231 | } | ||||||||
11232 | |||||||||
11233 | QualType LHSExprType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11234 | uint64_t LeftSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSExprType); | ||||||||
11235 | if (LHSExprType->isBitIntType()) | ||||||||
11236 | LeftSize = S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSExprType); | ||||||||
11237 | else if (LHSExprType->isFixedPointType()) { | ||||||||
11238 | auto FXSema = S.Context.getFixedPointSemantics(LHSExprType); | ||||||||
11239 | LeftSize = FXSema.getWidth() - (unsigned)FXSema.hasUnsignedPadding(); | ||||||||
11240 | } | ||||||||
11241 | llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(), LeftSize); | ||||||||
11242 | if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) { | ||||||||
11243 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), | ||||||||
11244 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) | ||||||||
11245 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
11246 | return; | ||||||||
11247 | } | ||||||||
11248 | |||||||||
11249 | // FIXME: We probably need to handle fixed point types specially here. | ||||||||
11250 | if (Opc != BO_Shl || LHSExprType->isFixedPointType()) | ||||||||
11251 | return; | ||||||||
11252 | |||||||||
11253 | // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which | ||||||||
11254 | // according to C++ standards prior to C++2a has undefined behavior | ||||||||
11255 | // ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned integers have defined behavior modulo one | ||||||||
11256 | // more than the maximum value representable in the result type, so never | ||||||||
11257 | // warn for those. (FIXME: Unsigned left-shift overflow in a constant | ||||||||
11258 | // expression is still probably a bug.) | ||||||||
11259 | Expr::EvalResult LHSResult; | ||||||||
11260 | if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() || | ||||||||
11261 | LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || | ||||||||
11262 | !LHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(LHSResult, S.Context)) | ||||||||
11263 | return; | ||||||||
11264 | llvm::APSInt Left = LHSResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
11265 | |||||||||
11266 | // If LHS does not have a signed type and non-negative value | ||||||||
11267 | // then, the behavior is undefined before C++2a. Warn about it. | ||||||||
11268 | if (Left.isNegative() && !S.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined() && | ||||||||
11269 | !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { | ||||||||
11270 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, LHS.get(), | ||||||||
11271 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_lhs_negative) | ||||||||
11272 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
11273 | return; | ||||||||
11274 | } | ||||||||
11275 | |||||||||
11276 | llvm::APInt ResultBits = | ||||||||
11277 | static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits(); | ||||||||
11278 | if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits)) | ||||||||
11279 | return; | ||||||||
11280 | llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue()); | ||||||||
11281 | Result = Result.shl(Right); | ||||||||
11282 | |||||||||
11283 | // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned | ||||||||
11284 | // hexadecimal number. | ||||||||
11285 | SmallString<40> HexResult; | ||||||||
11286 | Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true); | ||||||||
11287 | |||||||||
11288 | // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual | ||||||||
11289 | // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the | ||||||||
11290 | // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be | ||||||||
11291 | // turned off separately if needed. | ||||||||
11292 | if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) { | ||||||||
11293 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit) | ||||||||
11294 | << HexResult << LHSType | ||||||||
11295 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11296 | return; | ||||||||
11297 | } | ||||||||
11298 | |||||||||
11299 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth) | ||||||||
11300 | << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType | ||||||||
11301 | << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
11302 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11303 | } | ||||||||
11304 | |||||||||
11305 | /// Return the resulting type when a vector is shifted | ||||||||
11306 | /// by a scalar or vector shift amount. | ||||||||
11307 | static QualType checkVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
11308 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
11309 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector. | ||||||||
11310 | if ((S.LangOpts.OpenCL || S.LangOpts.ZVector) && | ||||||||
11311 | !LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
11312 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector) | ||||||||
11313 | << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType() | ||||||||
11314 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11315 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11316 | } | ||||||||
11317 | |||||||||
11318 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
11319 | LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
11320 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||||||
11321 | } | ||||||||
11322 | |||||||||
11323 | RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
11324 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||||||
11325 | |||||||||
11326 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11327 | // Note that LHS might be a scalar because the routine calls not only in | ||||||||
11328 | // OpenCL case. | ||||||||
11329 | const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
11330 | QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy ? LHSVecTy->getElementType() : LHSType; | ||||||||
11331 | |||||||||
11332 | // Note that RHS might not be a vector. | ||||||||
11333 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11334 | const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
11335 | QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType; | ||||||||
11336 | |||||||||
11337 | // Do not allow shifts for boolean vectors. | ||||||||
11338 | if ((LHSVecTy && LHSVecTy->isExtVectorBoolType()) || | ||||||||
11339 | (RHSVecTy && RHSVecTy->isExtVectorBoolType())) { | ||||||||
11340 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) | ||||||||
11341 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | ||||||||
11342 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11343 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11344 | } | ||||||||
11345 | |||||||||
11346 | // The operands need to be integers. | ||||||||
11347 | if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
11348 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) | ||||||||
11349 | << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11350 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11351 | } | ||||||||
11352 | |||||||||
11353 | if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
11354 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) | ||||||||
11355 | << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11356 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11357 | } | ||||||||
11358 | |||||||||
11359 | if (!LHSVecTy) { | ||||||||
11360 | assert(RHSVecTy)(static_cast <bool> (RHSVecTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSVecTy", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 11360, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11361 | if (IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
11362 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
11363 | if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) { | ||||||||
11364 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(),RHSEleType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||||||
11365 | LHSEleType = RHSEleType; | ||||||||
11366 | } | ||||||||
11367 | QualType VecTy = | ||||||||
11368 | S.Context.getExtVectorType(LHSEleType, RHSVecTy->getNumElements()); | ||||||||
11369 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||||||
11370 | LHSType = VecTy; | ||||||||
11371 | } else if (RHSVecTy) { | ||||||||
11372 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators | ||||||||
11373 | // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure | ||||||||
11374 | // that the number of elements is the same as LHS... | ||||||||
11375 | if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) { | ||||||||
11376 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal) | ||||||||
11377 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | ||||||||
11378 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11379 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11380 | } | ||||||||
11381 | if (!S.LangOpts.OpenCL && !S.LangOpts.ZVector) { | ||||||||
11382 | const BuiltinType *LHSBT = LHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||
11383 | const BuiltinType *RHSBT = RHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||
11384 | if (LHSBT != RHSBT && | ||||||||
11385 | S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBT) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBT)) { | ||||||||
11386 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_vector_element_sizes_not_equal) | ||||||||
11387 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | ||||||||
11388 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11389 | } | ||||||||
11390 | } | ||||||||
11391 | } else { | ||||||||
11392 | // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS. | ||||||||
11393 | QualType VecTy = | ||||||||
11394 | S.Context.getExtVectorType(RHSEleType, LHSVecTy->getNumElements()); | ||||||||
11395 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||||||
11396 | } | ||||||||
11397 | |||||||||
11398 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
11399 | } | ||||||||
11400 | |||||||||
11401 | // C99 6.5.7 | ||||||||
11402 | QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
11403 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
11404 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
11405 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||||||
11406 | |||||||||
11407 | // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type. | ||||||||
11408 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||||||
11409 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
11410 | if (LangOpts.ZVector) { | ||||||||
11411 | // The shift operators for the z vector extensions work basically | ||||||||
11412 | // like general shifts, except that neither the LHS nor the RHS is | ||||||||
11413 | // allowed to be a "vector bool". | ||||||||
11414 | if (auto LHSVecType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) | ||||||||
11415 | if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) | ||||||||
11416 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11417 | if (auto RHSVecType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) | ||||||||
11418 | if (RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) | ||||||||
11419 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11420 | } | ||||||||
11421 | return checkVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); | ||||||||
11422 | } | ||||||||
11423 | |||||||||
11424 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || | ||||||||
11425 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) | ||||||||
11426 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11427 | |||||||||
11428 | // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer | ||||||||
11429 | // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3 | ||||||||
11430 | |||||||||
11431 | // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away | ||||||||
11432 | // if this is a compound assignment. | ||||||||
11433 | ExprResult OldLHS = LHS; | ||||||||
11434 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
11435 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
11436 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11437 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11438 | if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS; | ||||||||
11439 | |||||||||
11440 | // The RHS is simpler. | ||||||||
11441 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
11442 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
11443 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11444 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11445 | |||||||||
11446 | // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type. | ||||||||
11447 | // Embedded-C 4.1.6.2.2: The LHS may also be fixed-point. | ||||||||
11448 | if ((!LHSType->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() && | ||||||||
11449 | !LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) || | ||||||||
11450 | !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||||||
11451 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11452 | |||||||||
11453 | // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than | ||||||||
11454 | // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this. | ||||||||
11455 | if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) || | ||||||||
11456 | isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) { | ||||||||
11457 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11458 | } | ||||||||
11459 | DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType); | ||||||||
11460 | |||||||||
11461 | // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand." | ||||||||
11462 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
11463 | } | ||||||||
11464 | |||||||||
11465 | /// Diagnose bad pointer comparisons. | ||||||||
11466 | static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
11467 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
11468 | bool IsError) { | ||||||||
11469 | S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers | ||||||||
11470 | : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) | ||||||||
11471 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | ||||||||
11472 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11473 | } | ||||||||
11474 | |||||||||
11475 | /// Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type, | ||||||||
11476 | /// true otherwise. | ||||||||
11477 | static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
11478 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||||||
11479 | // C++ [expr.rel]p2: | ||||||||
11480 | // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification | ||||||||
11481 | // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on | ||||||||
11482 | // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring | ||||||||
11483 | // them to their composite pointer type. [...] | ||||||||
11484 | // | ||||||||
11485 | // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality | ||||||||
11486 | // comparisons of pointers. | ||||||||
11487 | |||||||||
11488 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11489 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11490 | assert(LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() ||(static_cast <bool> (LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType ->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType ->isMemberPointerType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 11491, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
11491 | LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())(static_cast <bool> (LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType ->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType ->isMemberPointerType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 11491, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
11492 | |||||||||
11493 | QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11494 | if (T.isNull()) { | ||||||||
11495 | if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType()) && | ||||||||
11496 | (RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) | ||||||||
11497 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true); | ||||||||
11498 | else | ||||||||
11499 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11500 | return true; | ||||||||
11501 | } | ||||||||
11502 | |||||||||
11503 | return false; | ||||||||
11504 | } | ||||||||
11505 | |||||||||
11506 | static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
11507 | ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
11508 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
11509 | bool IsError) { | ||||||||
11510 | S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void | ||||||||
11511 | : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) | ||||||||
11512 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | ||||||||
11513 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11514 | } | ||||||||
11515 | |||||||||
11516 | static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) { | ||||||||
11517 | switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) { | ||||||||
11518 | case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: | ||||||||
11519 | case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: | ||||||||
11520 | case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | ||||||||
11521 | case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: | ||||||||
11522 | return true; | ||||||||
11523 | default: | ||||||||
11524 | // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal! | ||||||||
11525 | return false; | ||||||||
11526 | } | ||||||||
11527 | } | ||||||||
11528 | |||||||||
11529 | static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) { | ||||||||
11530 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type = | ||||||||
11531 | LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
11532 | |||||||||
11533 | // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out. | ||||||||
11534 | if (!Type) | ||||||||
11535 | return false; | ||||||||
11536 | |||||||||
11537 | // Get the LHS object's interface type. | ||||||||
11538 | QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11539 | |||||||||
11540 | // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out. | ||||||||
11541 | if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||||||
11542 | return false; | ||||||||
11543 | |||||||||
11544 | // Try to find the -isEqual: method. | ||||||||
11545 | Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector(); | ||||||||
11546 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel, | ||||||||
11547 | InterfaceType, | ||||||||
11548 | /*IsInstance=*/true); | ||||||||
11549 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
11550 | if (Type->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||||||
11551 | // For 'id', just check the global pool. | ||||||||
11552 | Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(), | ||||||||
11553 | /*receiverId=*/true); | ||||||||
11554 | } else { | ||||||||
11555 | // Check protocols. | ||||||||
11556 | Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type, | ||||||||
11557 | /*IsInstance=*/true); | ||||||||
11558 | } | ||||||||
11559 | } | ||||||||
11560 | |||||||||
11561 | if (!Method) | ||||||||
11562 | return false; | ||||||||
11563 | |||||||||
11564 | QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType(); | ||||||||
11565 | if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||||||
11566 | return false; | ||||||||
11567 | |||||||||
11568 | QualType R = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
11569 | if (!R->isScalarType()) | ||||||||
11570 | return false; | ||||||||
11571 | |||||||||
11572 | return true; | ||||||||
11573 | } | ||||||||
11574 | |||||||||
11575 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) { | ||||||||
11576 | FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
11577 | switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) { | ||||||||
11578 | default: | ||||||||
11579 | break; | ||||||||
11580 | case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | ||||||||
11581 | // "string literal" | ||||||||
11582 | return LK_String; | ||||||||
11583 | case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: | ||||||||
11584 | // "array literal" | ||||||||
11585 | return LK_Array; | ||||||||
11586 | case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: | ||||||||
11587 | // "dictionary literal" | ||||||||
11588 | return LK_Dictionary; | ||||||||
11589 | case Stmt::BlockExprClass: | ||||||||
11590 | return LK_Block; | ||||||||
11591 | case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: { | ||||||||
11592 | Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
11593 | switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) { | ||||||||
11594 | case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: | ||||||||
11595 | case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass: | ||||||||
11596 | case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass: | ||||||||
11597 | case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass: | ||||||||
11598 | case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: | ||||||||
11599 | // "numeric literal" | ||||||||
11600 | return LK_Numeric; | ||||||||
11601 | case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { | ||||||||
11602 | CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind(); | ||||||||
11603 | // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts. | ||||||||
11604 | if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast) | ||||||||
11605 | return LK_Numeric; | ||||||||
11606 | break; | ||||||||
11607 | } | ||||||||
11608 | default: | ||||||||
11609 | break; | ||||||||
11610 | } | ||||||||
11611 | return LK_Boxed; | ||||||||
11612 | } | ||||||||
11613 | } | ||||||||
11614 | return LK_None; | ||||||||
11615 | } | ||||||||
11616 | |||||||||
11617 | static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
11618 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
11619 | BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){ | ||||||||
11620 | Expr *Literal; | ||||||||
11621 | Expr *Other; | ||||||||
11622 | if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) { | ||||||||
11623 | Literal = LHS.get(); | ||||||||
11624 | Other = RHS.get(); | ||||||||
11625 | } else { | ||||||||
11626 | Literal = RHS.get(); | ||||||||
11627 | Other = LHS.get(); | ||||||||
11628 | } | ||||||||
11629 | |||||||||
11630 | // Don't warn on comparisons against nil. | ||||||||
11631 | Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||||||
11632 | if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(), | ||||||||
11633 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) | ||||||||
11634 | return; | ||||||||
11635 | |||||||||
11636 | // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison. | ||||||||
11637 | // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own | ||||||||
11638 | // warning flag. | ||||||||
11639 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal); | ||||||||
11640 | assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block)(static_cast <bool> (LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11640, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11641 | if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) { | ||||||||
11642 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 11642); | ||||||||
11643 | } | ||||||||
11644 | |||||||||
11645 | if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String) | ||||||||
11646 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison) | ||||||||
11647 | << Literal->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11648 | else | ||||||||
11649 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison) | ||||||||
11650 | << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
11651 | |||||||||
11652 | if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) && | ||||||||
11653 | hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) { | ||||||||
11654 | SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
11655 | SourceLocation End = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
11656 | CharSourceRange OpRange = | ||||||||
11657 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); | ||||||||
11658 | |||||||||
11659 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal) | ||||||||
11660 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![") | ||||||||
11661 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:") | ||||||||
11662 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]"); | ||||||||
11663 | } | ||||||||
11664 | } | ||||||||
11665 | |||||||||
11666 | /// Warns on !x < y, !x & y where !(x < y), !(x & y) was probably intended. | ||||||||
11667 | static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
11668 | ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
11669 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
11670 | // Check that left hand side is !something. | ||||||||
11671 | UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||||||
11672 | if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return; | ||||||||
11673 | |||||||||
11674 | // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type. | ||||||||
11675 | if (RHS.get()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return; | ||||||||
11676 | |||||||||
11677 | // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool. | ||||||||
11678 | Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||||||
11679 | if (SubExpr->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return; | ||||||||
11680 | |||||||||
11681 | // Emit warning. | ||||||||
11682 | bool IsBitwiseOp = Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor; | ||||||||
11683 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_check) | ||||||||
11684 | << Loc << IsBitwiseOp; | ||||||||
11685 | |||||||||
11686 | // First note suggest !(x < y) | ||||||||
11687 | SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
11688 | SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getEndLoc(); | ||||||||
11689 | FirstClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose); | ||||||||
11690 | if (FirstClose.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
11691 | FirstOpen = SourceLocation(); | ||||||||
11692 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix) | ||||||||
11693 | << IsBitwiseOp | ||||||||
11694 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(") | ||||||||
11695 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")"); | ||||||||
11696 | |||||||||
11697 | // Second note suggests (!x) < y | ||||||||
11698 | SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
11699 | SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getEndLoc(); | ||||||||
11700 | SecondClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose); | ||||||||
11701 | if (SecondClose.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
11702 | SecondOpen = SourceLocation(); | ||||||||
11703 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens) | ||||||||
11704 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(") | ||||||||
11705 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")"); | ||||||||
11706 | } | ||||||||
11707 | |||||||||
11708 | // Returns true if E refers to a non-weak array. | ||||||||
11709 | static bool checkForArray(const Expr *E) { | ||||||||
11710 | const ValueDecl *D = nullptr; | ||||||||
11711 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
11712 | D = DR->getDecl(); | ||||||||
11713 | } else if (const MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
11714 | if (Mem->isImplicitAccess()) | ||||||||
11715 | D = Mem->getMemberDecl(); | ||||||||
11716 | } | ||||||||
11717 | if (!D) | ||||||||
11718 | return false; | ||||||||
11719 | return D->getType()->isArrayType() && !D->isWeak(); | ||||||||
11720 | } | ||||||||
11721 | |||||||||
11722 | /// Diagnose some forms of syntactically-obvious tautological comparison. | ||||||||
11723 | static void diagnoseTautologicalComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
11724 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||||||
11725 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
11726 | Expr *LHSStripped = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
11727 | Expr *RHSStripped = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
11728 | |||||||||
11729 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); | ||||||||
11730 | QualType RHSType = RHS->getType(); | ||||||||
11731 | if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() || | ||||||||
11732 | (LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && !BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) || | ||||||||
11733 | S.inTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||||||
11734 | return; | ||||||||
11735 | |||||||||
11736 | // Comparisons between two array types are ill-formed for operator<=>, so | ||||||||
11737 | // we shouldn't emit any additional warnings about it. | ||||||||
11738 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
11739 | return; | ||||||||
11740 | |||||||||
11741 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form | ||||||||
11742 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and | ||||||||
11743 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. | ||||||||
11744 | // | ||||||||
11745 | // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro | ||||||||
11746 | // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self | ||||||||
11747 | // comparisons within a template instantiation. The warnings should catch | ||||||||
11748 | // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to | ||||||||
11749 | // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same | ||||||||
11750 | // result. | ||||||||
11751 | |||||||||
11752 | // Used for indexing into %select in warn_comparison_always | ||||||||
11753 | enum { | ||||||||
11754 | AlwaysConstant, | ||||||||
11755 | AlwaysTrue, | ||||||||
11756 | AlwaysFalse, | ||||||||
11757 | AlwaysEqual, // std::strong_ordering::equal from operator<=> | ||||||||
11758 | }; | ||||||||
11759 | |||||||||
11760 | // C++2a [depr.array.comp]: | ||||||||
11761 | // Equality and relational comparisons ([expr.eq], [expr.rel]) between two | ||||||||
11762 | // operands of array type are deprecated. | ||||||||
11763 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType() && | ||||||||
11764 | RHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
11765 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_depr_array_comparison) | ||||||||
11766 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
11767 | << LHSStripped->getType() << RHSStripped->getType(); | ||||||||
11768 | // Carry on to produce the tautological comparison warning, if this | ||||||||
11769 | // expression is potentially-evaluated, we can resolve the array to a | ||||||||
11770 | // non-weak declaration, and so on. | ||||||||
11771 | } | ||||||||
11772 | |||||||||
11773 | if (!LHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID() && !RHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) { | ||||||||
11774 | if (Expr::isSameComparisonOperand(LHS, RHS)) { | ||||||||
11775 | unsigned Result; | ||||||||
11776 | switch (Opc) { | ||||||||
11777 | case BO_EQ: | ||||||||
11778 | case BO_LE: | ||||||||
11779 | case BO_GE: | ||||||||
11780 | Result = AlwaysTrue; | ||||||||
11781 | break; | ||||||||
11782 | case BO_NE: | ||||||||
11783 | case BO_LT: | ||||||||
11784 | case BO_GT: | ||||||||
11785 | Result = AlwaysFalse; | ||||||||
11786 | break; | ||||||||
11787 | case BO_Cmp: | ||||||||
11788 | Result = AlwaysEqual; | ||||||||
11789 | break; | ||||||||
11790 | default: | ||||||||
11791 | Result = AlwaysConstant; | ||||||||
11792 | break; | ||||||||
11793 | } | ||||||||
11794 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, | ||||||||
11795 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) | ||||||||
11796 | << 0 /*self-comparison*/ | ||||||||
11797 | << Result); | ||||||||
11798 | } else if (checkForArray(LHSStripped) && checkForArray(RHSStripped)) { | ||||||||
11799 | // What is it always going to evaluate to? | ||||||||
11800 | unsigned Result; | ||||||||
11801 | switch (Opc) { | ||||||||
11802 | case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2 | ||||||||
11803 | Result = AlwaysFalse; | ||||||||
11804 | break; | ||||||||
11805 | case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2 | ||||||||
11806 | Result = AlwaysTrue; | ||||||||
11807 | break; | ||||||||
11808 | default: // e.g. array1 <= array2 | ||||||||
11809 | // The best we can say is 'a constant' | ||||||||
11810 | Result = AlwaysConstant; | ||||||||
11811 | break; | ||||||||
11812 | } | ||||||||
11813 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, | ||||||||
11814 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) | ||||||||
11815 | << 1 /*array comparison*/ | ||||||||
11816 | << Result); | ||||||||
11817 | } | ||||||||
11818 | } | ||||||||
11819 | |||||||||
11820 | if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped)) | ||||||||
11821 | LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||||||
11822 | if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped)) | ||||||||
11823 | RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||||||
11824 | |||||||||
11825 | // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other | ||||||||
11826 | // operand is null); the user probably wants string comparison function. | ||||||||
11827 | Expr *LiteralString = nullptr; | ||||||||
11828 | Expr *LiteralStringStripped = nullptr; | ||||||||
11829 | if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) && | ||||||||
11830 | !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, | ||||||||
11831 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||||
11832 | LiteralString = LHS; | ||||||||
11833 | LiteralStringStripped = LHSStripped; | ||||||||
11834 | } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) || | ||||||||
11835 | isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) && | ||||||||
11836 | !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, | ||||||||
11837 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||||
11838 | LiteralString = RHS; | ||||||||
11839 | LiteralStringStripped = RHSStripped; | ||||||||
11840 | } | ||||||||
11841 | |||||||||
11842 | if (LiteralString) { | ||||||||
11843 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, | ||||||||
11844 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare) | ||||||||
11845 | << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LiteralStringStripped) | ||||||||
11846 | << LiteralString->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
11847 | } | ||||||||
11848 | } | ||||||||
11849 | |||||||||
11850 | static ImplicitConversionKind castKindToImplicitConversionKind(CastKind CK) { | ||||||||
11851 | switch (CK) { | ||||||||
11852 | default: { | ||||||||
11853 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||||
11854 | llvm::errs() << "unhandled cast kind: " << CastExpr::getCastKindName(CK) | ||||||||
11855 | << "\n"; | ||||||||
11856 | #endif | ||||||||
11857 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled cast kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unhandled cast kind", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11857); | ||||||||
11858 | } | ||||||||
11859 | case CK_UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
11860 | return ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
11861 | case CK_LValueToRValue: | ||||||||
11862 | return ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; | ||||||||
11863 | case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: | ||||||||
11864 | return ICK_Array_To_Pointer; | ||||||||
11865 | case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay: | ||||||||
11866 | return ICK_Function_To_Pointer; | ||||||||
11867 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||||||
11868 | return ICK_Integral_Conversion; | ||||||||
11869 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||||||
11870 | return ICK_Floating_Conversion; | ||||||||
11871 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||||||
11872 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||||||
11873 | return ICK_Floating_Integral; | ||||||||
11874 | case CK_IntegralComplexCast: | ||||||||
11875 | case CK_FloatingComplexCast: | ||||||||
11876 | case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: | ||||||||
11877 | case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex: | ||||||||
11878 | return ICK_Complex_Conversion; | ||||||||
11879 | case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: | ||||||||
11880 | case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: | ||||||||
11881 | case CK_IntegralComplexToReal: | ||||||||
11882 | case CK_IntegralRealToComplex: | ||||||||
11883 | return ICK_Complex_Real; | ||||||||
11884 | } | ||||||||
11885 | } | ||||||||
11886 | |||||||||
11887 | static bool checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(Sema &S, QualType ToType, Expr *E, | ||||||||
11888 | QualType FromType, | ||||||||
11889 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
11890 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. | ||||||||
11891 | StandardConversionSequence SCS; | ||||||||
11892 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
11893 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); | ||||||||
11894 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); | ||||||||
11895 | if (const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
11896 | SCS.Second = castKindToImplicitConversionKind(ICE->getCastKind()); | ||||||||
11897 | |||||||||
11898 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; | ||||||||
11899 | QualType PreNarrowingType; | ||||||||
11900 | switch (SCS.getNarrowingKind(S.Context, E, PreNarrowingValue, | ||||||||
11901 | PreNarrowingType, | ||||||||
11902 | /*IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion*/ true)) { | ||||||||
11903 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: | ||||||||
11904 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is | ||||||||
11905 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. | ||||||||
11906 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: | ||||||||
11907 | return false; | ||||||||
11908 | |||||||||
11909 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: | ||||||||
11910 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||||||
11911 | // expression. | ||||||||
11912 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing) | ||||||||
11913 | << /*Constant*/ 1 | ||||||||
11914 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << ToType; | ||||||||
11915 | return true; | ||||||||
11916 | |||||||||
11917 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: | ||||||||
11918 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||||||
11919 | // expression. | ||||||||
11920 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: | ||||||||
11921 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing) | ||||||||
11922 | << /*Constant*/ 0 << FromType << ToType; | ||||||||
11923 | // TODO: It's not a constant expression, but what if the user intended it | ||||||||
11924 | // to be? Can we produce notes to help them figure out why it isn't? | ||||||||
11925 | return true; | ||||||||
11926 | } | ||||||||
11927 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled case in switch")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unhandled case in switch", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 11927); | ||||||||
11928 | } | ||||||||
11929 | |||||||||
11930 | static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(Sema &S, | ||||||||
11931 | ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
11932 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
11933 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
11934 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11935 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11936 | // Dig out the original argument type and expression before implicit casts | ||||||||
11937 | // were applied. These are the types/expressions we need to check the | ||||||||
11938 | // [expr.spaceship] requirements against. | ||||||||
11939 | ExprResult LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
11940 | ExprResult RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
11941 | QualType LHSStrippedType = LHSStripped.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11942 | QualType RHSStrippedType = RHSStripped.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
11943 | |||||||||
11944 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p3: If one of the operands is of type bool and the | ||||||||
11945 | // other is not, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||||
11946 | if (LHSStrippedType->isBooleanType() != RHSStrippedType->isBooleanType()) { | ||||||||
11947 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHSStripped, RHSStripped); | ||||||||
11948 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11949 | } | ||||||||
11950 | |||||||||
11951 | // FIXME: Consider combining this with checkEnumArithmeticConversions. | ||||||||
11952 | int NumEnumArgs = (int)LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType() + | ||||||||
11953 | RHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType(); | ||||||||
11954 | if (NumEnumArgs == 1) { | ||||||||
11955 | bool LHSIsEnum = LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType(); | ||||||||
11956 | QualType OtherTy = LHSIsEnum ? RHSStrippedType : LHSStrippedType; | ||||||||
11957 | if (OtherTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { | ||||||||
11958 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHSStripped, RHSStripped); | ||||||||
11959 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11960 | } | ||||||||
11961 | } | ||||||||
11962 | if (NumEnumArgs == 2) { | ||||||||
11963 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p5: If both operands have the same enumeration | ||||||||
11964 | // type E, the operator yields the result of converting the operands | ||||||||
11965 | // to the underlying type of E and applying <=> to the converted operands. | ||||||||
11966 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType)) { | ||||||||
11967 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11968 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11969 | } | ||||||||
11970 | QualType IntType = | ||||||||
11971 | LHSStrippedType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
11972 | assert(IntType->isArithmeticType())(static_cast <bool> (IntType->isArithmeticType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("IntType->isArithmeticType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11972, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11973 | |||||||||
11974 | // We can't use `CK_IntegralCast` when the underlying type is 'bool', so we | ||||||||
11975 | // promote the boolean type, and all other promotable integer types, to | ||||||||
11976 | // avoid this. | ||||||||
11977 | if (IntType->isPromotableIntegerType()) | ||||||||
11978 | IntType = S.Context.getPromotedIntegerType(IntType); | ||||||||
11979 | |||||||||
11980 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), IntType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||||||
11981 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), IntType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||||||
11982 | LHSType = RHSType = IntType; | ||||||||
11983 | } | ||||||||
11984 | |||||||||
11985 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p4: If both operands have arithmetic types, the | ||||||||
11986 | // usual arithmetic conversions are applied to the operands. | ||||||||
11987 | QualType Type = | ||||||||
11988 | S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, Sema::ACK_Comparison); | ||||||||
11989 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
11990 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
11991 | if (Type.isNull()) | ||||||||
11992 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11993 | |||||||||
11994 | Optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT = | ||||||||
11995 | getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(Type); | ||||||||
11996 | if (!CCT) | ||||||||
11997 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
11998 | |||||||||
11999 | bool HasNarrowing = checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion( | ||||||||
12000 | S, Type, LHS.get(), LHSType, LHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
12001 | HasNarrowing |= checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(S, Type, RHS.get(), RHSType, | ||||||||
12002 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
12003 | if (HasNarrowing) | ||||||||
12004 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12005 | |||||||||
12006 | assert(!Type.isNull() && "composite type for <=> has not been set")(static_cast <bool> (!Type.isNull() && "composite type for <=> has not been set" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Type.isNull() && \"composite type for <=> has not been set\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12006, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
12007 | |||||||||
12008 | return S.CheckComparisonCategoryType( | ||||||||
12009 | *CCT, Loc, Sema::ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression); | ||||||||
12010 | } | ||||||||
12011 | |||||||||
12012 | static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||||||
12013 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
12014 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
12015 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
12016 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) | ||||||||
12017 | return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||||||
12018 | |||||||||
12019 | // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4 | ||||||||
12020 | QualType Type = | ||||||||
12021 | S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, Sema::ACK_Comparison); | ||||||||
12022 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12023 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12024 | if (Type.isNull()) | ||||||||
12025 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12026 | assert(Type->isArithmeticType() || Type->isEnumeralType())(static_cast <bool> (Type->isArithmeticType() || Type ->isEnumeralType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Type->isArithmeticType() || Type->isEnumeralType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12026, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
12027 | |||||||||
12028 | if (Type->isAnyComplexType() && BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc)) | ||||||||
12029 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12030 | |||||||||
12031 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. | ||||||||
12032 | if (Type->hasFloatingRepresentation() && BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) | ||||||||
12033 | S.CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); | ||||||||
12034 | |||||||||
12035 | // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C. | ||||||||
12036 | return S.Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | ||||||||
12037 | } | ||||||||
12038 | |||||||||
12039 | void Sema::CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE) { | ||||||||
12040 | if (!NullE.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||||
12041 | return; | ||||||||
12042 | int NullValue = PP.isMacroDefined("NULL") ? 0 : 1; | ||||||||
12043 | if (!E.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||||
12044 | E.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
12045 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == | ||||||||
12046 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { | ||||||||
12047 | if (const auto *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E.get())) { | ||||||||
12048 | if (CL->getValue() == 0) | ||||||||
12049 | Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare) | ||||||||
12050 | << NullValue | ||||||||
12051 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
12052 | NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0"); | ||||||||
12053 | } else if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E.get())) { | ||||||||
12054 | TypeSourceInfo *TI = CE->getTypeInfoAsWritten(); | ||||||||
12055 | QualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(TI->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
12056 | if (T == Context.CharTy) | ||||||||
12057 | Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare) | ||||||||
12058 | << NullValue | ||||||||
12059 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
12060 | NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0"); | ||||||||
12061 | } | ||||||||
12062 | } | ||||||||
12063 | } | ||||||||
12064 | |||||||||
12065 | // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel] | ||||||||
12066 | QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
12067 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
12068 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
12069 | bool IsRelational = BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc); | ||||||||
12070 | bool IsThreeWay = Opc == BO_Cmp; | ||||||||
12071 | bool IsOrdered = IsRelational || IsThreeWay; | ||||||||
12072 | auto IsAnyPointerType = [](ExprResult E) { | ||||||||
12073 | QualType Ty = E.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
12074 | return Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType(); | ||||||||
12075 | }; | ||||||||
12076 | |||||||||
12077 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p6: If at least one of the operands is of pointer | ||||||||
12078 | // type, array-to-pointer, ..., conversions are performed on both operands to | ||||||||
12079 | // bring them to their composite type. | ||||||||
12080 | // Otherwise, all comparisons expect an rvalue, so convert to rvalue before | ||||||||
12081 | // any type-related checks. | ||||||||
12082 | if (!IsThreeWay || IsAnyPointerType(LHS) || IsAnyPointerType(RHS)) { | ||||||||
12083 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
12084 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12085 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12086 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
12087 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12088 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12089 | } else { | ||||||||
12090 | LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
12091 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12092 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12093 | RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
12094 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12095 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12096 | } | ||||||||
12097 | |||||||||
12098 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/true); | ||||||||
12099 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) { | ||||||||
12100 | CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12101 | CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(RHS, LHS); | ||||||||
12102 | } | ||||||||
12103 | |||||||||
12104 | // Handle vector comparisons separately. | ||||||||
12105 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||||||
12106 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) | ||||||||
12107 | return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); | ||||||||
12108 | |||||||||
12109 | diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); | ||||||||
12110 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); | ||||||||
12111 | |||||||||
12112 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
12113 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
12114 | if ((LHSType->isArithmeticType() || LHSType->isEnumeralType()) && | ||||||||
12115 | (RHSType->isArithmeticType() || RHSType->isEnumeralType())) | ||||||||
12116 | return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); | ||||||||
12117 | |||||||||
12118 | const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind = | ||||||||
12119 | LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||||||
12120 | const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind = | ||||||||
12121 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||||||
12122 | bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; | ||||||||
12123 | bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; | ||||||||
12124 | |||||||||
12125 | auto computeResultTy = [&]() { | ||||||||
12126 | if (Opc != BO_Cmp) | ||||||||
12127 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | ||||||||
12128 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12128, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12129 | assert(Context.hasSameType(LHS.get()->getType(), RHS.get()->getType()))(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(LHS.get()-> getType(), RHS.get()->getType())) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(LHS.get()->getType(), RHS.get()->getType())" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12129, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
12130 | |||||||||
12131 | QualType CompositeTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
12132 | assert(!CompositeTy->isReferenceType())(static_cast <bool> (!CompositeTy->isReferenceType() ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!CompositeTy->isReferenceType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12132, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
12133 | |||||||||
12134 | Optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT = | ||||||||
12135 | getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(CompositeTy); | ||||||||
12136 | if (!CCT) | ||||||||
12137 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12138 | |||||||||
12139 | if (CompositeTy->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) { | ||||||||
12140 | // P0946R0: Comparisons between a null pointer constant and an object | ||||||||
12141 | // pointer result in std::strong_equality, which is ill-formed under | ||||||||
12142 | // P1959R0. | ||||||||
12143 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_three_way_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero) | ||||||||
12144 | << (LHSIsNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
12145 | : RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
12146 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12147 | } | ||||||||
12148 | |||||||||
12149 | return CheckComparisonCategoryType( | ||||||||
12150 | *CCT, Loc, ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression); | ||||||||
12151 | }; | ||||||||
12152 | |||||||||
12153 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) { | ||||||||
12154 | bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ; | ||||||||
12155 | if (RHSIsNull) | ||||||||
12156 | DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality, | ||||||||
12157 | RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
12158 | else | ||||||||
12159 | DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality, | ||||||||
12160 | LHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
12161 | } | ||||||||
12162 | |||||||||
12163 | if (IsOrdered && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && | ||||||||
12164 | RHSType->isFunctionPointerType()) { | ||||||||
12165 | // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers | ||||||||
12166 | bool IsError = Opc == BO_Cmp; | ||||||||
12167 | auto DiagID = | ||||||||
12168 | IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers | ||||||||
12169 | : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
12170 | ? diag::warn_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers | ||||||||
12171 | : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers; | ||||||||
12172 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
12173 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12174 | if (IsError) | ||||||||
12175 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12176 | } | ||||||||
12177 | |||||||||
12178 | if ((LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSIsNull) || | ||||||||
12179 | (RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSIsNull)) { | ||||||||
12180 | // Skip normal pointer conversion checks in this case; we have better | ||||||||
12181 | // diagnostics for this below. | ||||||||
12182 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
12183 | // Equality comparison of a function pointer to a void pointer is invalid, | ||||||||
12184 | // but we allow it as an extension. | ||||||||
12185 | // FIXME: If we really want to allow this, should it be part of composite | ||||||||
12186 | // pointer type computation so it works in conditionals too? | ||||||||
12187 | if (!IsOrdered && | ||||||||
12188 | ((LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) || | ||||||||
12189 | (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isVoidPointerType()))) { | ||||||||
12190 | // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison. | ||||||||
12191 | // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain | ||||||||
12192 | // conformance with the C++ standard. | ||||||||
12193 | diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison( | ||||||||
12194 | *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext()); | ||||||||
12195 | |||||||||
12196 | if (isSFINAEContext()) | ||||||||
12197 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12198 | |||||||||
12199 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
12200 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12201 | } | ||||||||
12202 | |||||||||
12203 | // C++ [expr.eq]p2: | ||||||||
12204 | // If at least one operand is a pointer [...] bring them to their | ||||||||
12205 | // composite pointer type. | ||||||||
12206 | // C++ [expr.spaceship]p6 | ||||||||
12207 | // If at least one of the operands is of pointer type, [...] bring them | ||||||||
12208 | // to their composite pointer type. | ||||||||
12209 | // C++ [expr.rel]p2: | ||||||||
12210 | // If both operands are pointers, [...] bring them to their composite | ||||||||
12211 | // pointer type. | ||||||||
12212 | // For <=>, the only valid non-pointer types are arrays and functions, and | ||||||||
12213 | // we already decayed those, so this is really the same as the relational | ||||||||
12214 | // comparison rule. | ||||||||
12215 | if ((int)LHSType->isPointerType() + (int)RHSType->isPointerType() >= | ||||||||
12216 | (IsOrdered ? 2 : 1) && | ||||||||
12217 | (!LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount || !(LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||||
12218 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) { | ||||||||
12219 | if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) | ||||||||
12220 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12221 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12222 | } | ||||||||
12223 | } else if (LHSType->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
12224 | RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2 | ||||||||
12225 | // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except | ||||||||
12226 | // when handling null pointer constants. | ||||||||
12227 | QualType LCanPointeeTy = | ||||||||
12228 | LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); | ||||||||
12229 | QualType RCanPointeeTy = | ||||||||
12230 | RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); | ||||||||
12231 | |||||||||
12232 | // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2 | ||||||||
12233 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||||
12234 | RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||||||
12235 | if (IsRelational) { | ||||||||
12236 | // Pointers both need to point to complete or incomplete types | ||||||||
12237 | if ((LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType() != | ||||||||
12238 | RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType()) && | ||||||||
12239 | !getLangOpts().C11) { | ||||||||
12240 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_compare_complete_incomplete_pointers) | ||||||||
12241 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
12242 | << LHSType << RHSType << LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType() | ||||||||
12243 | << RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType(); | ||||||||
12244 | } | ||||||||
12245 | } | ||||||||
12246 | } else if (!IsRelational && | ||||||||
12247 | (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { | ||||||||
12248 | // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer | ||||||||
12249 | if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
12250 | && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) | ||||||||
12251 | diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, | ||||||||
12252 | /*isError*/false); | ||||||||
12253 | } else { | ||||||||
12254 | // Invalid | ||||||||
12255 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false); | ||||||||
12256 | } | ||||||||
12257 | if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) { | ||||||||
12258 | // Treat NULL constant as a special case in OpenCL. | ||||||||
12259 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { | ||||||||
12260 | if (!LCanPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(RCanPointeeTy)) { | ||||||||
12261 | Diag(Loc, | ||||||||
12262 | diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) | ||||||||
12263 | << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */ | ||||||||
12264 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12265 | } | ||||||||
12266 | } | ||||||||
12267 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
12268 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
12269 | CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion | ||||||||
12270 | : CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
12271 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) | ||||||||
12272 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind); | ||||||||
12273 | else | ||||||||
12274 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind); | ||||||||
12275 | } | ||||||||
12276 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12277 | } | ||||||||
12278 | |||||||||
12279 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
12280 | // C++ [expr.eq]p4: | ||||||||
12281 | // Two operands of type std::nullptr_t or one operand of type | ||||||||
12282 | // std::nullptr_t and the other a null pointer constant compare equal. | ||||||||
12283 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull && RHSIsNull) { | ||||||||
12284 | if (LHSType->isNullPtrType()) { | ||||||||
12285 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12286 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12287 | } | ||||||||
12288 | if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) { | ||||||||
12289 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12290 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12291 | } | ||||||||
12292 | } | ||||||||
12293 | |||||||||
12294 | // Comparison of Objective-C pointers and block pointers against nullptr_t. | ||||||||
12295 | // These aren't covered by the composite pointer type rules. | ||||||||
12296 | if (!IsOrdered && RHSType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||||||
12297 | (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())) { | ||||||||
12298 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12299 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12300 | } | ||||||||
12301 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||||||
12302 | (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())) { | ||||||||
12303 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12304 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12305 | } | ||||||||
12306 | |||||||||
12307 | if (IsRelational && | ||||||||
12308 | ((LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) || | ||||||||
12309 | (RHSType->isNullPtrType() && LHSType->isPointerType()))) { | ||||||||
12310 | // HACK: Relational comparison of nullptr_t against a pointer type is | ||||||||
12311 | // invalid per DR583, but we allow it within std::less<> and friends, | ||||||||
12312 | // since otherwise common uses of it break. | ||||||||
12313 | // FIXME: Consider removing this hack once LWG fixes std::less<> and | ||||||||
12314 | // friends to have std::nullptr_t overload candidates. | ||||||||
12315 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; | ||||||||
12316 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) | ||||||||
12317 | DC = DC->getParent(); | ||||||||
12318 | if (auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC)) { | ||||||||
12319 | if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() && | ||||||||
12320 | llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(CTSD->getName()) | ||||||||
12321 | .Cases("less", "less_equal", "greater", "greater_equal", true) | ||||||||
12322 | .Default(false)) { | ||||||||
12323 | if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) | ||||||||
12324 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12325 | else | ||||||||
12326 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12327 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12328 | } | ||||||||
12329 | } | ||||||||
12330 | } | ||||||||
12331 | |||||||||
12332 | // C++ [expr.eq]p2: | ||||||||
12333 | // If at least one operand is a pointer to member, [...] bring them to | ||||||||
12334 | // their composite pointer type. | ||||||||
12335 | if (!IsOrdered && | ||||||||
12336 | (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||||||
12337 | if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) | ||||||||
12338 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12339 | else | ||||||||
12340 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12341 | } | ||||||||
12342 | } | ||||||||
12343 | |||||||||
12344 | // Handle block pointer types. | ||||||||
12345 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||||
12346 | RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
12347 | QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
12348 | QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
12349 | |||||||||
12350 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && | ||||||||
12351 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) { | ||||||||
12352 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) | ||||||||
12353 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
12354 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12355 | } | ||||||||
12356 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
12357 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12358 | } | ||||||||
12359 | |||||||||
12360 | // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants. | ||||||||
12361 | if (!IsOrdered | ||||||||
12362 | && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
12363 | || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) { | ||||||||
12364 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { | ||||||||
12365 | if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>() | ||||||||
12366 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
12367 | || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>() | ||||||||
12368 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()))) | ||||||||
12369 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) | ||||||||
12370 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
12371 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12372 | } | ||||||||
12373 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) | ||||||||
12374 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, | ||||||||
12375 | RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast | ||||||||
12376 | : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); | ||||||||
12377 | else | ||||||||
12378 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, | ||||||||
12379 | LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast | ||||||||
12380 | : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); | ||||||||
12381 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12382 | } | ||||||||
12383 | |||||||||
12384 | if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||||
12385 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
12386 | const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
12387 | const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
12388 | if (LPT || RPT) { | ||||||||
12389 | bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; | ||||||||
12390 | bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; | ||||||||
12391 | |||||||||
12392 | if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid && | ||||||||
12393 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||||||
12394 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, | ||||||||
12395 | /*isError*/false); | ||||||||
12396 | } | ||||||||
12397 | // FIXME: If LPtrToVoid, we should presumably convert the LHS rather than | ||||||||
12398 | // the RHS, but we have test coverage for this behavior. | ||||||||
12399 | // FIXME: Consider using convertPointersToCompositeType in C++. | ||||||||
12400 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { | ||||||||
12401 | Expr *E = LHS.get(); | ||||||||
12402 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||
12403 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E, | ||||||||
12404 | CCK_ImplicitConversion); | ||||||||
12405 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType, | ||||||||
12406 | RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||||||
12407 | } | ||||||||
12408 | else { | ||||||||
12409 | Expr *E = RHS.get(); | ||||||||
12410 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||
12411 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion, | ||||||||
12412 | /*Diagnose=*/true, | ||||||||
12413 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, Opc); | ||||||||
12414 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType, | ||||||||
12415 | LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||||||
12416 | } | ||||||||
12417 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12418 | } | ||||||||
12419 | if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||
12420 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
12421 | if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
12422 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, | ||||||||
12423 | /*isError*/false); | ||||||||
12424 | if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS)) | ||||||||
12425 | diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc); | ||||||||
12426 | |||||||||
12427 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) | ||||||||
12428 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
12429 | else | ||||||||
12430 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||||||
12431 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12432 | } | ||||||||
12433 | |||||||||
12434 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||||
12435 | RHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) { | ||||||||
12436 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, | ||||||||
12437 | CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||||||
12438 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12439 | } else if (!IsOrdered && | ||||||||
12440 | LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context) && | ||||||||
12441 | RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
12442 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, | ||||||||
12443 | CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||||||
12444 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12445 | } | ||||||||
12446 | } | ||||||||
12447 | if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) || | ||||||||
12448 | (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) { | ||||||||
12449 | unsigned DiagID = 0; | ||||||||
12450 | bool isError = false; | ||||||||
12451 | if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) { | ||||||||
12452 | // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers, | ||||||||
12453 | // since users tend to want to compare addresses. | ||||||||
12454 | } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) || | ||||||||
12455 | (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) { | ||||||||
12456 | if (IsOrdered) { | ||||||||
12457 | isError = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||||||
12458 | DiagID = | ||||||||
12459 | isError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero | ||||||||
12460 | : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; | ||||||||
12461 | } | ||||||||
12462 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
12463 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; | ||||||||
12464 | isError = true; | ||||||||
12465 | } else if (IsOrdered) | ||||||||
12466 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; | ||||||||
12467 | else | ||||||||
12468 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; | ||||||||
12469 | |||||||||
12470 | if (DiagID) { | ||||||||
12471 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) | ||||||||
12472 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
12473 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12474 | if (isError) | ||||||||
12475 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12476 | } | ||||||||
12477 | |||||||||
12478 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) | ||||||||
12479 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, | ||||||||
12480 | LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); | ||||||||
12481 | else | ||||||||
12482 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, | ||||||||
12483 | RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); | ||||||||
12484 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12485 | } | ||||||||
12486 | |||||||||
12487 | // Handle block pointers. | ||||||||
12488 | if (!IsOrdered && RHSIsNull | ||||||||
12489 | && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
12490 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12491 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12492 | } | ||||||||
12493 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull | ||||||||
12494 | && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
12495 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12496 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12497 | } | ||||||||
12498 | |||||||||
12499 | if (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 200) { | ||||||||
12500 | if (LHSType->isClkEventT() && RHSType->isClkEventT()) { | ||||||||
12501 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12502 | } | ||||||||
12503 | |||||||||
12504 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSType->isQueueT()) { | ||||||||
12505 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12506 | } | ||||||||
12507 | |||||||||
12508 | if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isQueueT()) { | ||||||||
12509 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12510 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12511 | } | ||||||||
12512 | |||||||||
12513 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSIsNull) { | ||||||||
12514 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||||||
12515 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||||||
12516 | } | ||||||||
12517 | } | ||||||||
12518 | |||||||||
12519 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12520 | } | ||||||||
12521 | |||||||||
12522 | // Return a signed ext_vector_type that is of identical size and number of | ||||||||
12523 | // elements. For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical | ||||||||
12524 | // size and number of elements. In the non ext_vector_type case, search from | ||||||||
12525 | // the largest type to the smallest type to avoid cases where long long == long, | ||||||||
12526 | // where long gets picked over long long. | ||||||||
12527 | QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) { | ||||||||
12528 | const VectorType *VTy = V->castAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
12529 | unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType()); | ||||||||
12530 | |||||||||
12531 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(VTy)) { | ||||||||
12532 | if (VTy->isExtVectorBoolType()) | ||||||||
12533 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.BoolTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||||||
12534 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy)) | ||||||||
12535 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||||||
12536 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy)) | ||||||||
12537 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||||||
12538 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) | ||||||||
12539 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||||||
12540 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.Int128Ty)) | ||||||||
12541 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.Int128Ty, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||||||
12542 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) | ||||||||
12543 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||||||
12544 | assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&(static_cast <bool> (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context .LongLongTy) && "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && \"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12545, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
12545 | "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare")(static_cast <bool> (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context .LongLongTy) && "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && \"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12545, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
12546 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||||||
12547 | } | ||||||||
12548 | |||||||||
12549 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.Int128Ty)) | ||||||||
12550 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.Int128Ty, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||||||
12551 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||||
12552 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy)) | ||||||||
12553 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||||||
12554 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||||
12555 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) | ||||||||
12556 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||||||
12557 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||||
12558 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) | ||||||||
12559 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||||||
12560 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||||
12561 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy)) | ||||||||
12562 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||||||
12563 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||||
12564 | assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) &&(static_cast <bool> (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context .CharTy) && "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) && \"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12565, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
12565 | "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare")(static_cast <bool> (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context .CharTy) && "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) && \"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12565, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
12566 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||||||
12567 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||||
12568 | } | ||||||||
12569 | |||||||||
12570 | /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that | ||||||||
12571 | /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result, | ||||||||
12572 | /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer | ||||||||
12573 | /// types. | ||||||||
12574 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
12575 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
12576 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
12577 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) { | ||||||||
12578 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_three_way_vector_comparison); | ||||||||
12579 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12580 | } | ||||||||
12581 | |||||||||
12582 | // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, | ||||||||
12583 | // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. | ||||||||
12584 | QualType vType = | ||||||||
12585 | CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/ false, | ||||||||
12586 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, | ||||||||
12587 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, | ||||||||
12588 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ true, | ||||||||
12589 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); | ||||||||
12590 | if (vType.isNull()) | ||||||||
12591 | return vType; | ||||||||
12592 | |||||||||
12593 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
12594 | |||||||||
12595 | // Determine the return type of a vector compare. By default clang will return | ||||||||
12596 | // a scalar for all vector compares except vector bool and vector pixel. | ||||||||
12597 | // With the gcc compiler we will always return a vector type and with the xl | ||||||||
12598 | // compiler we will always return a scalar type. This switch allows choosing | ||||||||
12599 | // which behavior is prefered. | ||||||||
12600 | if (getLangOpts().AltiVec) { | ||||||||
12601 | switch (getLangOpts().getAltivecSrcCompat()) { | ||||||||
12602 | case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::Mixed: | ||||||||
12603 | // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e. | ||||||||
12604 | // bool for C++, int for C | ||||||||
12605 | if (vType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == | ||||||||
12606 | VectorType::AltiVecVector) | ||||||||
12607 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | ||||||||
12608 | else | ||||||||
12609 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_altivec_src_compat); | ||||||||
12610 | break; | ||||||||
12611 | case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::GCC: | ||||||||
12612 | // For GCC we always return the vector type. | ||||||||
12613 | break; | ||||||||
12614 | case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::XL: | ||||||||
12615 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | ||||||||
12616 | break; | ||||||||
12617 | } | ||||||||
12618 | } | ||||||||
12619 | |||||||||
12620 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form | ||||||||
12621 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and | ||||||||
12622 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. | ||||||||
12623 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); | ||||||||
12624 | |||||||||
12625 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. | ||||||||
12626 | if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) && | ||||||||
12627 | LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { | ||||||||
12628 | assert(RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation())(static_cast <bool> (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12628, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
12629 | CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); | ||||||||
12630 | } | ||||||||
12631 | |||||||||
12632 | // Return a signed type for the vector. | ||||||||
12633 | return GetSignedVectorType(vType); | ||||||||
12634 | } | ||||||||
12635 | |||||||||
12636 | static void diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(Sema &S, const ExprResult &XorLHS, | ||||||||
12637 | const ExprResult &XorRHS, | ||||||||
12638 | const SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
12639 | // Do not diagnose macros. | ||||||||
12640 | if (Loc.isMacroID()) | ||||||||
12641 | return; | ||||||||
12642 | |||||||||
12643 | // Do not diagnose if both LHS and RHS are macros. | ||||||||
12644 | if (XorLHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID() && | ||||||||
12645 | XorRHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) | ||||||||
12646 | return; | ||||||||
12647 | |||||||||
12648 | bool Negative = false; | ||||||||
12649 | bool ExplicitPlus = false; | ||||||||
12650 | const auto *LHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(XorLHS.get()); | ||||||||
12651 | const auto *RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(XorRHS.get()); | ||||||||
12652 | |||||||||
12653 | if (!LHSInt) | ||||||||
12654 | return; | ||||||||
12655 | if (!RHSInt) { | ||||||||
12656 | // Check negative literals. | ||||||||
12657 | if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(XorRHS.get())) { | ||||||||
12658 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc = UO->getOpcode(); | ||||||||
12659 | if (Opc != UO_Minus && Opc != UO_Plus) | ||||||||
12660 | return; | ||||||||
12661 | RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(UO->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
12662 | if (!RHSInt) | ||||||||
12663 | return; | ||||||||
12664 | Negative = (Opc == UO_Minus); | ||||||||
12665 | ExplicitPlus = !Negative; | ||||||||
12666 | } else { | ||||||||
12667 | return; | ||||||||
12668 | } | ||||||||
12669 | } | ||||||||
12670 | |||||||||
12671 | const llvm::APInt &LeftSideValue = LHSInt->getValue(); | ||||||||
12672 | llvm::APInt RightSideValue = RHSInt->getValue(); | ||||||||
12673 | if (LeftSideValue != 2 && LeftSideValue != 10) | ||||||||
12674 | return; | ||||||||
12675 | |||||||||
12676 | if (LeftSideValue.getBitWidth() != RightSideValue.getBitWidth()) | ||||||||
12677 | return; | ||||||||
12678 | |||||||||
12679 | CharSourceRange ExprRange = CharSourceRange::getCharRange( | ||||||||
12680 | LHSInt->getBeginLoc(), S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSInt->getLocation())); | ||||||||
12681 | llvm::StringRef ExprStr = | ||||||||
12682 | Lexer::getSourceText(ExprRange, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()); | ||||||||
12683 | |||||||||
12684 | CharSourceRange XorRange = | ||||||||
12685 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); | ||||||||
12686 | llvm::StringRef XorStr = | ||||||||
12687 | Lexer::getSourceText(XorRange, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()); | ||||||||
12688 | // Do not diagnose if xor keyword/macro is used. | ||||||||
12689 | if (XorStr == "xor") | ||||||||
12690 | return; | ||||||||
12691 | |||||||||
12692 | std::string LHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText( | ||||||||
12693 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(LHSInt->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
12694 | S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts())); | ||||||||
12695 | std::string RHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText( | ||||||||
12696 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(RHSInt->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
12697 | S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts())); | ||||||||
12698 | |||||||||
12699 | if (Negative) { | ||||||||
12700 | RightSideValue = -RightSideValue; | ||||||||
12701 | RHSStr = "-" + RHSStr; | ||||||||
12702 | } else if (ExplicitPlus) { | ||||||||
12703 | RHSStr = "+" + RHSStr; | ||||||||
12704 | } | ||||||||
12705 | |||||||||
12706 | StringRef LHSStrRef = LHSStr; | ||||||||
12707 | StringRef RHSStrRef = RHSStr; | ||||||||
12708 | // Do not diagnose literals with digit separators, binary, hexadecimal, octal | ||||||||
12709 | // literals. | ||||||||
12710 | if (LHSStrRef.startswith("0b") || LHSStrRef.startswith("0B") || | ||||||||
12711 | RHSStrRef.startswith("0b") || RHSStrRef.startswith("0B") || | ||||||||
12712 | LHSStrRef.startswith("0x") || LHSStrRef.startswith("0X") || | ||||||||
12713 | RHSStrRef.startswith("0x") || RHSStrRef.startswith("0X") || | ||||||||
12714 | (LHSStrRef.size() > 1 && LHSStrRef.startswith("0")) || | ||||||||
12715 | (RHSStrRef.size() > 1 && RHSStrRef.startswith("0")) || | ||||||||
12716 | LHSStrRef.contains('\'') || RHSStrRef.contains('\'')) | ||||||||
12717 | return; | ||||||||
12718 | |||||||||
12719 | bool SuggestXor = | ||||||||
12720 | S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getPreprocessor().isMacroDefined("xor"); | ||||||||
12721 | const llvm::APInt XorValue = LeftSideValue ^ RightSideValue; | ||||||||
12722 | int64_t RightSideIntValue = RightSideValue.getSExtValue(); | ||||||||
12723 | if (LeftSideValue == 2 && RightSideIntValue >= 0) { | ||||||||
12724 | std::string SuggestedExpr = "1 << " + RHSStr; | ||||||||
12725 | bool Overflow = false; | ||||||||
12726 | llvm::APInt One = (LeftSideValue - 1); | ||||||||
12727 | llvm::APInt PowValue = One.sshl_ov(RightSideValue, Overflow); | ||||||||
12728 | if (Overflow) { | ||||||||
12729 | if (RightSideIntValue < 64) | ||||||||
12730 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base) | ||||||||
12731 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << ("1LL << " + RHSStr) | ||||||||
12732 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, "1LL << " + RHSStr); | ||||||||
12733 | else if (RightSideIntValue == 64) | ||||||||
12734 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow) | ||||||||
12735 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true); | ||||||||
12736 | else | ||||||||
12737 | return; | ||||||||
12738 | } else { | ||||||||
12739 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base_extra) | ||||||||
12740 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << SuggestedExpr | ||||||||
12741 | << toString(PowValue, 10, true) | ||||||||
12742 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||||||
12743 | ExprRange, (RightSideIntValue == 0) ? "1" : SuggestedExpr); | ||||||||
12744 | } | ||||||||
12745 | |||||||||
12746 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence) | ||||||||
12747 | << ("0x2 ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor; | ||||||||
12748 | } else if (LeftSideValue == 10) { | ||||||||
12749 | std::string SuggestedValue = "1e" + std::to_string(RightSideIntValue); | ||||||||
12750 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base) | ||||||||
12751 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << SuggestedValue | ||||||||
12752 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, SuggestedValue); | ||||||||
12753 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence) | ||||||||
12754 | << ("0xA ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor; | ||||||||
12755 | } | ||||||||
12756 | } | ||||||||
12757 | |||||||||
12758 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
12759 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
12760 | // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or | ||||||||
12761 | // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type. | ||||||||
12762 | QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false, | ||||||||
12763 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, | ||||||||
12764 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, | ||||||||
12765 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, | ||||||||
12766 | /*ReportInvalid*/ false); | ||||||||
12767 | if (vType.isNull()) | ||||||||
12768 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12769 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
12770 | getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() < 120 && | ||||||||
12771 | vType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) | ||||||||
12772 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12773 | // FIXME: The check for C++ here is for GCC compatibility. GCC rejects the | ||||||||
12774 | // usage of the logical operators && and || with vectors in C. This | ||||||||
12775 | // check could be notionally dropped. | ||||||||
12776 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
12777 | !(isa<ExtVectorType>(vType->getAs<VectorType>()))) | ||||||||
12778 | return InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12779 | |||||||||
12780 | return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType()); | ||||||||
12781 | } | ||||||||
12782 | |||||||||
12783 | QualType Sema::CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
12784 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
12785 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
12786 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
12787 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
12788 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12789 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12790 | } | ||||||||
12791 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
12792 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12793 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12794 | |||||||||
12795 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. | ||||||||
12796 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. | ||||||||
12797 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
12798 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
12799 | |||||||||
12800 | const MatrixType *LHSMatType = LHSType->getAs<MatrixType>(); | ||||||||
12801 | const MatrixType *RHSMatType = RHSType->getAs<MatrixType>(); | ||||||||
12802 | assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix")(static_cast <bool> ((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && \"At least one operand must be a matrix\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12802, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
12803 | |||||||||
12804 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||||||
12805 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
12806 | |||||||||
12807 | // Type conversion may change LHS/RHS. Keep copies to the original results, in | ||||||||
12808 | // case we have to return InvalidOperands. | ||||||||
12809 | ExprResult OriginalLHS = LHS; | ||||||||
12810 | ExprResult OriginalRHS = RHS; | ||||||||
12811 | if (LHSMatType && !RHSMatType) { | ||||||||
12812 | RHS = tryConvertExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSMatType->getElementType()); | ||||||||
12813 | if (!RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12814 | return LHSType; | ||||||||
12815 | |||||||||
12816 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, OriginalLHS, OriginalRHS); | ||||||||
12817 | } | ||||||||
12818 | |||||||||
12819 | if (!LHSMatType && RHSMatType) { | ||||||||
12820 | LHS = tryConvertExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSMatType->getElementType()); | ||||||||
12821 | if (!LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12822 | return RHSType; | ||||||||
12823 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, OriginalLHS, OriginalRHS); | ||||||||
12824 | } | ||||||||
12825 | |||||||||
12826 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12827 | } | ||||||||
12828 | |||||||||
12829 | QualType Sema::CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
12830 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
12831 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
12832 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||||||
12833 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
12834 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12835 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12836 | } | ||||||||
12837 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
12838 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12839 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12840 | |||||||||
12841 | auto *LHSMatType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); | ||||||||
12842 | auto *RHSMatType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); | ||||||||
12843 | assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix")(static_cast <bool> ((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && \"At least one operand must be a matrix\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 12843, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
12844 | |||||||||
12845 | if (LHSMatType && RHSMatType) { | ||||||||
12846 | if (LHSMatType->getNumColumns() != RHSMatType->getNumRows()) | ||||||||
12847 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12848 | |||||||||
12849 | if (!Context.hasSameType(LHSMatType->getElementType(), | ||||||||
12850 | RHSMatType->getElementType())) | ||||||||
12851 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12852 | |||||||||
12853 | return Context.getConstantMatrixType(LHSMatType->getElementType(), | ||||||||
12854 | LHSMatType->getNumRows(), | ||||||||
12855 | RHSMatType->getNumColumns()); | ||||||||
12856 | } | ||||||||
12857 | return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); | ||||||||
12858 | } | ||||||||
12859 | |||||||||
12860 | static bool isLegalBoolVectorBinaryOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
12861 | switch (Opc) { | ||||||||
12862 | default: | ||||||||
12863 | return false; | ||||||||
12864 | case BO_And: | ||||||||
12865 | case BO_AndAssign: | ||||||||
12866 | case BO_Or: | ||||||||
12867 | case BO_OrAssign: | ||||||||
12868 | case BO_Xor: | ||||||||
12869 | case BO_XorAssign: | ||||||||
12870 | return true; | ||||||||
12871 | } | ||||||||
12872 | } | ||||||||
12873 | |||||||||
12874 | inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
12875 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
12876 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
12877 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||||||
12878 | |||||||||
12879 | bool IsCompAssign = | ||||||||
12880 | Opc == BO_AndAssign || Opc == BO_OrAssign || Opc == BO_XorAssign; | ||||||||
12881 | |||||||||
12882 | bool LegalBoolVecOperator = isLegalBoolVectorBinaryOp(Opc); | ||||||||
12883 | |||||||||
12884 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||||||
12885 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
12886 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && | ||||||||
12887 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||||||
12888 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, | ||||||||
12889 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, | ||||||||
12890 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, | ||||||||
12891 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ LegalBoolVecOperator, | ||||||||
12892 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); | ||||||||
12893 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12894 | } | ||||||||
12895 | |||||||||
12896 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || | ||||||||
12897 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
12898 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && | ||||||||
12899 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||||||
12900 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK_BitwiseOp); | ||||||||
12901 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12902 | } | ||||||||
12903 | |||||||||
12904 | if (Opc == BO_And) | ||||||||
12905 | diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); | ||||||||
12906 | |||||||||
12907 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation() || | ||||||||
12908 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()) | ||||||||
12909 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12910 | |||||||||
12911 | ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS; | ||||||||
12912 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||||||
12913 | LHSResult, RHSResult, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_BitwiseOp); | ||||||||
12914 | if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12915 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12916 | LHS = LHSResult.get(); | ||||||||
12917 | RHS = RHSResult.get(); | ||||||||
12918 | |||||||||
12919 | if (Opc == BO_Xor) | ||||||||
12920 | diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||||||
12921 | |||||||||
12922 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||||||
12923 | return compType; | ||||||||
12924 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12925 | } | ||||||||
12926 | |||||||||
12927 | // C99 6.5.[13,14] | ||||||||
12928 | inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
12929 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
12930 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
12931 | // Check vector operands differently. | ||||||||
12932 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) | ||||||||
12933 | return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||||||
12934 | |||||||||
12935 | bool EnumConstantInBoolContext = false; | ||||||||
12936 | for (const ExprResult &HS : {LHS, RHS}) { | ||||||||
12937 | if (const auto *DREHS = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(HS.get())) { | ||||||||
12938 | const auto *ECDHS = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DREHS->getDecl()); | ||||||||
12939 | if (ECDHS && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 0 && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 1) | ||||||||
12940 | EnumConstantInBoolContext = true; | ||||||||
12941 | } | ||||||||
12942 | } | ||||||||
12943 | |||||||||
12944 | if (EnumConstantInBoolContext) | ||||||||
12945 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_enum_constant_in_bool_context); | ||||||||
12946 | |||||||||
12947 | // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a | ||||||||
12948 | // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS | ||||||||
12949 | // is a constant. | ||||||||
12950 | if (!EnumConstantInBoolContext && LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||
12951 | !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
12952 | RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && | ||||||||
12953 | // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations. | ||||||||
12954 | !Loc.isMacroID() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) { | ||||||||
12955 | // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something | ||||||||
12956 | // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that | ||||||||
12957 | // happened to fold to true/false) then warn. | ||||||||
12958 | // Parens on the RHS are ignored. | ||||||||
12959 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; | ||||||||
12960 | if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, Context)) { | ||||||||
12961 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
12962 | if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
12963 | !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) || | ||||||||
12964 | (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) { | ||||||||
12965 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise) | ||||||||
12966 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
12967 | << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||"); | ||||||||
12968 | // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version | ||||||||
12969 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator) | ||||||||
12970 | << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|") | ||||||||
12971 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange( | ||||||||
12972 | Loc, getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)), | ||||||||
12973 | Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|"); | ||||||||
12974 | if (Opc == BO_LAnd) | ||||||||
12975 | // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()" | ||||||||
12976 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant) | ||||||||
12977 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( | ||||||||
12978 | SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getEndLoc()), | ||||||||
12979 | RHS.get()->getEndLoc())); | ||||||||
12980 | } | ||||||||
12981 | } | ||||||||
12982 | } | ||||||||
12983 | |||||||||
12984 | if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
12985 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do | ||||||||
12986 | // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types. | ||||||||
12987 | if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
12988 | Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) { | ||||||||
12989 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() || | ||||||||
12990 | RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType()) | ||||||||
12991 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
12992 | } | ||||||||
12993 | |||||||||
12994 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
12995 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12996 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
12997 | |||||||||
12998 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
12999 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13000 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13001 | |||||||||
13002 | if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() || | ||||||||
13003 | !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) | ||||||||
13004 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
13005 | |||||||||
13006 | return Context.IntTy; | ||||||||
13007 | } | ||||||||
13008 | |||||||||
13009 | // The following is safe because we only use this method for | ||||||||
13010 | // non-overloadable operands. | ||||||||
13011 | |||||||||
13012 | // C++ [expr.log.and]p1 | ||||||||
13013 | // C++ [expr.log.or]p1 | ||||||||
13014 | // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool. | ||||||||
13015 | ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
13016 | if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13017 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
13018 | LHS = LHSRes; | ||||||||
13019 | |||||||||
13020 | ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
13021 | if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13022 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
13023 | RHS = RHSRes; | ||||||||
13024 | |||||||||
13025 | // C++ [expr.log.and]p2 | ||||||||
13026 | // C++ [expr.log.or]p2 | ||||||||
13027 | // The result is a bool. | ||||||||
13028 | return Context.BoolTy; | ||||||||
13029 | } | ||||||||
13030 | |||||||||
13031 | static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) { | ||||||||
13032 | const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E); | ||||||||
13033 | if (!ME) return false; | ||||||||
13034 | if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false; | ||||||||
13035 | ObjCMessageExpr *Base = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>( | ||||||||
13036 | ME->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||||||
13037 | if (!Base) return false; | ||||||||
13038 | return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr; | ||||||||
13039 | } | ||||||||
13040 | |||||||||
13041 | /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a | ||||||||
13042 | /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become | ||||||||
13043 | /// 'const' due to being captured within a block? | ||||||||
13044 | enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda }; | ||||||||
13045 | static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
13046 | assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified())(static_cast <bool> (E->isLValue() && E-> getType().isConstQualified()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13046, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
13047 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
13048 | |||||||||
13049 | // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope. | ||||||||
13050 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | ||||||||
13051 | if (!DRE) return NCCK_None; | ||||||||
13052 | if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None; | ||||||||
13053 | |||||||||
13054 | // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'. | ||||||||
13055 | VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||||
13056 | if (!var) return NCCK_None; | ||||||||
13057 | if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None; | ||||||||
13058 | assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?")(static_cast <bool> (var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("var->hasLocalStorage() && \"capture added 'const' to non-local?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13058, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
13059 | |||||||||
13060 | // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda. | ||||||||
13061 | DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr; | ||||||||
13062 | // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda. | ||||||||
13063 | while (DC) { | ||||||||
13064 | // For init-capture, it is possible that the variable belongs to the | ||||||||
13065 | // template pattern of the current context. | ||||||||
13066 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) | ||||||||
13067 | if (var->isInitCapture() && | ||||||||
13068 | FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern() == var->getDeclContext()) | ||||||||
13069 | break; | ||||||||
13070 | if (DC == var->getDeclContext()) | ||||||||
13071 | break; | ||||||||
13072 | Prev = DC; | ||||||||
13073 | DC = DC->getParent(); | ||||||||
13074 | } | ||||||||
13075 | // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far. | ||||||||
13076 | if (!var->isInitCapture()) | ||||||||
13077 | DC = Prev; | ||||||||
13078 | return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda); | ||||||||
13079 | } | ||||||||
13080 | |||||||||
13081 | static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) { | ||||||||
13082 | Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
13083 | if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
13084 | Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
13085 | return !Ty.isConstQualified(); | ||||||||
13086 | } | ||||||||
13087 | |||||||||
13088 | // Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const | ||||||||
13089 | // when this enum is changed. | ||||||||
13090 | enum { | ||||||||
13091 | ConstFunction, | ||||||||
13092 | ConstVariable, | ||||||||
13093 | ConstMember, | ||||||||
13094 | ConstMethod, | ||||||||
13095 | NestedConstMember, | ||||||||
13096 | ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element | ||||||||
13097 | }; | ||||||||
13098 | |||||||||
13099 | /// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give | ||||||||
13100 | /// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing | ||||||||
13101 | /// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or | ||||||||
13102 | /// that the function is returning a const reference. | ||||||||
13103 | static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E, | ||||||||
13104 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
13105 | SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13106 | |||||||||
13107 | // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit | ||||||||
13108 | // a note to the error. | ||||||||
13109 | bool DiagnosticEmitted = false; | ||||||||
13110 | |||||||||
13111 | // Track if the current expression is the result of a dereference, and if the | ||||||||
13112 | // next checked expression is the result of a dereference. | ||||||||
13113 | bool IsDereference = false; | ||||||||
13114 | bool NextIsDereference = false; | ||||||||
13115 | |||||||||
13116 | // Loop to process MemberExpr chains. | ||||||||
13117 | while (true) { | ||||||||
13118 | IsDereference = NextIsDereference; | ||||||||
13119 | |||||||||
13120 | E = E->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
13121 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
13122 | NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow(); | ||||||||
13123 | const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); | ||||||||
13124 | if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { | ||||||||
13125 | // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const. | ||||||||
13126 | if (Field->isMutable()) { | ||||||||
13127 | assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted.")(static_cast <bool> (DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagnosticEmitted && \"Expected diagnostic not emitted.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13127, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
13128 | break; | ||||||||
13129 | } | ||||||||
13130 | |||||||||
13131 | if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) { | ||||||||
13132 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||||||
13133 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13134 | << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field | ||||||||
13135 | << Field->getType(); | ||||||||
13136 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||||||
13137 | } | ||||||||
13138 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13139 | << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType() | ||||||||
13140 | << Field->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13141 | } | ||||||||
13142 | E = ME->getBase(); | ||||||||
13143 | continue; | ||||||||
13144 | } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) { | ||||||||
13145 | if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) { | ||||||||
13146 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||||||
13147 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13148 | << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl | ||||||||
13149 | << VDecl->getType(); | ||||||||
13150 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||||||
13151 | } | ||||||||
13152 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13153 | << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType() | ||||||||
13154 | << VDecl->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13155 | } | ||||||||
13156 | // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents. | ||||||||
13157 | break; | ||||||||
13158 | } | ||||||||
13159 | break; // End MemberExpr | ||||||||
13160 | } else if (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = | ||||||||
13161 | dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
13162 | E = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
13163 | continue; | ||||||||
13164 | } else if (const ExtVectorElementExpr *EVE = | ||||||||
13165 | dyn_cast<ExtVectorElementExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
13166 | E = EVE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
13167 | continue; | ||||||||
13168 | } | ||||||||
13169 | break; | ||||||||
13170 | } | ||||||||
13171 | |||||||||
13172 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
13173 | // Function calls | ||||||||
13174 | const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee(); | ||||||||
13175 | if (FD && !IsTypeModifiable(FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) { | ||||||||
13176 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||||||
13177 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange | ||||||||
13178 | << ConstFunction << FD; | ||||||||
13179 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||||||
13180 | } | ||||||||
13181 | S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||||||
13182 | diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13183 | << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType() | ||||||||
13184 | << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13185 | } | ||||||||
13186 | } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
13187 | // Point to variable declaration. | ||||||||
13188 | if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) { | ||||||||
13189 | if (!IsTypeModifiable(VD->getType(), IsDereference)) { | ||||||||
13190 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||||||
13191 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13192 | << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType(); | ||||||||
13193 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||||||
13194 | } | ||||||||
13195 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13196 | << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13197 | } | ||||||||
13198 | } | ||||||||
13199 | } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
13200 | if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) { | ||||||||
13201 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { | ||||||||
13202 | if (MD->isConst()) { | ||||||||
13203 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||||||
13204 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange | ||||||||
13205 | << ConstMethod << MD; | ||||||||
13206 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||||||
13207 | } | ||||||||
13208 | S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13209 | << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13210 | } | ||||||||
13211 | } | ||||||||
13212 | } | ||||||||
13213 | } | ||||||||
13214 | |||||||||
13215 | if (DiagnosticEmitted) | ||||||||
13216 | return; | ||||||||
13217 | |||||||||
13218 | // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error. | ||||||||
13219 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown; | ||||||||
13220 | } | ||||||||
13221 | |||||||||
13222 | enum OriginalExprKind { | ||||||||
13223 | OEK_Variable, | ||||||||
13224 | OEK_Member, | ||||||||
13225 | OEK_LValue | ||||||||
13226 | }; | ||||||||
13227 | |||||||||
13228 | static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const ValueDecl *VD, | ||||||||
13229 | const RecordType *Ty, | ||||||||
13230 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, | ||||||||
13231 | OriginalExprKind OEK, | ||||||||
13232 | bool &DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||||||
13233 | std::vector<const RecordType *> RecordTypeList; | ||||||||
13234 | RecordTypeList.push_back(Ty); | ||||||||
13235 | unsigned NextToCheckIndex = 0; | ||||||||
13236 | // We walk the record hierarchy breadth-first to ensure that we print | ||||||||
13237 | // diagnostics in field nesting order. | ||||||||
13238 | while (RecordTypeList.size() > NextToCheckIndex) { | ||||||||
13239 | bool IsNested = NextToCheckIndex > 0; | ||||||||
13240 | for (const FieldDecl *Field : | ||||||||
13241 | RecordTypeList[NextToCheckIndex]->getDecl()->fields()) { | ||||||||
13242 | // First, check every field for constness. | ||||||||
13243 | QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); | ||||||||
13244 | if (FieldTy.isConstQualified()) { | ||||||||
13245 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||||||
13246 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13247 | << Range << NestedConstMember << OEK << VD | ||||||||
13248 | << IsNested << Field; | ||||||||
13249 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||||||
13250 | } | ||||||||
13251 | S.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||||||
13252 | << NestedConstMember << IsNested << Field | ||||||||
13253 | << FieldTy << Field->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13254 | } | ||||||||
13255 | |||||||||
13256 | // Then we append it to the list to check next in order. | ||||||||
13257 | FieldTy = FieldTy.getCanonicalType(); | ||||||||
13258 | if (const auto *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
13259 | if (!llvm::is_contained(RecordTypeList, FieldRecTy)) | ||||||||
13260 | RecordTypeList.push_back(FieldRecTy); | ||||||||
13261 | } | ||||||||
13262 | } | ||||||||
13263 | ++NextToCheckIndex; | ||||||||
13264 | } | ||||||||
13265 | } | ||||||||
13266 | |||||||||
13267 | /// Emit an error for the case where a record we are trying to assign to has a | ||||||||
13268 | /// const-qualified field somewhere in its hierarchy. | ||||||||
13269 | static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const Expr *E, | ||||||||
13270 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
13271 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||||||
13272 | assert(Ty->isRecordType() && "lvalue was not record?")(static_cast <bool> (Ty->isRecordType() && "lvalue was not record?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty->isRecordType() && \"lvalue was not record?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13272, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
13273 | SourceRange Range = E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13274 | const RecordType *RTy = Ty.getCanonicalType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||||
13275 | bool DiagEmitted = false; | ||||||||
13276 | |||||||||
13277 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
13278 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, ME->getMemberDecl(), RTy, Loc, | ||||||||
13279 | Range, OEK_Member, DiagEmitted); | ||||||||
13280 | else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
13281 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, DRE->getDecl(), RTy, Loc, | ||||||||
13282 | Range, OEK_Variable, DiagEmitted); | ||||||||
13283 | else | ||||||||
13284 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, nullptr, RTy, Loc, | ||||||||
13285 | Range, OEK_LValue, DiagEmitted); | ||||||||
13286 | if (!DiagEmitted) | ||||||||
13287 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); | ||||||||
13288 | } | ||||||||
13289 | |||||||||
13290 | /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not, | ||||||||
13291 | /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false. | ||||||||
13292 | static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) { | ||||||||
13293 | assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject))(static_cast <bool> (!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType ::PseudoObject)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13293, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
13294 | |||||||||
13295 | S.CheckShadowingDeclModification(E, Loc); | ||||||||
13296 | |||||||||
13297 | SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc; | ||||||||
13298 | Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context, | ||||||||
13299 | &Loc); | ||||||||
13300 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S)) | ||||||||
13301 | IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression; | ||||||||
13302 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid) | ||||||||
13303 | return false; | ||||||||
13304 | |||||||||
13305 | unsigned DiagID = 0; | ||||||||
13306 | bool NeedType = false; | ||||||||
13307 | switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2 | ||||||||
13308 | case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: | ||||||||
13309 | // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object | ||||||||
13310 | // from an enclosing function or block. | ||||||||
13311 | if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) { | ||||||||
13312 | if (NCCK == NCCK_Block) | ||||||||
13313 | DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||||||
13314 | else | ||||||||
13315 | DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||||||
13316 | break; | ||||||||
13317 | } | ||||||||
13318 | |||||||||
13319 | // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we | ||||||||
13320 | // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables. | ||||||||
13321 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
13322 | DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()); | ||||||||
13323 | if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) { | ||||||||
13324 | VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl()); | ||||||||
13325 | |||||||||
13326 | // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the | ||||||||
13327 | // user actually wrote 'const'. | ||||||||
13328 | if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() && | ||||||||
13329 | (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() || | ||||||||
13330 | !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) { | ||||||||
13331 | // There are three pseudo-strong cases: | ||||||||
13332 | // - self | ||||||||
13333 | ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
13334 | if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl()) { | ||||||||
13335 | DiagID = method->isClassMethod() | ||||||||
13336 | ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method | ||||||||
13337 | : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self; | ||||||||
13338 | |||||||||
13339 | // - Objective-C externally_retained attribute. | ||||||||
13340 | } else if (var->hasAttr<ObjCExternallyRetainedAttr>() || | ||||||||
13341 | isa<ParmVarDecl>(var)) { | ||||||||
13342 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_externally_retained; | ||||||||
13343 | |||||||||
13344 | // - fast enumeration variables | ||||||||
13345 | } else { | ||||||||
13346 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration; | ||||||||
13347 | } | ||||||||
13348 | |||||||||
13349 | SourceRange Assign; | ||||||||
13350 | if (Loc != OrigLoc) | ||||||||
13351 | Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); | ||||||||
13352 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; | ||||||||
13353 | // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool | ||||||||
13354 | // can do its job. | ||||||||
13355 | return false; | ||||||||
13356 | } | ||||||||
13357 | } | ||||||||
13358 | } | ||||||||
13359 | |||||||||
13360 | // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a | ||||||||
13361 | // simple const assignment. | ||||||||
13362 | if (DiagID == 0) { | ||||||||
13363 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); | ||||||||
13364 | return true; | ||||||||
13365 | } | ||||||||
13366 | |||||||||
13367 | break; | ||||||||
13368 | case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace: | ||||||||
13369 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); | ||||||||
13370 | return true; | ||||||||
13371 | case Expr::MLV_ConstQualifiedField: | ||||||||
13372 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, E, Loc); | ||||||||
13373 | return true; | ||||||||
13374 | case Expr::MLV_ArrayType: | ||||||||
13375 | case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary: | ||||||||
13376 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||||||
13377 | NeedType = true; | ||||||||
13378 | break; | ||||||||
13379 | case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType: | ||||||||
13380 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||||||
13381 | NeedType = true; | ||||||||
13382 | break; | ||||||||
13383 | case Expr::MLV_LValueCast: | ||||||||
13384 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported; | ||||||||
13385 | break; | ||||||||
13386 | case Expr::MLV_Valid: | ||||||||
13387 | llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("did not take early return for MLV_Valid" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13387); | ||||||||
13388 | case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression: | ||||||||
13389 | case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction: | ||||||||
13390 | case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary: | ||||||||
13391 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||||||
13392 | break; | ||||||||
13393 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType: | ||||||||
13394 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType: | ||||||||
13395 | return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(), | ||||||||
13396 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E); | ||||||||
13397 | case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents: | ||||||||
13398 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue; | ||||||||
13399 | break; | ||||||||
13400 | case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty: | ||||||||
13401 | llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("readonly properties should be processed differently" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13401); | ||||||||
13402 | case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression: | ||||||||
13403 | DiagID = diag::err_readonly_message_assignment; | ||||||||
13404 | break; | ||||||||
13405 | case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting: | ||||||||
13406 | DiagID = diag::err_no_subobject_property_setting; | ||||||||
13407 | break; | ||||||||
13408 | } | ||||||||
13409 | |||||||||
13410 | SourceRange Assign; | ||||||||
13411 | if (Loc != OrigLoc) | ||||||||
13412 | Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); | ||||||||
13413 | if (NeedType) | ||||||||
13414 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; | ||||||||
13415 | else | ||||||||
13416 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; | ||||||||
13417 | return true; | ||||||||
13418 | } | ||||||||
13419 | |||||||||
13420 | static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, | ||||||||
13421 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
13422 | Sema &Sema) { | ||||||||
13423 | if (Sema.inTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||||||
13424 | return; | ||||||||
13425 | if (Sema.isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
13426 | return; | ||||||||
13427 | if (Loc.isInvalid() || Loc.isMacroID()) | ||||||||
13428 | return; | ||||||||
13429 | if (LHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID() || RHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) | ||||||||
13430 | return; | ||||||||
13431 | |||||||||
13432 | // C / C++ fields | ||||||||
13433 | MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||||||
13434 | MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr); | ||||||||
13435 | if (ML && MR) { | ||||||||
13436 | if (!(isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))) | ||||||||
13437 | return; | ||||||||
13438 | const ValueDecl *LHSDecl = | ||||||||
13439 | cast<ValueDecl>(ML->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||||||
13440 | const ValueDecl *RHSDecl = | ||||||||
13441 | cast<ValueDecl>(MR->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||||||
13442 | if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl) | ||||||||
13443 | return; | ||||||||
13444 | if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||||
13445 | return; | ||||||||
13446 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
13447 | if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||||
13448 | return; | ||||||||
13449 | |||||||||
13450 | Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0; | ||||||||
13451 | } | ||||||||
13452 | |||||||||
13453 | // Objective-C instance variables | ||||||||
13454 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||||||
13455 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr); | ||||||||
13456 | if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) { | ||||||||
13457 | DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||||||
13458 | DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||||||
13459 | if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl()) | ||||||||
13460 | Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1; | ||||||||
13461 | } | ||||||||
13462 | } | ||||||||
13463 | |||||||||
13464 | // C99 6.5.16.1 | ||||||||
13465 | QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
13466 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
13467 | QualType CompoundType) { | ||||||||
13468 | assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject))(static_cast <bool> (!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType ::PseudoObject)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13468, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
13469 | |||||||||
13470 | // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not. | ||||||||
13471 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this)) | ||||||||
13472 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13473 | |||||||||
13474 | QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
13475 | QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() : | ||||||||
13476 | CompoundType; | ||||||||
13477 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1 p2: | ||||||||
13478 | // The half data type can only be used to declare a pointer to a buffer that | ||||||||
13479 | // contains half values | ||||||||
13480 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
13481 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", getLangOpts()) && | ||||||||
13482 | LHSType->isHalfType()) { | ||||||||
13483 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) << 1 | ||||||||
13484 | << LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
13485 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13486 | } | ||||||||
13487 | |||||||||
13488 | AssignConvertType ConvTy; | ||||||||
13489 | if (CompoundType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
13490 | Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get(); | ||||||||
13491 | |||||||||
13492 | CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this); | ||||||||
13493 | |||||||||
13494 | QualType LHSTy(LHSType); | ||||||||
13495 | ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS); | ||||||||
13496 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13497 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13498 | // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types. | ||||||||
13499 | if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer && | ||||||||
13500 | ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) && | ||||||||
13501 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || | ||||||||
13502 | (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) && | ||||||||
13503 | LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) | ||||||||
13504 | ConvTy = Compatible; | ||||||||
13505 | |||||||||
13506 | if (ConvTy == Compatible && | ||||||||
13507 | LHSType->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||||||
13508 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment) | ||||||||
13509 | << LHSType; | ||||||||
13510 | |||||||||
13511 | // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are | ||||||||
13512 | // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4" | ||||||||
13513 | // instead of "x += 4". | ||||||||
13514 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck)) | ||||||||
13515 | RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
13516 | if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) { | ||||||||
13517 | if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) && | ||||||||
13518 | Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() && | ||||||||
13519 | // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent. | ||||||||
13520 | Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() && | ||||||||
13521 | // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the | ||||||||
13522 | // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1". | ||||||||
13523 | Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc() && | ||||||||
13524 | UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc().isFileID()) { | ||||||||
13525 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign) | ||||||||
13526 | << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-") | ||||||||
13527 | << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc()); | ||||||||
13528 | } | ||||||||
13529 | } | ||||||||
13530 | |||||||||
13531 | if (ConvTy == Compatible) { | ||||||||
13532 | if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { | ||||||||
13533 | // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but | ||||||||
13534 | // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is | ||||||||
13535 | // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference! | ||||||||
13536 | const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||||||
13537 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS); | ||||||||
13538 | if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | ||||||||
13539 | checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get()); | ||||||||
13540 | } | ||||||||
13541 | |||||||||
13542 | if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || | ||||||||
13543 | LHSType.isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) { | ||||||||
13544 | // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. | ||||||||
13545 | // Although this code can still have problems: | ||||||||
13546 | // id x = self.weakProp; | ||||||||
13547 | // id y = self.weakProp; | ||||||||
13548 | // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate | ||||||||
13549 | // paths through the function. This should be revisited if | ||||||||
13550 | // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. | ||||||||
13551 | // For ObjCWeak only, we do not warn if the assign is to a non-weak | ||||||||
13552 | // variable, which will be valid for the current autorelease scope. | ||||||||
13553 | if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, | ||||||||
13554 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc())) | ||||||||
13555 | getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
13556 | |||||||||
13557 | } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) { | ||||||||
13558 | checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get()); | ||||||||
13559 | } | ||||||||
13560 | } | ||||||||
13561 | } else { | ||||||||
13562 | // Compound assignment "x += y" | ||||||||
13563 | ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||||||
13564 | } | ||||||||
13565 | |||||||||
13566 | if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||||||
13567 | RHS.get(), AA_Assigning)) | ||||||||
13568 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13569 | |||||||||
13570 | CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr); | ||||||||
13571 | |||||||||
13572 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSType.isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||||||
13573 | if (CompoundType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
13574 | // C++2a [expr.ass]p5: | ||||||||
13575 | // A simple-assignment whose left operand is of a volatile-qualified | ||||||||
13576 | // type is deprecated unless the assignment is either a discarded-value | ||||||||
13577 | // expression or an unevaluated operand | ||||||||
13578 | ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs.push_back(LHSExpr); | ||||||||
13579 | } else { | ||||||||
13580 | // C++2a [expr.ass]p6: | ||||||||
13581 | // [Compound-assignment] expressions are deprecated if E1 has | ||||||||
13582 | // volatile-qualified type | ||||||||
13583 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_compound_assign_volatile) << LHSType; | ||||||||
13584 | } | ||||||||
13585 | } | ||||||||
13586 | |||||||||
13587 | // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the | ||||||||
13588 | // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case | ||||||||
13589 | // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand. | ||||||||
13590 | // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand | ||||||||
13591 | // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above). | ||||||||
13592 | // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left | ||||||||
13593 | // operand. | ||||||||
13594 | return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
13595 | ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
13596 | } | ||||||||
13597 | |||||||||
13598 | // Only ignore explicit casts to void. | ||||||||
13599 | static bool IgnoreCommaOperand(const Expr *E) { | ||||||||
13600 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
13601 | |||||||||
13602 | if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
13603 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ToVoid) { | ||||||||
13604 | return true; | ||||||||
13605 | } | ||||||||
13606 | |||||||||
13607 | // static_cast<void> on a dependent type will not show up as CK_ToVoid. | ||||||||
13608 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_Dependent && E->getType()->isVoidType() && | ||||||||
13609 | CE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
13610 | return true; | ||||||||
13611 | } | ||||||||
13612 | } | ||||||||
13613 | |||||||||
13614 | return false; | ||||||||
13615 | } | ||||||||
13616 | |||||||||
13617 | // Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with | ||||||||
13618 | // another operator. There is an explicit list of acceptable expressions for | ||||||||
13619 | // the left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning. | ||||||||
13620 | void Sema::DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
13621 | // No warnings in macros | ||||||||
13622 | if (Loc.isMacroID()) | ||||||||
13623 | return; | ||||||||
13624 | |||||||||
13625 | // Don't warn in template instantiations. | ||||||||
13626 | if (inTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||||||
13627 | return; | ||||||||
13628 | |||||||||
13629 | // Scope isn't fine-grained enough to explicitly list the specific cases, so | ||||||||
13630 | // instead, skip more than needed, then call back into here with the | ||||||||
13631 | // CommaVisitor in SemaStmt.cpp. | ||||||||
13632 | // The listed locations are the initialization and increment portions | ||||||||
13633 | // of a for loop. The additional checks are on the condition of | ||||||||
13634 | // if statements, do/while loops, and for loops. | ||||||||
13635 | // Differences in scope flags for C89 mode requires the extra logic. | ||||||||
13636 | const unsigned ForIncrementFlags = | ||||||||
13637 | getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||
13638 | ? Scope::ControlScope | Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope | ||||||||
13639 | : Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope; | ||||||||
13640 | const unsigned ForInitFlags = Scope::ControlScope | Scope::DeclScope; | ||||||||
13641 | const unsigned ScopeFlags = getCurScope()->getFlags(); | ||||||||
13642 | if ((ScopeFlags & ForIncrementFlags) == ForIncrementFlags || | ||||||||
13643 | (ScopeFlags & ForInitFlags) == ForInitFlags) | ||||||||
13644 | return; | ||||||||
13645 | |||||||||
13646 | // If there are multiple comma operators used together, get the RHS of the | ||||||||
13647 | // of the comma operator as the LHS. | ||||||||
13648 | while (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHS)) { | ||||||||
13649 | if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Comma) | ||||||||
13650 | break; | ||||||||
13651 | LHS = BO->getRHS(); | ||||||||
13652 | } | ||||||||
13653 | |||||||||
13654 | // Only allow some expressions on LHS to not warn. | ||||||||
13655 | if (IgnoreCommaOperand(LHS)) | ||||||||
13656 | return; | ||||||||
13657 | |||||||||
13658 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comma_operator); | ||||||||
13659 | Diag(LHS->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_cast_to_void) | ||||||||
13660 | << LHS->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
13661 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
13662 | LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<void>(" | ||||||||
13663 | : "(void)(") | ||||||||
13664 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(LHS->getEndLoc()), | ||||||||
13665 | ")"); | ||||||||
13666 | } | ||||||||
13667 | |||||||||
13668 | // C99 6.5.17 | ||||||||
13669 | static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||||||
13670 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
13671 | LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
13672 | RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
13673 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13674 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13675 | |||||||||
13676 | // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its | ||||||||
13677 | // operands, but not unary promotions. | ||||||||
13678 | // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1). | ||||||||
13679 | |||||||||
13680 | // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the | ||||||||
13681 | // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS. | ||||||||
13682 | LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
13683 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13684 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13685 | |||||||||
13686 | S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get(), diag::warn_unused_comma_left_operand); | ||||||||
13687 | |||||||||
13688 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
13689 | RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
13690 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13691 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13692 | if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
13693 | S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(), | ||||||||
13694 | diag::err_incomplete_type); | ||||||||
13695 | } | ||||||||
13696 | |||||||||
13697 | if (!S.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_comma_operator, Loc)) | ||||||||
13698 | S.DiagnoseCommaOperator(LHS.get(), Loc); | ||||||||
13699 | |||||||||
13700 | return RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
13701 | } | ||||||||
13702 | |||||||||
13703 | /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine | ||||||||
13704 | /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions. | ||||||||
13705 | static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, | ||||||||
13706 | ExprValueKind &VK, | ||||||||
13707 | ExprObjectKind &OK, | ||||||||
13708 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
13709 | bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) { | ||||||||
13710 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
13711 | return S.Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
13712 | |||||||||
13713 | QualType ResType = Op->getType(); | ||||||||
13714 | // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic | ||||||||
13715 | // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of | ||||||||
13716 | // checking. | ||||||||
13717 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||||||
13718 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); | ||||||||
13719 | |||||||||
13720 | assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression")(static_cast <bool> (!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ResType.isNull() && \"no type for increment/decrement expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13720, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
13721 | |||||||||
13722 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) { | ||||||||
13723 | // Decrement of bool is not allowed. | ||||||||
13724 | if (!IsInc) { | ||||||||
13725 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13726 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13727 | } | ||||||||
13728 | // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated. | ||||||||
13729 | S.Diag(OpLoc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_increment_bool | ||||||||
13730 | : diag::warn_increment_bool) | ||||||||
13731 | << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13732 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||||
13733 | // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode | ||||||||
13734 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType; | ||||||||
13735 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13736 | } else if (ResType->isRealType()) { | ||||||||
13737 | // OK! | ||||||||
13738 | } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
13739 | // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2 | ||||||||
13740 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op)) | ||||||||
13741 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13742 | } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
13743 | // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden. | ||||||||
13744 | // Otherwise, we just need a complete type. | ||||||||
13745 | if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) || | ||||||||
13746 | checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op)) | ||||||||
13747 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13748 | } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||||||
13749 | // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension. | ||||||||
13750 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex) | ||||||||
13751 | << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13752 | } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
13753 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op); | ||||||||
13754 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||||||
13755 | return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc, | ||||||||
13756 | IsInc, IsPrefix); | ||||||||
13757 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
13758 | // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 ) | ||||||||
13759 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().ZVector && ResType->isVectorType() && | ||||||||
13760 | (ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() != | ||||||||
13761 | VectorType::AltiVecBool)) { | ||||||||
13762 | // The z vector extensions allow ++ and -- for non-bool vectors. | ||||||||
13763 | } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() && | ||||||||
13764 | ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
13765 | // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types. | ||||||||
13766 | } else { | ||||||||
13767 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement) | ||||||||
13768 | << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13769 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13770 | } | ||||||||
13771 | // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type. | ||||||||
13772 | // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue. | ||||||||
13773 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S)) | ||||||||
13774 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13775 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && ResType.isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||||||
13776 | // C++2a [expr.pre.inc]p1, [expr.post.inc]p1: | ||||||||
13777 | // An operand with volatile-qualified type is deprecated | ||||||||
13778 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_deprecated_increment_decrement_volatile) | ||||||||
13779 | << IsInc << ResType; | ||||||||
13780 | } | ||||||||
13781 | // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise | ||||||||
13782 | // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the | ||||||||
13783 | // operand. | ||||||||
13784 | if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
13785 | VK = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
13786 | OK = Op->getObjectKind(); | ||||||||
13787 | return ResType; | ||||||||
13788 | } else { | ||||||||
13789 | VK = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
13790 | return ResType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
13791 | } | ||||||||
13792 | } | ||||||||
13793 | |||||||||
13794 | |||||||||
13795 | /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand(). | ||||||||
13796 | /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions | ||||||||
13797 | /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to | ||||||||
13798 | /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator | ||||||||
13799 | /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples: | ||||||||
13800 | /// - &(x) => x | ||||||||
13801 | /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator. | ||||||||
13802 | /// - &s.xx => s | ||||||||
13803 | /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array | ||||||||
13804 | /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array | ||||||||
13805 | /// - &"123"[2] -> 0 | ||||||||
13806 | /// - & __real__ x -> x | ||||||||
13807 | /// | ||||||||
13808 | /// FIXME: We don't recurse to the RHS of a comma, nor handle pointers to | ||||||||
13809 | /// members. | ||||||||
13810 | static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
13811 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | ||||||||
13812 | case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: | ||||||||
13813 | return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl(); | ||||||||
13814 | case Stmt::MemberExprClass: | ||||||||
13815 | // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from | ||||||||
13816 | // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is | ||||||||
13817 | // irrelevant. | ||||||||
13818 | if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow()) | ||||||||
13819 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
13820 | // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base | ||||||||
13821 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase()); | ||||||||
13822 | case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { | ||||||||
13823 | // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit | ||||||||
13824 | // promotion of register arrays earlier. | ||||||||
13825 | Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(); | ||||||||
13826 | if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) { | ||||||||
13827 | if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
13828 | return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
13829 | } | ||||||||
13830 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
13831 | } | ||||||||
13832 | case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { | ||||||||
13833 | UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); | ||||||||
13834 | |||||||||
13835 | switch(UO->getOpcode()) { | ||||||||
13836 | case UO_Real: | ||||||||
13837 | case UO_Imag: | ||||||||
13838 | case UO_Extension: | ||||||||
13839 | return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
13840 | default: | ||||||||
13841 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
13842 | } | ||||||||
13843 | } | ||||||||
13844 | case Stmt::ParenExprClass: | ||||||||
13845 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
13846 | case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: | ||||||||
13847 | // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about | ||||||||
13848 | // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter. | ||||||||
13849 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
13850 | case Stmt::CXXUuidofExprClass: | ||||||||
13851 | return cast<CXXUuidofExpr>(E)->getGuidDecl(); | ||||||||
13852 | default: | ||||||||
13853 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
13854 | } | ||||||||
13855 | } | ||||||||
13856 | |||||||||
13857 | namespace { | ||||||||
13858 | enum { | ||||||||
13859 | AO_Bit_Field = 0, | ||||||||
13860 | AO_Vector_Element = 1, | ||||||||
13861 | AO_Property_Expansion = 2, | ||||||||
13862 | AO_Register_Variable = 3, | ||||||||
13863 | AO_Matrix_Element = 4, | ||||||||
13864 | AO_No_Error = 5 | ||||||||
13865 | }; | ||||||||
13866 | } | ||||||||
13867 | /// Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations. | ||||||||
13868 | /// | ||||||||
13869 | /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken. | ||||||||
13870 | static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
13871 | Expr *E, unsigned Type) { | ||||||||
13872 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13873 | } | ||||||||
13874 | |||||||||
13875 | /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function | ||||||||
13876 | /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the | ||||||||
13877 | /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field. | ||||||||
13878 | /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the & | ||||||||
13879 | /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue. | ||||||||
13880 | /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case | ||||||||
13881 | /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type. | ||||||||
13882 | QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||||||
13883 | if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){ | ||||||||
13884 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { | ||||||||
13885 | Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
13886 | if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
13887 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13887, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
13888 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function) | ||||||||
13889 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13890 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13891 | } | ||||||||
13892 | |||||||||
13893 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E); | ||||||||
13894 | if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl)) | ||||||||
13895 | if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) { | ||||||||
13896 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||||||
13897 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13898 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13899 | } | ||||||||
13900 | |||||||||
13901 | return Context.OverloadTy; | ||||||||
13902 | } | ||||||||
13903 | |||||||||
13904 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny) | ||||||||
13905 | return Context.UnknownAnyTy; | ||||||||
13906 | |||||||||
13907 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) { | ||||||||
13908 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||||||
13909 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13910 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13911 | } | ||||||||
13912 | |||||||||
13913 | OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get()); | ||||||||
13914 | if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||||||
13915 | } | ||||||||
13916 | |||||||||
13917 | if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
13918 | return Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
13919 | |||||||||
13920 | assert(!OrigOp.get()->hasPlaceholderType())(static_cast <bool> (!OrigOp.get()->hasPlaceholderType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigOp.get()->hasPlaceholderType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 13920, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
13921 | |||||||||
13922 | // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks | ||||||||
13923 | Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
13924 | |||||||||
13925 | // In OpenCL captures for blocks called as lambda functions | ||||||||
13926 | // are located in the private address space. Blocks used in | ||||||||
13927 | // enqueue_kernel can be located in a different address space | ||||||||
13928 | // depending on a vendor implementation. Thus preventing | ||||||||
13929 | // taking an address of the capture to avoid invalid AS casts. | ||||||||
13930 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { | ||||||||
13931 | auto* VarRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(op); | ||||||||
13932 | if (VarRef && VarRef->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) { | ||||||||
13933 | Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_address_capture); | ||||||||
13934 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13935 | } | ||||||||
13936 | } | ||||||||
13937 | |||||||||
13938 | if (getLangOpts().C99) { | ||||||||
13939 | // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules. | ||||||||
13940 | if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) { | ||||||||
13941 | if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) | ||||||||
13942 | // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result | ||||||||
13943 | // (assuming the deref expression is valid). | ||||||||
13944 | return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType(); | ||||||||
13945 | } | ||||||||
13946 | // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript | ||||||||
13947 | // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway. | ||||||||
13948 | } | ||||||||
13949 | ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op); | ||||||||
13950 | |||||||||
13951 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) | ||||||||
13952 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||||||
13953 | op->getBeginLoc())) | ||||||||
13954 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13955 | |||||||||
13956 | Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context); | ||||||||
13957 | unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error; | ||||||||
13958 | |||||||||
13959 | if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) { | ||||||||
13960 | bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext(); | ||||||||
13961 | Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary | ||||||||
13962 | : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary) | ||||||||
13963 | << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13964 | if (sfinae) | ||||||||
13965 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13966 | // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address. | ||||||||
13967 | OrigOp = op = | ||||||||
13968 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true); | ||||||||
13969 | } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) { | ||||||||
13970 | return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); | ||||||||
13971 | } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) { | ||||||||
13972 | // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer. | ||||||||
13973 | // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo. | ||||||||
13974 | |||||||||
13975 | // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up. | ||||||||
13976 | if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) { | ||||||||
13977 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||||||
13978 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13979 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13980 | } | ||||||||
13981 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op); | ||||||||
13982 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||||
13983 | |||||||||
13984 | // The id-expression was parenthesized. | ||||||||
13985 | if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) { | ||||||||
13986 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function) | ||||||||
13987 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13988 | |||||||||
13989 | // The method was named without a qualifier. | ||||||||
13990 | } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) { | ||||||||
13991 | if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty()) | ||||||||
13992 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) | ||||||||
13993 | << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13994 | else { | ||||||||
13995 | SmallString<32> Str; | ||||||||
13996 | StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str); | ||||||||
13997 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) | ||||||||
13998 | << op->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
13999 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual); | ||||||||
14000 | } | ||||||||
14001 | } | ||||||||
14002 | |||||||||
14003 | // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2. | ||||||||
14004 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) | ||||||||
14005 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14006 | |||||||||
14007 | QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType( | ||||||||
14008 | op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
14009 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||||||
14010 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||||||
14011 | (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy); | ||||||||
14012 | return MPTy; | ||||||||
14013 | } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { | ||||||||
14014 | // C99 6.5.3.2p1 | ||||||||
14015 | // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator | ||||||||
14016 | if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
14017 | // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references. | ||||||||
14018 | if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) { | ||||||||
14019 | AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion; | ||||||||
14020 | } else { | ||||||||
14021 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) | ||||||||
14022 | << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14023 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
14024 | } | ||||||||
14025 | } | ||||||||
14026 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 | ||||||||
14027 | // The operand cannot be a bit-field | ||||||||
14028 | AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field; | ||||||||
14029 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) { | ||||||||
14030 | // The operand cannot be an element of a vector | ||||||||
14031 | AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element; | ||||||||
14032 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_MatrixComponent) { | ||||||||
14033 | // The operand cannot be an element of a matrix. | ||||||||
14034 | AddressOfError = AO_Matrix_Element; | ||||||||
14035 | } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 | ||||||||
14036 | // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared | ||||||||
14037 | // with the register storage-class specifier. | ||||||||
14038 | if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) { | ||||||||
14039 | // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register | ||||||||
14040 | // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3) | ||||||||
14041 | if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && | ||||||||
14042 | !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
14043 | AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable; | ||||||||
14044 | } | ||||||||
14045 | } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(dcl)) { | ||||||||
14046 | AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion; | ||||||||
14047 | } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { | ||||||||
14048 | return Context.OverloadTy; | ||||||||
14049 | } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) { | ||||||||
14050 | // Okay: we can take the address of a field. | ||||||||
14051 | // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit | ||||||||
14052 | // scope qualifier for the class. | ||||||||
14053 | if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) { | ||||||||
14054 | DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext(); | ||||||||
14055 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) { | ||||||||
14056 | if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||
14057 | Diag(OpLoc, | ||||||||
14058 | diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type) | ||||||||
14059 | << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType(); | ||||||||
14060 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
14061 | } | ||||||||
14062 | |||||||||
14063 | while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) | ||||||||
14064 | Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); | ||||||||
14065 | |||||||||
14066 | QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType( | ||||||||
14067 | op->getType(), | ||||||||
14068 | Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
14069 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||||||
14070 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||||||
14071 | (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy); | ||||||||
14072 | return MPTy; | ||||||||
14073 | } | ||||||||
14074 | } | ||||||||
14075 | } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl) && | ||||||||
14076 | !isa<BindingDecl>(dcl) && !isa<MSGuidDecl>(dcl)) | ||||||||
14077 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown/unexpected decl type" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14077); | ||||||||
14078 | } | ||||||||
14079 | |||||||||
14080 | if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) { | ||||||||
14081 | diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError); | ||||||||
14082 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
14083 | } | ||||||||
14084 | |||||||||
14085 | if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { | ||||||||
14086 | // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we | ||||||||
14087 | // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid. | ||||||||
14088 | // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;". | ||||||||
14089 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14090 | } | ||||||||
14091 | |||||||||
14092 | // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". | ||||||||
14093 | if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||||||
14094 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType()); | ||||||||
14095 | |||||||||
14096 | CheckAddressOfPackedMember(op); | ||||||||
14097 | |||||||||
14098 | return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); | ||||||||
14099 | } | ||||||||
14100 | |||||||||
14101 | static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) { | ||||||||
14102 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp); | ||||||||
14103 | if (!DRE) | ||||||||
14104 | return; | ||||||||
14105 | const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||||||
14106 | if (!D) | ||||||||
14107 | return; | ||||||||
14108 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D); | ||||||||
14109 | if (!Param) | ||||||||
14110 | return; | ||||||||
14111 | if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())) | ||||||||
14112 | if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) | ||||||||
14113 | return; | ||||||||
14114 | if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction()) | ||||||||
14115 | if (!FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(Param)) | ||||||||
14116 | FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param); | ||||||||
14117 | } | ||||||||
14118 | |||||||||
14119 | /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*'). | ||||||||
14120 | static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK, | ||||||||
14121 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||||||
14122 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
14123 | return S.Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
14124 | |||||||||
14125 | ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op); | ||||||||
14126 | if (ConvResult.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14127 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
14128 | Op = ConvResult.get(); | ||||||||
14129 | QualType OpTy = Op->getType(); | ||||||||
14130 | QualType Result; | ||||||||
14131 | |||||||||
14132 | if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) { | ||||||||
14133 | QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType(); | ||||||||
14134 | S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true, | ||||||||
14135 | Op->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
14136 | } | ||||||||
14137 | |||||||||
14138 | if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
14139 | { | ||||||||
14140 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
14141 | } | ||||||||
14142 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = | ||||||||
14143 | OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||||
14144 | Result = OPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
14145 | else { | ||||||||
14146 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op); | ||||||||
14147 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||||||
14148 | if (PR.get() != Op) | ||||||||
14149 | return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc); | ||||||||
14150 | } | ||||||||
14151 | |||||||||
14152 | if (Result.isNull()) { | ||||||||
14153 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer) | ||||||||
14154 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14155 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
14156 | } | ||||||||
14157 | |||||||||
14158 | // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if Result | ||||||||
14159 | // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about | ||||||||
14160 | // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a | ||||||||
14161 | // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. In C++, indirection is not valid | ||||||||
14162 | // for pointers to 'void' but is fine for any other pointer type: | ||||||||
14163 | // | ||||||||
14164 | // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1: | ||||||||
14165 | // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall | ||||||||
14166 | // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type | ||||||||
14167 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
14168 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer) | ||||||||
14169 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14170 | |||||||||
14171 | // Dereferences are usually l-values... | ||||||||
14172 | VK = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
14173 | |||||||||
14174 | // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C. | ||||||||
14175 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType()) | ||||||||
14176 | VK = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
14177 | |||||||||
14178 | return Result; | ||||||||
14179 | } | ||||||||
14180 | |||||||||
14181 | BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) { | ||||||||
14182 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc; | ||||||||
14183 | switch (Kind) { | ||||||||
14184 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown binop!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14184); | ||||||||
14185 | case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break; | ||||||||
14186 | case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break; | ||||||||
14187 | case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break; | ||||||||
14188 | case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break; | ||||||||
14189 | case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break; | ||||||||
14190 | case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break; | ||||||||
14191 | case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break; | ||||||||
14192 | case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break; | ||||||||
14193 | case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break; | ||||||||
14194 | case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break; | ||||||||
14195 | case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break; | ||||||||
14196 | case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break; | ||||||||
14197 | case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break; | ||||||||
14198 | case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break; | ||||||||
14199 | case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break; | ||||||||
14200 | case tok::spaceship: Opc = BO_Cmp; break; | ||||||||
14201 | case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break; | ||||||||
14202 | case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break; | ||||||||
14203 | case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break; | ||||||||
14204 | case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break; | ||||||||
14205 | case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break; | ||||||||
14206 | case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break; | ||||||||
14207 | case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break; | ||||||||
14208 | case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break; | ||||||||
14209 | case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break; | ||||||||
14210 | case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break; | ||||||||
14211 | case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break; | ||||||||
14212 | case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break; | ||||||||
14213 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break; | ||||||||
14214 | case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break; | ||||||||
14215 | case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break; | ||||||||
14216 | case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break; | ||||||||
14217 | case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break; | ||||||||
14218 | } | ||||||||
14219 | return Opc; | ||||||||
14220 | } | ||||||||
14221 | |||||||||
14222 | static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode( | ||||||||
14223 | tok::TokenKind Kind) { | ||||||||
14224 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc; | ||||||||
14225 | switch (Kind) { | ||||||||
14226 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown unary op!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14226); | ||||||||
14227 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break; | ||||||||
14228 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break; | ||||||||
14229 | case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break; | ||||||||
14230 | case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break; | ||||||||
14231 | case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break; | ||||||||
14232 | case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break; | ||||||||
14233 | case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break; | ||||||||
14234 | case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break; | ||||||||
14235 | case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break; | ||||||||
14236 | case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break; | ||||||||
14237 | case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break; | ||||||||
14238 | } | ||||||||
14239 | return Opc; | ||||||||
14240 | } | ||||||||
14241 | |||||||||
14242 | /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself. | ||||||||
14243 | /// This warning suppressed in the event of macro expansions. | ||||||||
14244 | static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, | ||||||||
14245 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsBuiltin) { | ||||||||
14246 | if (S.inTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||||||
14247 | return; | ||||||||
14248 | if (S.isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
14249 | return; | ||||||||
14250 | if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID()) | ||||||||
14251 | return; | ||||||||
14252 | LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
14253 | RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
14254 | const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||||||
14255 | const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14256 | if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef || | ||||||||
14257 | LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() || | ||||||||
14258 | RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID()) | ||||||||
14259 | return; | ||||||||
14260 | const ValueDecl *LHSDecl = | ||||||||
14261 | cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||||||
14262 | const ValueDecl *RHSDecl = | ||||||||
14263 | cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||||||
14264 | if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl) | ||||||||
14265 | return; | ||||||||
14266 | if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||||
14267 | return; | ||||||||
14268 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
14269 | if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||||
14270 | return; | ||||||||
14271 | |||||||||
14272 | S.Diag(OpLoc, IsBuiltin ? diag::warn_self_assignment_builtin | ||||||||
14273 | : diag::warn_self_assignment_overloaded) | ||||||||
14274 | << LHSDeclRef->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
14275 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14276 | } | ||||||||
14277 | |||||||||
14278 | /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This | ||||||||
14279 | /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer. | ||||||||
14280 | static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R, | ||||||||
14281 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||||||
14282 | if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
14283 | return; | ||||||||
14284 | |||||||||
14285 | const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr; | ||||||||
14286 | const Expr *LHS = L.get(); | ||||||||
14287 | const Expr *RHS = R.get(); | ||||||||
14288 | |||||||||
14289 | if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
14290 | ObjCPointerExpr = LHS; | ||||||||
14291 | OtherExpr = RHS; | ||||||||
14292 | } | ||||||||
14293 | else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
14294 | ObjCPointerExpr = RHS; | ||||||||
14295 | OtherExpr = LHS; | ||||||||
14296 | } | ||||||||
14297 | |||||||||
14298 | // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false | ||||||||
14299 | // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly | ||||||||
14300 | // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which | ||||||||
14301 | // code should generally never do. | ||||||||
14302 | if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | ||||||||
14303 | unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking; | ||||||||
14304 | // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX. | ||||||||
14305 | const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||||||
14306 | // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which | ||||||||
14307 | // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value. | ||||||||
14308 | // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase. | ||||||||
14309 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) { | ||||||||
14310 | Selector S = ME->getSelector(); | ||||||||
14311 | StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0); | ||||||||
14312 | if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector")) | ||||||||
14313 | Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector; | ||||||||
14314 | } | ||||||||
14315 | |||||||||
14316 | S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag) | ||||||||
14317 | << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14318 | } | ||||||||
14319 | } | ||||||||
14320 | |||||||||
14321 | static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
14322 | if (!E) | ||||||||
14323 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
14324 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
14325 | return DRE->getDecl(); | ||||||||
14326 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
14327 | return ME->getMemberDecl(); | ||||||||
14328 | if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
14329 | return IRE->getDecl(); | ||||||||
14330 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
14331 | } | ||||||||
14332 | |||||||||
14333 | // This helper function promotes a binary operator's operands (which are of a | ||||||||
14334 | // half vector type) to a vector of floats and then truncates the result to | ||||||||
14335 | // a vector of either half or short. | ||||||||
14336 | static ExprResult convertHalfVecBinOp(Sema &S, ExprResult LHS, ExprResult RHS, | ||||||||
14337 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType ResultTy, | ||||||||
14338 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, | ||||||||
14339 | bool IsCompAssign, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14340 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures) { | ||||||||
14341 | auto &Context = S.getASTContext(); | ||||||||
14342 | assert((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) ||(static_cast <bool> ((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy ) || isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && "Result must be a vector of half or short" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && \"Result must be a vector of half or short\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14344, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
14343 | isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy ) || isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && "Result must be a vector of half or short" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && \"Result must be a vector of half or short\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14344, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
14344 | "Result must be a vector of half or short")(static_cast <bool> ((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy ) || isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && "Result must be a vector of half or short" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && \"Result must be a vector of half or short\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14344, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
14345 | assert(isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) &&(static_cast <bool> (isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) && "both operands expected to be a half vector" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && \"both operands expected to be a half vector\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14347, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
14346 | isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) &&(static_cast <bool> (isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) && "both operands expected to be a half vector" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && \"both operands expected to be a half vector\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14347, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
14347 | "both operands expected to be a half vector")(static_cast <bool> (isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) && "both operands expected to be a half vector" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && \"both operands expected to be a half vector\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14347, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
14348 | |||||||||
14349 | RHS = convertVector(RHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S); | ||||||||
14350 | QualType BinOpResTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
14351 | |||||||||
14352 | // If Opc is a comparison, ResultType is a vector of shorts. In that case, | ||||||||
14353 | // change BinOpResTy to a vector of ints. | ||||||||
14354 | if (isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) | ||||||||
14355 | BinOpResTy = S.GetSignedVectorType(BinOpResTy); | ||||||||
14356 | |||||||||
14357 | if (IsCompAssign) | ||||||||
14358 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, | ||||||||
14359 | ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures, | ||||||||
14360 | BinOpResTy, BinOpResTy); | ||||||||
14361 | |||||||||
14362 | LHS = convertVector(LHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S); | ||||||||
14363 | auto *BO = BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, | ||||||||
14364 | BinOpResTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures); | ||||||||
14365 | return convertVector(BO, ResultTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(), S); | ||||||||
14366 | } | ||||||||
14367 | |||||||||
14368 | static std::pair<ExprResult, ExprResult> | ||||||||
14369 | CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||||||
14370 | Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
14371 | ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; | ||||||||
14372 | if (!S.Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { | ||||||||
14373 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it | ||||||||
14374 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have | ||||||||
14375 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. | ||||||||
14376 | LHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHS); | ||||||||
14377 | RHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( | ||||||||
14378 | RHS, /*InitDecl=*/nullptr, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/false, | ||||||||
14379 | [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) { | ||||||||
14380 | if (Opc != BO_Assign) | ||||||||
14381 | return ExprResult(E); | ||||||||
14382 | // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS. | ||||||||
14383 | Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E); | ||||||||
14384 | return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E; | ||||||||
14385 | }); | ||||||||
14386 | } | ||||||||
14387 | return std::make_pair(LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
14388 | } | ||||||||
14389 | |||||||||
14390 | /// Returns true if conversion between vectors of halfs and vectors of floats | ||||||||
14391 | /// is needed. | ||||||||
14392 | static bool needsConversionOfHalfVec(bool OpRequiresConversion, ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||||
14393 | Expr *E0, Expr *E1 = nullptr) { | ||||||||
14394 | if (!OpRequiresConversion || Ctx.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType || | ||||||||
14395 | Ctx.getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics()) | ||||||||
14396 | return false; | ||||||||
14397 | |||||||||
14398 | auto HasVectorOfHalfType = [&Ctx](Expr *E) { | ||||||||
14399 | QualType Ty = E->IgnoreImplicit()->getType(); | ||||||||
14400 | |||||||||
14401 | // Don't promote half precision neon vectors like float16x4_t in arm_neon.h | ||||||||
14402 | // to vectors of floats. Although the element type of the vectors is __fp16, | ||||||||
14403 | // the vectors shouldn't be treated as storage-only types. See the | ||||||||
14404 | // discussion here: https://reviews.llvm.org/rG825235c140e7 | ||||||||
14405 | if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||||||
14406 | if (VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::NeonVector) | ||||||||
14407 | return false; | ||||||||
14408 | return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == Ctx.HalfTy; | ||||||||
14409 | } | ||||||||
14410 | return false; | ||||||||
14411 | }; | ||||||||
14412 | |||||||||
14413 | return HasVectorOfHalfType(E0) && (!E1 || HasVectorOfHalfType(E1)); | ||||||||
14414 | } | ||||||||
14415 | |||||||||
14416 | /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with | ||||||||
14417 | /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports | ||||||||
14418 | /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators. | ||||||||
14419 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14420 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
14421 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
14422 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) { | ||||||||
14423 | // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment, | ||||||||
14424 | // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for | ||||||||
14425 | // non-assignment operators. | ||||||||
14426 | // C++11 5.17p9: | ||||||||
14427 | // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning | ||||||||
14428 | // of x = {} is x = T(). | ||||||||
14429 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( | ||||||||
14430 | RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
14431 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||||
14432 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType()); | ||||||||
14433 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14434 | ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14435 | if (Init.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14436 | return Init; | ||||||||
14437 | RHSExpr = Init.get(); | ||||||||
14438 | } | ||||||||
14439 | |||||||||
14440 | ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; | ||||||||
14441 | QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator. | ||||||||
14442 | // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators | ||||||||
14443 | QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation | ||||||||
14444 | QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result | ||||||||
14445 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
14446 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||||||
14447 | bool ConvertHalfVec = false; | ||||||||
14448 | |||||||||
14449 | std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(*this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14450 | if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable()) | ||||||||
14451 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14452 | |||||||||
14453 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||
14454 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
14455 | QualType RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
14456 | // OpenCLC v2.0 s6.13.11.1 allows atomic variables to be initialized by | ||||||||
14457 | // the ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro. | ||||||||
14458 | if (LHSTy->isAtomicType() || RHSTy->isAtomicType()) { | ||||||||
14459 | SourceRange SR(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
14460 | if (BO_Assign == Opc) | ||||||||
14461 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_opencl_atomic_init) << 0 << SR; | ||||||||
14462 | else | ||||||||
14463 | ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
14464 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14465 | } | ||||||||
14466 | |||||||||
14467 | // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used | ||||||||
14468 | // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here. | ||||||||
14469 | if (LHSTy->isImageType() || RHSTy->isImageType() || | ||||||||
14470 | LHSTy->isSamplerT() || RHSTy->isSamplerT() || | ||||||||
14471 | LHSTy->isPipeType() || RHSTy->isPipeType() || | ||||||||
14472 | LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
14473 | ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
14474 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14475 | } | ||||||||
14476 | } | ||||||||
14477 | |||||||||
14478 | checkTypeSupport(LHSExpr->getType(), OpLoc, /*ValueDecl*/ nullptr); | ||||||||
14479 | checkTypeSupport(RHSExpr->getType(), OpLoc, /*ValueDecl*/ nullptr); | ||||||||
14480 | |||||||||
14481 | switch (Opc) { | ||||||||
14482 | case BO_Assign: | ||||||||
14483 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType()); | ||||||||
14484 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
14485 | LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) { | ||||||||
14486 | VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); | ||||||||
14487 | OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); | ||||||||
14488 | } | ||||||||
14489 | if (!ResultTy.isNull()) { | ||||||||
14490 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc, true); | ||||||||
14491 | DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc); | ||||||||
14492 | |||||||||
14493 | // Avoid copying a block to the heap if the block is assigned to a local | ||||||||
14494 | // auto variable that is declared in the same scope as the block. This | ||||||||
14495 | // optimization is unsafe if the local variable is declared in an outer | ||||||||
14496 | // scope. For example: | ||||||||
14497 | // | ||||||||
14498 | // BlockTy b; | ||||||||
14499 | // { | ||||||||
14500 | // b = ^{...}; | ||||||||
14501 | // } | ||||||||
14502 | // // It is unsafe to invoke the block here if it wasn't copied to the | ||||||||
14503 | // // heap. | ||||||||
14504 | // b(); | ||||||||
14505 | |||||||||
14506 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) | ||||||||
14507 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) | ||||||||
14508 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||||||
14509 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && getCurScope()->isDeclScope(VD)) | ||||||||
14510 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); | ||||||||
14511 | |||||||||
14512 | if (LHS.get()->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) | ||||||||
14513 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(LHS.get()->getType(), LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
14514 | NTCUC_Assignment, NTCUK_Copy); | ||||||||
14515 | } | ||||||||
14516 | RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get()); | ||||||||
14517 | break; | ||||||||
14518 | case BO_PtrMemD: | ||||||||
14519 | case BO_PtrMemI: | ||||||||
14520 | ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc, | ||||||||
14521 | Opc == BO_PtrMemI); | ||||||||
14522 | break; | ||||||||
14523 | case BO_Mul: | ||||||||
14524 | case BO_Div: | ||||||||
14525 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14526 | ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false, | ||||||||
14527 | Opc == BO_Div); | ||||||||
14528 | break; | ||||||||
14529 | case BO_Rem: | ||||||||
14530 | ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc); | ||||||||
14531 | break; | ||||||||
14532 | case BO_Add: | ||||||||
14533 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14534 | ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||||||
14535 | break; | ||||||||
14536 | case BO_Sub: | ||||||||
14537 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14538 | ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc); | ||||||||
14539 | break; | ||||||||
14540 | case BO_Shl: | ||||||||
14541 | case BO_Shr: | ||||||||
14542 | ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||||||
14543 | break; | ||||||||
14544 | case BO_LE: | ||||||||
14545 | case BO_LT: | ||||||||
14546 | case BO_GE: | ||||||||
14547 | case BO_GT: | ||||||||
14548 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14549 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||||||
14550 | break; | ||||||||
14551 | case BO_EQ: | ||||||||
14552 | case BO_NE: | ||||||||
14553 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14554 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||||||
14555 | break; | ||||||||
14556 | case BO_Cmp: | ||||||||
14557 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14558 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||||||
14559 | assert(ResultTy.isNull() || ResultTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())(static_cast <bool> (ResultTy.isNull() || ResultTy-> getAsCXXRecordDecl()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ResultTy.isNull() || ResultTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14559, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
14560 | break; | ||||||||
14561 | case BO_And: | ||||||||
14562 | checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc); | ||||||||
14563 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
14564 | case BO_Xor: | ||||||||
14565 | case BO_Or: | ||||||||
14566 | ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||||||
14567 | break; | ||||||||
14568 | case BO_LAnd: | ||||||||
14569 | case BO_LOr: | ||||||||
14570 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14571 | ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||||||
14572 | break; | ||||||||
14573 | case BO_MulAssign: | ||||||||
14574 | case BO_DivAssign: | ||||||||
14575 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14576 | CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true, | ||||||||
14577 | Opc == BO_DivAssign); | ||||||||
14578 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; | ||||||||
14579 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14580 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||||||
14581 | break; | ||||||||
14582 | case BO_RemAssign: | ||||||||
14583 | CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true); | ||||||||
14584 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; | ||||||||
14585 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14586 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||||||
14587 | break; | ||||||||
14588 | case BO_AddAssign: | ||||||||
14589 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14590 | CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy); | ||||||||
14591 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14592 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||||||
14593 | break; | ||||||||
14594 | case BO_SubAssign: | ||||||||
14595 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||||||
14596 | CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); | ||||||||
14597 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14598 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||||||
14599 | break; | ||||||||
14600 | case BO_ShlAssign: | ||||||||
14601 | case BO_ShrAssign: | ||||||||
14602 | CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true); | ||||||||
14603 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; | ||||||||
14604 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14605 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||||||
14606 | break; | ||||||||
14607 | case BO_AndAssign: | ||||||||
14608 | case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough | ||||||||
14609 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc, true); | ||||||||
14610 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
14611 | case BO_XorAssign: | ||||||||
14612 | CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||||||
14613 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; | ||||||||
14614 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14615 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||||||
14616 | break; | ||||||||
14617 | case BO_Comma: | ||||||||
14618 | ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc); | ||||||||
14619 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
14620 | VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); | ||||||||
14621 | OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind(); | ||||||||
14622 | } | ||||||||
14623 | break; | ||||||||
14624 | } | ||||||||
14625 | if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14626 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14627 | |||||||||
14628 | // Some of the binary operations require promoting operands of half vector to | ||||||||
14629 | // float vectors and truncating the result back to half vector. For now, we do | ||||||||
14630 | // this only when HalfArgsAndReturn is set (that is, when the target is arm or | ||||||||
14631 | // arm64). | ||||||||
14632 | assert((static_cast <bool> ((Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get ()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType (), Context.HalfTy)) && "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && \"both sides are half vectors or neither sides are\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14635, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
14633 | (Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) ==(static_cast <bool> ((Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get ()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType (), Context.HalfTy)) && "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && \"both sides are half vectors or neither sides are\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14635, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
14634 | isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get ()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType (), Context.HalfTy)) && "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && \"both sides are half vectors or neither sides are\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14635, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
14635 | "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are")(static_cast <bool> ((Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get ()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType (), Context.HalfTy)) && "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && \"both sides are half vectors or neither sides are\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14635, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
14636 | ConvertHalfVec = | ||||||||
14637 | needsConversionOfHalfVec(ConvertHalfVec, Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||||||
14638 | |||||||||
14639 | // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator | ||||||||
14640 | CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get()); | ||||||||
14641 | CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get()); | ||||||||
14642 | |||||||||
14643 | if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | ||||||||
14644 | NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope, | ||||||||
14645 | &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"), | ||||||||
14646 | SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
14647 | if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) { | ||||||||
14648 | SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
14649 | Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) | ||||||||
14650 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
14651 | "object_setClass(") | ||||||||
14652 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), | ||||||||
14653 | ",") | ||||||||
14654 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")"); | ||||||||
14655 | } | ||||||||
14656 | else | ||||||||
14657 | Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign); | ||||||||
14658 | } | ||||||||
14659 | else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE = | ||||||||
14660 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||||||
14661 | DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get()); | ||||||||
14662 | |||||||||
14663 | // Opc is not a compound assignment if CompResultTy is null. | ||||||||
14664 | if (CompResultTy.isNull()) { | ||||||||
14665 | if (ConvertHalfVec) | ||||||||
14666 | return convertHalfVecBinOp(*this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, false, | ||||||||
14667 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14668 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, | ||||||||
14669 | VK, OK, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14670 | } | ||||||||
14671 | |||||||||
14672 | // Handle compound assignments. | ||||||||
14673 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != | ||||||||
14674 | OK_ObjCProperty) { | ||||||||
14675 | VK = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
14676 | OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); | ||||||||
14677 | } | ||||||||
14678 | |||||||||
14679 | // The LHS is not converted to the result type for fixed-point compound | ||||||||
14680 | // assignment as the common type is computed on demand. Reset the CompLHSTy | ||||||||
14681 | // to the LHS type we would have gotten after unary conversions. | ||||||||
14682 | if (CompResultTy->isFixedPointType()) | ||||||||
14683 | CompLHSTy = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()).get()->getType(); | ||||||||
14684 | |||||||||
14685 | if (ConvertHalfVec) | ||||||||
14686 | return convertHalfVecBinOp(*this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, true, | ||||||||
14687 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14688 | |||||||||
14689 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( | ||||||||
14690 | Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, | ||||||||
14691 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), CompLHSTy, CompResultTy); | ||||||||
14692 | } | ||||||||
14693 | |||||||||
14694 | /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison | ||||||||
14695 | /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that | ||||||||
14696 | /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of | ||||||||
14697 | /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1". | ||||||||
14698 | static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
14699 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||||||
14700 | Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
14701 | BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr); | ||||||||
14702 | BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14703 | |||||||||
14704 | // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator and the other isn't. | ||||||||
14705 | bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp(); | ||||||||
14706 | bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp(); | ||||||||
14707 | if (isLeftComp == isRightComp) | ||||||||
14708 | return; | ||||||||
14709 | |||||||||
14710 | // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops. | ||||||||
14711 | // Don't diagnose this. | ||||||||
14712 | bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp(); | ||||||||
14713 | bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp(); | ||||||||
14714 | if (isLeftBitwise || isRightBitwise) | ||||||||
14715 | return; | ||||||||
14716 | |||||||||
14717 | SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp | ||||||||
14718 | ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), OpLoc) | ||||||||
14719 | : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
14720 | StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr(); | ||||||||
14721 | SourceRange ParensRange = | ||||||||
14722 | isLeftComp | ||||||||
14723 | ? SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()) | ||||||||
14724 | : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
14725 | |||||||||
14726 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) | ||||||||
14727 | << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr; | ||||||||
14728 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, | ||||||||
14729 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr, | ||||||||
14730 | (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
14731 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, | ||||||||
14732 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) | ||||||||
14733 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||||||
14734 | ParensRange); | ||||||||
14735 | } | ||||||||
14736 | |||||||||
14737 | /// It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one. | ||||||||
14738 | /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression | ||||||||
14739 | /// in parentheses. | ||||||||
14740 | static void | ||||||||
14741 | EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14742 | BinaryOperator *Bop) { | ||||||||
14743 | assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd)(static_cast <bool> (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14743, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
14744 | Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or) | ||||||||
14745 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; | ||||||||
14746 | SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
14747 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) | ||||||||
14748 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr(), | ||||||||
14749 | Bop->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
14750 | } | ||||||||
14751 | |||||||||
14752 | /// Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant | ||||||||
14753 | /// 'true'. | ||||||||
14754 | static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
14755 | bool Res; | ||||||||
14756 | return !E->isValueDependent() && | ||||||||
14757 | E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res; | ||||||||
14758 | } | ||||||||
14759 | |||||||||
14760 | /// Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant | ||||||||
14761 | /// 'false'. | ||||||||
14762 | static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
14763 | bool Res; | ||||||||
14764 | return !E->isValueDependent() && | ||||||||
14765 | E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res; | ||||||||
14766 | } | ||||||||
14767 | |||||||||
14768 | /// Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr. | ||||||||
14769 | static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14770 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
14771 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) { | ||||||||
14772 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { | ||||||||
14773 | // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. | ||||||||
14774 | if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr)) | ||||||||
14775 | return; | ||||||||
14776 | // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. | ||||||||
14777 | if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS())) | ||||||||
14778 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop); | ||||||||
14779 | } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) { | ||||||||
14780 | if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) { | ||||||||
14781 | // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for | ||||||||
14782 | // "a || b && 1", but warn now. | ||||||||
14783 | if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS())) | ||||||||
14784 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop); | ||||||||
14785 | } | ||||||||
14786 | } | ||||||||
14787 | } | ||||||||
14788 | } | ||||||||
14789 | |||||||||
14790 | /// Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr. | ||||||||
14791 | static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14792 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
14793 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) { | ||||||||
14794 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { | ||||||||
14795 | // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. | ||||||||
14796 | if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr)) | ||||||||
14797 | return; | ||||||||
14798 | // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. | ||||||||
14799 | if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS())) | ||||||||
14800 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop); | ||||||||
14801 | } | ||||||||
14802 | } | ||||||||
14803 | } | ||||||||
14804 | |||||||||
14805 | /// Look for bitwise op in the left or right hand of a bitwise op with | ||||||||
14806 | /// lower precedence and emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps | ||||||||
14807 | /// the '&' expression in parentheses. | ||||||||
14808 | static void DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
14809 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *SubExpr) { | ||||||||
14810 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) { | ||||||||
14811 | if (Bop->isBitwiseOp() && Bop->getOpcode() < Opc) { | ||||||||
14812 | S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_op_in_bitwise_op) | ||||||||
14813 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||||
14814 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; | ||||||||
14815 | SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
14816 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) | ||||||||
14817 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr(), | ||||||||
14818 | Bop->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
14819 | } | ||||||||
14820 | } | ||||||||
14821 | } | ||||||||
14822 | |||||||||
14823 | static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14824 | Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) { | ||||||||
14825 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) { | ||||||||
14826 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) { | ||||||||
14827 | StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr(); | ||||||||
14828 | S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift) | ||||||||
14829 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op; | ||||||||
14830 | SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
14831 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op, | ||||||||
14832 | Bop->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
14833 | } | ||||||||
14834 | } | ||||||||
14835 | } | ||||||||
14836 | |||||||||
14837 | static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14838 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
14839 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||||||
14840 | if (!OCE) | ||||||||
14841 | return; | ||||||||
14842 | |||||||||
14843 | FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee(); | ||||||||
14844 | if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator()) | ||||||||
14845 | return; | ||||||||
14846 | |||||||||
14847 | OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator(); | ||||||||
14848 | if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater) | ||||||||
14849 | return; | ||||||||
14850 | |||||||||
14851 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison) | ||||||||
14852 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
14853 | << (Kind == OO_LessLess); | ||||||||
14854 | SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
14855 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) | ||||||||
14856 | << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"), | ||||||||
14857 | OCE->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
14858 | SuggestParentheses( | ||||||||
14859 | S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first), | ||||||||
14860 | SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc())); | ||||||||
14861 | } | ||||||||
14862 | |||||||||
14863 | /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky | ||||||||
14864 | /// precedence. | ||||||||
14865 | static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
14866 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||||||
14867 | Expr *RHSExpr){ | ||||||||
14868 | // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3". | ||||||||
14869 | if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc)) | ||||||||
14870 | DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14871 | |||||||||
14872 | // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3" | ||||||||
14873 | if ((Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor) && | ||||||||
14874 | !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { | ||||||||
14875 | DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr); | ||||||||
14876 | DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14877 | } | ||||||||
14878 | |||||||||
14879 | // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does. | ||||||||
14880 | // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe. | ||||||||
14881 | if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { | ||||||||
14882 | DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14883 | DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14884 | } | ||||||||
14885 | |||||||||
14886 | if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext())) | ||||||||
14887 | || Opc == BO_Shr) { | ||||||||
14888 | StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc); | ||||||||
14889 | DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift); | ||||||||
14890 | DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift); | ||||||||
14891 | } | ||||||||
14892 | |||||||||
14893 | // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as: | ||||||||
14894 | // cout << 5 == 4; | ||||||||
14895 | if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc)) | ||||||||
14896 | DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14897 | } | ||||||||
14898 | |||||||||
14899 | // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. | ||||||||
14900 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, | ||||||||
14901 | tok::TokenKind Kind, | ||||||||
14902 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
14903 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind); | ||||||||
14904 | assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression")(static_cast <bool> (LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSExpr && \"ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14904, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
14905 | assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression")(static_cast <bool> (RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSExpr && \"ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 14905, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
14906 | |||||||||
14907 | // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0" | ||||||||
14908 | DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14909 | |||||||||
14910 | return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14911 | } | ||||||||
14912 | |||||||||
14913 | void Sema::LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
14914 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) { | ||||||||
14915 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||||||
14916 | if (OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal) | ||||||||
14917 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Functions); | ||||||||
14918 | |||||||||
14919 | // In C++20 onwards, we may have a second operator to look up. | ||||||||
14920 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { | ||||||||
14921 | if (OverloadedOperatorKind ExtraOp = getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(OverOp)) | ||||||||
14922 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(ExtraOp, S, Functions); | ||||||||
14923 | } | ||||||||
14924 | } | ||||||||
14925 | |||||||||
14926 | /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope. | ||||||||
14927 | static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14928 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
14929 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { | ||||||||
14930 | switch (Opc) { | ||||||||
14931 | case BO_Assign: | ||||||||
14932 | case BO_DivAssign: | ||||||||
14933 | case BO_RemAssign: | ||||||||
14934 | case BO_SubAssign: | ||||||||
14935 | case BO_AndAssign: | ||||||||
14936 | case BO_OrAssign: | ||||||||
14937 | case BO_XorAssign: | ||||||||
14938 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(S, LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false); | ||||||||
14939 | CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, S); | ||||||||
14940 | break; | ||||||||
14941 | default: | ||||||||
14942 | break; | ||||||||
14943 | } | ||||||||
14944 | |||||||||
14945 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point. | ||||||||
14946 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; | ||||||||
14947 | S.LookupBinOp(Sc, OpLoc, Opc, Functions); | ||||||||
14948 | |||||||||
14949 | // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent) | ||||||||
14950 | // binary operation. | ||||||||
14951 | return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
14952 | } | ||||||||
14953 | |||||||||
14954 | ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14955 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
14956 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||||||
14957 | ExprResult LHS, RHS; | ||||||||
14958 | std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(*this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14959 | if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable()) | ||||||||
14960 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14961 | LHSExpr = LHS.get(); | ||||||||
14962 | RHSExpr = RHS.get(); | ||||||||
14963 | |||||||||
14964 | // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment | ||||||||
14965 | // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if | ||||||||
14966 | // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent), | ||||||||
14967 | // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get | ||||||||
14968 | // any placeholder types out of the way. | ||||||||
14969 | |||||||||
14970 | // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS. | ||||||||
14971 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
14972 | // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis. | ||||||||
14973 | if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && | ||||||||
14974 | BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc)) | ||||||||
14975 | return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14976 | |||||||||
14977 | // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. | ||||||||
14978 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { | ||||||||
14979 | // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder, | ||||||||
14980 | // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that | ||||||||
14981 | // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note | ||||||||
14982 | // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never | ||||||||
14983 | // instantiates to having an overloadable type. | ||||||||
14984 | ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14985 | if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14986 | RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get(); | ||||||||
14987 | |||||||||
14988 | if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || | ||||||||
14989 | RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||||||
14990 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
14991 | } | ||||||||
14992 | |||||||||
14993 | // If we're instantiating "a.x < b" or "A::x < b" and 'x' names a function | ||||||||
14994 | // template, diagnose the missing 'template' keyword instead of diagnosing | ||||||||
14995 | // an invalid use of a bound member function. | ||||||||
14996 | // | ||||||||
14997 | // Note that "A::x < b" might be valid if 'b' has an overloadable type due | ||||||||
14998 | // to C++1z [over.over]/1.4, but we already checked for that case above. | ||||||||
14999 | if (Opc == BO_LT && inTemplateInstantiation() && | ||||||||
15000 | (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember || | ||||||||
15001 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload)) { | ||||||||
15002 | auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||||||
15003 | if (OE && !OE->hasTemplateKeyword() && !OE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && | ||||||||
15004 | std::any_of(OE->decls_begin(), OE->decls_end(), [](NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||||||
15005 | return isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND); | ||||||||
15006 | })) { | ||||||||
15007 | Diag(OE->getQualifier() ? OE->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc() | ||||||||
15008 | : OE->getNameLoc(), | ||||||||
15009 | diag::err_template_kw_missing) | ||||||||
15010 | << OE->getName().getAsString() << ""; | ||||||||
15011 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15012 | } | ||||||||
15013 | } | ||||||||
15014 | |||||||||
15015 | ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr); | ||||||||
15016 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15017 | LHSExpr = LHS.get(); | ||||||||
15018 | } | ||||||||
15019 | |||||||||
15020 | // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS. | ||||||||
15021 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
15022 | // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type | ||||||||
15023 | // being assigned to. | ||||||||
15024 | if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { | ||||||||
15025 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
15026 | (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || | ||||||||
15027 | LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())) | ||||||||
15028 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
15029 | |||||||||
15030 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
15031 | } | ||||||||
15032 | |||||||||
15033 | // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. | ||||||||
15034 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload && | ||||||||
15035 | LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||||||
15036 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
15037 | |||||||||
15038 | ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr); | ||||||||
15039 | if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15040 | RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get(); | ||||||||
15041 | } | ||||||||
15042 | |||||||||
15043 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
15044 | // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an | ||||||||
15045 | // overloaded op. | ||||||||
15046 | if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
15047 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
15048 | |||||||||
15049 | // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an | ||||||||
15050 | // overloadable type. | ||||||||
15051 | if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() || | ||||||||
15052 | RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||||||
15053 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
15054 | } | ||||||||
15055 | |||||||||
15056 | if (getLangOpts().RecoveryAST && | ||||||||
15057 | (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())) { | ||||||||
15058 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)(static_cast <bool> (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15058, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
15059 | assert((LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr ->containsErrors()) && "Should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors()) && \"Should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15060, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
15060 | "Should only occur in error-recovery path.")(static_cast <bool> ((LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr ->containsErrors()) && "Should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors()) && \"Should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15060, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
15061 | if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)) | ||||||||
15062 | // C [6.15.16] p3: | ||||||||
15063 | // An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after the | ||||||||
15064 | // assignment, but is not an lvalue. | ||||||||
15065 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( | ||||||||
15066 | Context, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, Opc, | ||||||||
15067 | LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, | ||||||||
15068 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
15069 | QualType ResultType; | ||||||||
15070 | switch (Opc) { | ||||||||
15071 | case BO_Assign: | ||||||||
15072 | ResultType = LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
15073 | break; | ||||||||
15074 | case BO_LT: | ||||||||
15075 | case BO_GT: | ||||||||
15076 | case BO_LE: | ||||||||
15077 | case BO_GE: | ||||||||
15078 | case BO_EQ: | ||||||||
15079 | case BO_NE: | ||||||||
15080 | case BO_LAnd: | ||||||||
15081 | case BO_LOr: | ||||||||
15082 | // These operators have a fixed result type regardless of operands. | ||||||||
15083 | ResultType = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||
15084 | break; | ||||||||
15085 | case BO_Comma: | ||||||||
15086 | ResultType = RHSExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
15087 | break; | ||||||||
15088 | default: | ||||||||
15089 | ResultType = Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
15090 | break; | ||||||||
15091 | } | ||||||||
15092 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, Opc, ResultType, | ||||||||
15093 | VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, | ||||||||
15094 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
15095 | } | ||||||||
15096 | |||||||||
15097 | // Build a built-in binary operation. | ||||||||
15098 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||||||
15099 | } | ||||||||
15100 | |||||||||
15101 | static bool isOverflowingIntegerType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { | ||||||||
15102 | if (T.isNull() || T->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
15103 | return false; | ||||||||
15104 | |||||||||
15105 | if (!T->isPromotableIntegerType()) | ||||||||
15106 | return true; | ||||||||
15107 | |||||||||
15108 | return Ctx.getIntWidth(T) >= Ctx.getIntWidth(Ctx.IntTy); | ||||||||
15109 | } | ||||||||
15110 | |||||||||
15111 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
15112 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
15113 | Expr *InputExpr) { | ||||||||
15114 | ExprResult Input = InputExpr; | ||||||||
15115 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
15116 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||||||
15117 | QualType resultType; | ||||||||
15118 | bool CanOverflow = false; | ||||||||
15119 | |||||||||
15120 | bool ConvertHalfVec = false; | ||||||||
15121 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||
15122 | QualType Ty = InputExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
15123 | // The only legal unary operation for atomics is '&'. | ||||||||
15124 | if ((Opc != UO_AddrOf && Ty->isAtomicType()) || | ||||||||
15125 | // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used | ||||||||
15126 | // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here. | ||||||||
15127 | (Ty->isImageType() || Ty->isSamplerT() || Ty->isPipeType() | ||||||||
15128 | || Ty->isBlockPointerType())) { | ||||||||
15129 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||||||
15130 | << InputExpr->getType() | ||||||||
15131 | << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
15132 | } | ||||||||
15133 | } | ||||||||
15134 | |||||||||
15135 | switch (Opc) { | ||||||||
15136 | case UO_PreInc: | ||||||||
15137 | case UO_PreDec: | ||||||||
15138 | case UO_PostInc: | ||||||||
15139 | case UO_PostDec: | ||||||||
15140 | resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK, | ||||||||
15141 | OpLoc, | ||||||||
15142 | Opc == UO_PreInc || | ||||||||
15143 | Opc == UO_PostInc, | ||||||||
15144 | Opc == UO_PreInc || | ||||||||
15145 | Opc == UO_PreDec); | ||||||||
15146 | CanOverflow = isOverflowingIntegerType(Context, resultType); | ||||||||
15147 | break; | ||||||||
15148 | case UO_AddrOf: | ||||||||
15149 | resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc); | ||||||||
15150 | CheckAddressOfNoDeref(InputExpr); | ||||||||
15151 | RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr); | ||||||||
15152 | break; | ||||||||
15153 | case UO_Deref: { | ||||||||
15154 | Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get()); | ||||||||
15155 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15156 | resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc); | ||||||||
15157 | break; | ||||||||
15158 | } | ||||||||
15159 | case UO_Plus: | ||||||||
15160 | case UO_Minus: | ||||||||
15161 | CanOverflow = Opc == UO_Minus && | ||||||||
15162 | isOverflowingIntegerType(Context, Input.get()->getType()); | ||||||||
15163 | Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get()); | ||||||||
15164 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15165 | // Unary plus and minus require promoting an operand of half vector to a | ||||||||
15166 | // float vector and truncating the result back to a half vector. For now, we | ||||||||
15167 | // do this only when HalfArgsAndReturns is set (that is, when the target is | ||||||||
15168 | // arm or arm64). | ||||||||
15169 | ConvertHalfVec = needsConversionOfHalfVec(true, Context, Input.get()); | ||||||||
15170 | |||||||||
15171 | // If the operand is a half vector, promote it to a float vector. | ||||||||
15172 | if (ConvertHalfVec) | ||||||||
15173 | Input = convertVector(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, *this); | ||||||||
15174 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
15175 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
15176 | break; | ||||||||
15177 | if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 | ||||||||
15178 | break; | ||||||||
15179 | else if (resultType->isVectorType() && | ||||||||
15180 | // The z vector extensions don't allow + or - with bool vectors. | ||||||||
15181 | (!Context.getLangOpts().ZVector || | ||||||||
15182 | resultType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() != | ||||||||
15183 | VectorType::AltiVecBool)) | ||||||||
15184 | break; | ||||||||
15185 | else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6 | ||||||||
15186 | Opc == UO_Plus && | ||||||||
15187 | resultType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
15188 | break; | ||||||||
15189 | |||||||||
15190 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||||||
15191 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
15192 | |||||||||
15193 | case UO_Not: // bitwise complement | ||||||||
15194 | Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get()); | ||||||||
15195 | if (Input.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
15196 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15197 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
15198 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
15199 | break; | ||||||||
15200 | // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension. | ||||||||
15201 | if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType()) | ||||||||
15202 | // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation. | ||||||||
15203 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex) | ||||||||
15204 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
15205 | else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||||||
15206 | break; | ||||||||
15207 | else if (resultType->isExtVectorType() && Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||
15208 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate | ||||||||
15209 | // on vector float types. | ||||||||
15210 | QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); | ||||||||
15211 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) | ||||||||
15212 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||||||
15213 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
15214 | } else { | ||||||||
15215 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||||||
15216 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
15217 | } | ||||||||
15218 | break; | ||||||||
15219 | |||||||||
15220 | case UO_LNot: // logical negation | ||||||||
15221 | // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5). | ||||||||
15222 | Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get()); | ||||||||
15223 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15224 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
15225 | |||||||||
15226 | // Though we still have to promote half FP to float... | ||||||||
15227 | if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) { | ||||||||
15228 | Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||||||
15229 | resultType = Context.FloatTy; | ||||||||
15230 | } | ||||||||
15231 | |||||||||
15232 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
15233 | break; | ||||||||
15234 | if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) { | ||||||||
15235 | // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough; | ||||||||
15236 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
15237 | // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9: | ||||||||
15238 | // operand contextually converted to bool. | ||||||||
15239 | Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy, | ||||||||
15240 | ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType)); | ||||||||
15241 | } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
15242 | Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) { | ||||||||
15243 | // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not | ||||||||
15244 | // operate on scalar float types. | ||||||||
15245 | if (!resultType->isIntegerType() && !resultType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
15246 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||||||
15247 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
15248 | } | ||||||||
15249 | } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||||||
15250 | if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||
15251 | Context.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() < 120) { | ||||||||
15252 | // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not | ||||||||
15253 | // operate on vector float types. | ||||||||
15254 | QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); | ||||||||
15255 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) | ||||||||
15256 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||||||
15257 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
15258 | } | ||||||||
15259 | // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type. | ||||||||
15260 | resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType); | ||||||||
15261 | break; | ||||||||
15262 | } else if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && resultType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
15263 | const VectorType *VTy = resultType->castAs<VectorType>(); | ||||||||
15264 | if (VTy->getVectorKind() != VectorType::GenericVector) | ||||||||
15265 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||||||
15266 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
15267 | |||||||||
15268 | // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type. | ||||||||
15269 | resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType); | ||||||||
15270 | break; | ||||||||
15271 | } else { | ||||||||
15272 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||||||
15273 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
15274 | } | ||||||||
15275 | |||||||||
15276 | // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5. | ||||||||
15277 | // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8 | ||||||||
15278 | resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | ||||||||
15279 | break; | ||||||||
15280 | case UO_Real: | ||||||||
15281 | case UO_Imag: | ||||||||
15282 | resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real); | ||||||||
15283 | // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary | ||||||||
15284 | // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values. | ||||||||
15285 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15286 | if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||||||
15287 | if (Input.get()->isGLValue() && | ||||||||
15288 | Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) | ||||||||
15289 | VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); | ||||||||
15290 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
15291 | // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not. | ||||||||
15292 | Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get()); | ||||||||
15293 | } | ||||||||
15294 | break; | ||||||||
15295 | case UO_Extension: | ||||||||
15296 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
15297 | VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); | ||||||||
15298 | OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind(); | ||||||||
15299 | break; | ||||||||
15300 | case UO_Coawait: | ||||||||
15301 | // It's unnecessary to represent the pass-through operator co_await in the | ||||||||
15302 | // AST; just return the input expression instead. | ||||||||
15303 | assert(!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType () && "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before " "building operator co_await") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && \"the co_await expression must be non-dependant before \" \"building operator co_await\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15305, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
15304 | "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before "(static_cast <bool> (!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType () && "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before " "building operator co_await") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && \"the co_await expression must be non-dependant before \" \"building operator co_await\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15305, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
15305 | "building operator co_await")(static_cast <bool> (!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType () && "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before " "building operator co_await") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && \"the co_await expression must be non-dependant before \" \"building operator co_await\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15305, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
15306 | return Input; | ||||||||
15307 | } | ||||||||
15308 | if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
15309 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15310 | |||||||||
15311 | // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator, | ||||||||
15312 | // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially | ||||||||
15313 | // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize] | ||||||||
15314 | // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard). | ||||||||
15315 | if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref) | ||||||||
15316 | CheckArrayAccess(Input.get()); | ||||||||
15317 | |||||||||
15318 | auto *UO = | ||||||||
15319 | UnaryOperator::Create(Context, Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK, | ||||||||
15320 | OpLoc, CanOverflow, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
15321 | |||||||||
15322 | if (Opc == UO_Deref && UO->getType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) && | ||||||||
15323 | !isa<ArrayType>(UO->getType().getDesugaredType(Context)) && | ||||||||
15324 | !isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
15325 | ExprEvalContexts.back().PossibleDerefs.insert(UO); | ||||||||
15326 | |||||||||
15327 | // Convert the result back to a half vector. | ||||||||
15328 | if (ConvertHalfVec) | ||||||||
15329 | return convertVector(UO, Context.HalfTy, *this); | ||||||||
15330 | return UO; | ||||||||
15331 | } | ||||||||
15332 | |||||||||
15333 | /// Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member | ||||||||
15334 | /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member | ||||||||
15335 | /// with the address-of operator. | ||||||||
15336 | bool Sema::isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
15337 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
15338 | if (!DRE->getQualifier()) | ||||||||
15339 | return false; | ||||||||
15340 | |||||||||
15341 | ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||||||
15342 | if (!VD->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||||||
15343 | return false; | ||||||||
15344 | |||||||||
15345 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) | ||||||||
15346 | return true; | ||||||||
15347 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)) | ||||||||
15348 | return Method->isInstance(); | ||||||||
15349 | |||||||||
15350 | return false; | ||||||||
15351 | } | ||||||||
15352 | |||||||||
15353 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
15354 | if (!ULE->getQualifier()) | ||||||||
15355 | return false; | ||||||||
15356 | |||||||||
15357 | for (NamedDecl *D : ULE->decls()) { | ||||||||
15358 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
15359 | if (Method->isInstance()) | ||||||||
15360 | return true; | ||||||||
15361 | } else { | ||||||||
15362 | // Overload set does not contain methods. | ||||||||
15363 | break; | ||||||||
15364 | } | ||||||||
15365 | } | ||||||||
15366 | |||||||||
15367 | return false; | ||||||||
15368 | } | ||||||||
15369 | |||||||||
15370 | return false; | ||||||||
15371 | } | ||||||||
15372 | |||||||||
15373 | ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
15374 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) { | ||||||||
15375 | // First things first: handle placeholders so that the | ||||||||
15376 | // overloaded-operator check considers the right type. | ||||||||
15377 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
15378 | // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references. | ||||||||
15379 | if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && | ||||||||
15380 | UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc)) | ||||||||
15381 | return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||||||
15382 | |||||||||
15383 | // extension is always a builtin operator. | ||||||||
15384 | if (Opc == UO_Extension) | ||||||||
15385 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||||||
15386 | |||||||||
15387 | // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder. | ||||||||
15388 | // The builtin code knows what to do. | ||||||||
15389 | if (Opc == UO_AddrOf && | ||||||||
15390 | (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload || | ||||||||
15391 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny || | ||||||||
15392 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember)) | ||||||||
15393 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||||||
15394 | |||||||||
15395 | // Anything else needs to be handled now. | ||||||||
15396 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input); | ||||||||
15397 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15398 | Input = Result.get(); | ||||||||
15399 | } | ||||||||
15400 | |||||||||
15401 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() && | ||||||||
15402 | UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None && | ||||||||
15403 | !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) { | ||||||||
15404 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point. | ||||||||
15405 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; | ||||||||
15406 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||||||
15407 | if (S && OverOp != OO_None) | ||||||||
15408 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Functions); | ||||||||
15409 | |||||||||
15410 | return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input); | ||||||||
15411 | } | ||||||||
15412 | |||||||||
15413 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||||||
15414 | } | ||||||||
15415 | |||||||||
15416 | // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. | ||||||||
15417 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
15418 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) { | ||||||||
15419 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input); | ||||||||
15420 | } | ||||||||
15421 | |||||||||
15422 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". | ||||||||
15423 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, | ||||||||
15424 | LabelDecl *TheDecl) { | ||||||||
15425 | TheDecl->markUsed(Context); | ||||||||
15426 | // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'. | ||||||||
15427 | return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl, | ||||||||
15428 | Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)); | ||||||||
15429 | } | ||||||||
15430 | |||||||||
15431 | void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() { | ||||||||
15432 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); | ||||||||
15433 | } | ||||||||
15434 | |||||||||
15435 | void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() { | ||||||||
15436 | // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a | ||||||||
15437 | // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything. | ||||||||
15438 | |||||||||
15439 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | ||||||||
15440 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); | ||||||||
15441 | } | ||||||||
15442 | |||||||||
15443 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, | ||||||||
15444 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||||||
15445 | return BuildStmtExpr(LPLoc, SubStmt, RPLoc, getTemplateDepth(S)); | ||||||||
15446 | } | ||||||||
15447 | |||||||||
15448 | ExprResult Sema::BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, | ||||||||
15449 | SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth) { | ||||||||
15450 | assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!")(static_cast <bool> (SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt >(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && \"Invalid action invocation!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15450, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
15451 | CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); | ||||||||
15452 | |||||||||
15453 | if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) | ||||||||
15454 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | ||||||||
15455 | assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && \"cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15456, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
15456 | "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!")(static_cast <bool> (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && \"cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15456, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
15457 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); | ||||||||
15458 | |||||||||
15459 | // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for | ||||||||
15460 | // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently. | ||||||||
15461 | // More semantic analysis is needed. | ||||||||
15462 | |||||||||
15463 | // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one | ||||||||
15464 | // as the type of the stmtexpr. | ||||||||
15465 | QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy; | ||||||||
15466 | bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false; | ||||||||
15467 | if (!Compound->body_empty()) { | ||||||||
15468 | // For GCC compatibility we get the last Stmt excluding trailing NullStmts. | ||||||||
15469 | if (const auto *LastStmt = | ||||||||
15470 | dyn_cast<ValueStmt>(Compound->getStmtExprResult())) { | ||||||||
15471 | if (const Expr *Value = LastStmt->getExprStmt()) { | ||||||||
15472 | StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true; | ||||||||
15473 | Ty = Value->getType(); | ||||||||
15474 | } | ||||||||
15475 | } | ||||||||
15476 | } | ||||||||
15477 | |||||||||
15478 | // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement | ||||||||
15479 | // expressions are not lvalues. | ||||||||
15480 | Expr *ResStmtExpr = | ||||||||
15481 | new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc, TemplateDepth); | ||||||||
15482 | if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp) | ||||||||
15483 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr); | ||||||||
15484 | return ResStmtExpr; | ||||||||
15485 | } | ||||||||
15486 | |||||||||
15487 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult ER) { | ||||||||
15488 | if (ER.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
15489 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15490 | |||||||||
15491 | // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not | ||||||||
15492 | // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type. | ||||||||
15493 | ER = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(ER.get()); | ||||||||
15494 | if (ER.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
15495 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15496 | Expr *E = ER.get(); | ||||||||
15497 | |||||||||
15498 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
15499 | return E; | ||||||||
15500 | |||||||||
15501 | // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice | ||||||||
15502 | // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case | ||||||||
15503 | // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result | ||||||||
15504 | // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the | ||||||||
15505 | // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with | ||||||||
15506 | // a bind. | ||||||||
15507 | auto *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); | ||||||||
15508 | if (Cast && Cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) | ||||||||
15509 | return Cast->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
15510 | |||||||||
15511 | // FIXME: Provide a better location for the initialization. | ||||||||
15512 | return PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
15513 | InitializedEntity::InitializeStmtExprResult( | ||||||||
15514 | E->getBeginLoc(), E->getType().getUnqualifiedType()), | ||||||||
15515 | SourceLocation(), E); | ||||||||
15516 | } | ||||||||
15517 | |||||||||
15518 | ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||||||
15519 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||||||||
15520 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, | ||||||||
15521 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||||
15522 | QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType(); | ||||||||
15523 | bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); | ||||||||
15524 | SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); | ||||||||
15525 | |||||||||
15526 | // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first | ||||||||
15527 | // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents | ||||||||
15528 | // a struct/union/class. | ||||||||
15529 | if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) | ||||||||
15530 | return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) | ||||||||
15531 | << ArgTy << TypeRange); | ||||||||
15532 | |||||||||
15533 | // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable | ||||||||
15534 | // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed. | ||||||||
15535 | if (!Dependent | ||||||||
15536 | && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy, | ||||||||
15537 | diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange)) | ||||||||
15538 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15539 | |||||||||
15540 | bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; | ||||||||
15541 | QualType CurrentType = ArgTy; | ||||||||
15542 | SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps; | ||||||||
15543 | SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs; | ||||||||
15544 | for (const OffsetOfComponent &OC : Components) { | ||||||||
15545 | if (OC.isBrackets) { | ||||||||
15546 | // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? | ||||||||
15547 | if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
15548 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType); | ||||||||
15549 | if(!AT) | ||||||||
15550 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) | ||||||||
15551 | << CurrentType); | ||||||||
15552 | CurrentType = AT->getElementType(); | ||||||||
15553 | } else | ||||||||
15554 | CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
15555 | |||||||||
15556 | ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E)); | ||||||||
15557 | if (IdxRval.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
15558 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15559 | Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get(); | ||||||||
15560 | |||||||||
15561 | // The expression must be an integral expression. | ||||||||
15562 | // FIXME: An integral constant expression? | ||||||||
15563 | if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() && | ||||||||
15564 | !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) | ||||||||
15565 | return ExprError( | ||||||||
15566 | Diag(Idx->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) | ||||||||
15567 | << Idx->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
15568 | |||||||||
15569 | // Record this array index. | ||||||||
15570 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd)); | ||||||||
15571 | Exprs.push_back(Idx); | ||||||||
15572 | continue; | ||||||||
15573 | } | ||||||||
15574 | |||||||||
15575 | // Offset of a field. | ||||||||
15576 | if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
15577 | // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent | ||||||||
15578 | // type. Just record the identifier of the field. | ||||||||
15579 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd)); | ||||||||
15580 | CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
15581 | continue; | ||||||||
15582 | } | ||||||||
15583 | |||||||||
15584 | // We need to have a complete type to look into. | ||||||||
15585 | if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, | ||||||||
15586 | diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) | ||||||||
15587 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15588 | |||||||||
15589 | // Look for the designated field. | ||||||||
15590 | const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||||
15591 | if (!RC) | ||||||||
15592 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) | ||||||||
15593 | << CurrentType); | ||||||||
15594 | RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); | ||||||||
15595 | |||||||||
15596 | // C++ [lib.support.types]p5: | ||||||||
15597 | // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this | ||||||||
15598 | // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union | ||||||||
15599 | // (clause 9). | ||||||||
15600 | // C++11 [support.types]p4: | ||||||||
15601 | // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are | ||||||||
15602 | // undefined. | ||||||||
15603 | if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { | ||||||||
15604 | bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD(); | ||||||||
15605 | unsigned DiagID = | ||||||||
15606 | LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type | ||||||||
15607 | : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type; | ||||||||
15608 | |||||||||
15609 | if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD && | ||||||||
15610 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr, | ||||||||
15611 | PDiag(DiagID) | ||||||||
15612 | << SourceRange(Components[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) | ||||||||
15613 | << CurrentType)) | ||||||||
15614 | DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; | ||||||||
15615 | } | ||||||||
15616 | |||||||||
15617 | // Look for the field. | ||||||||
15618 | LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); | ||||||||
15619 | LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); | ||||||||
15620 | FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>(); | ||||||||
15621 | IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||
15622 | if (!MemberDecl) { | ||||||||
15623 | if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>())) | ||||||||
15624 | MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField(); | ||||||||
15625 | } | ||||||||
15626 | |||||||||
15627 | if (!MemberDecl) | ||||||||
15628 | return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) | ||||||||
15629 | << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, | ||||||||
15630 | OC.LocEnd)); | ||||||||
15631 | |||||||||
15632 | // C99 7.17p3: | ||||||||
15633 | // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.) | ||||||||
15634 | // | ||||||||
15635 | // We diagnose this as an error. | ||||||||
15636 | if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) { | ||||||||
15637 | Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield) | ||||||||
15638 | << MemberDecl->getDeclName() | ||||||||
15639 | << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
15640 | Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl); | ||||||||
15641 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15642 | } | ||||||||
15643 | |||||||||
15644 | RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent(); | ||||||||
15645 | if (IndirectMemberDecl) | ||||||||
15646 | Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
15647 | |||||||||
15648 | // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for | ||||||||
15649 | // the base class indirections. | ||||||||
15650 | CXXBasePaths Paths; | ||||||||
15651 | if (IsDerivedFrom(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), | ||||||||
15652 | Paths)) { | ||||||||
15653 | if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { | ||||||||
15654 | Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base) | ||||||||
15655 | << MemberDecl->getDeclName() | ||||||||
15656 | << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
15657 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15658 | } | ||||||||
15659 | |||||||||
15660 | CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front(); | ||||||||
15661 | for (const CXXBasePathElement &B : Path) | ||||||||
15662 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B.Base)); | ||||||||
15663 | } | ||||||||
15664 | |||||||||
15665 | if (IndirectMemberDecl) { | ||||||||
15666 | for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) { | ||||||||
15667 | assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI))(static_cast <bool> (isa<FieldDecl>(FI)) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FieldDecl>(FI)", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15667, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
15668 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, | ||||||||
15669 | cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd)); | ||||||||
15670 | } | ||||||||
15671 | } else | ||||||||
15672 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd)); | ||||||||
15673 | |||||||||
15674 | CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
15675 | } | ||||||||
15676 | |||||||||
15677 | return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo, | ||||||||
15678 | Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
15679 | } | ||||||||
15680 | |||||||||
15681 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, | ||||||||
15682 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||||||
15683 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, | ||||||||
15684 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, | ||||||||
15685 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, | ||||||||
15686 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||||
15687 | |||||||||
15688 | TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo; | ||||||||
15689 | QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo); | ||||||||
15690 | if (ArgTy.isNull()) | ||||||||
15691 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15692 | |||||||||
15693 | if (!ArgTInfo) | ||||||||
15694 | ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc); | ||||||||
15695 | |||||||||
15696 | return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, Components, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
15697 | } | ||||||||
15698 | |||||||||
15699 | |||||||||
15700 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||||||
15701 | Expr *CondExpr, | ||||||||
15702 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, | ||||||||
15703 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||||||
15704 | assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)")(static_cast <bool> ((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && \"Missing type argument(s)\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15704, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
15705 | |||||||||
15706 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
15707 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||||||
15708 | QualType resType; | ||||||||
15709 | bool CondIsTrue = false; | ||||||||
15710 | if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||
15711 | resType = Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
15712 | } else { | ||||||||
15713 | // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression. | ||||||||
15714 | llvm::APSInt condEval(32); | ||||||||
15715 | ExprResult CondICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression( | ||||||||
15716 | CondExpr, &condEval, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant); | ||||||||
15717 | if (CondICE.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
15718 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
15719 | CondExpr = CondICE.get(); | ||||||||
15720 | CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue(); | ||||||||
15721 | |||||||||
15722 | // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LHSExpr. | ||||||||
15723 | Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr; | ||||||||
15724 | |||||||||
15725 | resType = ActiveExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
15726 | VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind(); | ||||||||
15727 | OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind(); | ||||||||
15728 | } | ||||||||
15729 | |||||||||
15730 | return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, | ||||||||
15731 | resType, VK, OK, RPLoc, CondIsTrue); | ||||||||
15732 | } | ||||||||
15733 | |||||||||
15734 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
15735 | // Clang Extensions. | ||||||||
15736 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
15737 | |||||||||
15738 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started. | ||||||||
15739 | void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { | ||||||||
15740 | BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc); | ||||||||
15741 | |||||||||
15742 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
15743 | MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; | ||||||||
15744 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; | ||||||||
15745 | std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = | ||||||||
15746 | getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
15747 | if (MCtx) { | ||||||||
15748 | unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block); | ||||||||
15749 | Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl); | ||||||||
15750 | } | ||||||||
15751 | } | ||||||||
15752 | |||||||||
15753 | PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block); | ||||||||
15754 | CurContext->addDecl(Block); | ||||||||
15755 | if (CurScope) | ||||||||
15756 | PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block); | ||||||||
15757 | else | ||||||||
15758 | CurContext = Block; | ||||||||
15759 | |||||||||
15760 | getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true; | ||||||||
15761 | |||||||||
15762 | // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any | ||||||||
15763 | // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression. | ||||||||
15764 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext( | ||||||||
15765 | ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); | ||||||||
15766 | } | ||||||||
15767 | |||||||||
15768 | void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, | ||||||||
15769 | Scope *CurScope) { | ||||||||
15770 | assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&(static_cast <bool> (ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && "block-id should have no identifier!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && \"block-id should have no identifier!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15771, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
15771 | "block-id should have no identifier!")(static_cast <bool> (ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && "block-id should have no identifier!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && \"block-id should have no identifier!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15771, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
15772 | assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral)(static_cast <bool> (ParamInfo.getContext() == DeclaratorContext ::BlockLiteral) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamInfo.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15772, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
15773 | BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); | ||||||||
15774 | |||||||||
15775 | TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); | ||||||||
15776 | QualType T = Sig->getType(); | ||||||||
15777 | |||||||||
15778 | // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would, | ||||||||
15779 | // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs. | ||||||||
15780 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) { | ||||||||
15781 | // Drop the parameters. | ||||||||
15782 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||||||
15783 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; | ||||||||
15784 | EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); | ||||||||
15785 | T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI); | ||||||||
15786 | Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); | ||||||||
15787 | } | ||||||||
15788 | |||||||||
15789 | // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block | ||||||||
15790 | // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType | ||||||||
15791 | // unless the function was written with a typedef. | ||||||||
15792 | assert(T->isFunctionType() &&(static_cast <bool> (T->isFunctionType() && "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isFunctionType() && \"GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15793, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
15793 | "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature")(static_cast <bool> (T->isFunctionType() && "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isFunctionType() && \"GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15793, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
15794 | |||||||||
15795 | // Look for an explicit signature in that function type. | ||||||||
15796 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature; | ||||||||
15797 | |||||||||
15798 | if ((ExplicitSignature = Sig->getTypeLoc() | ||||||||
15799 | .getAsAdjusted<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) { | ||||||||
15800 | |||||||||
15801 | // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by | ||||||||
15802 | // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the | ||||||||
15803 | // written signature. | ||||||||
15804 | if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() == | ||||||||
15805 | ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) { | ||||||||
15806 | // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of | ||||||||
15807 | // TypeSourceInfos. | ||||||||
15808 | TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc(); | ||||||||
15809 | unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize(); | ||||||||
15810 | Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size); | ||||||||
15811 | Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size); | ||||||||
15812 | |||||||||
15813 | ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc(); | ||||||||
15814 | } | ||||||||
15815 | } | ||||||||
15816 | |||||||||
15817 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig); | ||||||||
15818 | CurBlock->FunctionType = T; | ||||||||
15819 | |||||||||
15820 | const auto *Fn = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
15821 | QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
15822 | bool isVariadic = | ||||||||
15823 | (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic()); | ||||||||
15824 | |||||||||
15825 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic); | ||||||||
15826 | |||||||||
15827 | // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block | ||||||||
15828 | // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like: | ||||||||
15829 | // ^ * { ... } | ||||||||
15830 | // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction".... | ||||||||
15831 | if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) { | ||||||||
15832 | CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy; | ||||||||
15833 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false); | ||||||||
15834 | CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false; | ||||||||
15835 | } | ||||||||
15836 | |||||||||
15837 | // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them. | ||||||||
15838 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params; | ||||||||
15839 | if (ExplicitSignature) { | ||||||||
15840 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
15841 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I); | ||||||||
15842 | if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr && !Param->isImplicit() && | ||||||||
15843 | !Param->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
15844 | // Diagnose this as an extension in C17 and earlier. | ||||||||
15845 | if (!getLangOpts().C2x) | ||||||||
15846 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::ext_parameter_name_omitted_c2x); | ||||||||
15847 | } | ||||||||
15848 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||||||
15849 | } | ||||||||
15850 | |||||||||
15851 | // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like | ||||||||
15852 | // ^ fntype { ... } | ||||||||
15853 | } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||||
15854 | for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) { | ||||||||
15855 | ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef( | ||||||||
15856 | CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getBeginLoc(), I); | ||||||||
15857 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||||||
15858 | } | ||||||||
15859 | } | ||||||||
15860 | |||||||||
15861 | // Set the parameters on the block decl. | ||||||||
15862 | if (!Params.empty()) { | ||||||||
15863 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params); | ||||||||
15864 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters(), | ||||||||
15865 | /*CheckParameterNames=*/false); | ||||||||
15866 | } | ||||||||
15867 | |||||||||
15868 | // Finally we can process decl attributes. | ||||||||
15869 | ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); | ||||||||
15870 | |||||||||
15871 | // Put the parameter variables in scope. | ||||||||
15872 | for (auto AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters()) { | ||||||||
15873 | AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl); | ||||||||
15874 | |||||||||
15875 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. | ||||||||
15876 | if (AI->getIdentifier()) { | ||||||||
15877 | CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI); | ||||||||
15878 | |||||||||
15879 | PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope); | ||||||||
15880 | } | ||||||||
15881 | } | ||||||||
15882 | } | ||||||||
15883 | |||||||||
15884 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback | ||||||||
15885 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. | ||||||||
15886 | void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { | ||||||||
15887 | // Leave the expression-evaluation context. | ||||||||
15888 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | ||||||||
15889 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); | ||||||||
15890 | |||||||||
15891 | // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. | ||||||||
15892 | PopDeclContext(); | ||||||||
15893 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(); | ||||||||
15894 | } | ||||||||
15895 | |||||||||
15896 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement | ||||||||
15897 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} | ||||||||
15898 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, | ||||||||
15899 | Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) { | ||||||||
15900 | // If blocks are disabled, emit an error. | ||||||||
15901 | if (!LangOpts.Blocks) | ||||||||
15902 | Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL; | ||||||||
15903 | |||||||||
15904 | // Leave the expression-evaluation context. | ||||||||
15905 | if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) | ||||||||
15906 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | ||||||||
15907 | assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "cleanups within block not correctly bound!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && \"cleanups within block not correctly bound!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15908, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
15908 | "cleanups within block not correctly bound!")(static_cast <bool> (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "cleanups within block not correctly bound!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && \"cleanups within block not correctly bound!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 15908, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
15909 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); | ||||||||
15910 | |||||||||
15911 | BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back()); | ||||||||
15912 | BlockDecl *BD = BSI->TheDecl; | ||||||||
15913 | |||||||||
15914 | if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType) | ||||||||
15915 | deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI); | ||||||||
15916 | |||||||||
15917 | QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy; | ||||||||
15918 | if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull()) | ||||||||
15919 | RetTy = BSI->ReturnType; | ||||||||
15920 | |||||||||
15921 | bool NoReturn = BD->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>(); | ||||||||
15922 | QualType BlockTy; | ||||||||
15923 | |||||||||
15924 | // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that. | ||||||||
15925 | if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
15926 | const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
15927 | |||||||||
15928 | FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
15929 | if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true); | ||||||||
15930 | |||||||||
15931 | // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types. | ||||||||
15932 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) { | ||||||||
15933 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||||||
15934 | EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; | ||||||||
15935 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI); | ||||||||
15936 | |||||||||
15937 | // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type, | ||||||||
15938 | // preserve its sugar structure. | ||||||||
15939 | } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy && | ||||||||
15940 | (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) { | ||||||||
15941 | BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType; | ||||||||
15942 | |||||||||
15943 | // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type. | ||||||||
15944 | } else { | ||||||||
15945 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy); | ||||||||
15946 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||||||
15947 | EPI.TypeQuals = Qualifiers(); | ||||||||
15948 | EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; | ||||||||
15949 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); | ||||||||
15950 | } | ||||||||
15951 | |||||||||
15952 | // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing. | ||||||||
15953 | } else { | ||||||||
15954 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||||||
15955 | EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn); | ||||||||
15956 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI); | ||||||||
15957 | } | ||||||||
15958 | |||||||||
15959 | DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BD->parameters()); | ||||||||
15960 | BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy); | ||||||||
15961 | |||||||||
15962 | // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block. | ||||||||
15963 | if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && | ||||||||
15964 | !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) | ||||||||
15965 | DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); | ||||||||
15966 | |||||||||
15967 | BD->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); | ||||||||
15968 | |||||||||
15969 | if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) | ||||||||
15970 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(BD); | ||||||||
15971 | |||||||||
15972 | // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again | ||||||||
15973 | // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around | ||||||||
15974 | // to deduce an implicit return type. | ||||||||
15975 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
15976 | !BD->isDependentContext()) | ||||||||
15977 | computeNRVO(Body, BSI); | ||||||||
15978 | |||||||||
15979 | if (RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || | ||||||||
15980 | RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) | ||||||||
15981 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(RetTy, BD->getCaretLocation(), NTCUC_FunctionReturn, | ||||||||
15982 | NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); | ||||||||
15983 | |||||||||
15984 | PopDeclContext(); | ||||||||
15985 | |||||||||
15986 | // Set the captured variables on the block. | ||||||||
15987 | SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures; | ||||||||
15988 | for (Capture &Cap : BSI->Captures) { | ||||||||
15989 | if (Cap.isInvalid() || Cap.isThisCapture()) | ||||||||
15990 | continue; | ||||||||
15991 | |||||||||
15992 | VarDecl *Var = Cap.getVariable(); | ||||||||
15993 | Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr; | ||||||||
15994 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Cap.isCopyCapture()) { | ||||||||
15995 | if (const RecordType *Record = | ||||||||
15996 | Cap.getCaptureType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
15997 | // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it. | ||||||||
15998 | // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have | ||||||||
15999 | // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are | ||||||||
16000 | // an exception because it's technically only the call site that | ||||||||
16001 | // actually requires the destructor. | ||||||||
16002 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) | ||||||||
16003 | FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); | ||||||||
16004 | |||||||||
16005 | // Enter a separate potentially-evaluated context while building block | ||||||||
16006 | // initializers to isolate their cleanups from those of the block | ||||||||
16007 | // itself. | ||||||||
16008 | // FIXME: Is this appropriate even when the block itself occurs in an | ||||||||
16009 | // unevaluated operand? | ||||||||
16010 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( | ||||||||
16011 | *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); | ||||||||
16012 | |||||||||
16013 | SourceLocation Loc = Cap.getLocation(); | ||||||||
16014 | |||||||||
16015 | ExprResult Result = BuildDeclarationNameExpr( | ||||||||
16016 | CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(Var->getDeclName(), Loc), Var); | ||||||||
16017 | |||||||||
16018 | // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from | ||||||||
16019 | // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true | ||||||||
16020 | // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap. | ||||||||
16021 | if (!Result.isInvalid() && | ||||||||
16022 | !Result.get()->getType().isConstQualified()) { | ||||||||
16023 | Result = ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), | ||||||||
16024 | Result.get()->getType().withConst(), | ||||||||
16025 | CK_NoOp, VK_LValue); | ||||||||
16026 | } | ||||||||
16027 | |||||||||
16028 | if (!Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
16029 | Result = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
16030 | InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(), | ||||||||
16031 | Cap.getCaptureType()), | ||||||||
16032 | Loc, Result.get()); | ||||||||
16033 | } | ||||||||
16034 | |||||||||
16035 | // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization | ||||||||
16036 | // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from | ||||||||
16037 | // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary. | ||||||||
16038 | if (!Result.isInvalid() && | ||||||||
16039 | !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor() | ||||||||
16040 | ->isTrivial()) { | ||||||||
16041 | Result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result); | ||||||||
16042 | CopyExpr = Result.get(); | ||||||||
16043 | } | ||||||||
16044 | } | ||||||||
16045 | } | ||||||||
16046 | |||||||||
16047 | BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Var, Cap.isBlockCapture(), Cap.isNested(), | ||||||||
16048 | CopyExpr); | ||||||||
16049 | Captures.push_back(NewCap); | ||||||||
16050 | } | ||||||||
16051 | BD->setCaptures(Context, Captures, BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0); | ||||||||
16052 | |||||||||
16053 | // Pop the block scope now but keep it alive to the end of this function. | ||||||||
16054 | AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); | ||||||||
16055 | PoppedFunctionScopePtr ScopeRAII = PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, BD, BlockTy); | ||||||||
16056 | |||||||||
16057 | BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BD, BlockTy); | ||||||||
16058 | |||||||||
16059 | // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at | ||||||||
16060 | // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context: | ||||||||
16061 | if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) { | ||||||||
16062 | // First, this expression has a new cleanup object. | ||||||||
16063 | ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl()); | ||||||||
16064 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||||||
16065 | |||||||||
16066 | // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured | ||||||||
16067 | // variables needs destruction. | ||||||||
16068 | for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) { | ||||||||
16069 | const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable(); | ||||||||
16070 | if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) { | ||||||||
16071 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); | ||||||||
16072 | break; | ||||||||
16073 | } | ||||||||
16074 | } | ||||||||
16075 | } | ||||||||
16076 | |||||||||
16077 | if (getCurFunction()) | ||||||||
16078 | getCurFunction()->addBlock(BD); | ||||||||
16079 | |||||||||
16080 | return Result; | ||||||||
16081 | } | ||||||||
16082 | |||||||||
16083 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, | ||||||||
16084 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||||||
16085 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||||||||
16086 | GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); | ||||||||
16087 | return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc); | ||||||||
16088 | } | ||||||||
16089 | |||||||||
16090 | ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||||||
16091 | Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||||||||
16092 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||||||
16093 | Expr *OrigExpr = E; | ||||||||
16094 | bool IsMS = false; | ||||||||
16095 | |||||||||
16096 | // CUDA device code does not support varargs. | ||||||||
16097 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { | ||||||||
16098 | if (const FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) { | ||||||||
16099 | CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(F); | ||||||||
16100 | if (T == CFT_Global || T == CFT_Device || T == CFT_HostDevice) | ||||||||
16101 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device)); | ||||||||
16102 | } | ||||||||
16103 | } | ||||||||
16104 | |||||||||
16105 | // NVPTX does not support va_arg expression. | ||||||||
16106 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && | ||||||||
16107 | Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isNVPTX()) | ||||||||
16108 | targetDiag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device); | ||||||||
16109 | |||||||||
16110 | // It might be a __builtin_ms_va_list. (But don't ever mark a va_arg() | ||||||||
16111 | // as Microsoft ABI on an actual Microsoft platform, where | ||||||||
16112 | // __builtin_ms_va_list and __builtin_va_list are the same.) | ||||||||
16113 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && Context.getTargetInfo().hasBuiltinMSVaList() && | ||||||||
16114 | Context.getTargetInfo().getBuiltinVaListKind() != TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList) { | ||||||||
16115 | QualType MSVaListType = Context.getBuiltinMSVaListType(); | ||||||||
16116 | if (Context.hasSameType(MSVaListType, E->getType())) { | ||||||||
16117 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) | ||||||||
16118 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16119 | IsMS = true; | ||||||||
16120 | } | ||||||||
16121 | } | ||||||||
16122 | |||||||||
16123 | // Get the va_list type | ||||||||
16124 | QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); | ||||||||
16125 | if (!IsMS) { | ||||||||
16126 | if (VaListType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
16127 | // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64, | ||||||||
16128 | // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to | ||||||||
16129 | // a pointer for va_arg. | ||||||||
16130 | VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType); | ||||||||
16131 | // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately. | ||||||||
16132 | ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E); | ||||||||
16133 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
16134 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16135 | E = Result.get(); | ||||||||
16136 | } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16137 | // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode, | ||||||||
16138 | // check the argument using reference binding. | ||||||||
16139 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||||
16140 | Context, Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false); | ||||||||
16141 | ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E); | ||||||||
16142 | if (Init.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
16143 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16144 | E = Init.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
16145 | } else { | ||||||||
16146 | // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because | ||||||||
16147 | // it is modified by va_arg. | ||||||||
16148 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||||
16149 | CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) | ||||||||
16150 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16151 | } | ||||||||
16152 | } | ||||||||
16153 | |||||||||
16154 | if (!IsMS && !E->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||||
16155 | !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) | ||||||||
16156 | return ExprError( | ||||||||
16157 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
16158 | diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list) | ||||||||
16159 | << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
16160 | |||||||||
16161 | if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
16162 | if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(), | ||||||||
16163 | diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete, | ||||||||
16164 | TInfo->getTypeLoc())) | ||||||||
16165 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16166 | |||||||||
16167 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
16168 | TInfo->getType(), | ||||||||
16169 | diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract, | ||||||||
16170 | TInfo->getTypeLoc())) | ||||||||
16171 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16172 | |||||||||
16173 | if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) { | ||||||||
16174 | Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
16175 | TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType() | ||||||||
16176 | ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified | ||||||||
16177 | : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod) | ||||||||
16178 | << TInfo->getType() | ||||||||
16179 | << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
16180 | } | ||||||||
16181 | |||||||||
16182 | // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted | ||||||||
16183 | // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior). | ||||||||
16184 | QualType PromoteType; | ||||||||
16185 | if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
16186 | PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType()); | ||||||||
16187 | // [cstdarg.syn]p1 defers the C++ behavior to what the C standard says, | ||||||||
16188 | // and C2x 7.16.1.1p2 says, in part: | ||||||||
16189 | // If type is not compatible with the type of the actual next argument | ||||||||
16190 | // (as promoted according to the default argument promotions), the | ||||||||
16191 | // behavior is undefined, except for the following cases: | ||||||||
16192 | // - both types are pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of | ||||||||
16193 | // compatible types; | ||||||||
16194 | // - one type is a signed integer type, the other type is the | ||||||||
16195 | // corresponding unsigned integer type, and the value is | ||||||||
16196 | // representable in both types; | ||||||||
16197 | // - one type is pointer to qualified or unqualified void and the | ||||||||
16198 | // other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified character type. | ||||||||
16199 | // Given that type compatibility is the primary requirement (ignoring | ||||||||
16200 | // qualifications), you would think we could call typesAreCompatible() | ||||||||
16201 | // directly to test this. However, in C++, that checks for *same type*, | ||||||||
16202 | // which causes false positives when passing an enumeration type to | ||||||||
16203 | // va_arg. Instead, get the underlying type of the enumeration and pass | ||||||||
16204 | // that. | ||||||||
16205 | QualType UnderlyingType = TInfo->getType(); | ||||||||
16206 | if (const auto *ET = UnderlyingType->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||||||
16207 | UnderlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
16208 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, UnderlyingType, | ||||||||
16209 | /*CompareUnqualified*/ true)) | ||||||||
16210 | PromoteType = QualType(); | ||||||||
16211 | |||||||||
16212 | // If the types are still not compatible, we need to test whether the | ||||||||
16213 | // promoted type and the underlying type are the same except for | ||||||||
16214 | // signedness. Ask the AST for the correctly corresponding type and see | ||||||||
16215 | // if that's compatible. | ||||||||
16216 | if (!PromoteType.isNull() && !UnderlyingType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
16217 | PromoteType->isUnsignedIntegerType() != | ||||||||
16218 | UnderlyingType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
16219 | UnderlyingType = | ||||||||
16220 | UnderlyingType->isUnsignedIntegerType() | ||||||||
16221 | ? Context.getCorrespondingSignedType(UnderlyingType) | ||||||||
16222 | : Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(UnderlyingType); | ||||||||
16223 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, UnderlyingType, | ||||||||
16224 | /*CompareUnqualified*/ true)) | ||||||||
16225 | PromoteType = QualType(); | ||||||||
16226 | } | ||||||||
16227 | } | ||||||||
16228 | if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) | ||||||||
16229 | PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy; | ||||||||
16230 | if (!PromoteType.isNull()) | ||||||||
16231 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E, | ||||||||
16232 | PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible) | ||||||||
16233 | << TInfo->getType() | ||||||||
16234 | << PromoteType | ||||||||
16235 | << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
16236 | } | ||||||||
16237 | |||||||||
16238 | QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
16239 | return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T, IsMS); | ||||||||
16240 | } | ||||||||
16241 | |||||||||
16242 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) { | ||||||||
16243 | // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of | ||||||||
16244 | // pointers on the target. | ||||||||
16245 | QualType Ty; | ||||||||
16246 | unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0); | ||||||||
16247 | if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth()) | ||||||||
16248 | Ty = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||
16249 | else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth()) | ||||||||
16250 | Ty = Context.LongTy; | ||||||||
16251 | else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth()) | ||||||||
16252 | Ty = Context.LongLongTy; | ||||||||
16253 | else { | ||||||||
16254 | llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("I don't know size of pointer!" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 16254); | ||||||||
16255 | } | ||||||||
16256 | |||||||||
16257 | return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc); | ||||||||
16258 | } | ||||||||
16259 | |||||||||
16260 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, | ||||||||
16261 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||||||
16262 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||||||
16263 | return BuildSourceLocExpr(Kind, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, CurContext); | ||||||||
16264 | } | ||||||||
16265 | |||||||||
16266 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, | ||||||||
16267 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||||||
16268 | SourceLocation RPLoc, | ||||||||
16269 | DeclContext *ParentContext) { | ||||||||
16270 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
16271 | SourceLocExpr(Context, Kind, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, ParentContext); | ||||||||
16272 | } | ||||||||
16273 | |||||||||
16274 | bool Sema::CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp, | ||||||||
16275 | bool Diagnose) { | ||||||||
16276 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
16277 | return false; | ||||||||
16278 | |||||||||
16279 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
16280 | if (!PT) | ||||||||
16281 | return false; | ||||||||
16282 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||||
16283 | |||||||||
16284 | // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be | ||||||||
16285 | // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is | ||||||||
16286 | // important for making this trigger for property assignments. | ||||||||
16287 | Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
16288 | if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr)) | ||||||||
16289 | if (OV->getSourceExpr()) | ||||||||
16290 | SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
16291 | |||||||||
16292 | if (auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr)) { | ||||||||
16293 | if (!PT->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||||
16294 | !(ID && ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))) | ||||||||
16295 | return false; | ||||||||
16296 | if (!SL->isAscii()) | ||||||||
16297 | return false; | ||||||||
16298 | |||||||||
16299 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
16300 | Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix) | ||||||||
16301 | << /*string*/0 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getBeginLoc(), "@"); | ||||||||
16302 | Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getBeginLoc(), SL).get(); | ||||||||
16303 | } | ||||||||
16304 | return true; | ||||||||
16305 | } | ||||||||
16306 | |||||||||
16307 | if ((isa<IntegerLiteral>(SrcExpr) || isa<CharacterLiteral>(SrcExpr) || | ||||||||
16308 | isa<FloatingLiteral>(SrcExpr) || isa<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(SrcExpr) || | ||||||||
16309 | isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(SrcExpr)) && | ||||||||
16310 | !SrcExpr->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||||||
16311 | getASTContext(), Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) { | ||||||||
16312 | if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSNumber")) | ||||||||
16313 | return false; | ||||||||
16314 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
16315 | Diag(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix) | ||||||||
16316 | << /*number*/1 | ||||||||
16317 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), "@"); | ||||||||
16318 | Expr *NumLit = | ||||||||
16319 | BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), SrcExpr).get(); | ||||||||
16320 | if (NumLit) | ||||||||
16321 | Exp = NumLit; | ||||||||
16322 | } | ||||||||
16323 | return true; | ||||||||
16324 | } | ||||||||
16325 | |||||||||
16326 | return false; | ||||||||
16327 | } | ||||||||
16328 | |||||||||
16329 | static bool maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(Sema &S, QualType DstType, | ||||||||
16330 | const Expr *SrcExpr) { | ||||||||
16331 | if (!DstType->isFunctionPointerType() || | ||||||||
16332 | !SrcExpr->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
16333 | return false; | ||||||||
16334 | |||||||||
16335 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||||||
16336 | if (!DRE) | ||||||||
16337 | return false; | ||||||||
16338 | |||||||||
16339 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||||
16340 | if (!FD) | ||||||||
16341 | return false; | ||||||||
16342 | |||||||||
16343 | return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, | ||||||||
16344 | /*Complain=*/true, | ||||||||
16345 | SrcExpr->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
16346 | } | ||||||||
16347 | |||||||||
16348 | bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, | ||||||||
16349 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
16350 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, | ||||||||
16351 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, | ||||||||
16352 | bool *Complained) { | ||||||||
16353 | if (Complained) | ||||||||
16354 | *Complained = false; | ||||||||
16355 | |||||||||
16356 | // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions). | ||||||||
16357 | bool CheckInferredResultType = false; | ||||||||
16358 | bool isInvalid = false; | ||||||||
16359 | unsigned DiagKind = 0; | ||||||||
16360 | ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints; | ||||||||
16361 | bool MayHaveConvFixit = false; | ||||||||
16362 | bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false; | ||||||||
16363 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; | ||||||||
16364 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||
16365 | |||||||||
16366 | switch (ConvTy) { | ||||||||
16367 | case Compatible: | ||||||||
16368 | DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr); | ||||||||
16369 | return false; | ||||||||
16370 | |||||||||
16371 | case PointerToInt: | ||||||||
16372 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16373 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; | ||||||||
16374 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16375 | } else { | ||||||||
16376 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; | ||||||||
16377 | } | ||||||||
16378 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||||||
16379 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||||||
16380 | break; | ||||||||
16381 | case IntToPointer: | ||||||||
16382 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16383 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; | ||||||||
16384 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16385 | } else { | ||||||||
16386 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; | ||||||||
16387 | } | ||||||||
16388 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||||||
16389 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||||||
16390 | break; | ||||||||
16391 | case IncompatibleFunctionPointer: | ||||||||
16392 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16393 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer; | ||||||||
16394 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16395 | } else { | ||||||||
16396 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer; | ||||||||
16397 | } | ||||||||
16398 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||||||
16399 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||||||
16400 | break; | ||||||||
16401 | case IncompatiblePointer: | ||||||||
16402 | if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited) { | ||||||||
16403 | DiagKind = diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; | ||||||||
16404 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16405 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; | ||||||||
16406 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16407 | } else { | ||||||||
16408 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; | ||||||||
16409 | } | ||||||||
16410 | CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||
16411 | SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType(); | ||||||||
16412 | if (!CheckInferredResultType) { | ||||||||
16413 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||||||
16414 | } else if (CheckInferredResultType) { | ||||||||
16415 | SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
16416 | DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
16417 | } | ||||||||
16418 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||||||
16419 | break; | ||||||||
16420 | case IncompatiblePointerSign: | ||||||||
16421 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16422 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; | ||||||||
16423 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16424 | } else { | ||||||||
16425 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; | ||||||||
16426 | } | ||||||||
16427 | break; | ||||||||
16428 | case FunctionVoidPointer: | ||||||||
16429 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16430 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; | ||||||||
16431 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16432 | } else { | ||||||||
16433 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; | ||||||||
16434 | } | ||||||||
16435 | break; | ||||||||
16436 | case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: { | ||||||||
16437 | // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary. | ||||||||
16438 | if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType); | ||||||||
16439 | |||||||||
16440 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16441 | |||||||||
16442 | Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
16443 | Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
16444 | if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) { | ||||||||
16445 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space; | ||||||||
16446 | break; | ||||||||
16447 | |||||||||
16448 | } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||||
16449 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership; | ||||||||
16450 | break; | ||||||||
16451 | } | ||||||||
16452 | |||||||||
16453 | llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 16453); | ||||||||
16454 | // fallthrough | ||||||||
16455 | } | ||||||||
16456 | case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: | ||||||||
16457 | // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the | ||||||||
16458 | // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char* | ||||||||
16459 | // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME: | ||||||||
16460 | // Ideally, this check would be performed in | ||||||||
16461 | // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a | ||||||||
16462 | // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an | ||||||||
16463 | // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part | ||||||||
16464 | // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for | ||||||||
16465 | // C++ semantics. | ||||||||
16466 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
16467 | IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType)) | ||||||||
16468 | return false; | ||||||||
16469 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16470 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; | ||||||||
16471 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16472 | } else { | ||||||||
16473 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; | ||||||||
16474 | } | ||||||||
16475 | |||||||||
16476 | break; | ||||||||
16477 | case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers: | ||||||||
16478 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16479 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16480 | DiagKind = diag::err_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; | ||||||||
16481 | } else { | ||||||||
16482 | DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; | ||||||||
16483 | } | ||||||||
16484 | break; | ||||||||
16485 | case IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch: | ||||||||
16486 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_nested_address_space; | ||||||||
16487 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16488 | break; | ||||||||
16489 | case IntToBlockPointer: | ||||||||
16490 | DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer; | ||||||||
16491 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16492 | break; | ||||||||
16493 | case IncompatibleBlockPointer: | ||||||||
16494 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer; | ||||||||
16495 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16496 | break; | ||||||||
16497 | case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: { | ||||||||
16498 | if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||||||
16499 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT = | ||||||||
16500 | SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
16501 | for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) { | ||||||||
16502 | PDecl = srcProto; | ||||||||
16503 | break; | ||||||||
16504 | } | ||||||||
16505 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = | ||||||||
16506 | DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) | ||||||||
16507 | IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); | ||||||||
16508 | } | ||||||||
16509 | else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||||||
16510 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT = | ||||||||
16511 | DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
16512 | for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) { | ||||||||
16513 | PDecl = dstProto; | ||||||||
16514 | break; | ||||||||
16515 | } | ||||||||
16516 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = | ||||||||
16517 | SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) | ||||||||
16518 | IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); | ||||||||
16519 | } | ||||||||
16520 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16521 | DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id; | ||||||||
16522 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16523 | } else { | ||||||||
16524 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id; | ||||||||
16525 | } | ||||||||
16526 | break; | ||||||||
16527 | } | ||||||||
16528 | case IncompatibleVectors: | ||||||||
16529 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
16530 | DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_vectors; | ||||||||
16531 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16532 | } else { | ||||||||
16533 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors; | ||||||||
16534 | } | ||||||||
16535 | break; | ||||||||
16536 | case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef: | ||||||||
16537 | DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign; | ||||||||
16538 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16539 | break; | ||||||||
16540 | case Incompatible: | ||||||||
16541 | if (maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(*this, DstType, SrcExpr)) { | ||||||||
16542 | if (Complained) | ||||||||
16543 | *Complained = true; | ||||||||
16544 | return true; | ||||||||
16545 | } | ||||||||
16546 | |||||||||
16547 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible; | ||||||||
16548 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||||||
16549 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||||||
16550 | isInvalid = true; | ||||||||
16551 | MayHaveFunctionDiff = true; | ||||||||
16552 | break; | ||||||||
16553 | } | ||||||||
16554 | |||||||||
16555 | QualType FirstType, SecondType; | ||||||||
16556 | switch (Action) { | ||||||||
16557 | case AA_Assigning: | ||||||||
16558 | case AA_Initializing: | ||||||||
16559 | // The destination type comes first. | ||||||||
16560 | FirstType = DstType; | ||||||||
16561 | SecondType = SrcType; | ||||||||
16562 | break; | ||||||||
16563 | |||||||||
16564 | case AA_Returning: | ||||||||
16565 | case AA_Passing: | ||||||||
16566 | case AA_Passing_CFAudited: | ||||||||
16567 | case AA_Converting: | ||||||||
16568 | case AA_Sending: | ||||||||
16569 | case AA_Casting: | ||||||||
16570 | // The source type comes first. | ||||||||
16571 | FirstType = SrcType; | ||||||||
16572 | SecondType = DstType; | ||||||||
16573 | break; | ||||||||
16574 | } | ||||||||
16575 | |||||||||
16576 | PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind); | ||||||||
16577 | if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited) | ||||||||
16578 | FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << AA_Passing << SrcExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
16579 | else | ||||||||
16580 | FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
16581 | |||||||||
16582 | if (DiagKind == diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign || | ||||||||
16583 | DiagKind == diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign) { | ||||||||
16584 | auto isPlainChar = [](const clang::Type *Type) { | ||||||||
16585 | return Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||||||
16586 | Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U); | ||||||||
16587 | }; | ||||||||
16588 | FDiag << (isPlainChar(FirstType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()) || | ||||||||
16589 | isPlainChar(SecondType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType())); | ||||||||
16590 | } | ||||||||
16591 | |||||||||
16592 | // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. | ||||||||
16593 | if (!ConvHints.isNull()) { | ||||||||
16594 | for (FixItHint &H : ConvHints.Hints) | ||||||||
16595 | FDiag << H; | ||||||||
16596 | } | ||||||||
16597 | |||||||||
16598 | if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); } | ||||||||
16599 | |||||||||
16600 | if (MayHaveFunctionDiff) | ||||||||
16601 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType); | ||||||||
16602 | |||||||||
16603 | Diag(Loc, FDiag); | ||||||||
16604 | if ((DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id || | ||||||||
16605 | DiagKind == diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id) && | ||||||||
16606 | PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition()) | ||||||||
16607 | Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id) | ||||||||
16608 | << IFace << PDecl; | ||||||||
16609 | |||||||||
16610 | if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy) | ||||||||
16611 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression, | ||||||||
16612 | FirstType, /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||||||
16613 | |||||||||
16614 | if (CheckInferredResultType) | ||||||||
16615 | EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr); | ||||||||
16616 | |||||||||
16617 | if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer) | ||||||||
16618 | EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType); | ||||||||
16619 | |||||||||
16620 | if (Complained) | ||||||||
16621 | *Complained = true; | ||||||||
16622 | return isInvalid; | ||||||||
16623 | } | ||||||||
16624 | |||||||||
16625 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, | ||||||||
16626 | llvm::APSInt *Result, | ||||||||
16627 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { | ||||||||
16628 | class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser { | ||||||||
16629 | public: | ||||||||
16630 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
16631 | QualType T) override { | ||||||||
16632 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) | ||||||||
16633 | << T << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; | ||||||||
16634 | } | ||||||||
16635 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override { | ||||||||
16636 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; | ||||||||
16637 | } | ||||||||
16638 | } Diagnoser; | ||||||||
16639 | |||||||||
16640 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold); | ||||||||
16641 | } | ||||||||
16642 | |||||||||
16643 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, | ||||||||
16644 | llvm::APSInt *Result, | ||||||||
16645 | unsigned DiagID, | ||||||||
16646 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { | ||||||||
16647 | class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser { | ||||||||
16648 | unsigned DiagID; | ||||||||
16649 | |||||||||
16650 | public: | ||||||||
16651 | IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID) | ||||||||
16652 | : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { } | ||||||||
16653 | |||||||||
16654 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override { | ||||||||
16655 | return S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); | ||||||||
16656 | } | ||||||||
16657 | } Diagnoser(DiagID); | ||||||||
16658 | |||||||||
16659 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold); | ||||||||
16660 | } | ||||||||
16661 | |||||||||
16662 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder | ||||||||
16663 | Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
16664 | QualType T) { | ||||||||
16665 | return diagnoseNotICE(S, Loc); | ||||||||
16666 | } | ||||||||
16667 | |||||||||
16668 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder | ||||||||
16669 | Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
16670 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; | ||||||||
16671 | } | ||||||||
16672 | |||||||||
16673 | ExprResult | ||||||||
16674 | Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, | ||||||||
16675 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, | ||||||||
16676 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { | ||||||||
16677 | SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
16678 | |||||||||
16679 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||||
16680 | // C++11 [expr.const]p5: | ||||||||
16681 | // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an | ||||||||
16682 | // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall | ||||||||
16683 | // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or | ||||||||
16684 | // unscoped enumeration type | ||||||||
16685 | ExprResult Converted; | ||||||||
16686 | class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { | ||||||||
16687 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser; | ||||||||
16688 | public: | ||||||||
16689 | CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser) | ||||||||
16690 | : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/ false, | ||||||||
16691 | BaseDiagnoser.Suppress, true), | ||||||||
16692 | BaseDiagnoser(BaseDiagnoser) {} | ||||||||
16693 | |||||||||
16694 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
16695 | QualType T) override { | ||||||||
16696 | return BaseDiagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(S, Loc, T); | ||||||||
16697 | } | ||||||||
16698 | |||||||||
16699 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( | ||||||||
16700 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||||||
16701 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T; | ||||||||
16702 | } | ||||||||
16703 | |||||||||
16704 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( | ||||||||
16705 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { | ||||||||
16706 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; | ||||||||
16707 | } | ||||||||
16708 | |||||||||
16709 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( | ||||||||
16710 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { | ||||||||
16711 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here) | ||||||||
16712 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; | ||||||||
16713 | } | ||||||||
16714 | |||||||||
16715 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( | ||||||||
16716 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||||||
16717 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T; | ||||||||
16718 | } | ||||||||
16719 | |||||||||
16720 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( | ||||||||
16721 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { | ||||||||
16722 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here) | ||||||||
16723 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; | ||||||||
16724 | } | ||||||||
16725 | |||||||||
16726 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( | ||||||||
16727 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { | ||||||||
16728 | llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("conversion functions are permitted" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 16728); | ||||||||
16729 | } | ||||||||
16730 | } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser); | ||||||||
16731 | |||||||||
16732 | Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E, | ||||||||
16733 | ConvertDiagnoser); | ||||||||
16734 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
16735 | return Converted; | ||||||||
16736 | E = Converted.get(); | ||||||||
16737 | if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||||||
16738 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16739 | } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { | ||||||||
16740 | // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type. | ||||||||
16741 | if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) | ||||||||
16742 | Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(*this, DiagLoc, E->getType()) | ||||||||
16743 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
16744 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16745 | } | ||||||||
16746 | |||||||||
16747 | ExprResult RValueExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); | ||||||||
16748 | if (RValueExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
16749 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16750 | |||||||||
16751 | E = RValueExpr.get(); | ||||||||
16752 | |||||||||
16753 | // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice | ||||||||
16754 | // in the non-ICE case. | ||||||||
16755 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) { | ||||||||
16756 | if (Result) | ||||||||
16757 | *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow(Context); | ||||||||
16758 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
16759 | E = Result ? ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, APValue(*Result)) | ||||||||
16760 | : ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E); | ||||||||
16761 | return E; | ||||||||
16762 | } | ||||||||
16763 | |||||||||
16764 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; | ||||||||
16765 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||||||
16766 | EvalResult.Diag = &Notes; | ||||||||
16767 | |||||||||
16768 | // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's | ||||||||
16769 | // not a constant expression as a side-effect. | ||||||||
16770 | bool Folded = | ||||||||
16771 | E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context, /*isConstantContext*/ true) && | ||||||||
16772 | EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects; | ||||||||
16773 | |||||||||
16774 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
16775 | E = ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, EvalResult.Val); | ||||||||
16776 | |||||||||
16777 | // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression | ||||||||
16778 | // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then | ||||||||
16779 | // this is a constant expression. | ||||||||
16780 | if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) { | ||||||||
16781 | if (Result) | ||||||||
16782 | *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
16783 | return E; | ||||||||
16784 | } | ||||||||
16785 | |||||||||
16786 | // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point | ||||||||
16787 | // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially | ||||||||
16788 | // redundant note. | ||||||||
16789 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | ||||||||
16790 | diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | ||||||||
16791 | DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; | ||||||||
16792 | Notes.clear(); | ||||||||
16793 | } | ||||||||
16794 | |||||||||
16795 | if (!Folded || !CanFold) { | ||||||||
16796 | if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) { | ||||||||
16797 | Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
16798 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes) | ||||||||
16799 | Diag(Note.first, Note.second); | ||||||||
16800 | } | ||||||||
16801 | |||||||||
16802 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
16803 | } | ||||||||
16804 | |||||||||
16805 | Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
16806 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes) | ||||||||
16807 | Diag(Note.first, Note.second); | ||||||||
16808 | |||||||||
16809 | if (Result) | ||||||||
16810 | *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||||||
16811 | return E; | ||||||||
16812 | } | ||||||||
16813 | |||||||||
16814 | namespace { | ||||||||
16815 | // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively | ||||||||
16816 | // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated. | ||||||||
16817 | class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> { | ||||||||
16818 | typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform; | ||||||||
16819 | |||||||||
16820 | public: | ||||||||
16821 | TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { } | ||||||||
16822 | |||||||||
16823 | // Make sure we redo semantic analysis | ||||||||
16824 | bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; } | ||||||||
16825 | bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; } | ||||||||
16826 | |||||||||
16827 | // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which | ||||||||
16828 | // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming | ||||||||
16829 | // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST. | ||||||||
16830 | // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this | ||||||||
16831 | // case? | ||||||||
16832 | // | ||||||||
16833 | // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls. | ||||||||
16834 | ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||||||
16835 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) && | ||||||||
16836 | !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
16837 | return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(), | ||||||||
16838 | diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) | ||||||||
16839 | << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
16840 | |||||||||
16841 | return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E); | ||||||||
16842 | } | ||||||||
16843 | |||||||||
16844 | // Exception: filter out member pointer formation | ||||||||
16845 | ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||||||
16846 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()) | ||||||||
16847 | return E; | ||||||||
16848 | |||||||||
16849 | return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E); | ||||||||
16850 | } | ||||||||
16851 | |||||||||
16852 | // The body of a lambda-expression is in a separate expression evaluation | ||||||||
16853 | // context so never needs to be transformed. | ||||||||
16854 | // FIXME: Ideally we wouldn't transform the closure type either, and would | ||||||||
16855 | // just recreate the capture expressions and lambda expression. | ||||||||
16856 | StmtResult TransformLambdaBody(LambdaExpr *E, Stmt *Body) { | ||||||||
16857 | return SkipLambdaBody(E, Body); | ||||||||
16858 | } | ||||||||
16859 | }; | ||||||||
16860 | } | ||||||||
16861 | |||||||||
16862 | ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
16863 | assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&(static_cast <bool> (isUnevaluatedContext() && "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isUnevaluatedContext() && \"Should only transform unevaluated expressions\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 16864, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
16864 | "Should only transform unevaluated expressions")(static_cast <bool> (isUnevaluatedContext() && "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isUnevaluatedContext() && \"Should only transform unevaluated expressions\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 16864, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
16865 | ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = | ||||||||
16866 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context; | ||||||||
16867 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
16868 | return E; | ||||||||
16869 | return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E); | ||||||||
16870 | } | ||||||||
16871 | |||||||||
16872 | TypeSourceInfo *Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { | ||||||||
16873 | assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&(static_cast <bool> (isUnevaluatedContext() && "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isUnevaluatedContext() && \"Should only transform unevaluated expressions\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 16874, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
16874 | "Should only transform unevaluated expressions")(static_cast <bool> (isUnevaluatedContext() && "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isUnevaluatedContext() && \"Should only transform unevaluated expressions\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 16874, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
16875 | ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = | ||||||||
16876 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2].Context; | ||||||||
16877 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
16878 | return TInfo; | ||||||||
16879 | return TransformToPE(*this).TransformType(TInfo); | ||||||||
16880 | } | ||||||||
16881 | |||||||||
16882 | void | ||||||||
16883 | Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext( | ||||||||
16884 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl, | ||||||||
16885 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) { | ||||||||
16886 | ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(NewContext, ExprCleanupObjects.size(), Cleanup, | ||||||||
16887 | LambdaContextDecl, ExprContext); | ||||||||
16888 | |||||||||
16889 | // Discarded statements and immediate contexts nested in other | ||||||||
16890 | // discarded statements or immediate context are themselves | ||||||||
16891 | // a discarded statement or an immediate context, respectively. | ||||||||
16892 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InDiscardedStatement = | ||||||||
16893 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2] | ||||||||
16894 | .isDiscardedStatementContext(); | ||||||||
16895 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateFunctionContext = | ||||||||
16896 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2] | ||||||||
16897 | .isImmediateFunctionContext(); | ||||||||
16898 | |||||||||
16899 | Cleanup.reset(); | ||||||||
16900 | if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty()) | ||||||||
16901 | std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); | ||||||||
16902 | } | ||||||||
16903 | |||||||||
16904 | void | ||||||||
16905 | Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext( | ||||||||
16906 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, | ||||||||
16907 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) { | ||||||||
16908 | Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl; | ||||||||
16909 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, ExprContext); | ||||||||
16910 | } | ||||||||
16911 | |||||||||
16912 | namespace { | ||||||||
16913 | |||||||||
16914 | const DeclRefExpr *CheckPossibleDeref(Sema &S, const Expr *PossibleDeref) { | ||||||||
16915 | PossibleDeref = PossibleDeref->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
16916 | if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(PossibleDeref)) { | ||||||||
16917 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) | ||||||||
16918 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
16919 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(PossibleDeref)) { | ||||||||
16920 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getBase()); | ||||||||
16921 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(PossibleDeref)) { | ||||||||
16922 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getBase()); | ||||||||
16923 | } else if (const auto E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(PossibleDeref)) { | ||||||||
16924 | QualType Inner; | ||||||||
16925 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||||||
16926 | if (const auto *Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
16927 | Inner = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
16928 | else if (const auto *Arr = S.Context.getAsArrayType(Ty)) | ||||||||
16929 | Inner = Arr->getElementType(); | ||||||||
16930 | else | ||||||||
16931 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
16932 | |||||||||
16933 | if (Inner->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) | ||||||||
16934 | return E; | ||||||||
16935 | } | ||||||||
16936 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
16937 | } | ||||||||
16938 | |||||||||
16939 | } // namespace | ||||||||
16940 | |||||||||
16941 | void Sema::WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) { | ||||||||
16942 | for (const Expr *E : Rec.PossibleDerefs) { | ||||||||
16943 | const DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = CheckPossibleDeref(*this, E); | ||||||||
16944 | if (DeclRef) { | ||||||||
16945 | const ValueDecl *Decl = DeclRef->getDecl(); | ||||||||
16946 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type) | ||||||||
16947 | << Decl->getName() << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
16948 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Decl->getName(); | ||||||||
16949 | } else { | ||||||||
16950 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type_no_decl) | ||||||||
16951 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
16952 | } | ||||||||
16953 | } | ||||||||
16954 | Rec.PossibleDerefs.clear(); | ||||||||
16955 | } | ||||||||
16956 | |||||||||
16957 | /// Check whether E, which is either a discarded-value expression or an | ||||||||
16958 | /// unevaluated operand, is a simple-assignment to a volatlie-qualified lvalue, | ||||||||
16959 | /// and if so, remove it from the list of volatile-qualified assignments that | ||||||||
16960 | /// we are going to warn are deprecated. | ||||||||
16961 | void Sema::CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
16962 | if (!E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||||||
16963 | return; | ||||||||
16964 | |||||||||
16965 | // Note: ignoring parens here is not justified by the standard rules, but | ||||||||
16966 | // ignoring parentheses seems like a more reasonable approach, and this only | ||||||||
16967 | // drives a deprecation warning so doesn't affect conformance. | ||||||||
16968 | if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | ||||||||
16969 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) { | ||||||||
16970 | auto &LHSs = ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs; | ||||||||
16971 | llvm::erase_value(LHSs, BO->getLHS()); | ||||||||
16972 | } | ||||||||
16973 | } | ||||||||
16974 | } | ||||||||
16975 | |||||||||
16976 | ExprResult Sema::CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl) { | ||||||||
16977 | if (isUnevaluatedContext() || !E.isUsable() || !Decl || | ||||||||
16978 | !Decl->isConsteval() || isConstantEvaluated() || | ||||||||
16979 | RebuildingImmediateInvocation || isImmediateFunctionContext()) | ||||||||
16980 | return E; | ||||||||
16981 | |||||||||
16982 | /// Opportunistically remove the callee from ReferencesToConsteval if we can. | ||||||||
16983 | /// It's OK if this fails; we'll also remove this in | ||||||||
16984 | /// HandleImmediateInvocations, but catching it here allows us to avoid | ||||||||
16985 | /// walking the AST looking for it in simple cases. | ||||||||
16986 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E.get()->IgnoreImplicit())) | ||||||||
16987 | if (auto *DeclRef = | ||||||||
16988 | dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Call->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())) | ||||||||
16989 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.erase(DeclRef); | ||||||||
16990 | |||||||||
16991 | E = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); | ||||||||
16992 | |||||||||
16993 | ConstantExpr *Res = ConstantExpr::Create( | ||||||||
16994 | getASTContext(), E.get(), | ||||||||
16995 | ConstantExpr::getStorageKind(Decl->getReturnType().getTypePtr(), | ||||||||
16996 | getASTContext()), | ||||||||
16997 | /*IsImmediateInvocation*/ true); | ||||||||
16998 | /// Value-dependent constant expressions should not be immediately | ||||||||
16999 | /// evaluated until they are instantiated. | ||||||||
17000 | if (!Res->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
17001 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ImmediateInvocationCandidates.emplace_back(Res, 0); | ||||||||
17002 | return Res; | ||||||||
17003 | } | ||||||||
17004 | |||||||||
17005 | static void EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation( | ||||||||
17006 | Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Candidate) { | ||||||||
17007 | llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||||||
17008 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; | ||||||||
17009 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; | ||||||||
17010 | ConstantExpr *CE = Candidate.getPointer(); | ||||||||
17011 | bool Result = CE->EvaluateAsConstantExpr( | ||||||||
17012 | Eval, SemaRef.getASTContext(), ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation); | ||||||||
17013 | if (!Result || !Notes.empty()) { | ||||||||
17014 | Expr *InnerExpr = CE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImplicit(); | ||||||||
17015 | if (auto *FunctionalCast = dyn_cast<CXXFunctionalCastExpr>(InnerExpr)) | ||||||||
17016 | InnerExpr = FunctionalCast->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
17017 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | ||||||||
17018 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(InnerExpr)) | ||||||||
17019 | FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Call->getCalleeDecl()); | ||||||||
17020 | else if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(InnerExpr)) | ||||||||
17021 | FD = Call->getConstructor(); | ||||||||
17022 | else | ||||||||
17023 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled decl kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unhandled decl kind", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 17023); | ||||||||
17024 | assert(FD->isConsteval())(static_cast <bool> (FD->isConsteval()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FD->isConsteval()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 17024, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
17025 | SemaRef.Diag(CE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_call) << FD; | ||||||||
17026 | for (auto &Note : Notes) | ||||||||
17027 | SemaRef.Diag(Note.first, Note.second); | ||||||||
17028 | return; | ||||||||
17029 | } | ||||||||
17030 | CE->MoveIntoResult(Eval.Val, SemaRef.getASTContext()); | ||||||||
17031 | } | ||||||||
17032 | |||||||||
17033 | static void RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation( | ||||||||
17034 | Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec, | ||||||||
17035 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator It) { | ||||||||
17036 | struct ComplexRemove : TreeTransform<ComplexRemove> { | ||||||||
17037 | using Base = TreeTransform<ComplexRemove>; | ||||||||
17038 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet; | ||||||||
17039 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &IISet; | ||||||||
17040 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator | ||||||||
17041 | CurrentII; | ||||||||
17042 | ComplexRemove(Sema &SemaRef, llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DR, | ||||||||
17043 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &II, | ||||||||
17044 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, | ||||||||
17045 | 4>::reverse_iterator Current) | ||||||||
17046 | : Base(SemaRef), DRSet(DR), IISet(II), CurrentII(Current) {} | ||||||||
17047 | void RemoveImmediateInvocation(ConstantExpr* E) { | ||||||||
17048 | auto It = std::find_if(CurrentII, IISet.rend(), | ||||||||
17049 | [E](Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Elem) { | ||||||||
17050 | return Elem.getPointer() == E; | ||||||||
17051 | }); | ||||||||
17052 | assert(It != IISet.rend() &&(static_cast <bool> (It != IISet.rend() && "ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should " "be present") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("It != IISet.rend() && \"ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should \" \"be present\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 17054, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
17053 | "ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should "(static_cast <bool> (It != IISet.rend() && "ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should " "be present") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("It != IISet.rend() && \"ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should \" \"be present\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 17054, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
17054 | "be present")(static_cast <bool> (It != IISet.rend() && "ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should " "be present") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("It != IISet.rend() && \"ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should \" \"be present\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 17054, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
17055 | It->setInt(1); // Mark as deleted | ||||||||
17056 | } | ||||||||
17057 | ExprResult TransformConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *E) { | ||||||||
17058 | if (!E->isImmediateInvocation()) | ||||||||
17059 | return Base::TransformConstantExpr(E); | ||||||||
17060 | RemoveImmediateInvocation(E); | ||||||||
17061 | return Base::TransformExpr(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
17062 | } | ||||||||
17063 | /// Base::TransfromCXXOperatorCallExpr doesn't traverse the callee so | ||||||||
17064 | /// we need to remove its DeclRefExpr from the DRSet. | ||||||||
17065 | ExprResult TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { | ||||||||
17066 | DRSet.erase(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())); | ||||||||
17067 | return Base::TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); | ||||||||
17068 | } | ||||||||
17069 | /// Base::TransformInitializer skip ConstantExpr so we need to visit them | ||||||||
17070 | /// here. | ||||||||
17071 | ExprResult TransformInitializer(Expr *Init, bool NotCopyInit) { | ||||||||
17072 | if (!Init) | ||||||||
17073 | return Init; | ||||||||
17074 | /// ConstantExpr are the first layer of implicit node to be removed so if | ||||||||
17075 | /// Init isn't a ConstantExpr, no ConstantExpr will be skipped. | ||||||||
17076 | if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init)) | ||||||||
17077 | if (CE->isImmediateInvocation()) | ||||||||
17078 | RemoveImmediateInvocation(CE); | ||||||||
17079 | return Base::TransformInitializer(Init, NotCopyInit); | ||||||||
17080 | } | ||||||||
17081 | ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||||||
17082 | DRSet.erase(E); | ||||||||
17083 | return E; | ||||||||
17084 | } | ||||||||
17085 | bool AlwaysRebuild() { return false; } | ||||||||
17086 | bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; } | ||||||||
17087 | bool AllowSkippingCXXConstructExpr() { | ||||||||
17088 | bool Res = AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr; | ||||||||
17089 | AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true; | ||||||||
17090 | return Res; | ||||||||
17091 | } | ||||||||
17092 | bool AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true; | ||||||||
17093 | } Transformer(SemaRef, Rec.ReferenceToConsteval, | ||||||||
17094 | Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates, It); | ||||||||
17095 | |||||||||
17096 | /// CXXConstructExpr with a single argument are getting skipped by | ||||||||
17097 | /// TreeTransform in some situtation because they could be implicit. This | ||||||||
17098 | /// can only occur for the top-level CXXConstructExpr because it is used | ||||||||
17099 | /// nowhere in the expression being transformed therefore will not be rebuilt. | ||||||||
17100 | /// Setting AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr to false will prevent from | ||||||||
17101 | /// skipping the first CXXConstructExpr. | ||||||||
17102 | if (isa<CXXConstructExpr>(It->getPointer()->IgnoreImplicit())) | ||||||||
17103 | Transformer.AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = false; | ||||||||
17104 | |||||||||
17105 | ExprResult Res = Transformer.TransformExpr(It->getPointer()->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
17106 | assert(Res.isUsable())(static_cast <bool> (Res.isUsable()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Res.isUsable()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 17106, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
17107 | Res = SemaRef.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Res); | ||||||||
17108 | It->getPointer()->setSubExpr(Res.get()); | ||||||||
17109 | } | ||||||||
17110 | |||||||||
17111 | static void | ||||||||
17112 | HandleImmediateInvocations(Sema &SemaRef, | ||||||||
17113 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) { | ||||||||
17114 | if ((Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 0 && | ||||||||
17115 | Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size() == 0) || | ||||||||
17116 | SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation) | ||||||||
17117 | return; | ||||||||
17118 | |||||||||
17119 | /// When we have more then 1 ImmediateInvocationCandidates we need to check | ||||||||
17120 | /// for nested ImmediateInvocationCandidates. when we have only 1 we only | ||||||||
17121 | /// need to remove ReferenceToConsteval in the immediate invocation. | ||||||||
17122 | if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() > 1) { | ||||||||
17123 | |||||||||
17124 | /// Prevent sema calls during the tree transform from adding pointers that | ||||||||
17125 | /// are already in the sets. | ||||||||
17126 | llvm::SaveAndRestore<bool> DisableIITracking( | ||||||||
17127 | SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation, true); | ||||||||
17128 | |||||||||
17129 | /// Prevent diagnostic during tree transfrom as they are duplicates | ||||||||
17130 | Sema::TentativeAnalysisScope DisableDiag(SemaRef); | ||||||||
17131 | |||||||||
17132 | for (auto It = Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rbegin(); | ||||||||
17133 | It != Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rend(); It++) | ||||||||
17134 | if (!It->getInt()) | ||||||||
17135 | RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, Rec, It); | ||||||||
17136 | } else if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 1 && | ||||||||
17137 | Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size()) { | ||||||||
17138 | struct SimpleRemove : RecursiveASTVisitor<SimpleRemove> { | ||||||||
17139 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet; | ||||||||
17140 | SimpleRemove(llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &S) : DRSet(S) {} | ||||||||
17141 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||||||
17142 | DRSet.erase(E); | ||||||||
17143 | return DRSet.size(); | ||||||||
17144 | } | ||||||||
17145 | } Visitor(Rec.ReferenceToConsteval); | ||||||||
17146 | Visitor.TraverseStmt( | ||||||||
17147 | Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.front().getPointer()->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
17148 | } | ||||||||
17149 | for (auto CE : Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates) | ||||||||
17150 | if (!CE.getInt()) | ||||||||
17151 | EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, CE); | ||||||||
17152 | for (auto DR : Rec.ReferenceToConsteval) { | ||||||||
17153 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()); | ||||||||
17154 | SemaRef.Diag(DR->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_take_address) | ||||||||
17155 | << FD; | ||||||||
17156 | SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
17157 | } | ||||||||
17158 | } | ||||||||
17159 | |||||||||
17160 | void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() { | ||||||||
17161 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back(); | ||||||||
17162 | unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos; | ||||||||
17163 | |||||||||
17164 | if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) { | ||||||||
17165 | using ExpressionKind = ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind; | ||||||||
17166 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && | ||||||||
17167 | (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument || | ||||||||
17168 | Rec.isUnevaluated() || | ||||||||
17169 | (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17))) { | ||||||||
17170 | unsigned D; | ||||||||
17171 | if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) { | ||||||||
17172 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2: | ||||||||
17173 | // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand | ||||||||
17174 | // (Clause 5). | ||||||||
17175 | D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand; | ||||||||
17176 | } else if (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { | ||||||||
17177 | // C++1y [expr.const]p2: | ||||||||
17178 | // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the | ||||||||
17179 | // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would | ||||||||
17180 | // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression. | ||||||||
17181 | D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression; | ||||||||
17182 | } else if (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument) { | ||||||||
17183 | // C++17 [expr.prim.lamda]p2: | ||||||||
17184 | // A lambda-expression shall not appear [...] in a template-argument. | ||||||||
17185 | D = diag::err_lambda_in_invalid_context; | ||||||||
17186 | } else | ||||||||
17187 | llvm_unreachable("Couldn't infer lambda error message.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Couldn't infer lambda error message." , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 17187); | ||||||||
17188 | |||||||||
17189 | for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas) | ||||||||
17190 | Diag(L->getBeginLoc(), D); | ||||||||
17191 | } | ||||||||
17192 | } | ||||||||
17193 | |||||||||
17194 | WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(Rec); | ||||||||
17195 | HandleImmediateInvocations(*this, Rec); | ||||||||
17196 | |||||||||
17197 | // Warn on any volatile-qualified simple-assignments that are not discarded- | ||||||||
17198 | // value expressions nor unevaluated operands (those cases get removed from | ||||||||
17199 | // this list by CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment). | ||||||||
17200 | for (auto *BO : Rec.VolatileAssignmentLHSs) | ||||||||
17201 | Diag(BO->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_simple_assign_volatile) | ||||||||
17202 | << BO->getType(); | ||||||||
17203 | |||||||||
17204 | // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any | ||||||||
17205 | // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of | ||||||||
17206 | // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they | ||||||||
17207 | // will never be constructed. | ||||||||
17208 | if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) { | ||||||||
17209 | ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects, | ||||||||
17210 | ExprCleanupObjects.end()); | ||||||||
17211 | Cleanup = Rec.ParentCleanup; | ||||||||
17212 | CleanupVarDeclMarking(); | ||||||||
17213 | std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); | ||||||||
17214 | // Otherwise, merge the contexts together. | ||||||||
17215 | } else { | ||||||||
17216 | Cleanup.mergeFrom(Rec.ParentCleanup); | ||||||||
17217 | MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(), | ||||||||
17218 | Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end()); | ||||||||
17219 | } | ||||||||
17220 | |||||||||
17221 | // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack. | ||||||||
17222 | ExprEvalContexts.pop_back(); | ||||||||
17223 | |||||||||
17224 | // The global expression evaluation context record is never popped. | ||||||||
17225 | ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos; | ||||||||
17226 | } | ||||||||
17227 | |||||||||
17228 | void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() { | ||||||||
17229 | ExprCleanupObjects.erase( | ||||||||
17230 | ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects, | ||||||||
17231 | ExprCleanupObjects.end()); | ||||||||
17232 | Cleanup.reset(); | ||||||||
17233 | MaybeODRUseExprs.clear(); | ||||||||
17234 | } | ||||||||
17235 | |||||||||
17236 | ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
17237 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
17238 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
17239 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
17240 | E = Result.get(); | ||||||||
17241 | if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||||||
17242 | return E; | ||||||||
17243 | return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); | ||||||||
17244 | } | ||||||||
17245 | |||||||||
17246 | /// Are we in a context that is potentially constant evaluated per C++20 | ||||||||
17247 | /// [expr.const]p12? | ||||||||
17248 | static bool isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) { | ||||||||
17249 | /// C++2a [expr.const]p12: | ||||||||
17250 | // An expression or conversion is potentially constant evaluated if it is | ||||||||
17251 | switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { | ||||||||
17252 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: | ||||||||
17253 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext: | ||||||||
17254 | |||||||||
17255 | // -- a manifestly constant-evaluated expression, | ||||||||
17256 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: | ||||||||
17257 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: | ||||||||
17258 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: | ||||||||
17259 | // -- a potentially-evaluated expression, | ||||||||
17260 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: | ||||||||
17261 | // -- an immediate subexpression of a braced-init-list, | ||||||||
17262 | |||||||||
17263 | // -- [FIXME] an expression of the form & cast-expression that occurs | ||||||||
17264 | // within a templated entity | ||||||||
17265 | // -- a subexpression of one of the above that is not a subexpression of | ||||||||
17266 | // a nested unevaluated operand. | ||||||||
17267 | return true; | ||||||||
17268 | |||||||||
17269 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: | ||||||||
17270 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: | ||||||||
17271 | // Expressions in this context are never evaluated. | ||||||||
17272 | return false; | ||||||||
17273 | } | ||||||||
17274 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid context")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid context", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 17274); | ||||||||
17275 | } | ||||||||
17276 | |||||||||
17277 | /// Return true if this function has a calling convention that requires mangling | ||||||||
17278 | /// in the size of the parameter pack. | ||||||||
17279 | static bool funcHasParameterSizeMangling(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
17280 | // These manglings don't do anything on non-Windows or non-x86 platforms, so | ||||||||
17281 | // we don't need parameter type sizes. | ||||||||
17282 | const llvm::Triple &TT = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | ||||||||
17283 | if (!TT.isOSWindows() || !TT.isX86()) | ||||||||
17284 | return false; | ||||||||
17285 | |||||||||
17286 | // If this is C++ and this isn't an extern "C" function, parameters do not | ||||||||
17287 | // need to be complete. In this case, C++ mangling will apply, which doesn't | ||||||||
17288 | // use the size of the parameters. | ||||||||
17289 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->isExternC()) | ||||||||
17290 | return false; | ||||||||
17291 | |||||||||
17292 | // Stdcall, fastcall, and vectorcall need this special treatment. | ||||||||
17293 | CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
17294 | switch (CC) { | ||||||||
17295 | case CC_X86StdCall: | ||||||||
17296 | case CC_X86FastCall: | ||||||||
17297 | case CC_X86VectorCall: | ||||||||
17298 | return true; | ||||||||
17299 | default: | ||||||||
17300 | break; | ||||||||
17301 | } | ||||||||
17302 | return false; | ||||||||
17303 | } | ||||||||
17304 | |||||||||
17305 | /// Require that all of the parameter types of function be complete. Normally, | ||||||||
17306 | /// parameter types are only required to be complete when a function is called | ||||||||
17307 | /// or defined, but to mangle functions with certain calling conventions, the | ||||||||
17308 | /// mangler needs to know the size of the parameter list. In this situation, | ||||||||
17309 | /// MSVC doesn't emit an error or instantiate templates. Instead, MSVC mangles | ||||||||
17310 | /// the function as _foo@0, i.e. zero bytes of parameters, which will usually | ||||||||
17311 | /// result in a linker error. Clang doesn't implement this behavior, and instead | ||||||||
17312 | /// attempts to error at compile time. | ||||||||
17313 | static void CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||||
17314 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
17315 | class ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser : public Sema::TypeDiagnoser { | ||||||||
17316 | FunctionDecl *FD; | ||||||||
17317 | ParmVarDecl *Param; | ||||||||
17318 | |||||||||
17319 | public: | ||||||||
17320 | ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) | ||||||||
17321 | : FD(FD), Param(Param) {} | ||||||||
17322 | |||||||||
17323 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||||||
17324 | CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
17325 | StringRef CCName; | ||||||||
17326 | switch (CC) { | ||||||||
17327 | case CC_X86StdCall: | ||||||||
17328 | CCName = "stdcall"; | ||||||||
17329 | break; | ||||||||
17330 | case CC_X86FastCall: | ||||||||
17331 | CCName = "fastcall"; | ||||||||
17332 | break; | ||||||||
17333 | case CC_X86VectorCall: | ||||||||
17334 | CCName = "vectorcall"; | ||||||||
17335 | break; | ||||||||
17336 | default: | ||||||||
17337 | llvm_unreachable("CC does not need mangling")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("CC does not need mangling" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 17337); | ||||||||
17338 | } | ||||||||
17339 | |||||||||
17340 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_cconv_incomplete_param_type) | ||||||||
17341 | << Param->getDeclName() << FD->getDeclName() << CCName; | ||||||||
17342 | } | ||||||||
17343 | }; | ||||||||
17344 | |||||||||
17345 | for (ParmVarDecl *Param : FD->parameters()) { | ||||||||
17346 | ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser Diagnoser(FD, Param); | ||||||||
17347 | S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Param->getType(), Diagnoser); | ||||||||
17348 | } | ||||||||
17349 | } | ||||||||
17350 | |||||||||
17351 | namespace { | ||||||||
17352 | enum class OdrUseContext { | ||||||||
17353 | /// Declarations in this context are not odr-used. | ||||||||
17354 | None, | ||||||||
17355 | /// Declarations in this context are formally odr-used, but this is a | ||||||||
17356 | /// dependent context. | ||||||||
17357 | Dependent, | ||||||||
17358 | /// Declarations in this context are odr-used but not actually used (yet). | ||||||||
17359 | FormallyOdrUsed, | ||||||||
17360 | /// Declarations in this context are used. | ||||||||
17361 | Used | ||||||||
17362 | }; | ||||||||
17363 | } | ||||||||
17364 | |||||||||
17365 | /// Are we within a context in which references to resolved functions or to | ||||||||
17366 | /// variables result in odr-use? | ||||||||
17367 | static OdrUseContext isOdrUseContext(Sema &SemaRef) { | ||||||||
17368 | OdrUseContext Result; | ||||||||
17369 | |||||||||
17370 | switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { | ||||||||
17371 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: | ||||||||
17372 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: | ||||||||
17373 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: | ||||||||
17374 | return OdrUseContext::None; | ||||||||
17375 | |||||||||
17376 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: | ||||||||
17377 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext: | ||||||||
17378 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: | ||||||||
17379 | Result = OdrUseContext::Used; | ||||||||
17380 | break; | ||||||||
17381 | |||||||||
17382 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: | ||||||||
17383 | Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||||||
17384 | break; | ||||||||
17385 | |||||||||
17386 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: | ||||||||
17387 | // A default argument formally results in odr-use, but doesn't actually | ||||||||
17388 | // result in a use in any real sense until it itself is used. | ||||||||
17389 | Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||||||
17390 | break; | ||||||||
17391 | } | ||||||||
17392 | |||||||||
17393 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) | ||||||||
17394 | return OdrUseContext::Dependent; | ||||||||
17395 | |||||||||
17396 | return Result; | ||||||||
17397 | } | ||||||||
17398 | |||||||||
17399 | static bool isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(FunctionDecl *Func) { | ||||||||
17400 | if (!Func->isConstexpr()) | ||||||||
17401 | return false; | ||||||||
17402 | |||||||||
17403 | if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() || !Func->isUserProvided()) | ||||||||
17404 | return true; | ||||||||
17405 | auto *CCD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func); | ||||||||
17406 | return CCD && CCD->getInheritedConstructor(); | ||||||||
17407 | } | ||||||||
17408 | |||||||||
17409 | /// Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used | ||||||||
17410 | /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3) | ||||||||
17411 | void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, | ||||||||
17412 | bool MightBeOdrUse) { | ||||||||
17413 | assert(Func && "No function?")(static_cast <bool> (Func && "No function?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Func && \"No function?\"", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 17413, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
17414 | |||||||||
17415 | Func->setReferenced(); | ||||||||
17416 | |||||||||
17417 | // Recursive functions aren't really used until they're used from some other | ||||||||
17418 | // context. | ||||||||
17419 | bool IsRecursiveCall = CurContext == Func; | ||||||||
17420 | |||||||||
17421 | // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3: | ||||||||
17422 | // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is | ||||||||
17423 | // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a | ||||||||
17424 | // set of overloaded functions [...]. | ||||||||
17425 | // | ||||||||
17426 | // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we | ||||||||
17427 | // can just check that here. | ||||||||
17428 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = | ||||||||
17429 | MightBeOdrUse ? isOdrUseContext(*this) : OdrUseContext::None; | ||||||||
17430 | if (IsRecursiveCall && OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) | ||||||||
17431 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||||||
17432 | |||||||||
17433 | // Trivial default constructors and destructors are never actually used. | ||||||||
17434 | // FIXME: What about other special members? | ||||||||
17435 | if (Func->isTrivial() && !Func->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && | ||||||||
17436 | OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) { | ||||||||
17437 | if (auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) | ||||||||
17438 | if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) | ||||||||
17439 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||||||
17440 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) | ||||||||
17441 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||||||
17442 | } | ||||||||
17443 | |||||||||
17444 | // C++20 [expr.const]p12: | ||||||||
17445 | // A function [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a | ||||||||
17446 | // constexpr function that is named by an expression that is potentially | ||||||||
17447 | // constant evaluated | ||||||||
17448 | bool NeededForConstantEvaluation = | ||||||||
17449 | isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(*this) && | ||||||||
17450 | isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(Func); | ||||||||
17451 | |||||||||
17452 | // Determine whether we require a function definition to exist, per | ||||||||
17453 | // C++11 [temp.inst]p3: | ||||||||
17454 | // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly | ||||||||
17455 | // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template | ||||||||
17456 | // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is | ||||||||
17457 | // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist. | ||||||||
17458 | // C++20 [temp.inst]p7: | ||||||||
17459 | // The existence of a definition of a [...] function is considered to | ||||||||
17460 | // affect the semantics of the program if the [...] function is needed for | ||||||||
17461 | // constant evaluation by an expression | ||||||||
17462 | // C++20 [basic.def.odr]p10: | ||||||||
17463 | // Every program shall contain exactly one definition of every non-inline | ||||||||
17464 | // function or variable that is odr-used in that program outside of a | ||||||||
17465 | // discarded statement | ||||||||
17466 | // C++20 [special]p1: | ||||||||
17467 | // The implementation will implicitly define [defaulted special members] | ||||||||
17468 | // if they are odr-used or needed for constant evaluation. | ||||||||
17469 | // | ||||||||
17470 | // Note that we skip the implicit instantiation of templates that are only | ||||||||
17471 | // used in unused default arguments or by recursive calls to themselves. | ||||||||
17472 | // This is formally non-conforming, but seems reasonable in practice. | ||||||||
17473 | bool NeedDefinition = !IsRecursiveCall && (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used || | ||||||||
17474 | NeededForConstantEvaluation); | ||||||||
17475 | |||||||||
17476 | // C++14 [temp.expl.spec]p6: | ||||||||
17477 | // If a template [...] is explicitly specialized then that specialization | ||||||||
17478 | // shall be declared before the first use of that specialization that would | ||||||||
17479 | // cause an implicit instantiation to take place, in every translation unit | ||||||||
17480 | // in which such a use occurs | ||||||||
17481 | if (NeedDefinition && | ||||||||
17482 | (Func->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared || | ||||||||
17483 | Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo())) | ||||||||
17484 | checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Func); | ||||||||
17485 | |||||||||
17486 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||||||
17487 | CheckCUDACall(Loc, Func); | ||||||||
17488 | |||||||||
17489 | if (getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) | ||||||||
17490 | checkSYCLDeviceFunction(Loc, Func); | ||||||||
17491 | |||||||||
17492 | // If we need a definition, try to create one. | ||||||||
17493 | if (NeedDefinition && !Func->getBody()) { | ||||||||
17494 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] { | ||||||||
17495 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = | ||||||||
17496 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||||||
17497 | Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl()); | ||||||||
17498 | if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) { | ||||||||
17499 | if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { | ||||||||
17500 | if (Constructor->isTrivial() && | ||||||||
17501 | !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||||||
17502 | return; | ||||||||
17503 | DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor); | ||||||||
17504 | } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) { | ||||||||
17505 | DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor); | ||||||||
17506 | } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) { | ||||||||
17507 | DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor); | ||||||||
17508 | } | ||||||||
17509 | } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) { | ||||||||
17510 | DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor); | ||||||||
17511 | } | ||||||||
17512 | } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = | ||||||||
17513 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||||||
17514 | Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl()); | ||||||||
17515 | if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) { | ||||||||
17516 | if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||||||
17517 | return; | ||||||||
17518 | DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor); | ||||||||
17519 | } | ||||||||
17520 | if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext) | ||||||||
17521 | MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent()); | ||||||||
17522 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) { | ||||||||
17523 | if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && | ||||||||
17524 | MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) { | ||||||||
17525 | MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl()); | ||||||||
17526 | if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) { | ||||||||
17527 | if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||||
17528 | DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl); | ||||||||
17529 | else if (MethodDecl->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||||
17530 | DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl); | ||||||||
17531 | } | ||||||||
17532 | } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) && | ||||||||
17533 | MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) { | ||||||||
17534 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||||||
17535 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl()); | ||||||||
17536 | if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion()) | ||||||||
17537 | DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion); | ||||||||
17538 | else | ||||||||
17539 | DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion); | ||||||||
17540 | } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext) | ||||||||
17541 | MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent()); | ||||||||
17542 | } | ||||||||
17543 | |||||||||
17544 | if (Func->isDefaulted() && !Func->isDeleted()) { | ||||||||
17545 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK = getDefaultedComparisonKind(Func); | ||||||||
17546 | if (DCK != DefaultedComparisonKind::None) | ||||||||
17547 | DefineDefaultedComparison(Loc, Func, DCK); | ||||||||
17548 | } | ||||||||
17549 | |||||||||
17550 | // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of | ||||||||
17551 | // class templates. | ||||||||
17552 | if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { | ||||||||
17553 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = | ||||||||
17554 | Func->getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation(); | ||||||||
17555 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Func->getPointOfInstantiation(); | ||||||||
17556 | bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid(); | ||||||||
17557 | if (FirstInstantiation) { | ||||||||
17558 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; | ||||||||
17559 | if (auto *MSI = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) | ||||||||
17560 | MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); | ||||||||
17561 | // FIXME: Notify listener. | ||||||||
17562 | else | ||||||||
17563 | Func->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation); | ||||||||
17564 | } else if (TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) { | ||||||||
17565 | // Use the point of use as the point of instantiation, instead of the | ||||||||
17566 | // point of explicit instantiation (which we track as the actual point | ||||||||
17567 | // of instantiation). This gives better backtraces in diagnostics. | ||||||||
17568 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; | ||||||||
17569 | } | ||||||||
17570 | |||||||||
17571 | if (FirstInstantiation || TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || | ||||||||
17572 | Func->isConstexpr()) { | ||||||||
17573 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) && | ||||||||
17574 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() && | ||||||||
17575 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size()) | ||||||||
17576 | PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back( | ||||||||
17577 | std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation)); | ||||||||
17578 | else if (Func->isConstexpr()) | ||||||||
17579 | // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the | ||||||||
17580 | // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a | ||||||||
17581 | // call to such a function. | ||||||||
17582 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func); | ||||||||
17583 | else { | ||||||||
17584 | Func->setInstantiationIsPending(true); | ||||||||
17585 | PendingInstantiations.push_back( | ||||||||
17586 | std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation)); | ||||||||
17587 | // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated. | ||||||||
17588 | Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func); | ||||||||
17589 | } | ||||||||
17590 | } | ||||||||
17591 | } else { | ||||||||
17592 | // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable. | ||||||||
17593 | for (auto i : Func->redecls()) { | ||||||||
17594 | if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) | ||||||||
17595 | MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i, MightBeOdrUse); | ||||||||
17596 | } | ||||||||
17597 | } | ||||||||
17598 | }); | ||||||||
17599 | } | ||||||||
17600 | |||||||||
17601 | // C++14 [except.spec]p17: | ||||||||
17602 | // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when: | ||||||||
17603 | // - the function is odr-used or, if it appears in an unevaluated operand, | ||||||||
17604 | // would be odr-used if the expression were potentially-evaluated; | ||||||||
17605 | // | ||||||||
17606 | // Note, we do this even if MightBeOdrUse is false. That indicates that the | ||||||||
17607 | // function is a pure virtual function we're calling, and in that case the | ||||||||
17608 | // function was selected by overload resolution and we need to resolve its | ||||||||
17609 | // exception specification for a different reason. | ||||||||
17610 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
17611 | if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) | ||||||||
17612 | ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); | ||||||||
17613 | |||||||||
17614 | // If this is the first "real" use, act on that. | ||||||||
17615 | if (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used && !Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false)) { | ||||||||
17616 | // Keep track of used but undefined functions. | ||||||||
17617 | if (!Func->isDefined()) { | ||||||||
17618 | if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func)) | ||||||||
17619 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc)); | ||||||||
17620 | else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() && | ||||||||
17621 | !LangOpts.GNUInline && | ||||||||
17622 | !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) | ||||||||
17623 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc)); | ||||||||
17624 | else if (isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Func)) | ||||||||
17625 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc)); | ||||||||
17626 | } | ||||||||
17627 | |||||||||
17628 | // Some x86 Windows calling conventions mangle the size of the parameter | ||||||||
17629 | // pack into the name. Computing the size of the parameters requires the | ||||||||
17630 | // parameter types to be complete. Check that now. | ||||||||
17631 | if (funcHasParameterSizeMangling(*this, Func)) | ||||||||
17632 | CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(*this, Func, Loc); | ||||||||
17633 | |||||||||
17634 | // In the MS C++ ABI, the compiler emits destructor variants where they are | ||||||||
17635 | // used. If the destructor is used here but defined elsewhere, mark the | ||||||||
17636 | // virtual base destructors referenced. If those virtual base destructors | ||||||||
17637 | // are inline, this will ensure they are defined when emitting the complete | ||||||||
17638 | // destructor variant. This checking may be redundant if the destructor is | ||||||||
17639 | // provided later in this TU. | ||||||||
17640 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | ||||||||
17641 | if (auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||||||
17642 | CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Dtor->getParent(); | ||||||||
17643 | if (Parent->getNumVBases() > 0 && !Dtor->getBody()) | ||||||||
17644 | CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(Loc, Dtor); | ||||||||
17645 | } | ||||||||
17646 | } | ||||||||
17647 | |||||||||
17648 | Func->markUsed(Context); | ||||||||
17649 | } | ||||||||
17650 | } | ||||||||
17651 | |||||||||
17652 | /// Directly mark a variable odr-used. Given a choice, prefer to use | ||||||||
17653 | /// MarkVariableReferenced since it does additional checks and then | ||||||||
17654 | /// calls MarkVarDeclODRUsed. | ||||||||
17655 | /// If the variable must be captured: | ||||||||
17656 | /// - if FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt is null, capture it in the CurContext | ||||||||
17657 | /// - else capture it in the DeclContext that maps to the | ||||||||
17658 | /// *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt on the FunctionScopeInfo stack. | ||||||||
17659 | static void | ||||||||
17660 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &SemaRef, | ||||||||
17661 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr) { | ||||||||
17662 | // Keep track of used but undefined variables. | ||||||||
17663 | // FIXME: We shouldn't suppress this warning for static data members. | ||||||||
17664 | if (Var->hasDefinition(SemaRef.Context) == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && | ||||||||
17665 | (!Var->isExternallyVisible() || Var->isInline() || | ||||||||
17666 | SemaRef.isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Var)) && | ||||||||
17667 | !(Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->hasInit())) { | ||||||||
17668 | SourceLocation &old = SemaRef.UndefinedButUsed[Var->getCanonicalDecl()]; | ||||||||
17669 | if (old.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
17670 | old = Loc; | ||||||||
17671 | } | ||||||||
17672 | QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; | ||||||||
17673 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.OpenMP) | ||||||||
17674 | SemaRef.tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(Var); | ||||||||
17675 | SemaRef.tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Sema::TryCapture_Implicit, | ||||||||
17676 | /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
17677 | /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, | ||||||||
17678 | CaptureType, DeclRefType, | ||||||||
17679 | FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); | ||||||||
17680 | |||||||||
17681 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.CUDA && Var->hasGlobalStorage()) { | ||||||||
17682 | auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext); | ||||||||
17683 | auto VarTarget = SemaRef.IdentifyCUDATarget(Var); | ||||||||
17684 | auto UserTarget = SemaRef.IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); | ||||||||
17685 | if (VarTarget == Sema::CVT_Host && | ||||||||
17686 | (UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Device || UserTarget == Sema::CFT_HostDevice || | ||||||||
17687 | UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Global)) { | ||||||||
17688 | // Diagnose ODR-use of host global variables in device functions. | ||||||||
17689 | // Reference of device global variables in host functions is allowed | ||||||||
17690 | // through shadow variables therefore it is not diagnosed. | ||||||||
17691 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice) { | ||||||||
17692 | SemaRef.targetDiag(Loc, diag::err_ref_bad_target) | ||||||||
17693 | << /*host*/ 2 << /*variable*/ 1 << Var << UserTarget; | ||||||||
17694 | SemaRef.targetDiag(Var->getLocation(), | ||||||||
17695 | Var->getType().isConstQualified() | ||||||||
17696 | ? diag::note_cuda_const_var_unpromoted | ||||||||
17697 | : diag::note_cuda_host_var); | ||||||||
17698 | } | ||||||||
17699 | } else if (VarTarget == Sema::CVT_Device && | ||||||||
17700 | (UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Host || | ||||||||
17701 | UserTarget == Sema::CFT_HostDevice) && | ||||||||
17702 | !Var->hasExternalStorage()) { | ||||||||
17703 | // Record a CUDA/HIP device side variable if it is ODR-used | ||||||||
17704 | // by host code. This is done conservatively, when the variable is | ||||||||
17705 | // referenced in any of the following contexts: | ||||||||
17706 | // - a non-function context | ||||||||
17707 | // - a host function | ||||||||
17708 | // - a host device function | ||||||||
17709 | // This makes the ODR-use of the device side variable by host code to | ||||||||
17710 | // be visible in the device compilation for the compiler to be able to | ||||||||
17711 | // emit template variables instantiated by host code only and to | ||||||||
17712 | // externalize the static device side variable ODR-used by host code. | ||||||||
17713 | SemaRef.getASTContext().CUDADeviceVarODRUsedByHost.insert(Var); | ||||||||
17714 | } | ||||||||
17715 | } | ||||||||
17716 | |||||||||
17717 | Var->markUsed(SemaRef.Context); | ||||||||
17718 | } | ||||||||
17719 | |||||||||
17720 | void Sema::MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture, | ||||||||
17721 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
17722 | unsigned CapturingScopeIndex) { | ||||||||
17723 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Capture, Loc, *this, &CapturingScopeIndex); | ||||||||
17724 | } | ||||||||
17725 | |||||||||
17726 | static void diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, | ||||||||
17727 | ValueDecl *var) { | ||||||||
17728 | DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext(); | ||||||||
17729 | |||||||||
17730 | // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then | ||||||||
17731 | // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of | ||||||||
17732 | // the next. | ||||||||
17733 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) && | ||||||||
17734 | isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC)) | ||||||||
17735 | return; | ||||||||
17736 | |||||||||
17737 | // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code | ||||||||
17738 | // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of | ||||||||
17739 | // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later. | ||||||||
17740 | // | ||||||||
17741 | // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this | ||||||||
17742 | // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound | ||||||||
17743 | // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious. | ||||||||
17744 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) | ||||||||
17745 | return; | ||||||||
17746 | |||||||||
17747 | unsigned ValueKind = isa<BindingDecl>(var) ? 1 : 0; | ||||||||
17748 | unsigned ContextKind = 3; // unknown | ||||||||
17749 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) && | ||||||||
17750 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) { | ||||||||
17751 | ContextKind = 2; | ||||||||
17752 | } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) { | ||||||||
17753 | ContextKind = 0; | ||||||||
17754 | } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) { | ||||||||
17755 | ContextKind = 1; | ||||||||
17756 | } | ||||||||
17757 | |||||||||
17758 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_in_enclosing_context) | ||||||||
17759 | << var << ValueKind << ContextKind << VarDC; | ||||||||
17760 | S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) | ||||||||
17761 | << var; | ||||||||
17762 | |||||||||
17763 | // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents | ||||||||
17764 | // capture. | ||||||||
17765 | } | ||||||||
17766 | |||||||||
17767 | |||||||||
17768 | static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var, | ||||||||
17769 | bool &SubCapturesAreNested, | ||||||||
17770 | QualType &CaptureType, | ||||||||
17771 | QualType &DeclRefType) { | ||||||||
17772 | // Check whether we've already captured it. | ||||||||
17773 | if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) { | ||||||||
17774 | // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested. | ||||||||
17775 | SubCapturesAreNested = true; | ||||||||
17776 | |||||||||
17777 | // Retrieve the capture type for this variable. | ||||||||
17778 | CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType(); | ||||||||
17779 | |||||||||
17780 | // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable. | ||||||||
17781 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
17782 | |||||||||
17783 | // Similarly to mutable captures in lambda, all the OpenMP captures by copy | ||||||||
17784 | // are mutable in the sense that user can change their value - they are | ||||||||
17785 | // private instances of the captured declarations. | ||||||||
17786 | const Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var); | ||||||||
17787 | if (Cap.isCopyCapture() && | ||||||||
17788 | !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable) && | ||||||||
17789 | !(isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) && | ||||||||
17790 | cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP)) | ||||||||
17791 | DeclRefType.addConst(); | ||||||||
17792 | return true; | ||||||||
17793 | } | ||||||||
17794 | return false; | ||||||||
17795 | } | ||||||||
17796 | |||||||||
17797 | // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can | ||||||||
17798 | // capture; other scopes don't work. | ||||||||
17799 | static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var, | ||||||||
17800 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
17801 | const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) { | ||||||||
17802 | if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) | ||||||||
17803 | return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC); | ||||||||
17804 | else if (Var->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||||||
17805 | if (Diagnose) | ||||||||
17806 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var); | ||||||||
17807 | } | ||||||||
17808 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
17809 | } | ||||||||
17810 | |||||||||
17811 | // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture | ||||||||
17812 | // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.) | ||||||||
17813 | // so check for eligibility. | ||||||||
17814 | static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var, | ||||||||
17815 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
17816 | const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) { | ||||||||
17817 | |||||||||
17818 | bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||||||
17819 | bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||||||
17820 | |||||||||
17821 | // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables | ||||||||
17822 | // (e.g. anonymous unions). | ||||||||
17823 | // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm | ||||||||
17824 | // assuming that's the intent. | ||||||||
17825 | if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) { | ||||||||
17826 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
17827 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var); | ||||||||
17828 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
17829 | } | ||||||||
17830 | return false; | ||||||||
17831 | } | ||||||||
17832 | |||||||||
17833 | // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with. | ||||||||
17834 | if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) { | ||||||||
17835 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
17836 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type); | ||||||||
17837 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||||||
17838 | } | ||||||||
17839 | return false; | ||||||||
17840 | } | ||||||||
17841 | // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too. | ||||||||
17842 | // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct. | ||||||||
17843 | if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
17844 | if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { | ||||||||
17845 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
17846 | if (IsBlock) | ||||||||
17847 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type); | ||||||||
17848 | else | ||||||||
17849 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type) << Var; | ||||||||
17850 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||||||
17851 | } | ||||||||
17852 | return false; | ||||||||
17853 | } | ||||||||
17854 | } | ||||||||
17855 | const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); | ||||||||
17856 | // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block | ||||||||
17857 | // variables; they don't support the expected semantics. | ||||||||
17858 | if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) { | ||||||||
17859 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
17860 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable) << Var << !IsLambda; | ||||||||
17861 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||||||
17862 | } | ||||||||
17863 | return false; | ||||||||
17864 | } | ||||||||
17865 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5: Blocks cannot reference/capture other blocks | ||||||||
17866 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && IsBlock && | ||||||||
17867 | Var->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
17868 | if (Diagnose) | ||||||||
17869 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_block_ref_block); | ||||||||
17870 | return false; | ||||||||
17871 | } | ||||||||
17872 | |||||||||
17873 | return true; | ||||||||
17874 | } | ||||||||
17875 | |||||||||
17876 | // Returns true if the capture by block was successful. | ||||||||
17877 | static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var, | ||||||||
17878 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
17879 | const bool BuildAndDiagnose, | ||||||||
17880 | QualType &CaptureType, | ||||||||
17881 | QualType &DeclRefType, | ||||||||
17882 | const bool Nested, | ||||||||
17883 | Sema &S, bool Invalid) { | ||||||||
17884 | bool ByRef = false; | ||||||||
17885 | |||||||||
17886 | // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays, excepting OpenCL. | ||||||||
17887 | // OpenCL v2.0 s1.12.5 (revision 40): arrays are captured by reference | ||||||||
17888 | // (decayed to pointers). | ||||||||
17889 | if (!Invalid && !S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CaptureType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
17890 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||||||
17891 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type); | ||||||||
17892 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||||||
17893 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||
17894 | } else { | ||||||||
17895 | return false; | ||||||||
17896 | } | ||||||||
17897 | } | ||||||||
17898 | |||||||||
17899 | // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables. | ||||||||
17900 | if (!Invalid && | ||||||||
17901 | CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { | ||||||||
17902 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||||||
17903 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) | ||||||||
17904 | << /*block*/ 0; | ||||||||
17905 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||||||
17906 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||
17907 | } else { | ||||||||
17908 | return false; | ||||||||
17909 | } | ||||||||
17910 | } | ||||||||
17911 | |||||||||
17912 | // Warn about implicitly autoreleasing indirect parameters captured by blocks. | ||||||||
17913 | if (const auto *PT = CaptureType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
17914 | QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
17915 | |||||||||
17916 | if (!Invalid && PointeeTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||||
17917 | PointeeTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing && | ||||||||
17918 | !S.Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(PointeeTy)) { | ||||||||
17919 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||||||
17920 | SourceLocation VarLoc = Var->getLocation(); | ||||||||
17921 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_block_capture_autoreleasing); | ||||||||
17922 | S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_strong); | ||||||||
17923 | } | ||||||||
17924 | } | ||||||||
17925 | } | ||||||||
17926 | |||||||||
17927 | const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); | ||||||||
17928 | if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType() || | ||||||||
17929 | (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))) { | ||||||||
17930 | // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or | ||||||||
17931 | // declaration reference types. | ||||||||
17932 | ByRef = true; | ||||||||
17933 | } else { | ||||||||
17934 | // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'. | ||||||||
17935 | CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst(); | ||||||||
17936 | DeclRefType = CaptureType; | ||||||||
17937 | } | ||||||||
17938 | |||||||||
17939 | // Actually capture the variable. | ||||||||
17940 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||||||
17941 | BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc, SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
17942 | CaptureType, Invalid); | ||||||||
17943 | |||||||||
17944 | return !Invalid; | ||||||||
17945 | } | ||||||||
17946 | |||||||||
17947 | |||||||||
17948 | /// Capture the given variable in the captured region. | ||||||||
17949 | static bool captureInCapturedRegion( | ||||||||
17950 | CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI, VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
17951 | const bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType, QualType &DeclRefType, | ||||||||
17952 | const bool RefersToCapturedVariable, Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind, | ||||||||
17953 | bool IsTopScope, Sema &S, bool Invalid) { | ||||||||
17954 | // By default, capture variables by reference. | ||||||||
17955 | bool ByRef = true; | ||||||||
17956 | if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) { | ||||||||
17957 | ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef); | ||||||||
17958 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) { | ||||||||
17959 | // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below). | ||||||||
17960 | if (S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var)) { | ||||||||
17961 | bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified(); | ||||||||
17962 | DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
17963 | // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const. | ||||||||
17964 | if (HasConst) | ||||||||
17965 | DeclRefType.addConst(); | ||||||||
17966 | } | ||||||||
17967 | // Do not capture firstprivates in tasks. | ||||||||
17968 | if (S.isOpenMPPrivateDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel) != | ||||||||
17969 | OMPC_unknown) | ||||||||
17970 | return true; | ||||||||
17971 | ByRef = S.isOpenMPCapturedByRef(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, | ||||||||
17972 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); | ||||||||
17973 | } | ||||||||
17974 | |||||||||
17975 | if (ByRef) | ||||||||
17976 | CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); | ||||||||
17977 | else | ||||||||
17978 | CaptureType = DeclRefType; | ||||||||
17979 | |||||||||
17980 | // Actually capture the variable. | ||||||||
17981 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||||||
17982 | RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/ false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, | ||||||||
17983 | Loc, SourceLocation(), CaptureType, Invalid); | ||||||||
17984 | |||||||||
17985 | return !Invalid; | ||||||||
17986 | } | ||||||||
17987 | |||||||||
17988 | /// Capture the given variable in the lambda. | ||||||||
17989 | static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, | ||||||||
17990 | VarDecl *Var, | ||||||||
17991 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
17992 | const bool BuildAndDiagnose, | ||||||||
17993 | QualType &CaptureType, | ||||||||
17994 | QualType &DeclRefType, | ||||||||
17995 | const bool RefersToCapturedVariable, | ||||||||
17996 | const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind, | ||||||||
17997 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, | ||||||||
17998 | const bool IsTopScope, | ||||||||
17999 | Sema &S, bool Invalid) { | ||||||||
18000 | // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value. | ||||||||
18001 | bool ByRef = false; | ||||||||
18002 | if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) { | ||||||||
18003 | ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef); | ||||||||
18004 | } else { | ||||||||
18005 | ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref); | ||||||||
18006 | } | ||||||||
18007 | |||||||||
18008 | // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable. | ||||||||
18009 | if (ByRef) { | ||||||||
18010 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15: | ||||||||
18011 | // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or | ||||||||
18012 | // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is | ||||||||
18013 | // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data | ||||||||
18014 | // members are declared in the closure type for entities | ||||||||
18015 | // captured by reference. | ||||||||
18016 | // | ||||||||
18017 | // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference | ||||||||
18018 | // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears | ||||||||
18019 | // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will | ||||||||
18020 | // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and | ||||||||
18021 | // easily defensible position. | ||||||||
18022 | CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); | ||||||||
18023 | } else { | ||||||||
18024 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14: | ||||||||
18025 | // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static | ||||||||
18026 | // data member is declared in the closure type. The | ||||||||
18027 | // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type | ||||||||
18028 | // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding | ||||||||
18029 | // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an | ||||||||
18030 | // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the | ||||||||
18031 | // captured entity is a reference to a function, the | ||||||||
18032 | // corresponding data member is also a reference to a | ||||||||
18033 | // function. - end note ] | ||||||||
18034 | if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){ | ||||||||
18035 | if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
18036 | CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
18037 | } | ||||||||
18038 | |||||||||
18039 | // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables. | ||||||||
18040 | if (!Invalid && | ||||||||
18041 | CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { | ||||||||
18042 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||||||
18043 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1; | ||||||||
18044 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||||
18045 | << Var->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
18046 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||
18047 | } else { | ||||||||
18048 | return false; | ||||||||
18049 | } | ||||||||
18050 | } | ||||||||
18051 | |||||||||
18052 | // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type. | ||||||||
18053 | if (!Invalid && BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||||||
18054 | if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() && | ||||||||
18055 | S.RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||||||
18056 | Loc, CaptureType, | ||||||||
18057 | diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||||||
18058 | Var->getDeclName())) | ||||||||
18059 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||
18060 | else if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType, | ||||||||
18061 | diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type)) | ||||||||
18062 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||
18063 | } | ||||||||
18064 | } | ||||||||
18065 | |||||||||
18066 | // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable. | ||||||||
18067 | if (ByRef) | ||||||||
18068 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
18069 | else { | ||||||||
18070 | // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5: | ||||||||
18071 | // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline | ||||||||
18072 | // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is | ||||||||
18073 | // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression's | ||||||||
18074 | // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable. | ||||||||
18075 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
18076 | if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
18077 | DeclRefType.addConst(); | ||||||||
18078 | } | ||||||||
18079 | |||||||||
18080 | // Add the capture. | ||||||||
18081 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||||||
18082 | LSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, | ||||||||
18083 | Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, Invalid); | ||||||||
18084 | |||||||||
18085 | return !Invalid; | ||||||||
18086 | } | ||||||||
18087 | |||||||||
18088 | static bool canCaptureVariableByCopy(VarDecl *Var, const ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||||
18089 | // Offer a Copy fix even if the type is dependent. | ||||||||
18090 | if (Var->getType()->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
18091 | return true; | ||||||||
18092 | QualType T = Var->getType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
18093 | if (T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) | ||||||||
18094 | return true; | ||||||||
18095 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||||||
18096 | |||||||||
18097 | if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) | ||||||||
18098 | return false; | ||||||||
18099 | if (RD->hasSimpleCopyConstructor()) | ||||||||
18100 | return true; | ||||||||
18101 | if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) | ||||||||
18102 | for (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors()) | ||||||||
18103 | if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) | ||||||||
18104 | return !Ctor->isDeleted(); | ||||||||
18105 | } | ||||||||
18106 | return false; | ||||||||
18107 | } | ||||||||
18108 | |||||||||
18109 | /// Create up to 4 fix-its for explicit reference and value capture of \p Var or | ||||||||
18110 | /// default capture. Fixes may be omitted if they aren't allowed by the | ||||||||
18111 | /// standard, for example we can't emit a default copy capture fix-it if we | ||||||||
18112 | /// already explicitly copy capture capture another variable. | ||||||||
18113 | static void buildLambdaCaptureFixit(Sema &Sema, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, | ||||||||
18114 | VarDecl *Var) { | ||||||||
18115 | assert(LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None)(static_cast <bool> (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo ::ImpCap_None) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18115, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
18116 | // Don't offer Capture by copy of default capture by copy fixes if Var is | ||||||||
18117 | // known not to be copy constructible. | ||||||||
18118 | bool ShouldOfferCopyFix = canCaptureVariableByCopy(Var, Sema.getASTContext()); | ||||||||
18119 | |||||||||
18120 | SmallString<32> FixBuffer; | ||||||||
18121 | StringRef Separator = LSI->NumExplicitCaptures > 0 ? ", " : ""; | ||||||||
18122 | if (Var->getDeclName().isIdentifier() && !Var->getName().empty()) { | ||||||||
18123 | SourceLocation VarInsertLoc = LSI->IntroducerRange.getEnd(); | ||||||||
18124 | if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) { | ||||||||
18125 | // Offer fixes to insert an explicit capture for the variable. | ||||||||
18126 | // [] -> [VarName] | ||||||||
18127 | // [OtherCapture] -> [OtherCapture, VarName] | ||||||||
18128 | FixBuffer.assign({Separator, Var->getName()}); | ||||||||
18129 | Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit) | ||||||||
18130 | << Var << /*value*/ 0 | ||||||||
18131 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer); | ||||||||
18132 | } | ||||||||
18133 | // As above but capture by reference. | ||||||||
18134 | FixBuffer.assign({Separator, "&", Var->getName()}); | ||||||||
18135 | Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit) | ||||||||
18136 | << Var << /*reference*/ 1 | ||||||||
18137 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer); | ||||||||
18138 | } | ||||||||
18139 | |||||||||
18140 | // Only try to offer default capture if there are no captures excluding this | ||||||||
18141 | // and init captures. | ||||||||
18142 | // [this]: OK. | ||||||||
18143 | // [X = Y]: OK. | ||||||||
18144 | // [&A, &B]: Don't offer. | ||||||||
18145 | // [A, B]: Don't offer. | ||||||||
18146 | if (llvm::any_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) { | ||||||||
18147 | return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture(); | ||||||||
18148 | })) | ||||||||
18149 | return; | ||||||||
18150 | |||||||||
18151 | // The default capture specifiers, '=' or '&', must appear first in the | ||||||||
18152 | // capture body. | ||||||||
18153 | SourceLocation DefaultInsertLoc = | ||||||||
18154 | LSI->IntroducerRange.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(1); | ||||||||
18155 | |||||||||
18156 | if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) { | ||||||||
18157 | bool CanDefaultCopyCapture = true; | ||||||||
18158 | // [=, *this] OK since c++17 | ||||||||
18159 | // [=, this] OK since c++20 | ||||||||
18160 | if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured() && !Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||||||
18161 | CanDefaultCopyCapture = Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 | ||||||||
18162 | ? LSI->getCXXThisCapture().isCopyCapture() | ||||||||
18163 | : false; | ||||||||
18164 | // We can't use default capture by copy if any captures already specified | ||||||||
18165 | // capture by copy. | ||||||||
18166 | if (CanDefaultCopyCapture && llvm::none_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) { | ||||||||
18167 | return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture() && C.isCopyCapture(); | ||||||||
18168 | })) { | ||||||||
18169 | FixBuffer.assign({"=", Separator}); | ||||||||
18170 | Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit) | ||||||||
18171 | << /*value*/ 0 | ||||||||
18172 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer); | ||||||||
18173 | } | ||||||||
18174 | } | ||||||||
18175 | |||||||||
18176 | // We can't use default capture by reference if any captures already specified | ||||||||
18177 | // capture by reference. | ||||||||
18178 | if (llvm::none_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) { | ||||||||
18179 | return !C.isInitCapture() && C.isReferenceCapture() && | ||||||||
18180 | !C.isThisCapture(); | ||||||||
18181 | })) { | ||||||||
18182 | FixBuffer.assign({"&", Separator}); | ||||||||
18183 | Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit) | ||||||||
18184 | << /*reference*/ 1 | ||||||||
18185 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer); | ||||||||
18186 | } | ||||||||
18187 | } | ||||||||
18188 | |||||||||
18189 | bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable( | ||||||||
18190 | VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind, | ||||||||
18191 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType, | ||||||||
18192 | QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { | ||||||||
18193 | // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its | ||||||||
18194 | // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class. | ||||||||
18195 | DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext(); | ||||||||
18196 | if (Var->isInitCapture()) | ||||||||
18197 | VarDC = VarDC->getParent(); | ||||||||
18198 | |||||||||
18199 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; | ||||||||
18200 | const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt | ||||||||
18201 | ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; | ||||||||
18202 | // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the | ||||||||
18203 | // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt | ||||||||
18204 | if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { | ||||||||
18205 | unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1; | ||||||||
18206 | while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) { | ||||||||
18207 | DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC); | ||||||||
18208 | --FSIndex; | ||||||||
18209 | } | ||||||||
18210 | } | ||||||||
18211 | |||||||||
18212 | |||||||||
18213 | // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to | ||||||||
18214 | // capture it. | ||||||||
18215 | if (VarDC == DC) return true; | ||||||||
18216 | |||||||||
18217 | // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this | ||||||||
18218 | // variable. | ||||||||
18219 | bool IsGlobal = !Var->hasLocalStorage(); | ||||||||
18220 | if (IsGlobal && | ||||||||
18221 | !(LangOpts.OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var, /*CheckScopeInfo=*/true, | ||||||||
18222 | MaxFunctionScopesIndex))) | ||||||||
18223 | return true; | ||||||||
18224 | Var = Var->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||||
18225 | |||||||||
18226 | // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable, | ||||||||
18227 | // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when | ||||||||
18228 | // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing | ||||||||
18229 | // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity | ||||||||
18230 | // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities | ||||||||
18231 | // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s | ||||||||
18232 | // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured | ||||||||
18233 | // the variable. | ||||||||
18234 | CaptureType = Var->getType(); | ||||||||
18235 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
18236 | bool Nested = false; | ||||||||
18237 | bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit); | ||||||||
18238 | unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; | ||||||||
18239 | do { | ||||||||
18240 | // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can | ||||||||
18241 | // capture; other scopes don't work. | ||||||||
18242 | DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var, | ||||||||
18243 | ExprLoc, | ||||||||
18244 | BuildAndDiagnose, | ||||||||
18245 | *this); | ||||||||
18246 | // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have* | ||||||||
18247 | // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in | ||||||||
18248 | // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc. | ||||||||
18249 | if (!ParentDC) { | ||||||||
18250 | if (IsGlobal) { | ||||||||
18251 | FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1; | ||||||||
18252 | break; | ||||||||
18253 | } | ||||||||
18254 | return true; | ||||||||
18255 | } | ||||||||
18256 | |||||||||
18257 | FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex]; | ||||||||
18258 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI); | ||||||||
18259 | |||||||||
18260 | |||||||||
18261 | // Check whether we've already captured it. | ||||||||
18262 | if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType, | ||||||||
18263 | DeclRefType)) { | ||||||||
18264 | CSI->getCapture(Var).markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose); | ||||||||
18265 | break; | ||||||||
18266 | } | ||||||||
18267 | // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body, | ||||||||
18268 | // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured | ||||||||
18269 | // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing | ||||||||
18270 | // should be used. | ||||||||
18271 | if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) { | ||||||||
18272 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||||||
18273 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||||||
18274 | if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) { | ||||||||
18275 | Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var; | ||||||||
18276 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||||||
18277 | Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl); | ||||||||
18278 | buildLambdaCaptureFixit(*this, LSI, Var); | ||||||||
18279 | } else | ||||||||
18280 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var); | ||||||||
18281 | } | ||||||||
18282 | return true; | ||||||||
18283 | } | ||||||||
18284 | |||||||||
18285 | // Try to capture variable-length arrays types. | ||||||||
18286 | if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | ||||||||
18287 | // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA | ||||||||
18288 | // expressions. | ||||||||
18289 | QualType QTy = Var->getType(); | ||||||||
18290 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) | ||||||||
18291 | QTy = PVD->getOriginalType(); | ||||||||
18292 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, CSI); | ||||||||
18293 | } | ||||||||
18294 | |||||||||
18295 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) { | ||||||||
18296 | if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) { | ||||||||
18297 | // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so | ||||||||
18298 | // just break here. Similarly, global variables that are captured in a | ||||||||
18299 | // target region should not be captured outside the scope of the region. | ||||||||
18300 | if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) { | ||||||||
18301 | OpenMPClauseKind IsOpenMPPrivateDecl = isOpenMPPrivateDecl( | ||||||||
18302 | Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); | ||||||||
18303 | // If the variable is private (i.e. not captured) and has variably | ||||||||
18304 | // modified type, we still need to capture the type for correct | ||||||||
18305 | // codegen in all regions, associated with the construct. Currently, | ||||||||
18306 | // it is captured in the innermost captured region only. | ||||||||
18307 | if (IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_unknown && | ||||||||
18308 | Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | ||||||||
18309 | QualType QTy = Var->getType(); | ||||||||
18310 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) | ||||||||
18311 | QTy = PVD->getOriginalType(); | ||||||||
18312 | for (int I = 1, E = getNumberOfConstructScopes(RSI->OpenMPLevel); | ||||||||
18313 | I < E; ++I) { | ||||||||
18314 | auto *OuterRSI = cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>( | ||||||||
18315 | FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex - I]); | ||||||||
18316 | assert(RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel &&(static_cast <bool> (RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI-> OpenMPLevel && "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the " "OpenMP construct.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && \"Wrong number of captured regions associated with the \" \"OpenMP construct.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18318, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
18317 | "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the "(static_cast <bool> (RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI-> OpenMPLevel && "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the " "OpenMP construct.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && \"Wrong number of captured regions associated with the \" \"OpenMP construct.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18318, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
18318 | "OpenMP construct.")(static_cast <bool> (RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI-> OpenMPLevel && "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the " "OpenMP construct.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && \"Wrong number of captured regions associated with the \" \"OpenMP construct.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18318, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
18319 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, OuterRSI); | ||||||||
18320 | } | ||||||||
18321 | } | ||||||||
18322 | bool IsTargetCap = | ||||||||
18323 | IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_private && | ||||||||
18324 | isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, | ||||||||
18325 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); | ||||||||
18326 | // Do not capture global if it is not privatized in outer regions. | ||||||||
18327 | bool IsGlobalCap = | ||||||||
18328 | IsGlobal && isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, | ||||||||
18329 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); | ||||||||
18330 | |||||||||
18331 | // When we detect target captures we are looking from inside the | ||||||||
18332 | // target region, therefore we need to propagate the capture from the | ||||||||
18333 | // enclosing region. Therefore, the capture is not initially nested. | ||||||||
18334 | if (IsTargetCap) | ||||||||
18335 | adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(FunctionScopesIndex, RSI->OpenMPLevel); | ||||||||
18336 | |||||||||
18337 | if (IsTargetCap || IsOpenMPPrivateDecl == OMPC_private || | ||||||||
18338 | (IsGlobal && !IsGlobalCap)) { | ||||||||
18339 | Nested = !IsTargetCap; | ||||||||
18340 | bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified(); | ||||||||
18341 | DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
18342 | // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const. | ||||||||
18343 | if (HasConst) | ||||||||
18344 | DeclRefType.addConst(); | ||||||||
18345 | CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); | ||||||||
18346 | break; | ||||||||
18347 | } | ||||||||
18348 | } | ||||||||
18349 | } | ||||||||
18350 | } | ||||||||
18351 | if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) { | ||||||||
18352 | // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture | ||||||||
18353 | // so cannot capture this variable. | ||||||||
18354 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||||||
18355 | Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var; | ||||||||
18356 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||||||
18357 | auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||||||
18358 | if (LSI->Lambda) { | ||||||||
18359 | Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl); | ||||||||
18360 | buildLambdaCaptureFixit(*this, LSI, Var); | ||||||||
18361 | } | ||||||||
18362 | // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly | ||||||||
18363 | // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we | ||||||||
18364 | // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because | ||||||||
18365 | // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done | ||||||||
18366 | // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable | ||||||||
18367 | // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured | ||||||||
18368 | // explicitly. Suggestion: | ||||||||
18369 | // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit | ||||||||
18370 | // at the function head | ||||||||
18371 | // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda | ||||||||
18372 | // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable. | ||||||||
18373 | } | ||||||||
18374 | return true; | ||||||||
18375 | } | ||||||||
18376 | |||||||||
18377 | FunctionScopesIndex--; | ||||||||
18378 | DC = ParentDC; | ||||||||
18379 | Explicit = false; | ||||||||
18380 | } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC)); | ||||||||
18381 | |||||||||
18382 | // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda) | ||||||||
18383 | // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific | ||||||||
18384 | // requirements, and adding captures if requested. | ||||||||
18385 | // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing | ||||||||
18386 | // at the lambda nested within that one. | ||||||||
18387 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||||||
18388 | for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N; | ||||||||
18389 | ++I) { | ||||||||
18390 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); | ||||||||
18391 | |||||||||
18392 | // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture | ||||||||
18393 | // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.) | ||||||||
18394 | // so check for eligibility. | ||||||||
18395 | if (!Invalid) | ||||||||
18396 | Invalid = | ||||||||
18397 | !isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this); | ||||||||
18398 | |||||||||
18399 | // After encountering an error, if we're actually supposed to capture, keep | ||||||||
18400 | // capturing in nested contexts to suppress any follow-on diagnostics. | ||||||||
18401 | if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||||||
18402 | return true; | ||||||||
18403 | |||||||||
18404 | if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) { | ||||||||
18405 | Invalid = !captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, | ||||||||
18406 | DeclRefType, Nested, *this, Invalid); | ||||||||
18407 | Nested = true; | ||||||||
18408 | } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) { | ||||||||
18409 | Invalid = !captureInCapturedRegion( | ||||||||
18410 | RSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, DeclRefType, Nested, | ||||||||
18411 | Kind, /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, *this, Invalid); | ||||||||
18412 | Nested = true; | ||||||||
18413 | } else { | ||||||||
18414 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||||||
18415 | Invalid = | ||||||||
18416 | !captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, | ||||||||
18417 | DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc, | ||||||||
18418 | /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, *this, Invalid); | ||||||||
18419 | Nested = true; | ||||||||
18420 | } | ||||||||
18421 | |||||||||
18422 | if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||||||
18423 | return true; | ||||||||
18424 | } | ||||||||
18425 | return Invalid; | ||||||||
18426 | } | ||||||||
18427 | |||||||||
18428 | bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
18429 | TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) { | ||||||||
18430 | QualType CaptureType; | ||||||||
18431 | QualType DeclRefType; | ||||||||
18432 | return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc, | ||||||||
18433 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType, | ||||||||
18434 | DeclRefType, nullptr); | ||||||||
18435 | } | ||||||||
18436 | |||||||||
18437 | bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
18438 | QualType CaptureType; | ||||||||
18439 | QualType DeclRefType; | ||||||||
18440 | return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
18441 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, | ||||||||
18442 | DeclRefType, nullptr); | ||||||||
18443 | } | ||||||||
18444 | |||||||||
18445 | QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
18446 | QualType CaptureType; | ||||||||
18447 | QualType DeclRefType; | ||||||||
18448 | |||||||||
18449 | // Determine whether we can capture this variable. | ||||||||
18450 | if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
18451 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, | ||||||||
18452 | DeclRefType, nullptr)) | ||||||||
18453 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
18454 | |||||||||
18455 | return DeclRefType; | ||||||||
18456 | } | ||||||||
18457 | |||||||||
18458 | namespace { | ||||||||
18459 | // Helper to copy the template arguments from a DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr. | ||||||||
18460 | // The produced TemplateArgumentListInfo* points to data stored within this | ||||||||
18461 | // object, so should only be used in contexts where the pointer will not be | ||||||||
18462 | // used after the CopiedTemplateArgs object is destroyed. | ||||||||
18463 | class CopiedTemplateArgs { | ||||||||
18464 | bool HasArgs; | ||||||||
18465 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgStorage; | ||||||||
18466 | public: | ||||||||
18467 | template<typename RefExpr> | ||||||||
18468 | CopiedTemplateArgs(RefExpr *E) : HasArgs(E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||||
18469 | if (HasArgs) | ||||||||
18470 | E->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgStorage); | ||||||||
18471 | } | ||||||||
18472 | operator TemplateArgumentListInfo*() | ||||||||
18473 | #ifdef __has_cpp_attribute | ||||||||
18474 | #if0 __has_cpp_attribute(clang::lifetimebound)1 | ||||||||
18475 | [[clang::lifetimebound]] | ||||||||
18476 | #endif | ||||||||
18477 | #endif | ||||||||
18478 | { | ||||||||
18479 | return HasArgs ? &TemplateArgStorage : nullptr; | ||||||||
18480 | } | ||||||||
18481 | }; | ||||||||
18482 | } | ||||||||
18483 | |||||||||
18484 | /// Walk the set of potential results of an expression and mark them all as | ||||||||
18485 | /// non-odr-uses if they satisfy the side-conditions of the NonOdrUseReason. | ||||||||
18486 | /// | ||||||||
18487 | /// \return A new expression if we found any potential results, ExprEmpty() if | ||||||||
18488 | /// not, and ExprError() if we diagnosed an error. | ||||||||
18489 | static ExprResult rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(Sema &S, Expr *E, | ||||||||
18490 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR) { | ||||||||
18491 | // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is | ||||||||
18492 | // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a | ||||||||
18493 | // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) | ||||||||
18494 | // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||||||
18495 | // conversion part. | ||||||||
18496 | // | ||||||||
18497 | // If we encounter a node that claims to be an odr-use but shouldn't be, we | ||||||||
18498 | // transform it into the relevant kind of non-odr-use node and rebuild the | ||||||||
18499 | // tree of nodes leading to it. | ||||||||
18500 | // | ||||||||
18501 | // This is a mini-TreeTransform that only transforms a restricted subset of | ||||||||
18502 | // nodes (and only certain operands of them). | ||||||||
18503 | |||||||||
18504 | // Rebuild a subexpression. | ||||||||
18505 | auto Rebuild = [&](Expr *Sub) { | ||||||||
18506 | return rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(S, Sub, NOUR); | ||||||||
18507 | }; | ||||||||
18508 | |||||||||
18509 | // Check whether a potential result satisfies the requirements of NOUR. | ||||||||
18510 | auto IsPotentialResultOdrUsed = [&](NamedDecl *D) { | ||||||||
18511 | // Any entity other than a VarDecl is always odr-used whenever it's named | ||||||||
18512 | // in a potentially-evaluated expression. | ||||||||
18513 | auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||||||
18514 | if (!VD) | ||||||||
18515 | return true; | ||||||||
18516 | |||||||||
18517 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: | ||||||||
18518 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evalauted expression | ||||||||
18519 | // e is odr-used by e unless | ||||||||
18520 | // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions, or | ||||||||
18521 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant | ||||||||
18522 | // expressions and has no mutable subobjects, and e is an element of | ||||||||
18523 | // the set of potential results of an expression of | ||||||||
18524 | // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||||||
18525 | // conversion is applied, or | ||||||||
18526 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the | ||||||||
18527 | // set of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which | ||||||||
18528 | // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied | ||||||||
18529 | // | ||||||||
18530 | // We check the first bullet and the "potentially-evaluated" condition in | ||||||||
18531 | // BuildDeclRefExpr. We check the type requirements in the second bullet | ||||||||
18532 | // in CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand below. | ||||||||
18533 | switch (NOUR) { | ||||||||
18534 | case NOUR_None: | ||||||||
18535 | case NOUR_Unevaluated: | ||||||||
18536 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected non-odr-use-reason")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected non-odr-use-reason" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18536); | ||||||||
18537 | |||||||||
18538 | case NOUR_Constant: | ||||||||
18539 | // Constant references were handled when they were built. | ||||||||
18540 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
18541 | return true; | ||||||||
18542 | if (auto *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||||
18543 | if (RD->hasMutableFields()) | ||||||||
18544 | return true; | ||||||||
18545 | if (!VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(S.Context)) | ||||||||
18546 | return true; | ||||||||
18547 | break; | ||||||||
18548 | |||||||||
18549 | case NOUR_Discarded: | ||||||||
18550 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
18551 | return true; | ||||||||
18552 | break; | ||||||||
18553 | } | ||||||||
18554 | return false; | ||||||||
18555 | }; | ||||||||
18556 | |||||||||
18557 | // Mark that this expression does not constitute an odr-use. | ||||||||
18558 | auto MarkNotOdrUsed = [&] { | ||||||||
18559 | S.MaybeODRUseExprs.remove(E); | ||||||||
18560 | if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.getCurLambda()) | ||||||||
18561 | LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(E); | ||||||||
18562 | }; | ||||||||
18563 | |||||||||
18564 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p2: | ||||||||
18565 | // The set of potential results of an expression e is defined as follows: | ||||||||
18566 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | ||||||||
18567 | // -- If e is an id-expression, ... | ||||||||
18568 | case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: { | ||||||||
18569 | auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | ||||||||
18570 | if (DRE->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||||||
18571 | break; | ||||||||
18572 | |||||||||
18573 | // Rebuild as a non-odr-use DeclRefExpr. | ||||||||
18574 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); | ||||||||
18575 | return DeclRefExpr::Create( | ||||||||
18576 | S.Context, DRE->getQualifierLoc(), DRE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), | ||||||||
18577 | DRE->getDecl(), DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture(), | ||||||||
18578 | DRE->getNameInfo(), DRE->getType(), DRE->getValueKind(), | ||||||||
18579 | DRE->getFoundDecl(), CopiedTemplateArgs(DRE), NOUR); | ||||||||
18580 | } | ||||||||
18581 | |||||||||
18582 | case Expr::FunctionParmPackExprClass: { | ||||||||
18583 | auto *FPPE = cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E); | ||||||||
18584 | // If any of the declarations in the pack is odr-used, then the expression | ||||||||
18585 | // as a whole constitutes an odr-use. | ||||||||
18586 | for (VarDecl *D : *FPPE) | ||||||||
18587 | if (IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(D)) | ||||||||
18588 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||||||
18589 | |||||||||
18590 | // FIXME: Rebuild as a non-odr-use FunctionParmPackExpr? In practice, | ||||||||
18591 | // nothing cares about whether we marked this as an odr-use, but it might | ||||||||
18592 | // be useful for non-compiler tools. | ||||||||
18593 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); | ||||||||
18594 | break; | ||||||||
18595 | } | ||||||||
18596 | |||||||||
18597 | // -- If e is a subscripting operation with an array operand... | ||||||||
18598 | case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { | ||||||||
18599 | auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E); | ||||||||
18600 | Expr *OldBase = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit(); | ||||||||
18601 | if (!OldBase->getType()->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
18602 | break; | ||||||||
18603 | ExprResult Base = Rebuild(OldBase); | ||||||||
18604 | if (!Base.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18605 | return Base; | ||||||||
18606 | Expr *LHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getLHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getLHS(); | ||||||||
18607 | Expr *RHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getRHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getRHS(); | ||||||||
18608 | SourceLocation LBracketLoc = ASE->getBeginLoc(); // FIXME: Not stored. | ||||||||
18609 | return S.ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(nullptr, LHS, LBracketLoc, RHS, | ||||||||
18610 | ASE->getRBracketLoc()); | ||||||||
18611 | } | ||||||||
18612 | |||||||||
18613 | case Expr::MemberExprClass: { | ||||||||
18614 | auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E); | ||||||||
18615 | // -- If e is a class member access expression [...] naming a non-static | ||||||||
18616 | // data member... | ||||||||
18617 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { | ||||||||
18618 | ExprResult Base = Rebuild(ME->getBase()); | ||||||||
18619 | if (!Base.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18620 | return Base; | ||||||||
18621 | return MemberExpr::Create( | ||||||||
18622 | S.Context, Base.get(), ME->isArrow(), ME->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
18623 | ME->getQualifierLoc(), ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), | ||||||||
18624 | ME->getMemberDecl(), ME->getFoundDecl(), ME->getMemberNameInfo(), | ||||||||
18625 | CopiedTemplateArgs(ME), ME->getType(), ME->getValueKind(), | ||||||||
18626 | ME->getObjectKind(), ME->isNonOdrUse()); | ||||||||
18627 | } | ||||||||
18628 | |||||||||
18629 | if (ME->getMemberDecl()->isCXXInstanceMember()) | ||||||||
18630 | break; | ||||||||
18631 | |||||||||
18632 | // -- If e is a class member access expression naming a static data member, | ||||||||
18633 | // ... | ||||||||
18634 | if (ME->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(ME->getMemberDecl())) | ||||||||
18635 | break; | ||||||||
18636 | |||||||||
18637 | // Rebuild as a non-odr-use MemberExpr. | ||||||||
18638 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); | ||||||||
18639 | return MemberExpr::Create( | ||||||||
18640 | S.Context, ME->getBase(), ME->isArrow(), ME->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
18641 | ME->getQualifierLoc(), ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), ME->getMemberDecl(), | ||||||||
18642 | ME->getFoundDecl(), ME->getMemberNameInfo(), CopiedTemplateArgs(ME), | ||||||||
18643 | ME->getType(), ME->getValueKind(), ME->getObjectKind(), NOUR); | ||||||||
18644 | } | ||||||||
18645 | |||||||||
18646 | case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { | ||||||||
18647 | auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); | ||||||||
18648 | Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS(); | ||||||||
18649 | Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS(); | ||||||||
18650 | // -- If e is a pointer-to-member expression of the form e1 .* e2 ... | ||||||||
18651 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD) { | ||||||||
18652 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(LHS); | ||||||||
18653 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18654 | return Sub; | ||||||||
18655 | LHS = Sub.get(); | ||||||||
18656 | // -- If e is a comma expression, ... | ||||||||
18657 | } else if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { | ||||||||
18658 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(RHS); | ||||||||
18659 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18660 | return Sub; | ||||||||
18661 | RHS = Sub.get(); | ||||||||
18662 | } else { | ||||||||
18663 | break; | ||||||||
18664 | } | ||||||||
18665 | return S.BuildBinOp(nullptr, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getOpcode(), | ||||||||
18666 | LHS, RHS); | ||||||||
18667 | } | ||||||||
18668 | |||||||||
18669 | // -- If e has the form (e1)... | ||||||||
18670 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: { | ||||||||
18671 | auto *PE = cast<ParenExpr>(E); | ||||||||
18672 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(PE->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
18673 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18674 | return Sub; | ||||||||
18675 | return S.ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), Sub.get()); | ||||||||
18676 | } | ||||||||
18677 | |||||||||
18678 | // -- If e is a glvalue conditional expression, ... | ||||||||
18679 | // We don't apply this to a binary conditional operator. FIXME: Should we? | ||||||||
18680 | case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | ||||||||
18681 | auto *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); | ||||||||
18682 | ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CO->getLHS()); | ||||||||
18683 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
18684 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
18685 | ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CO->getRHS()); | ||||||||
18686 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
18687 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
18688 | if (!LHS.isUsable() && !RHS.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18689 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||||||
18690 | if (!LHS.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18691 | LHS = CO->getLHS(); | ||||||||
18692 | if (!RHS.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18693 | RHS = CO->getRHS(); | ||||||||
18694 | return S.ActOnConditionalOp(CO->getQuestionLoc(), CO->getColonLoc(), | ||||||||
18695 | CO->getCond(), LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||||||
18696 | } | ||||||||
18697 | |||||||||
18698 | // [Clang extension] | ||||||||
18699 | // -- If e has the form __extension__ e1... | ||||||||
18700 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { | ||||||||
18701 | auto *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); | ||||||||
18702 | if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_Extension) | ||||||||
18703 | break; | ||||||||
18704 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(UO->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
18705 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18706 | return Sub; | ||||||||
18707 | return S.BuildUnaryOp(nullptr, UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO_Extension, | ||||||||
18708 | Sub.get()); | ||||||||
18709 | } | ||||||||
18710 | |||||||||
18711 | // [Clang extension] | ||||||||
18712 | // -- If e has the form _Generic(...), the set of potential results is the | ||||||||
18713 | // union of the sets of potential results of the associated expressions. | ||||||||
18714 | case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass: { | ||||||||
18715 | auto *GSE = cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E); | ||||||||
18716 | |||||||||
18717 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs; | ||||||||
18718 | bool AnyChanged = false; | ||||||||
18719 | for (Expr *OrigAssocExpr : GSE->getAssocExprs()) { | ||||||||
18720 | ExprResult AssocExpr = Rebuild(OrigAssocExpr); | ||||||||
18721 | if (AssocExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
18722 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
18723 | if (AssocExpr.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
18724 | AssocExprs.push_back(AssocExpr.get()); | ||||||||
18725 | AnyChanged = true; | ||||||||
18726 | } else { | ||||||||
18727 | AssocExprs.push_back(OrigAssocExpr); | ||||||||
18728 | } | ||||||||
18729 | } | ||||||||
18730 | |||||||||
18731 | return AnyChanged ? S.CreateGenericSelectionExpr( | ||||||||
18732 | GSE->getGenericLoc(), GSE->getDefaultLoc(), | ||||||||
18733 | GSE->getRParenLoc(), GSE->getControllingExpr(), | ||||||||
18734 | GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), AssocExprs) | ||||||||
18735 | : ExprEmpty(); | ||||||||
18736 | } | ||||||||
18737 | |||||||||
18738 | // [Clang extension] | ||||||||
18739 | // -- If e has the form __builtin_choose_expr(...), the set of potential | ||||||||
18740 | // results is the union of the sets of potential results of the | ||||||||
18741 | // second and third subexpressions. | ||||||||
18742 | case Expr::ChooseExprClass: { | ||||||||
18743 | auto *CE = cast<ChooseExpr>(E); | ||||||||
18744 | |||||||||
18745 | ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS()); | ||||||||
18746 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
18747 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
18748 | |||||||||
18749 | ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS()); | ||||||||
18750 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
18751 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
18752 | |||||||||
18753 | if (!LHS.get() && !RHS.get()) | ||||||||
18754 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||||||
18755 | if (!LHS.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18756 | LHS = CE->getLHS(); | ||||||||
18757 | if (!RHS.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18758 | RHS = CE->getRHS(); | ||||||||
18759 | |||||||||
18760 | return S.ActOnChooseExpr(CE->getBuiltinLoc(), CE->getCond(), LHS.get(), | ||||||||
18761 | RHS.get(), CE->getRParenLoc()); | ||||||||
18762 | } | ||||||||
18763 | |||||||||
18764 | // Step through non-syntactic nodes. | ||||||||
18765 | case Expr::ConstantExprClass: { | ||||||||
18766 | auto *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(E); | ||||||||
18767 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(CE->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
18768 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18769 | return Sub; | ||||||||
18770 | return ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Sub.get()); | ||||||||
18771 | } | ||||||||
18772 | |||||||||
18773 | // We could mostly rely on the recursive rebuilding to rebuild implicit | ||||||||
18774 | // casts, but not at the top level, so rebuild them here. | ||||||||
18775 | case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: { | ||||||||
18776 | auto *ICE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); | ||||||||
18777 | // Only step through the narrow set of cast kinds we expect to encounter. | ||||||||
18778 | // Anything else suggests we've left the region in which potential results | ||||||||
18779 | // can be found. | ||||||||
18780 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { | ||||||||
18781 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||||||
18782 | case CK_DerivedToBase: | ||||||||
18783 | case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: { | ||||||||
18784 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(ICE->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
18785 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18786 | return Sub; | ||||||||
18787 | CXXCastPath Path(ICE->path()); | ||||||||
18788 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(Sub.get(), ICE->getType(), ICE->getCastKind(), | ||||||||
18789 | ICE->getValueKind(), &Path); | ||||||||
18790 | } | ||||||||
18791 | |||||||||
18792 | default: | ||||||||
18793 | break; | ||||||||
18794 | } | ||||||||
18795 | break; | ||||||||
18796 | } | ||||||||
18797 | |||||||||
18798 | default: | ||||||||
18799 | break; | ||||||||
18800 | } | ||||||||
18801 | |||||||||
18802 | // Can't traverse through this node. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
18803 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||||||
18804 | } | ||||||||
18805 | |||||||||
18806 | ExprResult Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
18807 | // Check whether the operand is or contains an object of non-trivial C union | ||||||||
18808 | // type. | ||||||||
18809 | if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||||
18810 | (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || | ||||||||
18811 | E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) | ||||||||
18812 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(E->getType(), E->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
18813 | Sema::NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile, | ||||||||
18814 | NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); | ||||||||
18815 | |||||||||
18816 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: | ||||||||
18817 | // [...] an expression of non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which | ||||||||
18818 | // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is applied [...] | ||||||||
18819 | if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||||||
18820 | return E; | ||||||||
18821 | |||||||||
18822 | ExprResult Result = | ||||||||
18823 | rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(*this, E, NOUR_Constant); | ||||||||
18824 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
18825 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
18826 | return Result.get() ? Result : E; | ||||||||
18827 | } | ||||||||
18828 | |||||||||
18829 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) { | ||||||||
18830 | Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res); | ||||||||
18831 | |||||||||
18832 | if (!Res.isUsable()) | ||||||||
18833 | return Res; | ||||||||
18834 | |||||||||
18835 | // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay | ||||||||
18836 | // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the | ||||||||
18837 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen | ||||||||
18838 | // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway. | ||||||||
18839 | return CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Res.get()); | ||||||||
18840 | } | ||||||||
18841 | |||||||||
18842 | void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() { | ||||||||
18843 | // Iterate through a local copy in case MarkVarDeclODRUsed makes a recursive | ||||||||
18844 | // call. | ||||||||
18845 | MaybeODRUseExprSet LocalMaybeODRUseExprs; | ||||||||
18846 | std::swap(LocalMaybeODRUseExprs, MaybeODRUseExprs); | ||||||||
18847 | |||||||||
18848 | for (Expr *E : LocalMaybeODRUseExprs) { | ||||||||
18849 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
18850 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()), | ||||||||
18851 | DRE->getLocation(), *this); | ||||||||
18852 | } else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
18853 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()), ME->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||||
18854 | *this); | ||||||||
18855 | } else if (auto *FP = dyn_cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
18856 | for (VarDecl *VD : *FP) | ||||||||
18857 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(VD, FP->getParameterPackLocation(), *this); | ||||||||
18858 | } else { | ||||||||
18859 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected expression", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18859); | ||||||||
18860 | } | ||||||||
18861 | } | ||||||||
18862 | |||||||||
18863 | assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && "MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && \"MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18864, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
18864 | "MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?")(static_cast <bool> (MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && "MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && \"MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18864, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
18865 | } | ||||||||
18866 | |||||||||
18867 | static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced( | ||||||||
18868 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var, Expr *E, | ||||||||
18869 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> &RefsMinusAssignments) { | ||||||||
18870 | assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) ||(static_cast <bool> ((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>( E)) && "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18872, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
18871 | isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>( E)) && "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18872, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
18872 | "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced")(static_cast <bool> ((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>( E)) && "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18872, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
18873 | Var->setReferenced(); | ||||||||
18874 | |||||||||
18875 | if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
18876 | return; | ||||||||
18877 | |||||||||
18878 | auto *MSI = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo(); | ||||||||
18879 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = MSI ? MSI->getTemplateSpecializationKind() | ||||||||
18880 | : Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); | ||||||||
18881 | |||||||||
18882 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef); | ||||||||
18883 | bool UsableInConstantExpr = | ||||||||
18884 | Var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context); | ||||||||
18885 | |||||||||
18886 | if (Var->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && !Var->hasExternalStorage()) { | ||||||||
18887 | RefsMinusAssignments.insert({Var, 0}).first->getSecond()++; | ||||||||
18888 | } | ||||||||
18889 | |||||||||
18890 | // C++20 [expr.const]p12: | ||||||||
18891 | // A variable [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a | ||||||||
18892 | // variable whose name appears as a potentially constant evaluated | ||||||||
18893 | // expression that is either a contexpr variable or is of non-volatile | ||||||||
18894 | // const-qualified integral type or of reference type | ||||||||
18895 | bool NeededForConstantEvaluation = | ||||||||
18896 | isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(SemaRef) && UsableInConstantExpr; | ||||||||
18897 | |||||||||
18898 | bool NeedDefinition = | ||||||||
18899 | OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used || NeededForConstantEvaluation; | ||||||||
18900 | |||||||||
18901 | assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl >(Var) && "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) && \"Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18902, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
18902 | "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl >(Var) && "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) && \"Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18902, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
18903 | |||||||||
18904 | // If this might be a member specialization of a static data member, check | ||||||||
18905 | // the specialization is visible. We already did the checks for variable | ||||||||
18906 | // template specializations when we created them. | ||||||||
18907 | if (NeedDefinition && TSK != TSK_Undeclared && | ||||||||
18908 | !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) | ||||||||
18909 | SemaRef.checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Var); | ||||||||
18910 | |||||||||
18911 | // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member | ||||||||
18912 | // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay | ||||||||
18913 | // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used | ||||||||
18914 | // in a constant expression. | ||||||||
18915 | if (NeedDefinition && isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) { | ||||||||
18916 | // Per C++17 [temp.explicit]p10, we may instantiate despite an explicit | ||||||||
18917 | // instantiation declaration if a variable is usable in a constant | ||||||||
18918 | // expression (among other cases). | ||||||||
18919 | bool TryInstantiating = | ||||||||
18920 | TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || | ||||||||
18921 | (TSK == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration && UsableInConstantExpr); | ||||||||
18922 | |||||||||
18923 | if (TryInstantiating) { | ||||||||
18924 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = | ||||||||
18925 | MSI ? MSI->getPointOfInstantiation() : Var->getPointOfInstantiation(); | ||||||||
18926 | bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid(); | ||||||||
18927 | if (FirstInstantiation) { | ||||||||
18928 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; | ||||||||
18929 | if (MSI) | ||||||||
18930 | MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(PointOfInstantiation); | ||||||||
18931 | // FIXME: Notify listener. | ||||||||
18932 | else | ||||||||
18933 | Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation); | ||||||||
18934 | } | ||||||||
18935 | |||||||||
18936 | if (UsableInConstantExpr) { | ||||||||
18937 | // Do not defer instantiations of variables that could be used in a | ||||||||
18938 | // constant expression. | ||||||||
18939 | SemaRef.runWithSufficientStackSpace(PointOfInstantiation, [&] { | ||||||||
18940 | SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var); | ||||||||
18941 | }); | ||||||||
18942 | |||||||||
18943 | // Re-set the member to trigger a recomputation of the dependence bits | ||||||||
18944 | // for the expression. | ||||||||
18945 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
18946 | DRE->setDecl(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||||
18947 | else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
18948 | ME->setMemberDecl(ME->getMemberDecl()); | ||||||||
18949 | } else if (FirstInstantiation || | ||||||||
18950 | isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) { | ||||||||
18951 | // FIXME: For a specialization of a variable template, we don't | ||||||||
18952 | // distinguish between "declaration and type implicitly instantiated" | ||||||||
18953 | // and "implicit instantiation of definition requested", so we have | ||||||||
18954 | // no direct way to avoid enqueueing the pending instantiation | ||||||||
18955 | // multiple times. | ||||||||
18956 | SemaRef.PendingInstantiations | ||||||||
18957 | .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation)); | ||||||||
18958 | } | ||||||||
18959 | } | ||||||||
18960 | } | ||||||||
18961 | |||||||||
18962 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: | ||||||||
18963 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e | ||||||||
18964 | // is odr-used by e unless | ||||||||
18965 | // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions | ||||||||
18966 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant | ||||||||
18967 | // expressions and has no mutable subobjects [FIXME], and e is an | ||||||||
18968 | // element of the set of potential results of an expression of | ||||||||
18969 | // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||||||
18970 | // conversion is applied | ||||||||
18971 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the set | ||||||||
18972 | // of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which the | ||||||||
18973 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied [FIXME] | ||||||||
18974 | // | ||||||||
18975 | // We check the first part of the second bullet here, and | ||||||||
18976 | // Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand deals with the second part. | ||||||||
18977 | // FIXME: To get the third bullet right, we need to delay this even for | ||||||||
18978 | // variables that are not usable in constant expressions. | ||||||||
18979 | |||||||||
18980 | // If we already know this isn't an odr-use, there's nothing more to do. | ||||||||
18981 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
18982 | if (DRE->isNonOdrUse()) | ||||||||
18983 | return; | ||||||||
18984 | if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
18985 | if (ME->isNonOdrUse()) | ||||||||
18986 | return; | ||||||||
18987 | |||||||||
18988 | switch (OdrUse) { | ||||||||
18989 | case OdrUseContext::None: | ||||||||
18990 | assert((!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr >(E)) && "missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18991, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
18991 | "missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref")(static_cast <bool> ((!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr >(E)) && "missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 18991, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
18992 | break; | ||||||||
18993 | |||||||||
18994 | case OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed: | ||||||||
18995 | // FIXME: Ignoring formal odr-uses results in incorrect lambda capture | ||||||||
18996 | // behavior. | ||||||||
18997 | break; | ||||||||
18998 | |||||||||
18999 | case OdrUseContext::Used: | ||||||||
19000 | // If we might later find that this expression isn't actually an odr-use, | ||||||||
19001 | // delay the marking. | ||||||||
19002 | if (E && Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) | ||||||||
19003 | SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E); | ||||||||
19004 | else | ||||||||
19005 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef); | ||||||||
19006 | break; | ||||||||
19007 | |||||||||
19008 | case OdrUseContext::Dependent: | ||||||||
19009 | // If this is a dependent context, we don't need to mark variables as | ||||||||
19010 | // odr-used, but we may still need to track them for lambda capture. | ||||||||
19011 | // FIXME: Do we also need to do this inside dependent typeid expressions | ||||||||
19012 | // (which are modeled as unevaluated at this point)? | ||||||||
19013 | const bool RefersToEnclosingScope = | ||||||||
19014 | (SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() && | ||||||||
19015 | Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && Var->hasLocalStorage()); | ||||||||
19016 | if (RefersToEnclosingScope) { | ||||||||
19017 | LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI = | ||||||||
19018 | SemaRef.getCurLambda(/*IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope=*/true); | ||||||||
19019 | if (LSI && (!LSI->CallOperator || | ||||||||
19020 | !LSI->CallOperator->Encloses(Var->getDeclContext()))) { | ||||||||
19021 | // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so | ||||||||
19022 | // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any | ||||||||
19023 | // lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||||||
19024 | // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use. | ||||||||
19025 | // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed | ||||||||
19026 | // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking | ||||||||
19027 | // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant | ||||||||
19028 | // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used). | ||||||||
19029 | // | ||||||||
19030 | // FIXME: We can simplify this a lot after implementing P0588R1. | ||||||||
19031 | assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.")(static_cast <bool> (E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E && \"Capture variable should be used in an expression.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19031, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19032 | if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() || | ||||||||
19033 | !Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) | ||||||||
19034 | LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens()); | ||||||||
19035 | } | ||||||||
19036 | } | ||||||||
19037 | break; | ||||||||
19038 | } | ||||||||
19039 | } | ||||||||
19040 | |||||||||
19041 | /// Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used | ||||||||
19042 | /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be | ||||||||
19043 | /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl. | ||||||||
19044 | void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) { | ||||||||
19045 | DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr, RefsMinusAssignments); | ||||||||
19046 | } | ||||||||
19047 | |||||||||
19048 | static void | ||||||||
19049 | MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, Expr *E, | ||||||||
19050 | bool MightBeOdrUse, | ||||||||
19051 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> &RefsMinusAssignments) { | ||||||||
19052 | if (SemaRef.isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) | ||||||||
19053 | SemaRef.checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(E, D); | ||||||||
19054 | |||||||||
19055 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
19056 | DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E, RefsMinusAssignments); | ||||||||
19057 | return; | ||||||||
19058 | } | ||||||||
19059 | |||||||||
19060 | SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse); | ||||||||
19061 | |||||||||
19062 | // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the | ||||||||
19063 | // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call. | ||||||||
19064 | const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E); | ||||||||
19065 | if (!ME) | ||||||||
19066 | return; | ||||||||
19067 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); | ||||||||
19068 | if (!MD) | ||||||||
19069 | return; | ||||||||
19070 | // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call. | ||||||||
19071 | bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() && | ||||||||
19072 | ME->performsVirtualDispatch(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||||||
19073 | if (!IsVirtualCall) | ||||||||
19074 | return; | ||||||||
19075 | |||||||||
19076 | // If it's possible to devirtualize the call, mark the called function | ||||||||
19077 | // referenced. | ||||||||
19078 | CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getDevirtualizedMethod( | ||||||||
19079 | ME->getBase(), SemaRef.getLangOpts().AppleKext); | ||||||||
19080 | if (DM) | ||||||||
19081 | SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, MightBeOdrUse); | ||||||||
19082 | } | ||||||||
19083 | |||||||||
19084 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr. | ||||||||
19085 | /// | ||||||||
19086 | /// Note, this may change the dependence of the DeclRefExpr, and so needs to be | ||||||||
19087 | /// handled with care if the DeclRefExpr is not newly-created. | ||||||||
19088 | void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base) { | ||||||||
19089 | // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed. | ||||||||
19090 | // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even | ||||||||
19091 | // if it's a qualified reference. | ||||||||
19092 | bool OdrUse = true; | ||||||||
19093 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl())) | ||||||||
19094 | if (Method->isVirtual() && | ||||||||
19095 | !Method->getDevirtualizedMethod(Base, getLangOpts().AppleKext)) | ||||||||
19096 | OdrUse = false; | ||||||||
19097 | |||||||||
19098 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(E->getDecl())) | ||||||||
19099 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext() && !isConstantEvaluated() && | ||||||||
19100 | FD->isConsteval() && !RebuildingImmediateInvocation) | ||||||||
19101 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.insert(E); | ||||||||
19102 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse, | ||||||||
19103 | RefsMinusAssignments); | ||||||||
19104 | } | ||||||||
19105 | |||||||||
19106 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr. | ||||||||
19107 | void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19108 | // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2: | ||||||||
19109 | // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated | ||||||||
19110 | // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by | ||||||||
19111 | // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated | ||||||||
19112 | // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its | ||||||||
19113 | // name is not explicitly qualified. | ||||||||
19114 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true; | ||||||||
19115 | if (E->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||
19116 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) | ||||||||
19117 | if (Method->isPure()) | ||||||||
19118 | MightBeOdrUse = false; | ||||||||
19119 | } | ||||||||
19120 | SourceLocation Loc = | ||||||||
19121 | E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ? E->getMemberLoc() : E->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
19122 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, MightBeOdrUse, | ||||||||
19123 | RefsMinusAssignments); | ||||||||
19124 | } | ||||||||
19125 | |||||||||
19126 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a FunctionParmPackExpr. | ||||||||
19127 | void Sema::MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19128 | for (VarDecl *VD : *E) | ||||||||
19129 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getParameterPackLocation(), VD, E, true, | ||||||||
19130 | RefsMinusAssignments); | ||||||||
19131 | } | ||||||||
19132 | |||||||||
19133 | /// Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It | ||||||||
19134 | /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for | ||||||||
19135 | /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a | ||||||||
19136 | /// normal expression which refers to a variable. | ||||||||
19137 | void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, | ||||||||
19138 | bool MightBeOdrUse) { | ||||||||
19139 | if (MightBeOdrUse) { | ||||||||
19140 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
19141 | MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD); | ||||||||
19142 | return; | ||||||||
19143 | } | ||||||||
19144 | } | ||||||||
19145 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
19146 | MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, MightBeOdrUse); | ||||||||
19147 | return; | ||||||||
19148 | } | ||||||||
19149 | D->setReferenced(); | ||||||||
19150 | } | ||||||||
19151 | |||||||||
19152 | namespace { | ||||||||
19153 | // Mark all of the declarations used by a type as referenced. | ||||||||
19154 | // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding | ||||||||
19155 | // of when we're entering a context we should not recurse into. | ||||||||
19156 | // FIXME: This is and EvaluatedExprMarker are more-or-less equivalent to | ||||||||
19157 | // TreeTransforms rebuilding the type in a new context. Rather than | ||||||||
19158 | // duplicating the TreeTransform logic, we should consider reusing it here. | ||||||||
19159 | // Currently that causes problems when rebuilding LambdaExprs. | ||||||||
19160 | class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> { | ||||||||
19161 | Sema &S; | ||||||||
19162 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||||
19163 | |||||||||
19164 | public: | ||||||||
19165 | typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited; | ||||||||
19166 | |||||||||
19167 | MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { } | ||||||||
19168 | |||||||||
19169 | bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg); | ||||||||
19170 | }; | ||||||||
19171 | } | ||||||||
19172 | |||||||||
19173 | bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument( | ||||||||
19174 | const TemplateArgument &Arg) { | ||||||||
19175 | { | ||||||||
19176 | // A non-type template argument is a constant-evaluated context. | ||||||||
19177 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Evaluated( | ||||||||
19178 | S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated); | ||||||||
19179 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) { | ||||||||
19180 | if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl()) | ||||||||
19181 | S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true); | ||||||||
19182 | } else if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) { | ||||||||
19183 | S.MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Arg.getAsExpr(), false); | ||||||||
19184 | } | ||||||||
19185 | } | ||||||||
19186 | |||||||||
19187 | return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg); | ||||||||
19188 | } | ||||||||
19189 | |||||||||
19190 | void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { | ||||||||
19191 | MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc); | ||||||||
19192 | Marker.TraverseType(T); | ||||||||
19193 | } | ||||||||
19194 | |||||||||
19195 | namespace { | ||||||||
19196 | /// Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by | ||||||||
19197 | /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". | ||||||||
19198 | class EvaluatedExprMarker : public UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> { | ||||||||
19199 | public: | ||||||||
19200 | typedef UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited; | ||||||||
19201 | bool SkipLocalVariables; | ||||||||
19202 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> StopAt; | ||||||||
19203 | |||||||||
19204 | EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables, | ||||||||
19205 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> StopAt) | ||||||||
19206 | : Inherited(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables), StopAt(StopAt) {} | ||||||||
19207 | |||||||||
19208 | void visitUsedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { | ||||||||
19209 | S.MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, cast<FunctionDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
19210 | } | ||||||||
19211 | |||||||||
19212 | void Visit(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
19213 | if (std::find(StopAt.begin(), StopAt.end(), E) != StopAt.end()) | ||||||||
19214 | return; | ||||||||
19215 | Inherited::Visit(E); | ||||||||
19216 | } | ||||||||
19217 | |||||||||
19218 | void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19219 | // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't. | ||||||||
19220 | if (SkipLocalVariables) { | ||||||||
19221 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl())) | ||||||||
19222 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) | ||||||||
19223 | return; | ||||||||
19224 | } | ||||||||
19225 | |||||||||
19226 | // FIXME: This can trigger the instantiation of the initializer of a | ||||||||
19227 | // variable, which can cause the expression to become value-dependent | ||||||||
19228 | // or error-dependent. Do we need to propagate the new dependence bits? | ||||||||
19229 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); | ||||||||
19230 | } | ||||||||
19231 | |||||||||
19232 | void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19233 | S.MarkMemberReferenced(E); | ||||||||
19234 | Visit(E->getBase()); | ||||||||
19235 | } | ||||||||
19236 | }; | ||||||||
19237 | } // namespace | ||||||||
19238 | |||||||||
19239 | /// Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any | ||||||||
19240 | /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". | ||||||||
19241 | /// | ||||||||
19242 | /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as | ||||||||
19243 | /// 'referenced'. | ||||||||
19244 | /// \param StopAt Subexpressions that we shouldn't recurse into. | ||||||||
19245 | void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, | ||||||||
19246 | bool SkipLocalVariables, | ||||||||
19247 | ArrayRef<const Expr*> StopAt) { | ||||||||
19248 | EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables, StopAt).Visit(E); | ||||||||
19249 | } | ||||||||
19250 | |||||||||
19251 | /// Emit a diagnostic when statements are reachable. | ||||||||
19252 | /// FIXME: check for reachability even in expressions for which we don't build a | ||||||||
19253 | /// CFG (eg, in the initializer of a global or in a constant expression). | ||||||||
19254 | /// For example, | ||||||||
19255 | /// namespace { auto *p = new double[3][false ? (1, 2) : 3]; } | ||||||||
19256 | bool Sema::DiagIfReachable(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt *> Stmts, | ||||||||
19257 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { | ||||||||
19258 | if (!Stmts.empty() && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { | ||||||||
19259 | if (!FunctionScopes.empty()) | ||||||||
19260 | FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.push_back( | ||||||||
19261 | sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Stmts)); | ||||||||
19262 | return true; | ||||||||
19263 | } | ||||||||
19264 | |||||||||
19265 | // The initializer of a constexpr variable or of the first declaration of a | ||||||||
19266 | // static data member is not syntactically a constant evaluated constant, | ||||||||
19267 | // but nonetheless is always required to be a constant expression, so we | ||||||||
19268 | // can skip diagnosing. | ||||||||
19269 | // FIXME: Using the mangling context here is a hack. | ||||||||
19270 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>( | ||||||||
19271 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl)) { | ||||||||
19272 | if (VD->isConstexpr() || | ||||||||
19273 | (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isFirstDecl() && !VD->isInline())) | ||||||||
19274 | return false; | ||||||||
19275 | // FIXME: For any other kind of variable, we should build a CFG for its | ||||||||
19276 | // initializer and check whether the context in question is reachable. | ||||||||
19277 | } | ||||||||
19278 | |||||||||
19279 | Diag(Loc, PD); | ||||||||
19280 | return true; | ||||||||
19281 | } | ||||||||
19282 | |||||||||
19283 | /// Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior | ||||||||
19284 | /// of the program being compiled. | ||||||||
19285 | /// | ||||||||
19286 | /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being | ||||||||
19287 | /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a | ||||||||
19288 | /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof() | ||||||||
19289 | /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not | ||||||||
19290 | /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or, | ||||||||
19291 | /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated | ||||||||
19292 | /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it | ||||||||
19293 | /// later. | ||||||||
19294 | /// | ||||||||
19295 | /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time | ||||||||
19296 | /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis. | ||||||||
19297 | /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures | ||||||||
19298 | /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid. | ||||||||
19299 | bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts, | ||||||||
19300 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { | ||||||||
19301 | |||||||||
19302 | if (ExprEvalContexts.back().isDiscardedStatementContext()) | ||||||||
19303 | return false; | ||||||||
19304 | |||||||||
19305 | switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { | ||||||||
19306 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: | ||||||||
19307 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: | ||||||||
19308 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: | ||||||||
19309 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: | ||||||||
19310 | // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain. | ||||||||
19311 | break; | ||||||||
19312 | |||||||||
19313 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: | ||||||||
19314 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext: | ||||||||
19315 | // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation. | ||||||||
19316 | break; | ||||||||
19317 | |||||||||
19318 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: | ||||||||
19319 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: | ||||||||
19320 | return DiagIfReachable(Loc, Stmts, PD); | ||||||||
19321 | } | ||||||||
19322 | |||||||||
19323 | return false; | ||||||||
19324 | } | ||||||||
19325 | |||||||||
19326 | bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, | ||||||||
19327 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { | ||||||||
19328 | return DiagRuntimeBehavior( | ||||||||
19329 | Loc, Statement ? llvm::makeArrayRef(Statement) : llvm::None, PD); | ||||||||
19330 | } | ||||||||
19331 | |||||||||
19332 | bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
19333 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
19334 | if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType()) | ||||||||
19335 | return false; | ||||||||
19336 | |||||||||
19337 | // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return | ||||||||
19338 | // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call. | ||||||||
19339 | if (ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext == | ||||||||
19340 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype) { | ||||||||
19341 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE); | ||||||||
19342 | return false; | ||||||||
19343 | } | ||||||||
19344 | |||||||||
19345 | class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { | ||||||||
19346 | FunctionDecl *FD; | ||||||||
19347 | CallExpr *CE; | ||||||||
19348 | |||||||||
19349 | public: | ||||||||
19350 | CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE) | ||||||||
19351 | : FD(FD), CE(CE) { } | ||||||||
19352 | |||||||||
19353 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||||||
19354 | if (!FD) { | ||||||||
19355 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return) | ||||||||
19356 | << T << CE->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19357 | return; | ||||||||
19358 | } | ||||||||
19359 | |||||||||
19360 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return) | ||||||||
19361 | << CE->getSourceRange() << FD << T; | ||||||||
19362 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) | ||||||||
19363 | << FD->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
19364 | } | ||||||||
19365 | } Diagnoser(FD, CE); | ||||||||
19366 | |||||||||
19367 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser)) | ||||||||
19368 | return true; | ||||||||
19369 | |||||||||
19370 | return false; | ||||||||
19371 | } | ||||||||
19372 | |||||||||
19373 | // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses | ||||||||
19374 | // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want. | ||||||||
19375 | void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
19376 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||||
19377 | |||||||||
19378 | unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment; | ||||||||
19379 | bool IsOrAssign = false; | ||||||||
19380 | |||||||||
19381 | if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||||||
19382 | if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign) | ||||||||
19383 | return; | ||||||||
19384 | |||||||||
19385 | IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign; | ||||||||
19386 | |||||||||
19387 | // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory. | ||||||||
19388 | if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME | ||||||||
19389 | = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | ||||||||
19390 | Selector Sel = ME->getSelector(); | ||||||||
19391 | |||||||||
19392 | // self = [<foo> init...] | ||||||||
19393 | if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init) | ||||||||
19394 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; | ||||||||
19395 | |||||||||
19396 | // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject] | ||||||||
19397 | else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject") | ||||||||
19398 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; | ||||||||
19399 | } | ||||||||
19400 | |||||||||
19401 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); | ||||||||
19402 | } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
19403 | if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual) | ||||||||
19404 | return; | ||||||||
19405 | |||||||||
19406 | IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual; | ||||||||
19407 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); | ||||||||
19408 | } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
19409 | return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm()); | ||||||||
19410 | else { | ||||||||
19411 | // Not an assignment. | ||||||||
19412 | return; | ||||||||
19413 | } | ||||||||
19414 | |||||||||
19415 | Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19416 | |||||||||
19417 | SourceLocation Open = E->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
19418 | SourceLocation Close = getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); | ||||||||
19419 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence) | ||||||||
19420 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(") | ||||||||
19421 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")"); | ||||||||
19422 | |||||||||
19423 | if (IsOrAssign) | ||||||||
19424 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison) | ||||||||
19425 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!="); | ||||||||
19426 | else | ||||||||
19427 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison) | ||||||||
19428 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=="); | ||||||||
19429 | } | ||||||||
19430 | |||||||||
19431 | /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate | ||||||||
19432 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. | ||||||||
19433 | void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) { | ||||||||
19434 | // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro. | ||||||||
19435 | SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
19436 | if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID()) | ||||||||
19437 | return; | ||||||||
19438 | // Don't warn for dependent expressions. | ||||||||
19439 | if (ParenE->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
19440 | return; | ||||||||
19441 | |||||||||
19442 | Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
19443 | |||||||||
19444 | if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) | ||||||||
19445 | if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ && | ||||||||
19446 | opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context) | ||||||||
19447 | == Expr::MLV_Valid) { | ||||||||
19448 | SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc(); | ||||||||
19449 | |||||||||
19450 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19451 | SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19452 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence) | ||||||||
19453 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin()) | ||||||||
19454 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd()); | ||||||||
19455 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign) | ||||||||
19456 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "="); | ||||||||
19457 | } | ||||||||
19458 | } | ||||||||
19459 | |||||||||
19460 | ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, | ||||||||
19461 | bool IsConstexpr) { | ||||||||
19462 | DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E); | ||||||||
19463 | if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) | ||||||||
19464 | DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE); | ||||||||
19465 | |||||||||
19466 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
19467 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19468 | E = result.get(); | ||||||||
19469 | |||||||||
19470 | if (!E->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
19471 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
19472 | return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E, IsConstexpr); // C++ 6.4p4 | ||||||||
19473 | |||||||||
19474 | ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); | ||||||||
19475 | if (ERes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
19476 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19477 | E = ERes.get(); | ||||||||
19478 | |||||||||
19479 | QualType T = E->getType(); | ||||||||
19480 | if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1 | ||||||||
19481 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar) | ||||||||
19482 | << T << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19483 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19484 | } | ||||||||
19485 | CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc); | ||||||||
19486 | } | ||||||||
19487 | |||||||||
19488 | return E; | ||||||||
19489 | } | ||||||||
19490 | |||||||||
19491 | Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
19492 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK, | ||||||||
19493 | bool MissingOK) { | ||||||||
19494 | // MissingOK indicates whether having no condition expression is valid | ||||||||
19495 | // (for loop) or invalid (e.g. while loop). | ||||||||
19496 | if (!SubExpr) | ||||||||
19497 | return MissingOK ? ConditionResult() : ConditionError(); | ||||||||
19498 | |||||||||
19499 | ExprResult Cond; | ||||||||
19500 | switch (CK) { | ||||||||
19501 | case ConditionKind::Boolean: | ||||||||
19502 | Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr); | ||||||||
19503 | break; | ||||||||
19504 | |||||||||
19505 | case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: | ||||||||
19506 | Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr, true); | ||||||||
19507 | break; | ||||||||
19508 | |||||||||
19509 | case ConditionKind::Switch: | ||||||||
19510 | Cond = CheckSwitchCondition(Loc, SubExpr); | ||||||||
19511 | break; | ||||||||
19512 | } | ||||||||
19513 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
19514 | Cond = CreateRecoveryExpr(SubExpr->getBeginLoc(), SubExpr->getEndLoc(), | ||||||||
19515 | {SubExpr}, PreferredConditionType(CK)); | ||||||||
19516 | if (!Cond.get()) | ||||||||
19517 | return ConditionError(); | ||||||||
19518 | } | ||||||||
19519 | // FIXME: FullExprArg doesn't have an invalid bit, so check nullness instead. | ||||||||
19520 | FullExprArg FullExpr = MakeFullExpr(Cond.get(), Loc); | ||||||||
19521 | if (!FullExpr.get()) | ||||||||
19522 | return ConditionError(); | ||||||||
19523 | |||||||||
19524 | return ConditionResult(*this, nullptr, FullExpr, | ||||||||
19525 | CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); | ||||||||
19526 | } | ||||||||
19527 | |||||||||
19528 | namespace { | ||||||||
19529 | /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression | ||||||||
19530 | /// to have an appropriate type. | ||||||||
19531 | struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction | ||||||||
19532 | : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> { | ||||||||
19533 | |||||||||
19534 | Sema &S; | ||||||||
19535 | |||||||||
19536 | RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {} | ||||||||
19537 | |||||||||
19538 | ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { | ||||||||
19539 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected statement!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19539); | ||||||||
19540 | } | ||||||||
19541 | |||||||||
19542 | ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
19543 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call) | ||||||||
19544 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19545 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19546 | } | ||||||||
19547 | |||||||||
19548 | /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another | ||||||||
19549 | /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. | ||||||||
19550 | template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { | ||||||||
19551 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
19552 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19553 | |||||||||
19554 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); | ||||||||
19555 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); | ||||||||
19556 | E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); | ||||||||
19557 | E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); | ||||||||
19558 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)(static_cast <bool> (E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19558, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19559 | return E; | ||||||||
19560 | } | ||||||||
19561 | |||||||||
19562 | ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19563 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); | ||||||||
19564 | } | ||||||||
19565 | |||||||||
19566 | ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||||||
19567 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); | ||||||||
19568 | } | ||||||||
19569 | |||||||||
19570 | ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||||||
19571 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
19572 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19573 | |||||||||
19574 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); | ||||||||
19575 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); | ||||||||
19576 | E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType())); | ||||||||
19577 | assert(E->isPRValue())(static_cast <bool> (E->isPRValue()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isPRValue()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19577, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
19578 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)(static_cast <bool> (E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19578, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19579 | return E; | ||||||||
19580 | } | ||||||||
19581 | |||||||||
19582 | ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { | ||||||||
19583 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E); | ||||||||
19584 | |||||||||
19585 | E->setType(VD->getType()); | ||||||||
19586 | |||||||||
19587 | assert(E->isPRValue())(static_cast <bool> (E->isPRValue()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isPRValue()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19587, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
19588 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
19589 | !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) && | ||||||||
19590 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance())) | ||||||||
19591 | E->setValueKind(VK_LValue); | ||||||||
19592 | |||||||||
19593 | return E; | ||||||||
19594 | } | ||||||||
19595 | |||||||||
19596 | ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19597 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); | ||||||||
19598 | } | ||||||||
19599 | |||||||||
19600 | ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19601 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); | ||||||||
19602 | } | ||||||||
19603 | }; | ||||||||
19604 | } | ||||||||
19605 | |||||||||
19606 | /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it | ||||||||
19607 | /// to have a function type. | ||||||||
19608 | static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) { | ||||||||
19609 | ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr); | ||||||||
19610 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19611 | return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get()); | ||||||||
19612 | } | ||||||||
19613 | |||||||||
19614 | namespace { | ||||||||
19615 | /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype | ||||||||
19616 | /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring | ||||||||
19617 | /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source | ||||||||
19618 | /// structure is not a goal. | ||||||||
19619 | struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr | ||||||||
19620 | : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> { | ||||||||
19621 | |||||||||
19622 | Sema &S; | ||||||||
19623 | |||||||||
19624 | /// The current destination type. | ||||||||
19625 | QualType DestType; | ||||||||
19626 | |||||||||
19627 | RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType) | ||||||||
19628 | : S(S), DestType(CastType) {} | ||||||||
19629 | |||||||||
19630 | ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { | ||||||||
19631 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected statement!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19631); | ||||||||
19632 | } | ||||||||
19633 | |||||||||
19634 | ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
19635 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) | ||||||||
19636 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19637 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19638 | } | ||||||||
19639 | |||||||||
19640 | ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E); | ||||||||
19641 | ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E); | ||||||||
19642 | |||||||||
19643 | /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another | ||||||||
19644 | /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. | ||||||||
19645 | template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { | ||||||||
19646 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
19647 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19648 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); | ||||||||
19649 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); | ||||||||
19650 | E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); | ||||||||
19651 | E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); | ||||||||
19652 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)(static_cast <bool> (E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19652, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19653 | return E; | ||||||||
19654 | } | ||||||||
19655 | |||||||||
19656 | ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19657 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); | ||||||||
19658 | } | ||||||||
19659 | |||||||||
19660 | ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||||||
19661 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); | ||||||||
19662 | } | ||||||||
19663 | |||||||||
19664 | ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||||||
19665 | const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
19666 | if (!Ptr) { | ||||||||
19667 | S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof) | ||||||||
19668 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19669 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19670 | } | ||||||||
19671 | |||||||||
19672 | if (isa<CallExpr>(E->getSubExpr())) { | ||||||||
19673 | S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof_call) | ||||||||
19674 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19675 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19676 | } | ||||||||
19677 | |||||||||
19678 | assert(E->isPRValue())(static_cast <bool> (E->isPRValue()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isPRValue()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19678, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
19679 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)(static_cast <bool> (E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19679, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19680 | E->setType(DestType); | ||||||||
19681 | |||||||||
19682 | // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type. | ||||||||
19683 | DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
19684 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
19685 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19686 | E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get()); | ||||||||
19687 | return E; | ||||||||
19688 | } | ||||||||
19689 | |||||||||
19690 | ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E); | ||||||||
19691 | |||||||||
19692 | ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD); | ||||||||
19693 | |||||||||
19694 | ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19695 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); | ||||||||
19696 | } | ||||||||
19697 | |||||||||
19698 | ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19699 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); | ||||||||
19700 | } | ||||||||
19701 | }; | ||||||||
19702 | } | ||||||||
19703 | |||||||||
19704 | /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype. | ||||||||
19705 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19706 | Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee(); | ||||||||
19707 | |||||||||
19708 | enum FnKind { | ||||||||
19709 | FK_MemberFunction, | ||||||||
19710 | FK_FunctionPointer, | ||||||||
19711 | FK_BlockPointer | ||||||||
19712 | }; | ||||||||
19713 | |||||||||
19714 | FnKind Kind; | ||||||||
19715 | QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
19716 | if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) { | ||||||||
19717 | assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E))(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19717, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19718 | Kind = FK_MemberFunction; | ||||||||
19719 | CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr); | ||||||||
19720 | } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
19721 | CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
19722 | Kind = FK_FunctionPointer; | ||||||||
19723 | } else { | ||||||||
19724 | CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
19725 | Kind = FK_BlockPointer; | ||||||||
19726 | } | ||||||||
19727 | const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
19728 | |||||||||
19729 | // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function. | ||||||||
19730 | if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
19731 | unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function; | ||||||||
19732 | if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer) | ||||||||
19733 | diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function; | ||||||||
19734 | |||||||||
19735 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID) | ||||||||
19736 | << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; | ||||||||
19737 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19738 | } | ||||||||
19739 | |||||||||
19740 | // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result. | ||||||||
19741 | E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context)); | ||||||||
19742 | E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); | ||||||||
19743 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)(static_cast <bool> (E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19743, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19744 | |||||||||
19745 | // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType. | ||||||||
19746 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType); | ||||||||
19747 | if (Proto) { | ||||||||
19748 | // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when | ||||||||
19749 | // it has no idea what a function's signature is. | ||||||||
19750 | // | ||||||||
19751 | // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R | ||||||||
19752 | // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++ | ||||||||
19753 | // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot | ||||||||
19754 | // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we | ||||||||
19755 | // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see | ||||||||
19756 | // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic. | ||||||||
19757 | // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to | ||||||||
19758 | // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype | ||||||||
19759 | // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the | ||||||||
19760 | // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl | ||||||||
19761 | // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter | ||||||||
19762 | // types to match the types of the arguments. | ||||||||
19763 | // | ||||||||
19764 | // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the | ||||||||
19765 | // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST. | ||||||||
19766 | |||||||||
19767 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes(); | ||||||||
19768 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; | ||||||||
19769 | if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case | ||||||||
19770 | ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs()); | ||||||||
19771 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
19772 | ArgTypes.push_back(S.Context.getReferenceQualifiedType(E->getArg(i))); | ||||||||
19773 | } | ||||||||
19774 | ParamTypes = ArgTypes; | ||||||||
19775 | } | ||||||||
19776 | DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes, | ||||||||
19777 | Proto->getExtProtoInfo()); | ||||||||
19778 | } else { | ||||||||
19779 | DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType, | ||||||||
19780 | FnType->getExtInfo()); | ||||||||
19781 | } | ||||||||
19782 | |||||||||
19783 | // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type. | ||||||||
19784 | switch (Kind) { | ||||||||
19785 | case FK_MemberFunction: | ||||||||
19786 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||||
19787 | break; | ||||||||
19788 | |||||||||
19789 | case FK_FunctionPointer: | ||||||||
19790 | DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType); | ||||||||
19791 | break; | ||||||||
19792 | |||||||||
19793 | case FK_BlockPointer: | ||||||||
19794 | DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType); | ||||||||
19795 | break; | ||||||||
19796 | } | ||||||||
19797 | |||||||||
19798 | // Finally, we can recurse. | ||||||||
19799 | ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr); | ||||||||
19800 | if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19801 | E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get()); | ||||||||
19802 | |||||||||
19803 | // Bind a temporary if necessary. | ||||||||
19804 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); | ||||||||
19805 | } | ||||||||
19806 | |||||||||
19807 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19808 | // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call. | ||||||||
19809 | if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
19810 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function) | ||||||||
19811 | << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; | ||||||||
19812 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19813 | } | ||||||||
19814 | |||||||||
19815 | // Rewrite the method result type if available. | ||||||||
19816 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) { | ||||||||
19817 | assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy)(static_cast <bool> (Method->getReturnType() == S.Context .UnknownAnyTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19817, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19818 | Method->setReturnType(DestType); | ||||||||
19819 | } | ||||||||
19820 | |||||||||
19821 | // Change the type of the message. | ||||||||
19822 | E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType()); | ||||||||
19823 | E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); | ||||||||
19824 | |||||||||
19825 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); | ||||||||
19826 | } | ||||||||
19827 | |||||||||
19828 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { | ||||||||
19829 | // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay. | ||||||||
19830 | if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) { | ||||||||
19831 | assert(E->isPRValue())(static_cast <bool> (E->isPRValue()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isPRValue()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19831, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
19832 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)(static_cast <bool> (E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19832, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19833 | |||||||||
19834 | E->setType(DestType); | ||||||||
19835 | |||||||||
19836 | // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type. | ||||||||
19837 | DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
19838 | |||||||||
19839 | ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
19840 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19841 | |||||||||
19842 | E->setSubExpr(Result.get()); | ||||||||
19843 | return E; | ||||||||
19844 | } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { | ||||||||
19845 | assert(E->isPRValue())(static_cast <bool> (E->isPRValue()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isPRValue()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19845, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
19846 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)(static_cast <bool> (E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19846, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19847 | |||||||||
19848 | assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()))(static_cast <bool> (isa<BlockPointerType>(E-> getType())) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType())" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 19848, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
19849 | |||||||||
19850 | E->setType(DestType); | ||||||||
19851 | |||||||||
19852 | // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such. | ||||||||
19853 | DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType); | ||||||||
19854 | |||||||||
19855 | ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
19856 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19857 | |||||||||
19858 | E->setSubExpr(Result.get()); | ||||||||
19859 | return E; | ||||||||
19860 | } else { | ||||||||
19861 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled cast type!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19861); | ||||||||
19862 | } | ||||||||
19863 | } | ||||||||
19864 | |||||||||
19865 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { | ||||||||
19866 | ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
19867 | QualType Type = DestType; | ||||||||
19868 | |||||||||
19869 | // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls: | ||||||||
19870 | |||||||||
19871 | // - functions | ||||||||
19872 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) { | ||||||||
19873 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
19874 | DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
19875 | ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD); | ||||||||
19876 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19877 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, | ||||||||
19878 | VK_PRValue); | ||||||||
19879 | } | ||||||||
19880 | |||||||||
19881 | if (!Type->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
19882 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function) | ||||||||
19883 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19884 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19885 | } | ||||||||
19886 | if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||||
19887 | // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in | ||||||||
19888 | // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown | ||||||||
19889 | // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine. | ||||||||
19890 | QualType FDT = FD->getType(); | ||||||||
19891 | const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
19892 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType); | ||||||||
19893 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | ||||||||
19894 | if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||
19895 | SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); | ||||||||
19896 | FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create( | ||||||||
19897 | S.Context, FD->getDeclContext(), Loc, Loc, | ||||||||
19898 | FD->getNameInfo().getName(), DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(), | ||||||||
19899 | SC_None, S.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), | ||||||||
19900 | false /*isInlineSpecified*/, FD->hasPrototype(), | ||||||||
19901 | /*ConstexprKind*/ ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | ||||||||
19902 | |||||||||
19903 | if (FD->getQualifier()) | ||||||||
19904 | NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||||||
19905 | |||||||||
19906 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | ||||||||
19907 | for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { | ||||||||
19908 | ParmVarDecl *Param = | ||||||||
19909 | S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI); | ||||||||
19910 | Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); | ||||||||
19911 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||||||
19912 | } | ||||||||
19913 | NewFD->setParams(Params); | ||||||||
19914 | DRE->setDecl(NewFD); | ||||||||
19915 | VD = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||||||
19916 | } | ||||||||
19917 | } | ||||||||
19918 | |||||||||
19919 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | ||||||||
19920 | if (MD->isInstance()) { | ||||||||
19921 | ValueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
19922 | Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy; | ||||||||
19923 | } | ||||||||
19924 | |||||||||
19925 | // Function references aren't l-values in C. | ||||||||
19926 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
19927 | ValueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||||
19928 | |||||||||
19929 | // - variables | ||||||||
19930 | } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) { | ||||||||
19931 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||||
19932 | Type = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
19933 | } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
19934 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type) | ||||||||
19935 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19936 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19937 | } | ||||||||
19938 | |||||||||
19939 | // - nothing else | ||||||||
19940 | } else { | ||||||||
19941 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl) | ||||||||
19942 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
19943 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19944 | } | ||||||||
19945 | |||||||||
19946 | // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but | ||||||||
19947 | // also really dangerous. | ||||||||
19948 | VD->setType(DestType); | ||||||||
19949 | E->setType(Type); | ||||||||
19950 | E->setValueKind(ValueKind); | ||||||||
19951 | return E; | ||||||||
19952 | } | ||||||||
19953 | |||||||||
19954 | /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only | ||||||||
19955 | /// trigger this for C-style casts. | ||||||||
19956 | ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, | ||||||||
19957 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, | ||||||||
19958 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) { | ||||||||
19959 | // The type we're casting to must be either void or complete. | ||||||||
19960 | if (!CastType->isVoidType() && | ||||||||
19961 | RequireCompleteType(TypeRange.getBegin(), CastType, | ||||||||
19962 | diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete)) | ||||||||
19963 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19964 | |||||||||
19965 | // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch. | ||||||||
19966 | ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr); | ||||||||
19967 | if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19968 | |||||||||
19969 | CastExpr = result.get(); | ||||||||
19970 | VK = CastExpr->getValueKind(); | ||||||||
19971 | CastKind = CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
19972 | |||||||||
19973 | return CastExpr; | ||||||||
19974 | } | ||||||||
19975 | |||||||||
19976 | ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
19977 | return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E); | ||||||||
19978 | } | ||||||||
19979 | |||||||||
19980 | ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, | ||||||||
19981 | Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) { | ||||||||
19982 | // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of | ||||||||
19983 | // any sort, just do default argument promotion. | ||||||||
19984 | ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens()); | ||||||||
19985 | if (!castArg) { | ||||||||
19986 | ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg); | ||||||||
19987 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
19988 | paramType = result.get()->getType(); | ||||||||
19989 | return result; | ||||||||
19990 | } | ||||||||
19991 | |||||||||
19992 | // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast. | ||||||||
19993 | assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType())(static_cast <bool> (!arg->hasPlaceholderType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!arg->hasPlaceholderType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19993, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
19994 | paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten(); | ||||||||
19995 | |||||||||
19996 | // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type. | ||||||||
19997 | InitializedEntity entity = | ||||||||
19998 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType, | ||||||||
19999 | /*consumed*/ false); | ||||||||
20000 | return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg); | ||||||||
20001 | } | ||||||||
20002 | |||||||||
20003 | static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
20004 | Expr *orig = E; | ||||||||
20005 | unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any; | ||||||||
20006 | while (true) { | ||||||||
20007 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
20008 | if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
20009 | E = call->getCallee(); | ||||||||
20010 | diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; | ||||||||
20011 | } else { | ||||||||
20012 | break; | ||||||||
20013 | } | ||||||||
20014 | } | ||||||||
20015 | |||||||||
20016 | SourceLocation loc; | ||||||||
20017 | NamedDecl *d; | ||||||||
20018 | if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
20019 | loc = ref->getLocation(); | ||||||||
20020 | d = ref->getDecl(); | ||||||||
20021 | } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
20022 | loc = mem->getMemberLoc(); | ||||||||
20023 | d = mem->getMemberDecl(); | ||||||||
20024 | } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
20025 | diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; | ||||||||
20026 | loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc(); | ||||||||
20027 | d = msg->getMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
20028 | if (!d) { | ||||||||
20029 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method) | ||||||||
20030 | << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector() | ||||||||
20031 | << orig->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
20032 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
20033 | } | ||||||||
20034 | } else { | ||||||||
20035 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) | ||||||||
20036 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
20037 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
20038 | } | ||||||||
20039 | |||||||||
20040 | S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
20041 | |||||||||
20042 | // Never recoverable. | ||||||||
20043 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
20044 | } | ||||||||
20045 | |||||||||
20046 | /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found. | ||||||||
20047 | /// Returns ExprError() if there was an error and no recovery was possible. | ||||||||
20048 | ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
20049 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { | ||||||||
20050 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it | ||||||||
20051 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have | ||||||||
20052 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. | ||||||||
20053 | ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); | ||||||||
20054 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
20055 | E = Result.get(); | ||||||||
20056 | } | ||||||||
20057 | |||||||||
20058 | const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType(); | ||||||||
20059 | if (!placeholderType) return E; | ||||||||
20060 | |||||||||
20061 | switch (placeholderType->getKind()) { | ||||||||
20062 | |||||||||
20063 | // Overloaded expressions. | ||||||||
20064 | case BuiltinType::Overload: { | ||||||||
20065 | // Try to resolve a single function template specialization. | ||||||||
20066 | // This is obligatory. | ||||||||
20067 | ExprResult Result = E; | ||||||||
20068 | if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Result, false)) | ||||||||
20069 | return Result; | ||||||||
20070 | |||||||||
20071 | // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization | ||||||||
20072 | // leaves Result unchanged on failure. | ||||||||
20073 | Result = E; | ||||||||
20074 | if (resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Result)) | ||||||||
20075 | return Result; | ||||||||
20076 | |||||||||
20077 | // If that failed, try to recover with a call. | ||||||||
20078 | tryToRecoverWithCall(Result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable), | ||||||||
20079 | /*complain*/ true); | ||||||||
20080 | return Result; | ||||||||
20081 | } | ||||||||
20082 | |||||||||
20083 | // Bound member functions. | ||||||||
20084 | case BuiltinType::BoundMember: { | ||||||||
20085 | ExprResult result = E; | ||||||||
20086 | const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
20087 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function); | ||||||||
20088 | // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize. | ||||||||
20089 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(BME)) { | ||||||||
20090 | PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1; | ||||||||
20091 | } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BME)) { | ||||||||
20092 | if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() == | ||||||||
20093 | DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) | ||||||||
20094 | PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0; | ||||||||
20095 | } | ||||||||
20096 | tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PD, | ||||||||
20097 | /*complain*/ true); | ||||||||
20098 | return result; | ||||||||
20099 | } | ||||||||
20100 | |||||||||
20101 | // ARC unbridged casts. | ||||||||
20102 | case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: { | ||||||||
20103 | Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||||||
20104 | diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast); | ||||||||
20105 | return realCast; | ||||||||
20106 | } | ||||||||
20107 | |||||||||
20108 | // Expressions of unknown type. | ||||||||
20109 | case BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | ||||||||
20110 | return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E); | ||||||||
20111 | |||||||||
20112 | // Pseudo-objects. | ||||||||
20113 | case BuiltinType::PseudoObject: | ||||||||
20114 | return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E); | ||||||||
20115 | |||||||||
20116 | case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: { | ||||||||
20117 | // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr. | ||||||||
20118 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||||||
20119 | if (DRE) { | ||||||||
20120 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||||
20121 | if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__noop) { | ||||||||
20122 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()), | ||||||||
20123 | CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr) | ||||||||
20124 | .get(); | ||||||||
20125 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, E, /*Args=*/{}, Context.IntTy, | ||||||||
20126 | VK_PRValue, SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
20127 | FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||||||
20128 | } | ||||||||
20129 | } | ||||||||
20130 | |||||||||
20131 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use); | ||||||||
20132 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
20133 | } | ||||||||
20134 | |||||||||
20135 | case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: | ||||||||
20136 | Diag(cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(E->IgnoreParens()) | ||||||||
20137 | ->getRowIdx() | ||||||||
20138 | ->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
20139 | diag::err_matrix_incomplete_index); | ||||||||
20140 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
20141 | |||||||||
20142 | // Expressions of unknown type. | ||||||||
20143 | case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: | ||||||||
20144 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_section_use); | ||||||||
20145 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
20146 | |||||||||
20147 | // Expressions of unknown type. | ||||||||
20148 | case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping: | ||||||||
20149 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_shaping_use)); | ||||||||
20150 | |||||||||
20151 | case BuiltinType::OMPIterator: | ||||||||
20152 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_use)); | ||||||||
20153 | |||||||||
20154 | // Everything else should be impossible. | ||||||||
20155 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | ||||||||
20156 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
20157 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||||
20158 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ | ||||||||
20159 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
20160 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||||
20161 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ | ||||||||
20162 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
20163 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" | ||||||||
20164 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \ | ||||||||
20165 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
20166 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" | ||||||||
20167 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
20168 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" | ||||||||
20169 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||||||
20170 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) | ||||||||
20171 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" | ||||||||
20172 | break; | ||||||||
20173 | } | ||||||||
20174 | |||||||||
20175 | llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid placeholder type!" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 20175); | ||||||||
20176 | } | ||||||||
20177 | |||||||||
20178 | bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) { | ||||||||
20179 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
20180 | return true; | ||||||||
20181 | if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) | ||||||||
20182 | return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
20183 | return false; | ||||||||
20184 | } | ||||||||
20185 | |||||||||
20186 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. | ||||||||
20187 | ExprResult | ||||||||
20188 | Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { | ||||||||
20189 | assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && \"Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 20190, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||
20190 | "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!")(static_cast <bool> ((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && \"Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp", 20190, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||
20191 | QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy; | ||||||||
20192 | if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) { | ||||||||
20193 | LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc, | ||||||||
20194 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
20195 | if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) { | ||||||||
20196 | NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl(); | ||||||||
20197 | if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND)) | ||||||||
20198 | Context.setBOOLDecl(TD); | ||||||||
20199 | } | ||||||||
20200 | } | ||||||||
20201 | if (Context.getBOOLDecl()) | ||||||||
20202 | BoolT = Context.getBOOLType(); | ||||||||
20203 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
20204 | ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc); | ||||||||
20205 | } | ||||||||
20206 | |||||||||
20207 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr( | ||||||||
20208 | llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
20209 | SourceLocation RParen) { | ||||||||
20210 | auto FindSpecVersion = [&](StringRef Platform) -> Optional<VersionTuple> { | ||||||||
20211 | auto Spec = llvm::find_if(AvailSpecs, [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) { | ||||||||
20212 | return Spec.getPlatform() == Platform; | ||||||||
20213 | }); | ||||||||
20214 | // Transcribe the "ios" availability check to "maccatalyst" when compiling | ||||||||
20215 | // for "maccatalyst" if "maccatalyst" is not specified. | ||||||||
20216 | if (Spec == AvailSpecs.end() && Platform == "maccatalyst") { | ||||||||
20217 | Spec = llvm::find_if(AvailSpecs, [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) { | ||||||||
20218 | return Spec.getPlatform() == "ios"; | ||||||||
20219 | }); | ||||||||
20220 | } | ||||||||
20221 | if (Spec == AvailSpecs.end()) | ||||||||
20222 | return None; | ||||||||
20223 | return Spec->getVersion(); | ||||||||
20224 | }; | ||||||||
20225 | |||||||||
20226 | VersionTuple Version; | ||||||||
20227 | if (auto MaybeVersion = | ||||||||
20228 | FindSpecVersion(Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformName())) | ||||||||
20229 | Version = *MaybeVersion; | ||||||||
20230 | |||||||||
20231 | // The use of `@available` in the enclosing context should be analyzed to | ||||||||
20232 | // warn when it's used inappropriately (i.e. not if(@available)). | ||||||||
20233 | if (FunctionScopeInfo *Context = getCurFunctionAvailabilityContext()) | ||||||||
20234 | Context->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; | ||||||||
20235 | |||||||||
20236 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
20237 | ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(Version, AtLoc, RParen, Context.BoolTy); | ||||||||
20238 | } | ||||||||
20239 | |||||||||
20240 | ExprResult Sema::CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End, | ||||||||
20241 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs, QualType T) { | ||||||||
20242 | if (!Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryAST) | ||||||||
20243 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
20244 | |||||||||
20245 | if (isSFINAEContext()) | ||||||||
20246 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
20247 | |||||||||
20248 | if (T.isNull() || T->isUndeducedType() || | ||||||||
20249 | !Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryASTType) | ||||||||
20250 | // We don't know the concrete type, fallback to dependent type. | ||||||||
20251 | T = Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
20252 | |||||||||
20253 | return RecoveryExpr::Create(Context, T, Begin, End, SubExprs); | ||||||||
20254 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
50 | #include <cassert> |
51 | #include <cstddef> |
52 | #include <cstdint> |
53 | #include <cstring> |
54 | #include <string> |
55 | #include <type_traits> |
56 | #include <utility> |
57 | |
58 | namespace clang { |
59 | |
60 | class BTFTypeTagAttr; |
61 | class ExtQuals; |
62 | class QualType; |
63 | class ConceptDecl; |
64 | class TagDecl; |
65 | class TemplateParameterList; |
66 | class Type; |
67 | |
68 | enum { |
69 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
70 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
71 | }; |
72 | |
73 | namespace serialization { |
74 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
75 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
76 | } |
77 | |
78 | } // namespace clang |
79 | |
80 | namespace llvm { |
81 | |
82 | template <typename T> |
83 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
84 | template<> |
85 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
86 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
87 | |
88 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
89 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
90 | } |
91 | |
92 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
93 | }; |
94 | |
95 | template<> |
96 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
97 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
98 | |
99 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
100 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
101 | } |
102 | |
103 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
104 | }; |
105 | |
106 | } // namespace llvm |
107 | |
108 | namespace clang { |
109 | |
110 | class ASTContext; |
111 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
112 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
113 | class DeclContext; |
114 | class EnumDecl; |
115 | class Expr; |
116 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
117 | class FunctionDecl; |
118 | class IdentifierInfo; |
119 | class NamedDecl; |
120 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
121 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
122 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
123 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
124 | class RecordDecl; |
125 | class Stmt; |
126 | class TagDecl; |
127 | class TemplateArgument; |
128 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
129 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
130 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
131 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
132 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
133 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
134 | |
135 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
136 | |
137 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
138 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
139 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
140 | |
141 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
142 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
143 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
144 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
145 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
146 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
147 | class Qualifiers { |
148 | public: |
149 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
150 | Const = 0x1, |
151 | Restrict = 0x2, |
152 | Volatile = 0x4, |
153 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
154 | }; |
155 | |
156 | enum GC { |
157 | GCNone = 0, |
158 | Weak, |
159 | Strong |
160 | }; |
161 | |
162 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
163 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
164 | OCL_None, |
165 | |
166 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
167 | /// releases. |
168 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
169 | |
170 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
171 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
172 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
173 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
174 | /// live. |
175 | OCL_Strong, |
176 | |
177 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
178 | OCL_Weak, |
179 | |
180 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
181 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
182 | }; |
183 | |
184 | enum { |
185 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
186 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
187 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
188 | |
189 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
190 | FastWidth = 3, |
191 | |
192 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
193 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
194 | }; |
195 | |
196 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
197 | /// the given sets. |
198 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
199 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
200 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
201 | Qualifiers Q; |
202 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
203 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
204 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
205 | return Q; |
206 | } |
207 | |
208 | Qualifiers Q; |
209 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
210 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
211 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
212 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
213 | |
214 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
215 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
216 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
217 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
218 | } |
219 | |
220 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
221 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
222 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
223 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
224 | } |
225 | |
226 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
227 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
228 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
229 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
230 | } |
231 | return Q; |
232 | } |
233 | |
234 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
235 | Qualifiers Qs; |
236 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
237 | return Qs; |
238 | } |
239 | |
240 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
241 | Qualifiers Qs; |
242 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
243 | return Qs; |
244 | } |
245 | |
246 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
247 | Qualifiers Qs; |
248 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
249 | return Qs; |
250 | } |
251 | |
252 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
253 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
254 | Qualifiers Qs; |
255 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
256 | return Qs; |
257 | } |
258 | |
259 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
260 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
261 | return Mask; |
262 | } |
263 | |
264 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
265 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
266 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
267 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
268 | |
269 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
270 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
271 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
272 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
273 | |
274 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
275 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
276 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
277 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
278 | |
279 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
280 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
281 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
282 | |
283 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
284 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 284, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
285 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
286 | } |
287 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
288 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 288, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
289 | Mask &= ~mask; |
290 | } |
291 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
292 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
293 | } |
294 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
295 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 295, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
296 | Mask |= mask; |
297 | } |
298 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
299 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask ) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
300 | Mask |= mask; |
301 | } |
302 | |
303 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
304 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
305 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
306 | } |
307 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
308 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
309 | |
310 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
311 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
312 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
313 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
314 | } |
315 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
316 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
317 | assert(type)(static_cast <bool> (type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "type", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 317, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
318 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
319 | } |
320 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
321 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
322 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
323 | return qs; |
324 | } |
325 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
326 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
327 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
328 | return qs; |
329 | } |
330 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
331 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
332 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
333 | return qs; |
334 | } |
335 | |
336 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
337 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
338 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
339 | } |
340 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
341 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
342 | } |
343 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
344 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
345 | assert(type)(static_cast <bool> (type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "type", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 345, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
346 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast <bool> (!hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 346 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
347 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
348 | } |
349 | |
350 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
351 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
352 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
353 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
354 | } |
355 | |
356 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
357 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
358 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
359 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
360 | } |
361 | |
362 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
363 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
364 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
365 | } |
366 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
367 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
368 | } |
369 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
370 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
371 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
372 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
373 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
374 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
375 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())(static_cast <bool> (Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 375, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
376 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
377 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
378 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
379 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
380 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
381 | return 0; |
382 | } |
383 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
384 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(static_cast <bool> ((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 384, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
385 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
386 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
387 | } |
388 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
389 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
390 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)(static_cast <bool> (space != LangAS::Default) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 390, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
391 | setAddressSpace(space); |
392 | } |
393 | |
394 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
395 | // on a QualType object. |
396 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
397 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
398 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
399 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 399, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
400 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
401 | } |
402 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
403 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 403, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
404 | Mask &= ~mask; |
405 | } |
406 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
407 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
408 | } |
409 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
410 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 410, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
411 | Mask |= mask; |
412 | } |
413 | |
414 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
415 | /// node to be allocated. |
416 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
417 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
418 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
419 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
420 | return Quals; |
421 | } |
422 | |
423 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
424 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
425 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
426 | |
427 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
428 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
429 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
430 | // bit-or it in. |
431 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
432 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
433 | else { |
434 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
435 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
436 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
437 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
438 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
439 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
440 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
441 | } |
442 | } |
443 | |
444 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
445 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
446 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
447 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
448 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
449 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
450 | else { |
451 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
452 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
453 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
454 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
455 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
456 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
457 | removeAddressSpace(); |
458 | } |
459 | } |
460 | |
461 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
462 | /// they don't conflict. |
463 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
464 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||(static_cast <bool> (getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace () || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
465 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())(static_cast <bool> (getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace () || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
466 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||(static_cast <bool> (getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr () || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 467, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
467 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())(static_cast <bool> (getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr () || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 467, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
468 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||(static_cast <bool> (getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime () || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 469, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
469 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast <bool> (getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime () || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 469, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
470 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
471 | } |
472 | |
473 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
474 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
475 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
476 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
477 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
478 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
479 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
480 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
481 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
482 | return A == B || |
483 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
484 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
485 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
486 | // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces, |
487 | // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers |
488 | // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global. |
489 | (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device || |
490 | B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) || |
491 | (A == LangAS::sycl_global && (B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
492 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || |
493 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
494 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
495 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)) || |
496 | // Default is a superset of SYCL address spaces. |
497 | (A == LangAS::Default && |
498 | (B == LangAS::sycl_private || B == LangAS::sycl_local || |
499 | B == LangAS::sycl_global || B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
500 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || |
501 | // In HIP device compilation, any cuda address space is allowed |
502 | // to implicitly cast into the default address space. |
503 | (A == LangAS::Default && |
504 | (B == LangAS::cuda_constant || B == LangAS::cuda_device || |
505 | B == LangAS::cuda_shared)); |
506 | } |
507 | |
508 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
509 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
510 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
511 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
512 | } |
513 | |
514 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
515 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
516 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
517 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
518 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
519 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
520 | // be changed. |
521 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
522 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
523 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
524 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
525 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
526 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
527 | // U qualifier may superset. |
528 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
529 | } |
530 | |
531 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
532 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
533 | /// |
534 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
535 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
536 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
537 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
538 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
539 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
540 | return true; |
541 | |
542 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
543 | return false; |
544 | |
545 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
546 | return true; |
547 | |
548 | return hasConst(); |
549 | } |
550 | |
551 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
552 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
553 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
554 | |
555 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
556 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
557 | |
558 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
559 | |
560 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
561 | addQualifiers(R); |
562 | return *this; |
563 | } |
564 | |
565 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
566 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
567 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
568 | L += R; |
569 | return L; |
570 | } |
571 | |
572 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
573 | removeQualifiers(R); |
574 | return *this; |
575 | } |
576 | |
577 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
578 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
579 | L -= R; |
580 | return L; |
581 | } |
582 | |
583 | std::string getAsString() const; |
584 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
585 | |
586 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
587 | |
588 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
589 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
590 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
591 | |
592 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
593 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
594 | } |
595 | |
596 | private: |
597 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
598 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
599 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
600 | |
601 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
602 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
603 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
604 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
605 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
606 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
607 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
608 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
609 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
610 | }; |
611 | |
612 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
613 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
614 | struct SplitQualType { |
615 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
616 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
617 | |
618 | /// The local qualifiers. |
619 | Qualifiers Quals; |
620 | |
621 | SplitQualType() = default; |
622 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
623 | |
624 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
625 | |
626 | // Make std::tie work. |
627 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
628 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
629 | } |
630 | |
631 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
632 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
633 | } |
634 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
635 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
636 | } |
637 | }; |
638 | |
639 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
640 | /// |
641 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
642 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
643 | /// unspecialized type. |
644 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
645 | /// An ordinary type. |
646 | Ordinary, |
647 | |
648 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
649 | Result, |
650 | |
651 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
652 | Parameter, |
653 | |
654 | /// The type of a property. |
655 | Property, |
656 | |
657 | /// The superclass of a type. |
658 | Superclass, |
659 | }; |
660 | |
661 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
662 | /// |
663 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
664 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
665 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
666 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
667 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
668 | /// |
669 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
670 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
671 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
672 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
673 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
674 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
675 | class QualType { |
676 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
677 | |
678 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
679 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
680 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
681 | |
682 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
683 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
684 | } |
685 | |
686 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
687 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
688 | } |
689 | |
690 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
691 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")(static_cast <bool> (!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 691, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
692 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
693 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
694 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
695 | } |
696 | |
697 | public: |
698 | QualType() = default; |
699 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
700 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
701 | |
702 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
703 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
704 | |
705 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
706 | /// |
707 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
708 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
709 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
710 | |
711 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
712 | |
713 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
714 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
715 | |
716 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
717 | /// qualifiers. |
718 | SplitQualType split() const; |
719 | |
720 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
721 | |
722 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
723 | QualType T; |
724 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
725 | return T; |
726 | } |
727 | |
728 | const Type &operator*() const { |
729 | return *getTypePtr(); |
730 | } |
731 | |
732 | const Type *operator->() const { |
733 | return getTypePtr(); |
734 | } |
735 | |
736 | bool isCanonical() const; |
737 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
738 | |
739 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
740 | bool isNull() const { |
741 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
742 | } |
743 | |
744 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
745 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
746 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
747 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
748 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
749 | } |
750 | |
751 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
752 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
753 | |
754 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
755 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
756 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
757 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
758 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
759 | } |
760 | |
761 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
762 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
763 | |
764 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
765 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
766 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
767 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
768 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
769 | } |
770 | |
771 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
772 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
773 | |
774 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
775 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
776 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
777 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
778 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
779 | } |
780 | |
781 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
782 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
783 | |
784 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
785 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
786 | /// instance. |
787 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
788 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
789 | } |
790 | |
791 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
792 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
793 | /// other sugar. |
794 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
795 | |
796 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
797 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
798 | |
799 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
800 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
801 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
802 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
803 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
804 | } |
805 | |
806 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
807 | /// applied to this type. |
808 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
809 | |
810 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
811 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
812 | } |
813 | |
814 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
815 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
816 | |
817 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
818 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
819 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
820 | |
821 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
822 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
823 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
824 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
825 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
826 | |
827 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
828 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
829 | |
830 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
831 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
832 | |
833 | /// Return true if this is a trivially relocatable type. |
834 | bool isTriviallyRelocatableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
835 | |
836 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
837 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
838 | |
839 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
840 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
841 | |
842 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
843 | // easily added. |
844 | |
845 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
846 | void addConst() { |
847 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
848 | } |
849 | QualType withConst() const { |
850 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
851 | } |
852 | |
853 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
854 | void addVolatile() { |
855 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
856 | } |
857 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
858 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
859 | } |
860 | |
861 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
862 | void addRestrict() { |
863 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
864 | } |
865 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
866 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
867 | } |
868 | |
869 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
870 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
871 | } |
872 | |
873 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
874 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)(static_cast <bool> (!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 875, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
875 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")(static_cast <bool> (!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 875, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
876 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
877 | } |
878 | |
879 | void removeLocalConst(); |
880 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
881 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
882 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
883 | |
884 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
885 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
886 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask ) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 886, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
887 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
888 | } |
889 | |
890 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
891 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
892 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
893 | QualType T = *this; |
894 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
895 | return T; |
896 | } |
897 | |
898 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
899 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
900 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
901 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
902 | } |
903 | |
904 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
905 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
906 | QualType T = *this; |
907 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
908 | return T; |
909 | } |
910 | |
911 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
912 | |
913 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
914 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
915 | /// through typedefs. |
916 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
917 | |
918 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
919 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
920 | /// |
921 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
922 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
923 | /// |
924 | /// \code |
925 | /// typedef int Integer; |
926 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
927 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
928 | /// \endcode |
929 | /// |
930 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
931 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
932 | /// |
933 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
934 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
935 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
936 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
937 | |
938 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
939 | /// sugar as possible. |
940 | /// |
941 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
942 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
943 | /// |
944 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
945 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
946 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
947 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
948 | |
949 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
950 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
951 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
952 | |
953 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
954 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
955 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
956 | |
957 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
958 | |
959 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
960 | /// specified result type. |
961 | /// |
962 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
963 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
964 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
965 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
966 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
967 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
968 | |
969 | /// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part |
970 | /// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that |
971 | /// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a |
972 | /// pack expansion type. |
973 | QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const; |
974 | |
975 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
976 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
977 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
978 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
979 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
980 | /// concrete. |
981 | /// |
982 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
983 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
984 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
985 | } |
986 | |
987 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
988 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
989 | } |
990 | |
991 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
992 | /// the type. |
993 | /// |
994 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
995 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
996 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
997 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
998 | } |
999 | |
1000 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
1001 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
1002 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
1003 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
1004 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
1005 | return *this; |
1006 | } |
1007 | |
1008 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
1009 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1010 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
1011 | } |
1012 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1013 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
1014 | } |
1015 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1016 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
1017 | } |
1018 | |
1019 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
1020 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
1021 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
1022 | } |
1023 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1024 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
1025 | |
1026 | std::string getAsString() const; |
1027 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1028 | |
1029 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1030 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1031 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
1032 | |
1033 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
1034 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1035 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
1036 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1037 | } |
1038 | |
1039 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1040 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1041 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1042 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1043 | |
1044 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1045 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1046 | |
1047 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1048 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1049 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1050 | } |
1051 | |
1052 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1053 | std::string &out, |
1054 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1055 | |
1056 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1057 | const QualType &T; |
1058 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1059 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1060 | unsigned Indentation; |
1061 | |
1062 | public: |
1063 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1064 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1065 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1066 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1067 | |
1068 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1069 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1070 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1071 | return OS; |
1072 | } |
1073 | }; |
1074 | |
1075 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1076 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1077 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1078 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1079 | } |
1080 | |
1081 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1082 | void dump() const; |
1083 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1084 | |
1085 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1086 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1087 | } |
1088 | |
1089 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
1090 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
1091 | |
1092 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1093 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1094 | |
1095 | /// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space |
1096 | /// qualifiers. |
1097 | /// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces |
1098 | /// and notion of overlapping address spaces. |
1099 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
1100 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
1101 | /// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds: |
1102 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
1103 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const { |
1104 | Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers(); |
1105 | Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers(); |
1106 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
1107 | return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q); |
1108 | } |
1109 | |
1110 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1111 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1112 | |
1113 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1114 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1115 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1116 | } |
1117 | |
1118 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1119 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1120 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1121 | } |
1122 | |
1123 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1124 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1125 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1126 | } |
1127 | |
1128 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1129 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1130 | } |
1131 | |
1132 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1133 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1134 | } |
1135 | |
1136 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1137 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1138 | |
1139 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1140 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1141 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1142 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1143 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1144 | |
1145 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1146 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1147 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1148 | |
1149 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1150 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1151 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1152 | |
1153 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1154 | PDIK_Struct |
1155 | }; |
1156 | |
1157 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1158 | |
1159 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1160 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1161 | /// and return the kind. |
1162 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1163 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1164 | |
1165 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1166 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1167 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1168 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1169 | PCK_Trivial, |
1170 | |
1171 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1172 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1173 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1174 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1175 | |
1176 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1177 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1178 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1179 | |
1180 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1181 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1182 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1183 | |
1184 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1185 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1186 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1187 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1188 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1189 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1190 | PCK_Struct |
1191 | }; |
1192 | |
1193 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1194 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1195 | /// kind. |
1196 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1197 | |
1198 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1199 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1200 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1201 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1202 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1203 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1204 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1205 | |
1206 | enum DestructionKind { |
1207 | DK_none, |
1208 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1209 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1210 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1211 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1212 | }; |
1213 | |
1214 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1215 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1216 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1217 | /// something require destruction. |
1218 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1219 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1220 | } |
1221 | |
1222 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1223 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1224 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1225 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1226 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1227 | |
1228 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1229 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1230 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1231 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1232 | |
1233 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1234 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1235 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1236 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1237 | |
1238 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1239 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1240 | /// |
1241 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1242 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1243 | /// - function types |
1244 | /// |
1245 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1246 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1247 | /// type other than void. |
1248 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1249 | |
1250 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1251 | /// subject type. |
1252 | /// |
1253 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1254 | /// |
1255 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1256 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1257 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1258 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1259 | /// for the context. |
1260 | /// |
1261 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1262 | /// |
1263 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1264 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1265 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1266 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1267 | |
1268 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1269 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1270 | /// |
1271 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1272 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1273 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1274 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1275 | /// |
1276 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1277 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1278 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1279 | /// |
1280 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1281 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1282 | /// be substituted. |
1283 | /// |
1284 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1285 | /// |
1286 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1287 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1288 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1289 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1290 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1291 | |
1292 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1293 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1294 | |
1295 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1296 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1297 | |
1298 | private: |
1299 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1300 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1301 | // caller. |
1302 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1303 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1304 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1305 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1306 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1307 | const ASTContext &C); |
1308 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1309 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1310 | |
1311 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1312 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1313 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1314 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1315 | }; |
1316 | |
1317 | } // namespace clang |
1318 | |
1319 | namespace llvm { |
1320 | |
1321 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1322 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1323 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1324 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1325 | |
1326 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1327 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1328 | } |
1329 | }; |
1330 | |
1331 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1332 | template<> |
1333 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1334 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1335 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1336 | } |
1337 | |
1338 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1339 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1340 | } |
1341 | |
1342 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1343 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0; |
1344 | }; |
1345 | |
1346 | } // namespace llvm |
1347 | |
1348 | namespace clang { |
1349 | |
1350 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1351 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1352 | /// two. |
1353 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1354 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1355 | friend class QualType; |
1356 | friend class Type; |
1357 | |
1358 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1359 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1360 | /// |
1361 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1362 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1363 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1364 | |
1365 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1366 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1367 | |
1368 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1369 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1370 | }; |
1371 | |
1372 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1373 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1374 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1375 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1376 | /// store qualifiers. |
1377 | /// |
1378 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1379 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1380 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1381 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1382 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1383 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1384 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1385 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1386 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1387 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1388 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1389 | // 2. QualType: |
1390 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1391 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1392 | // this header. |
1393 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1394 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1395 | |
1396 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1397 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1398 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1399 | |
1400 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1401 | |
1402 | public: |
1403 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1404 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1405 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1406 | Quals(quals) { |
1407 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()(static_cast <bool> (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1408, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1408 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1408, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1409 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1410, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1410 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1410, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1411 | } |
1412 | |
1413 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1414 | |
1415 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1416 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1417 | |
1418 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1419 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1420 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1421 | } |
1422 | |
1423 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1424 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1425 | |
1426 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1427 | |
1428 | public: |
1429 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1430 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1431 | } |
1432 | |
1433 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1434 | const Type *BaseType, |
1435 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1436 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1436, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1437 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1438 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1439 | } |
1440 | }; |
1441 | |
1442 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1443 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1444 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1445 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1446 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1447 | RQ_None = 0, |
1448 | |
1449 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1450 | RQ_LValue, |
1451 | |
1452 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1453 | RQ_RValue |
1454 | }; |
1455 | |
1456 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1457 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1458 | /// auto |
1459 | Auto, |
1460 | |
1461 | /// decltype(auto) |
1462 | DecltypeAuto, |
1463 | |
1464 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1465 | GNUAutoType |
1466 | }; |
1467 | |
1468 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1469 | /// |
1470 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1471 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1472 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1473 | /// |
1474 | /// typedef int foo; |
1475 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1476 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1477 | /// |
1478 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1479 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1480 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1481 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1482 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1483 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1484 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1485 | /// |
1486 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1487 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1488 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1489 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1490 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1491 | /// |
1492 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1493 | /// |
1494 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1495 | public: |
1496 | enum TypeClass { |
1497 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1498 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1499 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1500 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1501 | }; |
1502 | |
1503 | private: |
1504 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1505 | class TypeBitfields { |
1506 | friend class Type; |
1507 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1508 | |
1509 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1510 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1511 | |
1512 | /// Store information on the type dependency. |
1513 | unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>; |
1514 | |
1515 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1516 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1517 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1518 | |
1519 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1520 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1521 | |
1522 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1523 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1524 | |
1525 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1526 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1527 | |
1528 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1529 | return CacheValid; |
1530 | } |
1531 | |
1532 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1533 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast <bool> (isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1533, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1534 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1535 | } |
1536 | |
1537 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1538 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast <bool> (isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1538, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1539 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1540 | } |
1541 | }; |
1542 | enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 }; |
1543 | |
1544 | protected: |
1545 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1546 | // into Type. |
1547 | |
1548 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1549 | friend class ArrayType; |
1550 | |
1551 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1552 | |
1553 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1554 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1555 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1556 | |
1557 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1558 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1559 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1560 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1561 | }; |
1562 | |
1563 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
1564 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
1565 | |
1566 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
1567 | |
1568 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
1569 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
1570 | }; |
1571 | |
1572 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1573 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1574 | |
1575 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1576 | |
1577 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1578 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1579 | }; |
1580 | |
1581 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1582 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1583 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1584 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1585 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1586 | friend class FunctionType; |
1587 | |
1588 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1589 | |
1590 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1591 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1592 | unsigned ExtInfo : 13; |
1593 | |
1594 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1595 | /// |
1596 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1597 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1598 | |
1599 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1600 | /// other bitfields. |
1601 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1602 | /// |
1603 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1604 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1605 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1606 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1607 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1608 | |
1609 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1610 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1611 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1612 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1613 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1614 | |
1615 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1616 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1617 | |
1618 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1619 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1620 | |
1621 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1622 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1623 | |
1624 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1625 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1626 | }; |
1627 | |
1628 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1629 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1630 | |
1631 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1632 | |
1633 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1634 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1635 | |
1636 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1637 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1638 | |
1639 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1640 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1641 | }; |
1642 | |
1643 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1644 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1645 | |
1646 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1647 | |
1648 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1649 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1650 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1651 | /// as follows: |
1652 | /// |
1653 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1654 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1655 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1656 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1657 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1658 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1659 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1660 | |
1661 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1662 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1663 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1664 | }; |
1665 | |
1666 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1667 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1668 | |
1669 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1670 | |
1671 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1672 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1673 | }; |
1674 | |
1675 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1676 | |
1677 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1678 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1679 | |
1680 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1681 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1682 | |
1683 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1684 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1685 | }; |
1686 | |
1687 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1688 | friend class VectorType; |
1689 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1690 | |
1691 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1692 | |
1693 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1694 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1695 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1696 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1697 | uint32_t NumElements; |
1698 | }; |
1699 | |
1700 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1701 | friend class AttributedType; |
1702 | |
1703 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1704 | |
1705 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1706 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1707 | }; |
1708 | |
1709 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1710 | friend class AutoType; |
1711 | |
1712 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1713 | |
1714 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1715 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1716 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1717 | |
1718 | /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is |
1719 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1720 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1721 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1722 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1723 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1724 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1725 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1726 | }; |
1727 | |
1728 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1729 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1730 | |
1731 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1732 | |
1733 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1734 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1735 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1736 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1737 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1738 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1739 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1740 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1741 | }; |
1742 | |
1743 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1744 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1745 | |
1746 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1747 | |
1748 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1749 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1750 | |
1751 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1752 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1753 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1754 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1755 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1756 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1757 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1758 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1759 | }; |
1760 | |
1761 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1762 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1763 | |
1764 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1765 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1766 | |
1767 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1768 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1769 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1770 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1771 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1772 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1773 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1774 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1775 | }; |
1776 | |
1777 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1778 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1779 | |
1780 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1781 | |
1782 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1783 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1784 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1785 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1786 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1787 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1788 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1789 | /// |
1790 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1791 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1792 | /// have not. |
1793 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1794 | }; |
1795 | |
1796 | union { |
1797 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1798 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1799 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
1800 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1801 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1802 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1803 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1804 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1805 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1806 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1807 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1808 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1809 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1810 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1811 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1812 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1813 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1814 | }; |
1815 | |
1816 | private: |
1817 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1818 | |
1819 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1820 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1821 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1822 | } |
1823 | |
1824 | protected: |
1825 | friend class ASTContext; |
1826 | |
1827 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence) |
1828 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1829 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1830 | static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase), |
1831 | "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!"); |
1832 | static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0, |
1833 | "Insufficient alignment!"); |
1834 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1835 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence); |
1836 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1837 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1838 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1839 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1840 | } |
1841 | |
1842 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1843 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1844 | |
1845 | void setDependence(TypeDependence D) { |
1846 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D); |
1847 | } |
1848 | |
1849 | void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); } |
1850 | |
1851 | public: |
1852 | friend class ASTReader; |
1853 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1854 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
1855 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
1856 | |
1857 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1858 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1859 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1860 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1861 | |
1862 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1863 | |
1864 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1865 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1866 | |
1867 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1868 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1869 | /// |
1870 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1871 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1872 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1873 | /// |
1874 | /// \code |
1875 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1876 | /// struct X { |
1877 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1878 | /// }; |
1879 | /// \endcode |
1880 | /// |
1881 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1882 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1883 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack; |
1884 | } |
1885 | |
1886 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1887 | /// qualification. |
1888 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1889 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1890 | } |
1891 | |
1892 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1893 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1894 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1895 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1896 | |
1897 | /// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless"; |
1898 | /// every type is one or the other. Standard types are all sized; |
1899 | /// sizeless types are purely an extension. |
1900 | /// |
1901 | /// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment, |
1902 | /// or layout. |
1903 | bool isSizelessType() const; |
1904 | bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const; |
1905 | |
1906 | /// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the |
1907 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single |
1908 | /// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t. |
1909 | bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const; |
1910 | |
1911 | /// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type. |
1912 | /// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the |
1913 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType. |
1914 | QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1915 | |
1916 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1917 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1918 | |
1919 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1920 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1921 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1922 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1923 | /// |
1924 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1925 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1926 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1927 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1928 | |
1929 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1930 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1931 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1932 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1933 | } |
1934 | |
1935 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1936 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1937 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1938 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1939 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1940 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1941 | } |
1942 | |
1943 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1944 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1945 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1946 | |
1947 | /// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7. |
1948 | bool isStructuralType() const; |
1949 | |
1950 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1951 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1952 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1953 | |
1954 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1955 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1956 | |
1957 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1958 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1959 | |
1960 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1961 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1962 | |
1963 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1964 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1965 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1966 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1967 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1968 | |
1969 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1970 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1971 | |
1972 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1973 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1974 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1975 | |
1976 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1977 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1978 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1979 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1980 | |
1981 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1982 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1983 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1984 | bool isCharType() const; |
1985 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1986 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1987 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1988 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1989 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1990 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1991 | |
1992 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1993 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1994 | |
1995 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1996 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1997 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1998 | |
1999 | /// Floating point categories. |
2000 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
2001 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
2002 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
2003 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
2004 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
2005 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
2006 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
2007 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
2008 | bool isBFloat16Type() const; |
2009 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
2010 | bool isIbm128Type() const; |
2011 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
2012 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
2013 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
2014 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
2015 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
2016 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
2017 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
2018 | |
2019 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
2020 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
2021 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
2022 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
2023 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
2024 | bool isPointerType() const; |
2025 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
2026 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
2027 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
2028 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
2029 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
2030 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
2031 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
2032 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
2033 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
2034 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
2035 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
2036 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
2037 | bool isArrayType() const; |
2038 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
2039 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
2040 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
2041 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
2042 | bool isRecordType() const; |
2043 | bool isClassType() const; |
2044 | bool isStructureType() const; |
2045 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
2046 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2047 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2048 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2049 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2050 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2051 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2052 | bool isExtVectorBoolType() const; // Extended vector type with bool element. |
2053 | bool isMatrixType() const; // Matrix type. |
2054 | bool isConstantMatrixType() const; // Constant matrix type. |
2055 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2056 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2057 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2058 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2059 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2060 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2061 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2062 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2063 | // for the common case. |
2064 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2065 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2066 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2067 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2068 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2069 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2070 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2071 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2072 | /// qualifier? |
2073 | /// |
2074 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2075 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2076 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2077 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2078 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2079 | } |
2080 | |
2081 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2082 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2083 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2084 | /// |
2085 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2086 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2087 | /// null for 'id. |
2088 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2089 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2090 | |
2091 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2092 | |
2093 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2094 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2095 | /// |
2096 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2097 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2098 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2099 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2100 | |
2101 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2102 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2103 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2104 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2105 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2106 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2107 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2108 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2109 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2110 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2111 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2112 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
2113 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
2114 | bool isTypedefNameType() const; // typedef or alias template |
2115 | |
2116 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2117 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2118 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2119 | |
2120 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2121 | |
2122 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2123 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2124 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2125 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2126 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2127 | |
2128 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2129 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2130 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2131 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2132 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2133 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2134 | |
2135 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2136 | bool isBitIntType() const; // Bit-precise integer type |
2137 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2138 | |
2139 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2140 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2141 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2142 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2143 | |
2144 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type. |
2145 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const; |
2146 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type. |
2147 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const; |
2148 | |
2149 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2150 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2151 | |
2152 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2153 | STK_CPointer, |
2154 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2155 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2156 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2157 | STK_Bool, |
2158 | STK_Integral, |
2159 | STK_Floating, |
2160 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2161 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2162 | STK_FixedPoint |
2163 | }; |
2164 | |
2165 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2166 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2167 | |
2168 | TypeDependence getDependence() const { |
2169 | return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence); |
2170 | } |
2171 | |
2172 | /// Whether this type is an error type. |
2173 | bool containsErrors() const { |
2174 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error; |
2175 | } |
2176 | |
2177 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2178 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2179 | bool isDependentType() const { |
2180 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent; |
2181 | } |
2182 | |
2183 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2184 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2185 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2186 | /// template parameter). |
2187 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2188 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation; |
2189 | } |
2190 | |
2191 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2192 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2193 | /// deduced. |
2194 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2195 | |
2196 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2197 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { |
2198 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified; |
2199 | } |
2200 | |
2201 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2202 | /// with a definite size. |
2203 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2204 | |
2205 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2206 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2207 | |
2208 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2209 | |
2210 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2211 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2212 | |
2213 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2214 | |
2215 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2216 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2217 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2218 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2219 | |
2220 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2221 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2222 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2223 | |
2224 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2225 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2226 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2227 | |
2228 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2229 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2230 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2231 | |
2232 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2233 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2234 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2235 | |
2236 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2237 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2238 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2239 | |
2240 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2241 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2242 | // the best type we can. |
2243 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2244 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2245 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2246 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2247 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2248 | |
2249 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2250 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2251 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2252 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2253 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2254 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2255 | |
2256 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2257 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2258 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2259 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2260 | |
2261 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2262 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2263 | |
2264 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2265 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2266 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2267 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2268 | |
2269 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2270 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2271 | /// |
2272 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2273 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2274 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2275 | |
2276 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2277 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2278 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2279 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2280 | |
2281 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2282 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2283 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2284 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2285 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2286 | } |
2287 | |
2288 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2289 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2290 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2291 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2292 | |
2293 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2294 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2295 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2296 | /// |
2297 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2298 | /// immediately following this class. |
2299 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2300 | |
2301 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2302 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2303 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2304 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2305 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2306 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2307 | |
2308 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2309 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2310 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2311 | |
2312 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2313 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2314 | /// |
2315 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2316 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2317 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2318 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2319 | |
2320 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2321 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2322 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2323 | |
2324 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2325 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2326 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2327 | |
2328 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2329 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2330 | /// are meaningful. |
2331 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2332 | |
2333 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2334 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2335 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2336 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2337 | |
2338 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2339 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2340 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2341 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2342 | |
2343 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2344 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2345 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2346 | |
2347 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2348 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2349 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2350 | |
2351 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2352 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2353 | |
2354 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2355 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2356 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2357 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2358 | |
2359 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2360 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2361 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2362 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2363 | |
2364 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2365 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2366 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2367 | |
2368 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2369 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2370 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2371 | |
2372 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2373 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2374 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2375 | |
2376 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2377 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2378 | |
2379 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2380 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2381 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2382 | |
2383 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2384 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2385 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2386 | |
2387 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2388 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2389 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2390 | |
2391 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2392 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2393 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2394 | |
2395 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2396 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2397 | /// incomplete types. |
2398 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2399 | |
2400 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2401 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2402 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2403 | |
2404 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2405 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2406 | |
2407 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2408 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2409 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2410 | } |
2411 | |
2412 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2413 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2414 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2415 | } |
2416 | |
2417 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2418 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2419 | |
2420 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2421 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2422 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2423 | |
2424 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2425 | /// |
2426 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2427 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2428 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2429 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2430 | |
2431 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2432 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2433 | /// |
2434 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2435 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2436 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2437 | |
2438 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2439 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2440 | /// |
2441 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2442 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2443 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2444 | /// |
2445 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2446 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2447 | /// category, or method within. |
2448 | /// |
2449 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2450 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2451 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2452 | /// substitution is required. |
2453 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2454 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2455 | |
2456 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2457 | /// parameters. |
2458 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2459 | |
2460 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2461 | |
2462 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2463 | return CanonicalType; |
2464 | } |
2465 | |
2466 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2467 | void dump() const; |
2468 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
2469 | }; |
2470 | |
2471 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2472 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2473 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2474 | |
2475 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2476 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2477 | /// non-sugared type. |
2478 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2479 | |
2480 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2481 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2482 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2483 | |
2484 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2485 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2486 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2487 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2488 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2489 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2490 | } \ |
2491 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2492 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2493 | } |
2494 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2495 | |
2496 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2497 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2498 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2499 | public: |
2500 | enum Kind { |
2501 | // OpenCL image types |
2502 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2503 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2504 | // OpenCL extension types |
2505 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2506 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2507 | // SVE Types |
2508 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2509 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2510 | // PPC MMA Types |
2511 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id, |
2512 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
2513 | // RVV Types |
2514 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2515 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
2516 | // All other builtin types |
2517 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2518 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2519 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2520 | }; |
2521 | |
2522 | private: |
2523 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2524 | |
2525 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2526 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), |
2527 | K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
2528 | : TypeDependence::None) { |
2529 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2530 | } |
2531 | |
2532 | public: |
2533 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2534 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2535 | |
2536 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2537 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2538 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2539 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')(static_cast <bool> (!str.empty() && str.data() [str.size()] == '\0') ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 2539, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
2540 | return str.data(); |
2541 | } |
2542 | |
2543 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2544 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2545 | |
2546 | bool isInteger() const { |
2547 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2548 | } |
2549 | |
2550 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2551 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2552 | } |
2553 | |
2554 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2555 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2556 | } |
2557 | |
2558 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2559 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Ibm128; |
2560 | } |
2561 | |
2562 | bool isSVEBool() const { return getKind() == Kind::SveBool; } |
2563 | |
2564 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2565 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2566 | return K >= Overload; |
2567 | } |
2568 | |
2569 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2570 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2571 | /// expression. |
2572 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2573 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2574 | } |
2575 | |
2576 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2577 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2578 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2579 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2580 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2581 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2582 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2583 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2584 | /// special treatment. |
2585 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2586 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2587 | } |
2588 | |
2589 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2590 | }; |
2591 | |
2592 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2593 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2594 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2595 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2596 | |
2597 | QualType ElementType; |
2598 | |
2599 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2600 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()), |
2601 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2602 | |
2603 | public: |
2604 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2605 | |
2606 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2607 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2608 | |
2609 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2610 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2611 | } |
2612 | |
2613 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2614 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2615 | } |
2616 | |
2617 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2618 | }; |
2619 | |
2620 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2621 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2622 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2623 | |
2624 | QualType Inner; |
2625 | |
2626 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2627 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {} |
2628 | |
2629 | public: |
2630 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2631 | |
2632 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2633 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2634 | |
2635 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2636 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2637 | } |
2638 | |
2639 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2640 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2641 | } |
2642 | |
2643 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2644 | }; |
2645 | |
2646 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2647 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2648 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2649 | |
2650 | QualType PointeeType; |
2651 | |
2652 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2653 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2654 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2655 | |
2656 | public: |
2657 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2658 | |
2659 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2660 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2661 | |
2662 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2663 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2664 | } |
2665 | |
2666 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2667 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2668 | } |
2669 | |
2670 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2671 | }; |
2672 | |
2673 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2674 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2675 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2676 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2677 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2678 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2679 | |
2680 | protected: |
2681 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2682 | |
2683 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2684 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2685 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()), |
2686 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2687 | |
2688 | public: |
2689 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2690 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2691 | |
2692 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2693 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2694 | |
2695 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2696 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2697 | } |
2698 | |
2699 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2700 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2701 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2702 | } |
2703 | |
2704 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2705 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2706 | } |
2707 | }; |
2708 | |
2709 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2710 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2711 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2712 | |
2713 | inline |
2714 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2715 | |
2716 | public: |
2717 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2718 | |
2719 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2720 | |
2721 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2722 | }; |
2723 | |
2724 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2725 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2726 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2727 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2728 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2729 | |
2730 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2731 | QualType PointeeType; |
2732 | |
2733 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2734 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2735 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2736 | |
2737 | public: |
2738 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2739 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2740 | |
2741 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2742 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2743 | |
2744 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2745 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2746 | } |
2747 | |
2748 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2749 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2750 | } |
2751 | |
2752 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2753 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2754 | } |
2755 | }; |
2756 | |
2757 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2758 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2759 | QualType PointeeType; |
2760 | |
2761 | protected: |
2762 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2763 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2764 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()), |
2765 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2766 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2767 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2768 | } |
2769 | |
2770 | public: |
2771 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2772 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2773 | |
2774 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2775 | |
2776 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2777 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2778 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2779 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2780 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2781 | return T->PointeeType; |
2782 | } |
2783 | |
2784 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2785 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2786 | } |
2787 | |
2788 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2789 | QualType Referencee, |
2790 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2791 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2792 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2793 | } |
2794 | |
2795 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2796 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2797 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2798 | } |
2799 | }; |
2800 | |
2801 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2802 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2803 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2804 | |
2805 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2806 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2807 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2808 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2809 | |
2810 | public: |
2811 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2812 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2813 | |
2814 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2815 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2816 | } |
2817 | }; |
2818 | |
2819 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2820 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2821 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2822 | |
2823 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2824 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2825 | |
2826 | public: |
2827 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2828 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2829 | |
2830 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2831 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2832 | } |
2833 | }; |
2834 | |
2835 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2836 | /// |
2837 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2838 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2839 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2840 | |
2841 | QualType PointeeType; |
2842 | |
2843 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2844 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2845 | const Type *Class; |
2846 | |
2847 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2848 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2849 | (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) | |
2850 | Pointee->getDependence()), |
2851 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2852 | |
2853 | public: |
2854 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2855 | |
2856 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2857 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2858 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2859 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2860 | } |
2861 | |
2862 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2863 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2864 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2865 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2866 | } |
2867 | |
2868 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2869 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2870 | |
2871 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2872 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2873 | |
2874 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2875 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2876 | } |
2877 | |
2878 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2879 | const Type *Class) { |
2880 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2881 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2882 | } |
2883 | |
2884 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2885 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2886 | } |
2887 | }; |
2888 | |
2889 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2890 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2891 | public: |
2892 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2893 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2894 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2895 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2896 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2897 | Normal, Static, Star |
2898 | }; |
2899 | |
2900 | private: |
2901 | /// The element type of the array. |
2902 | QualType ElementType; |
2903 | |
2904 | protected: |
2905 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2906 | |
2907 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
2908 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
2909 | |
2910 | public: |
2911 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2912 | |
2913 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2914 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2915 | } |
2916 | |
2917 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2918 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2919 | } |
2920 | |
2921 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2922 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2923 | } |
2924 | |
2925 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2926 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2927 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2928 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2929 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2930 | } |
2931 | }; |
2932 | |
2933 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2934 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2935 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2936 | class ConstantArrayType final |
2937 | : public ArrayType, |
2938 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
2939 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2940 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2941 | |
2942 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2943 | |
2944 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2945 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2946 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
2947 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
2948 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
2949 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")(static_cast <bool> (!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 2949, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
2950 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
2951 | } |
2952 | } |
2953 | |
2954 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
2955 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
2956 | } |
2957 | |
2958 | public: |
2959 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2960 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
2961 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
2962 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
2963 | : nullptr; |
2964 | } |
2965 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2966 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2967 | |
2968 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2969 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2970 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2971 | QualType ElementType, |
2972 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2973 | |
2974 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2975 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2976 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2977 | |
2978 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
2979 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
2980 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2981 | } |
2982 | |
2983 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2984 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
2985 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2986 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
2987 | |
2988 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2989 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2990 | } |
2991 | }; |
2992 | |
2993 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2994 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2995 | /// unspecified. |
2996 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2997 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2998 | |
2999 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
3000 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
3001 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
3002 | |
3003 | public: |
3004 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3005 | |
3006 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3007 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3008 | |
3009 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3010 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
3011 | } |
3012 | |
3013 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3014 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
3015 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
3016 | } |
3017 | |
3018 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
3019 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
3020 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3021 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
3022 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
3023 | } |
3024 | }; |
3025 | |
3026 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
3027 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
3028 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
3029 | /// |
3030 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3031 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3032 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3033 | /// dynamically: |
3034 | /// |
3035 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3036 | /// int Y[x]; |
3037 | /// ++x; |
3038 | /// int Z[x]; |
3039 | /// } |
3040 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3041 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3042 | |
3043 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3044 | /// a function block. |
3045 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3046 | |
3047 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3048 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3049 | |
3050 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3051 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3052 | SourceRange brackets) |
3053 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
3054 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3055 | |
3056 | public: |
3057 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3058 | |
3059 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3060 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3061 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3062 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3063 | } |
3064 | |
3065 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3066 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3067 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3068 | |
3069 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3070 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3071 | |
3072 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3073 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3074 | } |
3075 | |
3076 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3077 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 3077); |
3078 | } |
3079 | }; |
3080 | |
3081 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3082 | /// |
3083 | /// For example: |
3084 | /// \code |
3085 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3086 | /// class array { |
3087 | /// T data[Size]; |
3088 | /// }; |
3089 | /// \endcode |
3090 | /// |
3091 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3092 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3093 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3094 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3095 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3096 | |
3097 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3098 | |
3099 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3100 | /// size of the array. |
3101 | /// |
3102 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3103 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3104 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3105 | |
3106 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3107 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3108 | |
3109 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3110 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3111 | SourceRange brackets); |
3112 | |
3113 | public: |
3114 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3115 | |
3116 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3117 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3118 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3119 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3120 | } |
3121 | |
3122 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3123 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3124 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3125 | |
3126 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3127 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3128 | |
3129 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3130 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3131 | } |
3132 | |
3133 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3134 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3135 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3136 | } |
3137 | |
3138 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3139 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3140 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3141 | }; |
3142 | |
3143 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3144 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3145 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3146 | /// |
3147 | /// For example: |
3148 | /// \code |
3149 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3150 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3151 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3152 | /// } |
3153 | /// \endcode |
3154 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3155 | friend class ASTContext; |
3156 | |
3157 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3158 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3159 | QualType PointeeType; |
3160 | SourceLocation loc; |
3161 | |
3162 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3163 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3164 | SourceLocation loc); |
3165 | |
3166 | public: |
3167 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3168 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3169 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3170 | |
3171 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3172 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3173 | |
3174 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3175 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3176 | } |
3177 | |
3178 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3179 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3180 | } |
3181 | |
3182 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3183 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3184 | }; |
3185 | |
3186 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3187 | /// dependent. |
3188 | /// |
3189 | /// For example: |
3190 | /// \code |
3191 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3192 | /// class vector { |
3193 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3194 | /// } |
3195 | /// \endcode |
3196 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3197 | friend class ASTContext; |
3198 | |
3199 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3200 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3201 | |
3202 | /// The element type of the array. |
3203 | QualType ElementType; |
3204 | |
3205 | SourceLocation loc; |
3206 | |
3207 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3208 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3209 | |
3210 | public: |
3211 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3212 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3213 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3214 | |
3215 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3216 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3217 | |
3218 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3219 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3220 | } |
3221 | |
3222 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3223 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3224 | } |
3225 | |
3226 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3227 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3228 | }; |
3229 | |
3230 | |
3231 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3232 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3233 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3234 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3235 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3236 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3237 | public: |
3238 | enum VectorKind { |
3239 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3240 | GenericVector, |
3241 | |
3242 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3243 | AltiVecVector, |
3244 | |
3245 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3246 | AltiVecPixel, |
3247 | |
3248 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3249 | AltiVecBool, |
3250 | |
3251 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3252 | NeonVector, |
3253 | |
3254 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3255 | NeonPolyVector, |
3256 | |
3257 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector |
3258 | SveFixedLengthDataVector, |
3259 | |
3260 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector |
3261 | SveFixedLengthPredicateVector |
3262 | }; |
3263 | |
3264 | protected: |
3265 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3266 | |
3267 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3268 | QualType ElementType; |
3269 | |
3270 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3271 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3272 | |
3273 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3274 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3275 | |
3276 | public: |
3277 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3278 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3279 | |
3280 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3281 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3282 | |
3283 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3284 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3285 | } |
3286 | |
3287 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3288 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3289 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3290 | } |
3291 | |
3292 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3293 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3294 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3295 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3296 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3297 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3298 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3299 | } |
3300 | |
3301 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3302 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3303 | } |
3304 | }; |
3305 | |
3306 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3307 | //// |
3308 | /// For example: |
3309 | /// \code |
3310 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3311 | /// class vector { |
3312 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3313 | /// } |
3314 | /// \endcode |
3315 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3316 | friend class ASTContext; |
3317 | |
3318 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3319 | QualType ElementType; |
3320 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3321 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3322 | |
3323 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3324 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3325 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3326 | |
3327 | public: |
3328 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3329 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3330 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3331 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3332 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3333 | } |
3334 | |
3335 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3336 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3337 | |
3338 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3339 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3340 | } |
3341 | |
3342 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3343 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3344 | } |
3345 | |
3346 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3347 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3348 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3349 | }; |
3350 | |
3351 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3352 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3353 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3354 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3355 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3356 | /// Shading Language). |
3357 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3358 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3359 | |
3360 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3361 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3362 | |
3363 | public: |
3364 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3365 | switch (c) { |
3366 | default: return -1; |
3367 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3368 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3369 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3370 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3371 | } |
3372 | } |
3373 | |
3374 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3375 | switch (c) { |
3376 | default: return -1; |
3377 | case '0': return 0; |
3378 | case '1': return 1; |
3379 | case '2': return 2; |
3380 | case '3': return 3; |
3381 | case '4': return 4; |
3382 | case '5': return 5; |
3383 | case '6': return 6; |
3384 | case '7': return 7; |
3385 | case '8': return 8; |
3386 | case '9': return 9; |
3387 | case 'A': |
3388 | case 'a': return 10; |
3389 | case 'B': |
3390 | case 'b': return 11; |
3391 | case 'C': |
3392 | case 'c': return 12; |
3393 | case 'D': |
3394 | case 'd': return 13; |
3395 | case 'E': |
3396 | case 'e': return 14; |
3397 | case 'F': |
3398 | case 'f': return 15; |
3399 | } |
3400 | } |
3401 | |
3402 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3403 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3404 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3405 | else |
3406 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3407 | } |
3408 | |
3409 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3410 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3411 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3412 | return false; |
3413 | } |
3414 | |
3415 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3416 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3417 | |
3418 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3419 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3420 | } |
3421 | }; |
3422 | |
3423 | /// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions. |
3424 | /// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies |
3425 | /// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns. |
3426 | class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3427 | protected: |
3428 | friend class ASTContext; |
3429 | |
3430 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
3431 | QualType ElementType; |
3432 | |
3433 | MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy); |
3434 | |
3435 | MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy, |
3436 | const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr); |
3437 | |
3438 | public: |
3439 | /// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix |
3440 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3441 | |
3442 | /// Valid elements types are the following: |
3443 | /// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types |
3444 | /// and _Bool |
3445 | /// * the standard floating types float or double |
3446 | /// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target |
3447 | static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) { |
3448 | return T->isDependentType() || |
3449 | (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType()); |
3450 | } |
3451 | |
3452 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3453 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3454 | |
3455 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3456 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix || |
3457 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3458 | } |
3459 | }; |
3460 | |
3461 | /// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns |
3462 | class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3463 | protected: |
3464 | friend class ASTContext; |
3465 | |
3466 | /// Number of rows and columns. |
3467 | unsigned NumRows; |
3468 | unsigned NumColumns; |
3469 | |
3470 | static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1; |
3471 | |
3472 | ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows, |
3473 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3474 | |
3475 | ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows, |
3476 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3477 | |
3478 | public: |
3479 | /// Returns the number of rows in the matrix. |
3480 | unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; } |
3481 | |
3482 | /// Returns the number of columns in the matrix. |
3483 | unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; } |
3484 | |
3485 | /// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector. |
3486 | unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const { |
3487 | return getNumRows() * getNumColumns(); |
3488 | } |
3489 | |
3490 | /// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension. |
3491 | static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) { |
3492 | return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3493 | } |
3494 | |
3495 | /// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension. |
3496 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() { |
3497 | return MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3498 | } |
3499 | |
3500 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3501 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(), |
3502 | getTypeClass()); |
3503 | } |
3504 | |
3505 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3506 | unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns, |
3507 | TypeClass TypeClass) { |
3508 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3509 | ID.AddInteger(NumRows); |
3510 | ID.AddInteger(NumColumns); |
3511 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3512 | } |
3513 | |
3514 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3515 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix; |
3516 | } |
3517 | }; |
3518 | |
3519 | /// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns |
3520 | /// is dependent on a template. |
3521 | class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3522 | friend class ASTContext; |
3523 | |
3524 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3525 | Expr *RowExpr; |
3526 | Expr *ColumnExpr; |
3527 | |
3528 | SourceLocation loc; |
3529 | |
3530 | DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3531 | QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr, |
3532 | Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3533 | |
3534 | public: |
3535 | Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; } |
3536 | Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; } |
3537 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3538 | |
3539 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3540 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3541 | } |
3542 | |
3543 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3544 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr()); |
3545 | } |
3546 | |
3547 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3548 | QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr); |
3549 | }; |
3550 | |
3551 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3552 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3553 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3554 | // The type returned by the function. |
3555 | QualType ResultType; |
3556 | |
3557 | public: |
3558 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3559 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3560 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3561 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3562 | /// |
3563 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3564 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3565 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3566 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3567 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3568 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3569 | /// |
3570 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3571 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3572 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3573 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3574 | /// T (*)(U) |
3575 | /// against an argument of type |
3576 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3577 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3578 | /// not produce the latter. |
3579 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3580 | enum { |
3581 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3582 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3583 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3584 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3585 | }; |
3586 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3587 | |
3588 | public: |
3589 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3590 | |
3591 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3592 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3593 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3594 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3595 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3596 | return copy; |
3597 | } |
3598 | |
3599 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3600 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3601 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3602 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3603 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3604 | if (consumed) |
3605 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3606 | else |
3607 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3608 | return copy; |
3609 | } |
3610 | |
3611 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3612 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3613 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3614 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3615 | return Copy; |
3616 | } |
3617 | |
3618 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3619 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3620 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3621 | if (NoEscape) |
3622 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3623 | else |
3624 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3625 | return Copy; |
3626 | } |
3627 | |
3628 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3629 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3630 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3631 | result.Data = data; |
3632 | return result; |
3633 | } |
3634 | |
3635 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3636 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3637 | } |
3638 | |
3639 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3640 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3641 | } |
3642 | }; |
3643 | |
3644 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3645 | /// making a call. |
3646 | /// |
3647 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3648 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3649 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3650 | /// |
3651 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3652 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3653 | // * Operator== |
3654 | // * getFoo |
3655 | // * withFoo |
3656 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3657 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3658 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3659 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3660 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3661 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3662 | // * AST read and write |
3663 | // * Codegen |
3664 | class ExtInfo { |
3665 | friend class FunctionType; |
3666 | |
3667 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to |
3668 | // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust |
3669 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well. |
3670 | |
3671 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall| |
3672 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | 12 | |
3673 | // |
3674 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3675 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3676 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3677 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3678 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3679 | enum { |
3680 | RegParmMask = 0x700, |
3681 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3682 | }; |
3683 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3684 | enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 }; |
3685 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3686 | |
3687 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3688 | |
3689 | public: |
3690 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3691 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3692 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3693 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck, |
3694 | bool cmseNSCall) { |
3695 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast <bool> ((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 3695, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3696 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3697 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3698 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3699 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3700 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) | |
3701 | (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0); |
3702 | } |
3703 | |
3704 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3705 | // function known to use defaults. |
3706 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3707 | |
3708 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3709 | // of the canonical type. |
3710 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3711 | |
3712 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3713 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3714 | bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; } |
3715 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3716 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3717 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3718 | |
3719 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3720 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3721 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3722 | --RegParm; |
3723 | return RegParm; |
3724 | } |
3725 | |
3726 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3727 | |
3728 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3729 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3730 | } |
3731 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3732 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3733 | } |
3734 | |
3735 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3736 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3737 | |
3738 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3739 | if (noReturn) |
3740 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3741 | else |
3742 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3743 | } |
3744 | |
3745 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3746 | if (producesResult) |
3747 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3748 | else |
3749 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3750 | } |
3751 | |
3752 | ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const { |
3753 | if (cmseNSCall) |
3754 | return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask); |
3755 | else |
3756 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask); |
3757 | } |
3758 | |
3759 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3760 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3761 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3762 | else |
3763 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3764 | } |
3765 | |
3766 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3767 | if (noCfCheck) |
3768 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3769 | else |
3770 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3771 | } |
3772 | |
3773 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3774 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast <bool> (RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 3774, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3775 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3776 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3777 | } |
3778 | |
3779 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3780 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3781 | } |
3782 | |
3783 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3784 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3785 | } |
3786 | }; |
3787 | |
3788 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3789 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3790 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3791 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3792 | |
3793 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3794 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3795 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3796 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3797 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3798 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3799 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3800 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3801 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3802 | }; |
3803 | |
3804 | protected: |
3805 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, |
3806 | TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info) |
3807 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) { |
3808 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3809 | } |
3810 | |
3811 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3812 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3813 | } |
3814 | |
3815 | public: |
3816 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3817 | |
3818 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3819 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3820 | |
3821 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3822 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3823 | /// type. |
3824 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3825 | |
3826 | bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); } |
3827 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3828 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3829 | |
3830 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3831 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3832 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3833 | |
3834 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3835 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3836 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3837 | |
3838 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3839 | /// this type. |
3840 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3841 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3842 | } |
3843 | |
3844 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3845 | |
3846 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3847 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3848 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3849 | } |
3850 | }; |
3851 | |
3852 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3853 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3854 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3855 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3856 | |
3857 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3858 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3859 | Result->getDependence() & |
3860 | ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
3861 | TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
3862 | Info) {} |
3863 | |
3864 | public: |
3865 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3866 | |
3867 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3868 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3869 | |
3870 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3871 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3872 | } |
3873 | |
3874 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3875 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3876 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3877 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3878 | } |
3879 | |
3880 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3881 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3882 | } |
3883 | }; |
3884 | |
3885 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3886 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3887 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3888 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3889 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3890 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3891 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3892 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3893 | : public FunctionType, |
3894 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3895 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3896 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
3897 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
3898 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3899 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3900 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3901 | |
3902 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3903 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3904 | // |
3905 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3906 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3907 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3908 | // |
3909 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
3910 | // ellipsis. |
3911 | // |
3912 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3913 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3914 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3915 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3916 | // |
3917 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3918 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3919 | // * a single Expr *, |
3920 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3921 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3922 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3923 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3924 | // |
3925 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3926 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3927 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3928 | // |
3929 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3930 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3931 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3932 | // |
3933 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3934 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3935 | // of exception types. |
3936 | // |
3937 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3938 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3939 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3940 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3941 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3942 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3943 | |
3944 | public: |
3945 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3946 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3947 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3948 | /// exception specification. |
3949 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3950 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3951 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3952 | |
3953 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3954 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3955 | |
3956 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3957 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3958 | |
3959 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3960 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3961 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3962 | |
3963 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3964 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3965 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3966 | |
3967 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3968 | |
3969 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3970 | }; |
3971 | |
3972 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3973 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3974 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3975 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3976 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3977 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3978 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3979 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3980 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3981 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3982 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3983 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3984 | |
3985 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3986 | |
3987 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3988 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3989 | |
3990 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3991 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3992 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3993 | return Result; |
3994 | } |
3995 | }; |
3996 | |
3997 | private: |
3998 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3999 | return getNumParams(); |
4000 | } |
4001 | |
4002 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
4003 | return isVariadic(); |
4004 | } |
4005 | |
4006 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
4007 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
4008 | } |
4009 | |
4010 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
4011 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
4012 | } |
4013 | |
4014 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
4015 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
4016 | } |
4017 | |
4018 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
4019 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4020 | } |
4021 | |
4022 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
4023 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
4024 | } |
4025 | |
4026 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
4027 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
4028 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
4029 | unsigned numArgs) { |
4030 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
4031 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4032 | return true; |
4033 | |
4034 | return false; |
4035 | } |
4036 | |
4037 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
4038 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
4039 | |
4040 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
4041 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
4042 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
4043 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
4044 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
4045 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
4046 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4047 | }; |
4048 | |
4049 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4050 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4051 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
4052 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
4053 | switch (EST) { |
4054 | case EST_None: |
4055 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
4056 | case EST_MSAny: |
4057 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
4058 | case EST_Unparsed: |
4059 | case EST_NoThrow: |
4060 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
4061 | |
4062 | case EST_Dynamic: |
4063 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
4064 | |
4065 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
4066 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
4067 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
4068 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
4069 | |
4070 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
4071 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
4072 | |
4073 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
4074 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
4075 | } |
4076 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4076); |
4077 | } |
4078 | |
4079 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4080 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4081 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
4082 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
4083 | } |
4084 | |
4085 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4086 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
4087 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
4088 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
4089 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
4090 | } |
4091 | |
4092 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4093 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
4094 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4095 | } |
4096 | |
4097 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
4098 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
4099 | } |
4100 | |
4101 | public: |
4102 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
4103 | |
4104 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
4105 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4105, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4106 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
4107 | } |
4108 | |
4109 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
4110 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4111 | } |
4112 | |
4113 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
4114 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
4115 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
4116 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
4117 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
4118 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
4119 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
4120 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
4121 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
4122 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
4123 | return EPI; |
4124 | } |
4125 | |
4126 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
4127 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
4128 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
4129 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
4130 | } |
4131 | |
4132 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
4133 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
4134 | |
4135 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
4136 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
4137 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4138 | } |
4139 | |
4140 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
4141 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
4142 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4143 | } |
4144 | |
4145 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
4146 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4147 | |
4148 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
4149 | /// spec. |
4150 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4151 | |
4152 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
4153 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
4154 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
4155 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4156 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4157 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
4158 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
4159 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
4160 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
4161 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4162 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
4163 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
4164 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4165 | } |
4166 | return Result; |
4167 | } |
4168 | |
4169 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
4170 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
4171 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
4172 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
4173 | ->NumExceptionType |
4174 | : 0; |
4175 | } |
4176 | |
4177 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
4178 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
4179 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4179, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4180 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
4181 | } |
4182 | |
4183 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4184 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4185 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4186 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4187 | return nullptr; |
4188 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4189 | } |
4190 | |
4191 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4192 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4193 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4194 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4195 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4196 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4197 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4198 | return nullptr; |
4199 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4200 | } |
4201 | |
4202 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4203 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4204 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4205 | /// this type. |
4206 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4207 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4208 | return nullptr; |
4209 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4210 | } |
4211 | |
4212 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4213 | /// specification. |
4214 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4215 | |
4216 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4217 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4218 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4219 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4220 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4221 | } |
4222 | |
4223 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4224 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4225 | |
4226 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
4227 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
4228 | : SourceLocation(); |
4229 | } |
4230 | |
4231 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4232 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4233 | /// |
4234 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4235 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4236 | /// function. |
4237 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4238 | |
4239 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4240 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4241 | |
4242 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4243 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4244 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4245 | else |
4246 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4247 | } |
4248 | |
4249 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4250 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4251 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4252 | } |
4253 | |
4254 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4255 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4256 | |
4257 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4258 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4259 | } |
4260 | |
4261 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4262 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4263 | } |
4264 | |
4265 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4266 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4267 | } |
4268 | |
4269 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4270 | |
4271 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4272 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4273 | } |
4274 | |
4275 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4276 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4277 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4278 | } |
4279 | |
4280 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4281 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4282 | } |
4283 | |
4284 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4285 | /// of this function type? |
4286 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4287 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4288 | } |
4289 | |
4290 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4291 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())(static_cast <bool> (hasExtParameterInfos()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4291, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4292 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4293 | getNumParams()); |
4294 | } |
4295 | |
4296 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4297 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4298 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4299 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4300 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4301 | return nullptr; |
4302 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4303 | } |
4304 | |
4305 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4306 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4306, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4307 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4308 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4309 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4310 | } |
4311 | |
4312 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4313 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4313, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4314 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4315 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4316 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4317 | } |
4318 | |
4319 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4320 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4320, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4321 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4322 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4323 | return false; |
4324 | } |
4325 | |
4326 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4327 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4328 | |
4329 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4330 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4331 | |
4332 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4333 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4334 | } |
4335 | |
4336 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4337 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4338 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4339 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4340 | bool Canonical); |
4341 | }; |
4342 | |
4343 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4344 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4345 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4346 | /// |
4347 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4348 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4349 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4350 | |
4351 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4352 | |
4353 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4354 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), |
4355 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
4356 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {} |
4357 | |
4358 | public: |
4359 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4360 | |
4361 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4362 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4363 | |
4364 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4365 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4366 | } |
4367 | |
4368 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4369 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4370 | } |
4371 | |
4372 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4373 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4374 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4375 | } |
4376 | }; |
4377 | |
4378 | class UsingType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4379 | UsingShadowDecl *Found; |
4380 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4381 | |
4382 | UsingType(const UsingShadowDecl *Found, QualType Underlying, QualType Canon); |
4383 | |
4384 | public: |
4385 | UsingShadowDecl *getFoundDecl() const { return Found; } |
4386 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const; |
4387 | |
4388 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4389 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4390 | |
4391 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { Profile(ID, Found); } |
4392 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4393 | const UsingShadowDecl *Found) { |
4394 | ID.AddPointer(Found); |
4395 | } |
4396 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Using; } |
4397 | }; |
4398 | |
4399 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4400 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4401 | |
4402 | private: |
4403 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4404 | |
4405 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying, |
4406 | QualType can); |
4407 | |
4408 | public: |
4409 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4410 | |
4411 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4412 | QualType desugar() const; |
4413 | |
4414 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4415 | }; |
4416 | |
4417 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4418 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4419 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4420 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4421 | |
4422 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4423 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4424 | |
4425 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4426 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4427 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()), |
4428 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4429 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy ) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4430, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
4430 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")(static_cast <bool> (isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy ) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4430, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4431 | } |
4432 | |
4433 | public: |
4434 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4435 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4436 | |
4437 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4438 | /// it. |
4439 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4440 | |
4441 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4442 | QualType desugar() const; |
4443 | |
4444 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4445 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4446 | } |
4447 | }; |
4448 | |
4449 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4450 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4451 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4452 | |
4453 | protected: |
4454 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4455 | |
4456 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4457 | |
4458 | public: |
4459 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4460 | |
4461 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4462 | QualType desugar() const; |
4463 | |
4464 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4465 | bool isSugared() const; |
4466 | |
4467 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4468 | }; |
4469 | |
4470 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4471 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4472 | /// |
4473 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4474 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4475 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4476 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4477 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4478 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4479 | |
4480 | public: |
4481 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4482 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4483 | |
4484 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4485 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4486 | } |
4487 | |
4488 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4489 | Expr *E); |
4490 | }; |
4491 | |
4492 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4493 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4494 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4495 | |
4496 | QualType TOType; |
4497 | |
4498 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4499 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) { |
4500 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4500, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4501 | } |
4502 | |
4503 | public: |
4504 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4505 | |
4506 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4507 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4508 | |
4509 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4510 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4511 | |
4512 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4513 | }; |
4514 | |
4515 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4516 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4517 | Expr *E; |
4518 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4519 | |
4520 | protected: |
4521 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4522 | |
4523 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4524 | |
4525 | public: |
4526 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4527 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4528 | |
4529 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4530 | QualType desugar() const; |
4531 | |
4532 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4533 | bool isSugared() const; |
4534 | |
4535 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4536 | }; |
4537 | |
4538 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4539 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4540 | /// |
4541 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4542 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4543 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4544 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4545 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4546 | |
4547 | public: |
4548 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4549 | |
4550 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4551 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4552 | } |
4553 | |
4554 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4555 | Expr *E); |
4556 | }; |
4557 | |
4558 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4559 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4560 | public: |
4561 | enum UTTKind { |
4562 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4563 | }; |
4564 | |
4565 | private: |
4566 | /// The untransformed type. |
4567 | QualType BaseType; |
4568 | |
4569 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4570 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4571 | |
4572 | UTTKind UKind; |
4573 | |
4574 | protected: |
4575 | friend class ASTContext; |
4576 | |
4577 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4578 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4579 | |
4580 | public: |
4581 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4582 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4583 | |
4584 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4585 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4586 | |
4587 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4588 | |
4589 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4590 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4591 | } |
4592 | }; |
4593 | |
4594 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4595 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4596 | /// |
4597 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4598 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4599 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4600 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4601 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4602 | public: |
4603 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4604 | UTTKind UKind); |
4605 | |
4606 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4607 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4608 | } |
4609 | |
4610 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4611 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4612 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4613 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4614 | } |
4615 | }; |
4616 | |
4617 | class TagType : public Type { |
4618 | friend class ASTReader; |
4619 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
4620 | |
4621 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4622 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4623 | TagDecl *decl; |
4624 | |
4625 | protected: |
4626 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4627 | |
4628 | public: |
4629 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4630 | |
4631 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4632 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4633 | |
4634 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4635 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4636 | } |
4637 | }; |
4638 | |
4639 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4640 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4641 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4642 | protected: |
4643 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4644 | |
4645 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4646 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4647 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4648 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4649 | |
4650 | public: |
4651 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4652 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4653 | } |
4654 | |
4655 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4656 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4657 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4658 | |
4659 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4660 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4661 | |
4662 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4663 | }; |
4664 | |
4665 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4666 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4667 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4668 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4669 | |
4670 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4671 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4672 | |
4673 | public: |
4674 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4675 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4676 | } |
4677 | |
4678 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4679 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4680 | |
4681 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4682 | }; |
4683 | |
4684 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4685 | /// |
4686 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4687 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4688 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4689 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4690 | /// |
4691 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4692 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4693 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4694 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4695 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4696 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4697 | public: |
4698 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4699 | |
4700 | private: |
4701 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4702 | |
4703 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4704 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4705 | |
4706 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4707 | QualType equivalent) |
4708 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()), |
4709 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4710 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4711 | } |
4712 | |
4713 | public: |
4714 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4715 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4716 | } |
4717 | |
4718 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4719 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4720 | |
4721 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4722 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4723 | |
4724 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4725 | /// |
4726 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4727 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4728 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4729 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4730 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4731 | /// |
4732 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4733 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4734 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4735 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4736 | /// |
4737 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4738 | /// type. |
4739 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4740 | |
4741 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4742 | |
4743 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4744 | |
4745 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4746 | |
4747 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4748 | /// nullability kind. |
4749 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4750 | switch (kind) { |
4751 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4752 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4753 | |
4754 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4755 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4756 | |
4757 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: |
4758 | return attr::TypeNullableResult; |
4759 | |
4760 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4761 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4762 | } |
4763 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4763); |
4764 | } |
4765 | |
4766 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4767 | /// type, if it's there. |
4768 | /// |
4769 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4770 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4771 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4772 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4773 | /// |
4774 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4775 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4776 | |
4777 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4778 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4779 | } |
4780 | |
4781 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4782 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4783 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4784 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4785 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4786 | } |
4787 | |
4788 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4789 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4790 | } |
4791 | }; |
4792 | |
4793 | class BTFTagAttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4794 | private: |
4795 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4796 | |
4797 | QualType WrappedType; |
4798 | const BTFTypeTagAttr *BTFAttr; |
4799 | |
4800 | BTFTagAttributedType(QualType Canon, QualType Wrapped, |
4801 | const BTFTypeTagAttr *BTFAttr) |
4802 | : Type(BTFTagAttributed, Canon, Wrapped->getDependence()), |
4803 | WrappedType(Wrapped), BTFAttr(BTFAttr) {} |
4804 | |
4805 | public: |
4806 | QualType getWrappedType() const { return WrappedType; } |
4807 | const BTFTypeTagAttr *getAttr() const { return BTFAttr; } |
4808 | |
4809 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4810 | QualType desugar() const { return getWrappedType(); } |
4811 | |
4812 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4813 | Profile(ID, WrappedType, BTFAttr); |
4814 | } |
4815 | |
4816 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Wrapped, |
4817 | const BTFTypeTagAttr *BTFAttr) { |
4818 | ID.AddPointer(Wrapped.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4819 | ID.AddPointer(BTFAttr); |
4820 | } |
4821 | |
4822 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4823 | return T->getTypeClass() == BTFTagAttributed; |
4824 | } |
4825 | }; |
4826 | |
4827 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4828 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4829 | |
4830 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4831 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4832 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4833 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4834 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4835 | }; |
4836 | |
4837 | union { |
4838 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4839 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4840 | |
4841 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4842 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4843 | }; |
4844 | |
4845 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4846 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4847 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, |
4848 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4849 | (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)), |
4850 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4851 | |
4852 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4853 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4854 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4855 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4856 | (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) { |
4857 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4858 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4859 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4860 | } |
4861 | |
4862 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4863 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4864 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4865 | } |
4866 | |
4867 | public: |
4868 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4869 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4870 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4871 | |
4872 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4873 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4874 | } |
4875 | |
4876 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4877 | |
4878 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4879 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4880 | |
4881 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4882 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4883 | } |
4884 | |
4885 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4886 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4887 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4888 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4889 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4890 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4891 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4892 | } |
4893 | |
4894 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4895 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4896 | } |
4897 | }; |
4898 | |
4899 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4900 | /// type parameter. |
4901 | /// |
4902 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4903 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4904 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4905 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4906 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4907 | friend class ASTContext; |
4908 | |
4909 | // The original type parameter. |
4910 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4911 | |
4912 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4913 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()), |
4914 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4915 | |
4916 | public: |
4917 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4918 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4919 | return Replaced; |
4920 | } |
4921 | |
4922 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4923 | /// parameter. |
4924 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4925 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4926 | } |
4927 | |
4928 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4929 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4930 | |
4931 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4932 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4933 | } |
4934 | |
4935 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4936 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4937 | QualType Replacement) { |
4938 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4939 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4940 | } |
4941 | |
4942 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4943 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4944 | } |
4945 | }; |
4946 | |
4947 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4948 | /// type parameter pack. |
4949 | /// |
4950 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4951 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4952 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4953 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4954 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4955 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4956 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4957 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4958 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4959 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4960 | friend class ASTContext; |
4961 | |
4962 | /// The original type parameter. |
4963 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4964 | |
4965 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4966 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4967 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4968 | |
4969 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4970 | QualType Canon, |
4971 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4972 | |
4973 | public: |
4974 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4975 | |
4976 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4977 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4978 | return Replaced; |
4979 | } |
4980 | |
4981 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4982 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4983 | } |
4984 | |
4985 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4986 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4987 | |
4988 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4989 | |
4990 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4991 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4992 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4993 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4994 | |
4995 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4996 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4997 | } |
4998 | }; |
4999 | |
5000 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
5001 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
5002 | /// class template types, and constrained type names. |
5003 | /// |
5004 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
5005 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
5006 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
5007 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
5008 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
5009 | QualType DeducedAsType; |
5010 | |
5011 | protected: |
5012 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, |
5013 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, QualType Canon) |
5014 | : Type(TC, Canon, |
5015 | ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull() |
5016 | ? TypeDependence::None |
5017 | : DeducedAsType->getDependence() & |
5018 | ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)), |
5019 | DeducedAsType(DeducedAsType) {} |
5020 | |
5021 | public: |
5022 | bool isSugared() const { return !DeducedAsType.isNull(); } |
5023 | QualType desugar() const { |
5024 | return isSugared() ? DeducedAsType : QualType(this, 0); |
5025 | } |
5026 | |
5027 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it |
5028 | /// has not been deduced. |
5029 | QualType getDeducedType() const { return DeducedAsType; } |
5030 | bool isDeduced() const { |
5031 | return !DeducedAsType.isNull() || isDependentType(); |
5032 | } |
5033 | |
5034 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5035 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
5036 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
5037 | } |
5038 | }; |
5039 | |
5040 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained |
5041 | /// by a type-constraint. |
5042 | class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5043 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5044 | |
5045 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept; |
5046 | |
5047 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5048 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, QualType Canon, ConceptDecl *CD, |
5049 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs); |
5050 | |
5051 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5052 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5053 | } |
5054 | |
5055 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5056 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5057 | } |
5058 | |
5059 | public: |
5060 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5061 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5062 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5063 | } |
5064 | |
5065 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5066 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5067 | return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5068 | } |
5069 | |
5070 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5071 | |
5072 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const { |
5073 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5074 | } |
5075 | |
5076 | ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const { |
5077 | return TypeConstraintConcept; |
5078 | } |
5079 | |
5080 | bool isConstrained() const { |
5081 | return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr; |
5082 | } |
5083 | |
5084 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
5085 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
5086 | } |
5087 | |
5088 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5089 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
5090 | } |
5091 | |
5092 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5093 | Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
5094 | getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments()); |
5095 | } |
5096 | |
5097 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
5098 | QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5099 | bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD, |
5100 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments); |
5101 | |
5102 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5103 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
5104 | } |
5105 | }; |
5106 | |
5107 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
5108 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
5109 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5110 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5111 | |
5112 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
5113 | TemplateName Template; |
5114 | |
5115 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
5116 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
5117 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
5118 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
5119 | toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) | |
5120 | (IsDeducedAsDependent |
5121 | ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
5122 | : TypeDependence::None), |
5123 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
5124 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType()), |
5125 | Template(Template) {} |
5126 | |
5127 | public: |
5128 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
5129 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
5130 | |
5131 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5132 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
5133 | } |
5134 | |
5135 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
5136 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
5137 | Template.Profile(ID); |
5138 | QualType CanonicalType = |
5139 | Deduced.isNull() ? Deduced : Deduced.getCanonicalType(); |
5140 | ID.AddPointer(CanonicalType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5141 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent || Template.isDependent()); |
5142 | } |
5143 | |
5144 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5145 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
5146 | } |
5147 | }; |
5148 | |
5149 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
5150 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
5151 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
5152 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
5153 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
5154 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
5155 | /// |
5156 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
5157 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
5158 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
5159 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
5160 | /// |
5161 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
5162 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
5163 | /// type may also be canonical. |
5164 | /// |
5165 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
5166 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
5167 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
5168 | /// template. |
5169 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
5170 | : public Type, |
5171 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5172 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5173 | |
5174 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
5175 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
5176 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
5177 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
5178 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
5179 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
5180 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
5181 | TemplateName Template; |
5182 | |
5183 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
5184 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5185 | QualType Canon, |
5186 | QualType Aliased); |
5187 | |
5188 | public: |
5189 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
5190 | /// |
5191 | /// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an |
5192 | /// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it |
5193 | /// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be |
5194 | /// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the |
5195 | /// parameter is an int). |
5196 | /// |
5197 | /// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind |
5198 | /// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the |
5199 | /// specified arguments. |
5200 | static bool |
5201 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5202 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
5203 | static bool |
5204 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
5205 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
5206 | static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( |
5207 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args); |
5208 | |
5209 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
5210 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
5211 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
5212 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
5213 | } |
5214 | |
5215 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
5216 | /// template that has been substituted. |
5217 | /// |
5218 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
5219 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
5220 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
5221 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
5222 | /// |
5223 | /// \code |
5224 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
5225 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
5226 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
5227 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
5228 | /// }; |
5229 | /// \endcode |
5230 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
5231 | |
5232 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
5233 | /// template. |
5234 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
5235 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")(static_cast <bool> (isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5235, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5236 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
5237 | } |
5238 | |
5239 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5240 | |
5241 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5242 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
5243 | |
5244 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
5245 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
5246 | |
5247 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5248 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5249 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
5250 | } |
5251 | |
5252 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5253 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5254 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5255 | } |
5256 | |
5257 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
5258 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
5259 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5260 | |
5261 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5262 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5263 | } |
5264 | |
5265 | bool isSugared() const { |
5266 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5267 | } |
5268 | |
5269 | QualType desugar() const { |
5270 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5271 | } |
5272 | |
5273 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5274 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5275 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5276 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5277 | } |
5278 | |
5279 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5280 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5281 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5282 | |
5283 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5284 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5285 | } |
5286 | }; |
5287 | |
5288 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5289 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5290 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5291 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5292 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5293 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5294 | |
5295 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5296 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5297 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5298 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5299 | |
5300 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5301 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5302 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5303 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5304 | |
5305 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5306 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5307 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5308 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5309 | /// |
5310 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5311 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5312 | /// |
5313 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5314 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5315 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5316 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5317 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5318 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5319 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5320 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5321 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5322 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5323 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5324 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5325 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5326 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5327 | // interdependencies. |
5328 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5329 | |
5330 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5331 | |
5332 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5333 | /// For example, in |
5334 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5335 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5336 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5337 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5338 | /// |
5339 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5340 | /// and always dependent. |
5341 | QualType InjectedType; |
5342 | |
5343 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5344 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), |
5345 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
5346 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5347 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))(static_cast <bool> (isa<TemplateSpecializationType> (TST)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5347, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5348 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())(static_cast <bool> (!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5348, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5349 | assert(TST->isDependentType())(static_cast <bool> (TST->isDependentType()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5349, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5350 | } |
5351 | |
5352 | public: |
5353 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5354 | |
5355 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5356 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5357 | } |
5358 | |
5359 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5360 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5361 | } |
5362 | |
5363 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5364 | |
5365 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5366 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5367 | |
5368 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5369 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5370 | } |
5371 | }; |
5372 | |
5373 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5374 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5375 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5376 | TTK_Struct, |
5377 | |
5378 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5379 | TTK_Interface, |
5380 | |
5381 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5382 | TTK_Union, |
5383 | |
5384 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5385 | TTK_Class, |
5386 | |
5387 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5388 | TTK_Enum |
5389 | }; |
5390 | |
5391 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5392 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5393 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5394 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5395 | ETK_Struct, |
5396 | |
5397 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5398 | ETK_Interface, |
5399 | |
5400 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5401 | ETK_Union, |
5402 | |
5403 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5404 | ETK_Class, |
5405 | |
5406 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5407 | ETK_Enum, |
5408 | |
5409 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5410 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5411 | ETK_Typename, |
5412 | |
5413 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5414 | ETK_None |
5415 | }; |
5416 | |
5417 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5418 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5419 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5420 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5421 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5422 | protected: |
5423 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5424 | QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence) |
5425 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) { |
5426 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5427 | } |
5428 | |
5429 | public: |
5430 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5431 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5432 | } |
5433 | |
5434 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5435 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5436 | |
5437 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5438 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5439 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5440 | |
5441 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5442 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5443 | |
5444 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5445 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5446 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5447 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5448 | |
5449 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5450 | |
5451 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5452 | |
5453 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5454 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5455 | } |
5456 | |
5457 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5458 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5459 | }; |
5460 | |
5461 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5462 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5463 | /// or both. |
5464 | /// |
5465 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5466 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5467 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5468 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5469 | class ElaboratedType final |
5470 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5471 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5472 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5473 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5474 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5475 | |
5476 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5477 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5478 | |
5479 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5480 | QualType NamedType; |
5481 | |
5482 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5483 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5484 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5485 | |
5486 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5487 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5488 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5489 | // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have |
5490 | // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to |
5491 | // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack) |
5492 | // dependence on the qualifier. |
5493 | NamedType->getDependence() | |
5494 | (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence( |
5495 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())) |
5496 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
5497 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5498 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5499 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5500 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5501 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5502 | } |
5503 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5505, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
5504 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5505, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
5505 | "and name qualifier both null.")(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5505, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5506 | } |
5507 | |
5508 | public: |
5509 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5510 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5511 | |
5512 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5513 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5514 | |
5515 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5516 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5517 | |
5518 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5519 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5520 | |
5521 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5522 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5523 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5524 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5525 | : nullptr; |
5526 | } |
5527 | |
5528 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5529 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5530 | } |
5531 | |
5532 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5533 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5534 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5535 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5536 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5537 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5538 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5539 | } |
5540 | |
5541 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5542 | }; |
5543 | |
5544 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5545 | /// dependent. |
5546 | /// |
5547 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5548 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5549 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5550 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5551 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5552 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5553 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5554 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5555 | /// instantiation. |
5556 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5557 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5558 | |
5559 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5560 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5561 | |
5562 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5563 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5564 | |
5565 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5566 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5567 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, |
5568 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
5569 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())), |
5570 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5571 | |
5572 | public: |
5573 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5574 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5575 | |
5576 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5577 | /// |
5578 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5579 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5580 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5581 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5582 | return Name; |
5583 | } |
5584 | |
5585 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5586 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5587 | |
5588 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5589 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5590 | } |
5591 | |
5592 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5593 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5594 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5595 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5596 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5597 | } |
5598 | |
5599 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5600 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5601 | } |
5602 | }; |
5603 | |
5604 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5605 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5606 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5607 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5608 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5609 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5610 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5611 | |
5612 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5613 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5614 | |
5615 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5616 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5617 | |
5618 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5619 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5620 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5621 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5622 | QualType Canon); |
5623 | |
5624 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5625 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5626 | } |
5627 | |
5628 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5629 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5630 | } |
5631 | |
5632 | public: |
5633 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5634 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5635 | |
5636 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5637 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5638 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5639 | } |
5640 | |
5641 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5642 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5643 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5644 | } |
5645 | |
5646 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5647 | |
5648 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5649 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5650 | } |
5651 | |
5652 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5653 | |
5654 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5655 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5656 | |
5657 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5658 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5659 | |
5660 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5661 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5662 | } |
5663 | |
5664 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5665 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5666 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5667 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5668 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5669 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5670 | |
5671 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5672 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5673 | } |
5674 | }; |
5675 | |
5676 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5677 | /// |
5678 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5679 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5680 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5681 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5682 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5683 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5684 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5685 | /// parameter packs. |
5686 | /// |
5687 | /// \code |
5688 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5689 | /// |
5690 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5691 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5692 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5693 | /// }; |
5694 | /// \endcode |
5695 | /// |
5696 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5697 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5698 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5699 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5700 | |
5701 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5702 | QualType Pattern; |
5703 | |
5704 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5705 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5706 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, |
5707 | (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent | |
5708 | TypeDependence::Instantiation) & |
5709 | ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
5710 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5711 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5712 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5713 | } |
5714 | |
5715 | public: |
5716 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5717 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5718 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5719 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5720 | |
5721 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5722 | /// generate, if known. |
5723 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5724 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5725 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5726 | return None; |
5727 | } |
5728 | |
5729 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5730 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5731 | |
5732 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5733 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5734 | } |
5735 | |
5736 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5737 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5738 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5739 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5740 | if (NumExpansions) |
5741 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5742 | } |
5743 | |
5744 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5745 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5746 | } |
5747 | }; |
5748 | |
5749 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5750 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5751 | template <class T> |
5752 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5753 | protected: |
5754 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5755 | |
5756 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5757 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5758 | } |
5759 | |
5760 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5761 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5762 | } |
5763 | |
5764 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5765 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5766 | } |
5767 | |
5768 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5769 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5770 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&(static_cast <bool> (getNumProtocols() == protocols.size () && "bitfield overflow in protocol count") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5771, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
5771 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")(static_cast <bool> (getNumProtocols() == protocols.size () && "bitfield overflow in protocol count") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5771, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5772 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5773 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5774 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5775 | } |
5776 | |
5777 | public: |
5778 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5779 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5780 | |
5781 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5782 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5783 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5784 | |
5785 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5786 | |
5787 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5788 | /// there are none. |
5789 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5790 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5791 | } |
5792 | |
5793 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5794 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5795 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5795, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5796 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5797 | } |
5798 | |
5799 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5800 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5801 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5802 | } |
5803 | }; |
5804 | |
5805 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5806 | /// a list of protocols. |
5807 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5808 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5809 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5810 | friend class ASTContext; |
5811 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5812 | |
5813 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5814 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5815 | |
5816 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5817 | |
5818 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5819 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5820 | /// and uniqued. |
5821 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5822 | |
5823 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5824 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5825 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5826 | return NumProtocols; |
5827 | } |
5828 | |
5829 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5830 | NumProtocols = N; |
5831 | } |
5832 | |
5833 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5834 | QualType can, |
5835 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5836 | |
5837 | public: |
5838 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5839 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5840 | |
5841 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5842 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5843 | } |
5844 | |
5845 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5846 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5847 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5848 | QualType CanonicalType, |
5849 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5850 | |
5851 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5852 | }; |
5853 | |
5854 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5855 | /// |
5856 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5857 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5858 | /// protocols. |
5859 | /// |
5860 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5861 | /// \code |
5862 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5863 | /// \@protocol P; |
5864 | /// \endcode |
5865 | /// |
5866 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5867 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5868 | /// |
5869 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5870 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5871 | /// protocol list. |
5872 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5873 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5874 | /// |
5875 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5876 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5877 | /// and no protocols. |
5878 | /// |
5879 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5880 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5881 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5882 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5883 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5884 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5885 | |
5886 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5887 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5888 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5889 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5890 | // |
5891 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5892 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5893 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5894 | // |
5895 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5896 | // and uniqued. |
5897 | |
5898 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5899 | QualType BaseType; |
5900 | |
5901 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5902 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5903 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5904 | |
5905 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5906 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5907 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5908 | } |
5909 | |
5910 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5911 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5912 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5913 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5914 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5915 | } |
5916 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5917 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5918 | } |
5919 | |
5920 | protected: |
5921 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5922 | |
5923 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5924 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5925 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5926 | bool isKindOf); |
5927 | |
5928 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5929 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None), |
5930 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5931 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5932 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5933 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5934 | } |
5935 | |
5936 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5937 | |
5938 | public: |
5939 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5940 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5941 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5942 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5943 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5944 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5945 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5946 | |
5947 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5948 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5949 | } |
5950 | |
5951 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5952 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5953 | } |
5954 | |
5955 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5956 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5957 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5958 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5959 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5960 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5961 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5962 | return false; |
5963 | } |
5964 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5965 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5966 | |
5967 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5968 | /// really is an interface. |
5969 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5970 | |
5971 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5972 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5973 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5974 | |
5975 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5976 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5977 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5978 | } |
5979 | |
5980 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5981 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5982 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5983 | |
5984 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5985 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5986 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5987 | |
5988 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5989 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5990 | |
5991 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5992 | /// written. |
5993 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5994 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5995 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5996 | } |
5997 | |
5998 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5999 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
6000 | |
6001 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
6002 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
6003 | |
6004 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
6005 | /// |
6006 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6007 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6008 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
6009 | /// there is no superclass. |
6010 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
6011 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
6012 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
6013 | |
6014 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")(static_cast <bool> (CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 6014, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6015 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
6016 | } |
6017 | |
6018 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6019 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6020 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6021 | |
6022 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6023 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6024 | |
6025 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6026 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
6027 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
6028 | } |
6029 | }; |
6030 | |
6031 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
6032 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
6033 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
6034 | /// system should not reference this type. |
6035 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6036 | friend class ASTContext; |
6037 | |
6038 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
6039 | // will need to be modified. |
6040 | |
6041 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
6042 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
6043 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
6044 | bool isKindOf) |
6045 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
6046 | |
6047 | public: |
6048 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
6049 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
6050 | QualType Base, |
6051 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
6052 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
6053 | bool isKindOf); |
6054 | }; |
6055 | |
6056 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
6057 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
6058 | } |
6059 | |
6060 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
6061 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
6062 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
6063 | } |
6064 | |
6065 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
6066 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
6067 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
6068 | } |
6069 | |
6070 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
6071 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
6072 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
6073 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
6074 | /// |
6075 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
6076 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
6077 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
6078 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
6079 | /// fail to compile. |
6080 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
6081 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
6082 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
6083 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6084 | friend class ASTReader; |
6085 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
6086 | |
6087 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
6088 | |
6089 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
6090 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
6091 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
6092 | |
6093 | public: |
6094 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
6095 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const; |
6096 | |
6097 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6098 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6099 | |
6100 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6101 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
6102 | } |
6103 | |
6104 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
6105 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
6106 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
6107 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
6108 | enum { |
6109 | qual_iterator, |
6110 | qual_begin, |
6111 | qual_end, |
6112 | getNumProtocols, |
6113 | getProtocol |
6114 | }; |
6115 | }; |
6116 | |
6117 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
6118 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
6119 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
6120 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
6121 | return T->getDecl(); |
6122 | |
6123 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
6124 | } |
6125 | |
6126 | return nullptr; |
6127 | } |
6128 | |
6129 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
6130 | /// |
6131 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
6132 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
6133 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
6134 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
6135 | /// |
6136 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
6137 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
6138 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6139 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6140 | |
6141 | QualType PointeeType; |
6142 | |
6143 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
6144 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()), |
6145 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
6146 | |
6147 | public: |
6148 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
6149 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
6150 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
6151 | |
6152 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
6153 | /// |
6154 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
6155 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
6156 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
6157 | /// \code |
6158 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
6159 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
6160 | /// typedef A A1; |
6161 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
6162 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
6163 | /// \endcode |
6164 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6165 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6166 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6167 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6168 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6169 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6170 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
6171 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
6172 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
6173 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
6174 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
6175 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
6176 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
6177 | } |
6178 | |
6179 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
6180 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
6181 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
6182 | /// |
6183 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6184 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
6185 | |
6186 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
6187 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
6188 | /// |
6189 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6190 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
6191 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
6192 | } |
6193 | |
6194 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
6195 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
6196 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
6197 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
6198 | } |
6199 | |
6200 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
6201 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
6202 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
6203 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
6204 | } |
6205 | |
6206 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
6207 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
6208 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
6209 | } |
6210 | |
6211 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6212 | /// protocols. |
6213 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6214 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
6215 | } |
6216 | |
6217 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6218 | /// protocols. |
6219 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6220 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
6221 | } |
6222 | |
6223 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
6224 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
6225 | |
6226 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6227 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
6228 | |
6229 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6230 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
6231 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
6232 | } |
6233 | |
6234 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
6235 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
6236 | |
6237 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
6238 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
6239 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
6240 | |
6241 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6242 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
6243 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
6244 | } |
6245 | |
6246 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6247 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
6248 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
6249 | } |
6250 | |
6251 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
6252 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
6253 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
6254 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
6255 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
6256 | |
6257 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
6258 | |
6259 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
6260 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
6261 | } |
6262 | |
6263 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6264 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6265 | } |
6266 | |
6267 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6268 | |
6269 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6270 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6271 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6272 | } |
6273 | |
6274 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6275 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6276 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6277 | } |
6278 | |
6279 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6280 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6281 | |
6282 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6283 | /// |
6284 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6285 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6286 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6287 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6288 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6289 | |
6290 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6291 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6292 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6293 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6294 | |
6295 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6296 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6297 | } |
6298 | |
6299 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6300 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6301 | } |
6302 | |
6303 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6304 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6305 | } |
6306 | }; |
6307 | |
6308 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6309 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6310 | |
6311 | QualType ValueType; |
6312 | |
6313 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6314 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6315 | |
6316 | public: |
6317 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6318 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6319 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6320 | |
6321 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6322 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6323 | |
6324 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6325 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6326 | } |
6327 | |
6328 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6329 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6330 | } |
6331 | |
6332 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6333 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6334 | } |
6335 | }; |
6336 | |
6337 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6338 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6339 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6340 | |
6341 | QualType ElementType; |
6342 | bool isRead; |
6343 | |
6344 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6345 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()), |
6346 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6347 | |
6348 | public: |
6349 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6350 | |
6351 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6352 | |
6353 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6354 | |
6355 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6356 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6357 | } |
6358 | |
6359 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6360 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6361 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6362 | } |
6363 | |
6364 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6365 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6366 | } |
6367 | |
6368 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6369 | }; |
6370 | |
6371 | /// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth. |
6372 | class BitIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6373 | friend class ASTContext; |
6374 | unsigned IsUnsigned : 1; |
6375 | unsigned NumBits : 24; |
6376 | |
6377 | protected: |
6378 | BitIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits); |
6379 | |
6380 | public: |
6381 | bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; } |
6382 | bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; } |
6383 | unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; } |
6384 | |
6385 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6386 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6387 | |
6388 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6389 | Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits()); |
6390 | } |
6391 | |
6392 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned, |
6393 | unsigned NumBits) { |
6394 | ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned); |
6395 | ID.AddInteger(NumBits); |
6396 | } |
6397 | |
6398 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == BitInt; } |
6399 | }; |
6400 | |
6401 | class DependentBitIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6402 | friend class ASTContext; |
6403 | const ASTContext &Context; |
6404 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned; |
6405 | |
6406 | protected: |
6407 | DependentBitIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned, |
6408 | Expr *NumBits); |
6409 | |
6410 | public: |
6411 | bool isUnsigned() const; |
6412 | bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); } |
6413 | Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const; |
6414 | |
6415 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6416 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6417 | |
6418 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6419 | Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr()); |
6420 | } |
6421 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
6422 | bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr); |
6423 | |
6424 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6425 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentBitInt; |
6426 | } |
6427 | }; |
6428 | |
6429 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6430 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6431 | public: |
6432 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6433 | |
6434 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6435 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6436 | /// with those already in the type. |
6437 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6438 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6439 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6440 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6441 | |
6442 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6443 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6444 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6445 | } |
6446 | |
6447 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6448 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6449 | |
6450 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6451 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6452 | }; |
6453 | |
6454 | /// A container of type source information. |
6455 | /// |
6456 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
6457 | /// @code |
6458 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
6459 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
6460 | /// @endcode |
6461 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
6462 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
6463 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
6464 | friend class ASTContext; |
6465 | |
6466 | QualType Ty; |
6467 | |
6468 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
6469 | |
6470 | public: |
6471 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
6472 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
6473 | |
6474 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
6475 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
6476 | |
6477 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
6478 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
6479 | }; |
6480 | |
6481 | // Inline function definitions. |
6482 | |
6483 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6484 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6485 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6486 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6487 | return desugar; |
6488 | } |
6489 | |
6490 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6491 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6492 | } |
6493 | |
6494 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6495 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6496 | } |
6497 | |
6498 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6499 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6500 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6501 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6502 | |
6503 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6504 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6505 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6506 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6507 | } |
6508 | |
6509 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6510 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6511 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6512 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6513 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6514 | return Quals; |
6515 | } |
6516 | |
6517 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6518 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6519 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6520 | return quals; |
6521 | } |
6522 | |
6523 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6524 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6525 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6526 | return cvr; |
6527 | } |
6528 | |
6529 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6530 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6531 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6532 | } |
6533 | |
6534 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6535 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6536 | } |
6537 | |
6538 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6539 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6540 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6541 | |
6542 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6543 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6544 | return false; |
6545 | |
6546 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6547 | } |
6548 | |
6549 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6550 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6551 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6552 | } |
6553 | |
6554 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6555 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6556 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6557 | } |
6558 | |
6559 | |
6560 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6561 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6562 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6563 | } |
6564 | |
6565 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6566 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6567 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6568 | } |
6569 | |
6570 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6571 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6572 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6573 | |
6574 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6575 | } |
6576 | |
6577 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6578 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6579 | return split(); |
6580 | |
6581 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6582 | } |
6583 | |
6584 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6585 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6586 | } |
6587 | |
6588 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6589 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6590 | } |
6591 | |
6592 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6593 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6594 | } |
6595 | |
6596 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6597 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 6597, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6598 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6599 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6600 | |
6601 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6602 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6603 | } |
6604 | |
6605 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
6606 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
6607 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
6608 | } |
6609 | |
6610 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6611 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6612 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6613 | } |
6614 | |
6615 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6616 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6617 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6618 | } |
6619 | |
6620 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6621 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6622 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6623 | return false; |
6624 | } |
6625 | |
6626 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6627 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6628 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6629 | return false; |
6630 | } |
6631 | |
6632 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6633 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6634 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6635 | return false; |
6636 | } |
6637 | |
6638 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6639 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6640 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6641 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6642 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6643 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6644 | |
6645 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6646 | } |
6647 | |
6648 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6649 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6650 | } |
6651 | |
6652 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6653 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6654 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6655 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6656 | /// int". |
6657 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6658 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6659 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6660 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6661 | } |
6662 | |
6663 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6664 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6665 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6666 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6667 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6668 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6669 | |
6670 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6671 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6672 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6673 | |
6674 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6675 | } |
6676 | |
6677 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6678 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6679 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6680 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6681 | /// |
6682 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6683 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6684 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6685 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6686 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6687 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6688 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6689 | else |
6690 | return *this; |
6691 | } |
6692 | |
6693 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6694 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6695 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6696 | } |
6697 | |
6698 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6699 | /// |
6700 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6701 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6702 | return isVoidType() || |
6703 | isNullPtrType() || |
6704 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6705 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6706 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6707 | } |
6708 | |
6709 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6710 | /// |
6711 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6712 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6713 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6714 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6715 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6716 | return isArrayType() || |
6717 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6718 | isFunctionType() || |
6719 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6720 | isPointerType() || |
6721 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6722 | isReferenceType() || |
6723 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6724 | isRecordType() || |
6725 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6726 | // types at different times; |
6727 | isUnionType() || |
6728 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6729 | isEnumeralType() || |
6730 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6731 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6732 | } |
6733 | |
6734 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6735 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6736 | } |
6737 | |
6738 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6739 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6740 | } |
6741 | |
6742 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6743 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6744 | } |
6745 | |
6746 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6747 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6748 | } |
6749 | |
6750 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6751 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6752 | } |
6753 | |
6754 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6755 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6756 | } |
6757 | |
6758 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6759 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6760 | } |
6761 | |
6762 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
6763 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
6764 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
6765 | // void. |
6766 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6767 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6768 | else |
6769 | return false; |
6770 | } |
6771 | |
6772 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6773 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6774 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6775 | else |
6776 | return false; |
6777 | } |
6778 | |
6779 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6780 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6781 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6782 | else |
6783 | return false; |
6784 | } |
6785 | |
6786 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6787 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6788 | } |
6789 | |
6790 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6791 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6792 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6793 | else |
6794 | return false; |
6795 | } |
6796 | |
6797 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6798 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6799 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6800 | else |
6801 | return false; |
6802 | } |
6803 | |
6804 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6805 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6806 | } |
6807 | |
6808 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6809 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6810 | } |
6811 | |
6812 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6813 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6814 | } |
6815 | |
6816 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6817 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6818 | } |
6819 | |
6820 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6821 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6822 | } |
6823 | |
6824 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6825 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6826 | } |
6827 | |
6828 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6829 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6830 | } |
6831 | |
6832 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6833 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6834 | } |
6835 | |
6836 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6837 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6838 | } |
6839 | |
6840 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6841 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6842 | } |
6843 | |
6844 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6845 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6846 | } |
6847 | |
6848 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorBoolType() const { |
6849 | if (!isExtVectorType()) |
6850 | return false; |
6851 | return cast<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType)->getElementType()->isBooleanType(); |
6852 | } |
6853 | |
6854 | inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const { |
6855 | return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6856 | } |
6857 | |
6858 | inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const { |
6859 | return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6860 | } |
6861 | |
6862 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6863 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6864 | } |
6865 | |
6866 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6867 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6868 | } |
6869 | |
6870 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6871 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6872 | } |
6873 | |
6874 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6875 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6876 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6877 | } |
6878 | |
6879 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6880 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6881 | } |
6882 | |
6883 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
6884 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
6885 | } |
6886 | |
6887 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6888 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6889 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6890 | return false; |
6891 | } |
6892 | |
6893 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6894 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6895 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6896 | return false; |
6897 | } |
6898 | |
6899 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6900 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6901 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6902 | return false; |
6903 | } |
6904 | |
6905 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6906 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6907 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6908 | return false; |
6909 | } |
6910 | |
6911 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6912 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6913 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6914 | return false; |
6915 | } |
6916 | |
6917 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6918 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6919 | } |
6920 | |
6921 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6922 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6923 | } |
6924 | |
6925 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6926 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6927 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6928 | } |
6929 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6930 | |
6931 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6932 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6933 | } |
6934 | |
6935 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6936 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6937 | } |
6938 | |
6939 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6940 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6941 | } |
6942 | |
6943 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6944 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6945 | } |
6946 | |
6947 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6948 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6949 | } |
6950 | |
6951 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6952 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6953 | return |
6954 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6955 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6956 | } |
6957 | |
6958 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6959 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6960 | } |
6961 | |
6962 | inline bool Type::isBitIntType() const { |
6963 | return isa<BitIntType>(CanonicalType); |
6964 | } |
6965 | |
6966 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6967 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6968 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6969 | } |
6970 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6971 | |
6972 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6973 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6974 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6975 | return |
6976 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6977 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6978 | } |
6979 | |
6980 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6981 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6982 | return |
6983 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6984 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6985 | } |
6986 | |
6987 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6988 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6989 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6990 | } |
6991 | |
6992 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6993 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6994 | } |
6995 | |
6996 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6997 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
6998 | return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K); |
6999 | } |
7000 | return false; |
7001 | } |
7002 | |
7003 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
7004 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
7005 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
7006 | return false; |
7007 | } |
7008 | |
7009 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
7010 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
7011 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
7012 | return BT; |
7013 | return nullptr; |
7014 | } |
7015 | |
7016 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
7017 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))(static_cast <bool> (BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind ((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 7017, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7018 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(K); |
7019 | } |
7020 | |
7021 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
7022 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
7023 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
7024 | return false; |
7025 | } |
7026 | |
7027 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
7028 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void); |
7029 | } |
7030 | |
7031 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
7032 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
7033 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half); |
7034 | } |
7035 | |
7036 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
7037 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16); |
7038 | } |
7039 | |
7040 | inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const { |
7041 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16); |
7042 | } |
7043 | |
7044 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
7045 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128); |
7046 | } |
7047 | |
7048 | inline bool Type::isIbm128Type() const { |
7049 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Ibm128); |
7050 | } |
7051 | |
7052 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
7053 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr); |
7054 | } |
7055 | |
7056 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
7057 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
7058 | |
7059 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
7060 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7061 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
7062 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
7063 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7064 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
7065 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
7066 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
7067 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
7068 | } |
7069 | return isBitIntType(); |
7070 | } |
7071 | |
7072 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
7073 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7074 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
7075 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
7076 | } |
7077 | return false; |
7078 | } |
7079 | |
7080 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
7081 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
7082 | } |
7083 | |
7084 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
7085 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7086 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
7087 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
7088 | } |
7089 | return false; |
7090 | } |
7091 | |
7092 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
7093 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
7094 | } |
7095 | |
7096 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
7097 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7098 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
7099 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
7100 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
7101 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
7102 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
7103 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
7104 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
7105 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
7106 | } |
7107 | return false; |
7108 | } |
7109 | |
7110 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
7111 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
7112 | } |
7113 | |
7114 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
7115 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7116 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
7117 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
7118 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7119 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
7120 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
7121 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7122 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7123 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7124 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7125 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
7126 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7127 | isBitIntType(); |
7128 | } |
7129 | |
7130 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
7131 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7132 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
7133 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
7134 | |
7135 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
7136 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
7137 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7138 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7139 | |
7140 | return isBitIntType(); |
7141 | } |
7142 | |
7143 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
7144 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7145 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
7146 | return false; |
7147 | } |
7148 | |
7149 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
7150 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
7151 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
7152 | } |
7153 | |
7154 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
7155 | /// an overloaded operator. |
7156 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
7157 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
7158 | } |
7159 | |
7160 | /// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name. |
7161 | inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const { |
7162 | if (getAs<TypedefType>()) |
7163 | return true; |
7164 | if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) |
7165 | return TST->isTypeAlias(); |
7166 | return false; |
7167 | } |
7168 | |
7169 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
7170 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
7171 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
7172 | } |
7173 | |
7174 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
7175 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
7176 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
7177 | } |
7178 | |
7179 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
7180 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
7181 | } |
7182 | |
7183 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
7184 | const Type *type = this; |
7185 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
7186 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
7187 | return type; |
7188 | } |
7189 | |
7190 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
7191 | const Type *type = this; |
7192 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
7193 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
7194 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
7195 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
7196 | return type; |
7197 | } |
7198 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
7199 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
7200 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7201 | LangAS AS) { |
7202 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
7203 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
7204 | return PD; |
7205 | } |
7206 | |
7207 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
7208 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7209 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7210 | Qualifiers Q) { |
7211 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
7212 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
7213 | return PD; |
7214 | } |
7215 | |
7216 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
7217 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7218 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7219 | QualType T) { |
7220 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<uint64_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
7221 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
7222 | return PD; |
7223 | } |
7224 | |
7225 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
7226 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
7227 | template <typename T> |
7228 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
7229 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
7230 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
7231 | |
7232 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
7233 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
7234 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7235 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
7236 | |
7237 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7238 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7239 | return Ty; |
7240 | |
7241 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7242 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7243 | return nullptr; |
7244 | |
7245 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7246 | // losing all typedef information. |
7247 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7248 | } |
7249 | |
7250 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
7251 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
7252 | |
7253 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7254 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7255 | return Ty; |
7256 | |
7257 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7258 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7259 | return nullptr; |
7260 | |
7261 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
7262 | // type. |
7263 | const Type *Ty = this; |
7264 | while (Ty) { |
7265 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
7266 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
7267 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<BTFTagAttributedType>(Ty)) |
7268 | Ty = A->getWrappedType().getTypePtr(); |
7269 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
7270 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7271 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
7272 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7273 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
7274 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7275 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
7276 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7277 | else |
7278 | break; |
7279 | } |
7280 | |
7281 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
7282 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
7283 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
7284 | } |
7285 | |
7286 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7287 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
7288 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
7289 | return arr; |
7290 | |
7291 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7292 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
7293 | return nullptr; |
7294 | |
7295 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7296 | // losing all typedef information. |
7297 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7298 | } |
7299 | |
7300 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
7301 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7302 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
7303 | |
7304 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
7305 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))(static_cast <bool> (isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7305, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7306 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7307 | } |
7308 | |
7309 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7310 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 7310, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7311 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
7312 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7313 | } |
7314 | |
7315 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
7316 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
7317 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
7318 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
7319 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
7320 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
7321 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))(static_cast <bool> (isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 7321, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7322 | #endif |
7323 | } |
7324 | |
7325 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
7326 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
7327 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
7328 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
7329 | } |
7330 | |
7331 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
7332 | // as a scaled integer. |
7333 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
7334 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
7335 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
7336 | unsigned Scale); |
7337 | |
7338 | } // namespace clang |
7339 | |
7340 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
1 | //===- llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h - Pair for pointer and int -----*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | /// |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// This file defines the PointerIntPair class. |
11 | /// |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTERINTPAIR_H |
15 | #define LLVM_ADT_POINTERINTPAIR_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
18 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
19 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
20 | #include <cassert> |
21 | #include <cstdint> |
22 | #include <limits> |
23 | |
24 | namespace llvm { |
25 | |
26 | template <typename T, typename Enable> struct DenseMapInfo; |
27 | template <typename PointerT, unsigned IntBits, typename PtrTraits> |
28 | struct PointerIntPairInfo; |
29 | |
30 | /// PointerIntPair - This class implements a pair of a pointer and small |
31 | /// integer. It is designed to represent this in the space required by one |
32 | /// pointer by bitmangling the integer into the low part of the pointer. This |
33 | /// can only be done for small integers: typically up to 3 bits, but it depends |
34 | /// on the number of bits available according to PointerLikeTypeTraits for the |
35 | /// type. |
36 | /// |
37 | /// Note that PointerIntPair always puts the IntVal part in the highest bits |
38 | /// possible. For example, PointerIntPair<void*, 1, bool> will put the bit for |
39 | /// the bool into bit #2, not bit #0, which allows the low two bits to be used |
40 | /// for something else. For example, this allows: |
41 | /// PointerIntPair<PointerIntPair<void*, 1, bool>, 1, bool> |
42 | /// ... and the two bools will land in different bits. |
43 | template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType = unsigned, |
44 | typename PtrTraits = PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerTy>, |
45 | typename Info = PointerIntPairInfo<PointerTy, IntBits, PtrTraits>> |
46 | class PointerIntPair { |
47 | // Used by MSVC visualizer and generally helpful for debugging/visualizing. |
48 | using InfoTy = Info; |
49 | intptr_t Value = 0; |
50 | |
51 | public: |
52 | constexpr PointerIntPair() = default; |
53 | |
54 | PointerIntPair(PointerTy PtrVal, IntType IntVal) { |
55 | setPointerAndInt(PtrVal, IntVal); |
56 | } |
57 | |
58 | explicit PointerIntPair(PointerTy PtrVal) { initWithPointer(PtrVal); } |
59 | |
60 | PointerTy getPointer() const { return Info::getPointer(Value); } |
61 | |
62 | IntType getInt() const { return (IntType)Info::getInt(Value); } |
63 | |
64 | void setPointer(PointerTy PtrVal) & { |
65 | Value = Info::updatePointer(Value, PtrVal); |
66 | } |
67 | |
68 | void setInt(IntType IntVal) & { |
69 | Value = Info::updateInt(Value, static_cast<intptr_t>(IntVal)); |
70 | } |
71 | |
72 | void initWithPointer(PointerTy PtrVal) & { |
73 | Value = Info::updatePointer(0, PtrVal); |
74 | } |
75 | |
76 | void setPointerAndInt(PointerTy PtrVal, IntType IntVal) & { |
77 | Value = Info::updateInt(Info::updatePointer(0, PtrVal), |
78 | static_cast<intptr_t>(IntVal)); |
79 | } |
80 | |
81 | PointerTy const *getAddrOfPointer() const { |
82 | return const_cast<PointerIntPair *>(this)->getAddrOfPointer(); |
83 | } |
84 | |
85 | PointerTy *getAddrOfPointer() { |
86 | assert(Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) &&(static_cast <bool> (Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t >(getPointer()) && "Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and " "PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) && \"Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and \" \"PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h", 88, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
87 | "Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and "(static_cast <bool> (Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t >(getPointer()) && "Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and " "PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) && \"Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and \" \"PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h", 88, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
88 | "PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t >(getPointer()) && "Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and " "PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) && \"Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and \" \"PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h", 88, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
89 | return reinterpret_cast<PointerTy *>(&Value); |
90 | } |
91 | |
92 | void *getOpaqueValue() const { return reinterpret_cast<void *>(Value); } |
93 | |
94 | void setFromOpaqueValue(void *Val) & { |
95 | Value = reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(Val); |
96 | } |
97 | |
98 | static PointerIntPair getFromOpaqueValue(void *V) { |
99 | PointerIntPair P; |
100 | P.setFromOpaqueValue(V); |
101 | return P; |
102 | } |
103 | |
104 | // Allow PointerIntPairs to be created from const void * if and only if the |
105 | // pointer type could be created from a const void *. |
106 | static PointerIntPair getFromOpaqueValue(const void *V) { |
107 | (void)PtrTraits::getFromVoidPointer(V); |
108 | return getFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void *>(V)); |
109 | } |
110 | |
111 | bool operator==(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { |
112 | return Value == RHS.Value; |
113 | } |
114 | |
115 | bool operator!=(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { |
116 | return Value != RHS.Value; |
117 | } |
118 | |
119 | bool operator<(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { return Value < RHS.Value; } |
120 | bool operator>(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { return Value > RHS.Value; } |
121 | |
122 | bool operator<=(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { |
123 | return Value <= RHS.Value; |
124 | } |
125 | |
126 | bool operator>=(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { |
127 | return Value >= RHS.Value; |
128 | } |
129 | }; |
130 | |
131 | // Specialize is_trivially_copyable to avoid limitation of llvm::is_trivially_copyable |
132 | // when compiled with gcc 4.9. |
133 | template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType, |
134 | typename PtrTraits, |
135 | typename Info> |
136 | struct is_trivially_copyable<PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType, PtrTraits, Info>> : std::true_type { |
137 | #ifdef HAVE_STD_IS_TRIVIALLY_COPYABLE |
138 | static_assert(std::is_trivially_copyable<PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType, PtrTraits, Info>>::value, |
139 | "inconsistent behavior between llvm:: and std:: implementation of is_trivially_copyable"); |
140 | #endif |
141 | }; |
142 | |
143 | |
144 | template <typename PointerT, unsigned IntBits, typename PtrTraits> |
145 | struct PointerIntPairInfo { |
146 | static_assert(PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable < |
147 | std::numeric_limits<uintptr_t>::digits, |
148 | "cannot use a pointer type that has all bits free"); |
149 | static_assert(IntBits <= PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable, |
150 | "PointerIntPair with integer size too large for pointer"); |
151 | enum MaskAndShiftConstants : uintptr_t { |
152 | /// PointerBitMask - The bits that come from the pointer. |
153 | PointerBitMask = |
154 | ~(uintptr_t)(((intptr_t)1 << PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable) - 1), |
155 | |
156 | /// IntShift - The number of low bits that we reserve for other uses, and |
157 | /// keep zero. |
158 | IntShift = (uintptr_t)PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable - IntBits, |
159 | |
160 | /// IntMask - This is the unshifted mask for valid bits of the int type. |
161 | IntMask = (uintptr_t)(((intptr_t)1 << IntBits) - 1), |
162 | |
163 | // ShiftedIntMask - This is the bits for the integer shifted in place. |
164 | ShiftedIntMask = (uintptr_t)(IntMask << IntShift) |
165 | }; |
166 | |
167 | static PointerT getPointer(intptr_t Value) { |
168 | return PtrTraits::getFromVoidPointer( |
169 | reinterpret_cast<void *>(Value & PointerBitMask)); |
170 | } |
171 | |
172 | static intptr_t getInt(intptr_t Value) { |
173 | return (Value >> IntShift) & IntMask; |
174 | } |
175 | |
176 | static intptr_t updatePointer(intptr_t OrigValue, PointerT Ptr) { |
177 | intptr_t PtrWord = |
178 | reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(PtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(Ptr)); |
179 | assert((PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 &&(static_cast <bool> ((PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 && "Pointer is not sufficiently aligned") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("(PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 && \"Pointer is not sufficiently aligned\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h", 180, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
180 | "Pointer is not sufficiently aligned")(static_cast <bool> ((PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 && "Pointer is not sufficiently aligned") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("(PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 && \"Pointer is not sufficiently aligned\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h", 180, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
181 | // Preserve all low bits, just update the pointer. |
182 | return PtrWord | (OrigValue & ~PointerBitMask); |
183 | } |
184 | |
185 | static intptr_t updateInt(intptr_t OrigValue, intptr_t Int) { |
186 | intptr_t IntWord = static_cast<intptr_t>(Int); |
187 | assert((IntWord & ~IntMask) == 0 && "Integer too large for field")(static_cast <bool> ((IntWord & ~IntMask) == 0 && "Integer too large for field") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(IntWord & ~IntMask) == 0 && \"Integer too large for field\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h", 187, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
188 | |
189 | // Preserve all bits other than the ones we are updating. |
190 | return (OrigValue & ~ShiftedIntMask) | IntWord << IntShift; |
191 | } |
192 | }; |
193 | |
194 | // Provide specialization of DenseMapInfo for PointerIntPair. |
195 | template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType> |
196 | struct DenseMapInfo<PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>, void> { |
197 | using Ty = PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>; |
198 | |
199 | static Ty getEmptyKey() { |
200 | uintptr_t Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-1); |
201 | Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<Ty>::NumLowBitsAvailable; |
202 | return Ty::getFromOpaqueValue(reinterpret_cast<void *>(Val)); |
203 | } |
204 | |
205 | static Ty getTombstoneKey() { |
206 | uintptr_t Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-2); |
207 | Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerTy>::NumLowBitsAvailable; |
208 | return Ty::getFromOpaqueValue(reinterpret_cast<void *>(Val)); |
209 | } |
210 | |
211 | static unsigned getHashValue(Ty V) { |
212 | uintptr_t IV = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(V.getOpaqueValue()); |
213 | return unsigned(IV) ^ unsigned(IV >> 9); |
214 | } |
215 | |
216 | static bool isEqual(const Ty &LHS, const Ty &RHS) { return LHS == RHS; } |
217 | }; |
218 | |
219 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that PointerIntPair is "basically a pointer". |
220 | template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType, |
221 | typename PtrTraits> |
222 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< |
223 | PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType, PtrTraits>> { |
224 | static inline void * |
225 | getAsVoidPointer(const PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType> &P) { |
226 | return P.getOpaqueValue(); |
227 | } |
228 | |
229 | static inline PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType> |
230 | getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
231 | return PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>::getFromOpaqueValue(P); |
232 | } |
233 | |
234 | static inline PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType> |
235 | getFromVoidPointer(const void *P) { |
236 | return PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>::getFromOpaqueValue(P); |
237 | } |
238 | |
239 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = |
240 | PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable - IntBits; |
241 | }; |
242 | |
243 | } // end namespace llvm |
244 | |
245 | #endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTERINTPAIR_H |
1 | //===- llvm/Support/Casting.h - Allow flexible, checked, casts --*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the isa<X>(), cast<X>(), dyn_cast<X>(), cast_or_null<X>(), |
10 | // and dyn_cast_or_null<X>() templates. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H |
15 | #define LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
18 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
19 | #include <cassert> |
20 | #include <memory> |
21 | #include <type_traits> |
22 | |
23 | namespace llvm { |
24 | |
25 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
26 | // isa<x> Support Templates |
27 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
28 | |
29 | // Define a template that can be specialized by smart pointers to reflect the |
30 | // fact that they are automatically dereferenced, and are not involved with the |
31 | // template selection process... the default implementation is a noop. |
32 | // |
33 | template<typename From> struct simplify_type { |
34 | using SimpleType = From; // The real type this represents... |
35 | |
36 | // An accessor to get the real value... |
37 | static SimpleType &getSimplifiedValue(From &Val) { return Val; } |
38 | }; |
39 | |
40 | template<typename From> struct simplify_type<const From> { |
41 | using NonConstSimpleType = typename simplify_type<From>::SimpleType; |
42 | using SimpleType = |
43 | typename add_const_past_pointer<NonConstSimpleType>::type; |
44 | using RetType = |
45 | typename add_lvalue_reference_if_not_pointer<SimpleType>::type; |
46 | |
47 | static RetType getSimplifiedValue(const From& Val) { |
48 | return simplify_type<From>::getSimplifiedValue(const_cast<From&>(Val)); |
49 | } |
50 | }; |
51 | |
52 | // The core of the implementation of isa<X> is here; To and From should be |
53 | // the names of classes. This template can be specialized to customize the |
54 | // implementation of isa<> without rewriting it from scratch. |
55 | template <typename To, typename From, typename Enabler = void> |
56 | struct isa_impl { |
57 | static inline bool doit(const From &Val) { |
58 | return To::classof(&Val); |
59 | } |
60 | }; |
61 | |
62 | /// Always allow upcasts, and perform no dynamic check for them. |
63 | template <typename To, typename From> |
64 | struct isa_impl<To, From, std::enable_if_t<std::is_base_of<To, From>::value>> { |
65 | static inline bool doit(const From &) { return true; } |
66 | }; |
67 | |
68 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl { |
69 | static inline bool doit(const From &Val) { |
70 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(Val); |
71 | } |
72 | }; |
73 | |
74 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From> { |
75 | static inline bool doit(const From &Val) { |
76 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(Val); |
77 | } |
78 | }; |
79 | |
80 | template <typename To, typename From> |
81 | struct isa_impl_cl<To, const std::unique_ptr<From>> { |
82 | static inline bool doit(const std::unique_ptr<From> &Val) { |
83 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 83, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
84 | return isa_impl_cl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
85 | } |
86 | }; |
87 | |
88 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, From*> { |
89 | static inline bool doit(const From *Val) { |
90 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 90, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
91 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
92 | } |
93 | }; |
94 | |
95 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, From*const> { |
96 | static inline bool doit(const From *Val) { |
97 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 97, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
98 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
99 | } |
100 | }; |
101 | |
102 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From*> { |
103 | static inline bool doit(const From *Val) { |
104 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 104, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
105 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
106 | } |
107 | }; |
108 | |
109 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From*const> { |
110 | static inline bool doit(const From *Val) { |
111 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 111, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
112 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
113 | } |
114 | }; |
115 | |
116 | template<typename To, typename From, typename SimpleFrom> |
117 | struct isa_impl_wrap { |
118 | // When From != SimplifiedType, we can simplify the type some more by using |
119 | // the simplify_type template. |
120 | static bool doit(const From &Val) { |
121 | return isa_impl_wrap<To, SimpleFrom, |
122 | typename simplify_type<SimpleFrom>::SimpleType>::doit( |
123 | simplify_type<const From>::getSimplifiedValue(Val)); |
124 | } |
125 | }; |
126 | |
127 | template<typename To, typename FromTy> |
128 | struct isa_impl_wrap<To, FromTy, FromTy> { |
129 | // When From == SimpleType, we are as simple as we are going to get. |
130 | static bool doit(const FromTy &Val) { |
131 | return isa_impl_cl<To,FromTy>::doit(Val); |
132 | } |
133 | }; |
134 | |
135 | // isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one |
136 | // of the template type arguments. Used like this: |
137 | // |
138 | // if (isa<Type>(myVal)) { ... } |
139 | // if (isa<Type0, Type1, Type2>(myVal)) { ... } |
140 | // |
141 | template <class X, class Y> LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline bool isa(const Y &Val) { |
142 | return isa_impl_wrap<X, const Y, |
143 | typename simplify_type<const Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val); |
144 | } |
145 | |
146 | template <typename First, typename Second, typename... Rest, typename Y> |
147 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline bool isa(const Y &Val) { |
148 | return isa<First>(Val) || isa<Second, Rest...>(Val); |
149 | } |
150 | |
151 | // isa_and_nonnull<X> - Functionally identical to isa, except that a null value |
152 | // is accepted. |
153 | // |
154 | template <typename... X, class Y> |
155 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline bool isa_and_nonnull(const Y &Val) { |
156 | if (!Val) |
157 | return false; |
158 | return isa<X...>(Val); |
159 | } |
160 | |
161 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
162 | // cast<x> Support Templates |
163 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
164 | |
165 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty; |
166 | |
167 | // Calculate what type the 'cast' function should return, based on a requested |
168 | // type of To and a source type of From. |
169 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl { |
170 | using ret_type = To &; // Normal case, return Ty& |
171 | }; |
172 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, const From> { |
173 | using ret_type = const To &; // Normal case, return Ty& |
174 | }; |
175 | |
176 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, From*> { |
177 | using ret_type = To *; // Pointer arg case, return Ty* |
178 | }; |
179 | |
180 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, const From*> { |
181 | using ret_type = const To *; // Constant pointer arg case, return const Ty* |
182 | }; |
183 | |
184 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, const From*const> { |
185 | using ret_type = const To *; // Constant pointer arg case, return const Ty* |
186 | }; |
187 | |
188 | template <class To, class From> |
189 | struct cast_retty_impl<To, std::unique_ptr<From>> { |
190 | private: |
191 | using PointerType = typename cast_retty_impl<To, From *>::ret_type; |
192 | using ResultType = std::remove_pointer_t<PointerType>; |
193 | |
194 | public: |
195 | using ret_type = std::unique_ptr<ResultType>; |
196 | }; |
197 | |
198 | template<class To, class From, class SimpleFrom> |
199 | struct cast_retty_wrap { |
200 | // When the simplified type and the from type are not the same, use the type |
201 | // simplifier to reduce the type, then reuse cast_retty_impl to get the |
202 | // resultant type. |
203 | using ret_type = typename cast_retty<To, SimpleFrom>::ret_type; |
204 | }; |
205 | |
206 | template<class To, class FromTy> |
207 | struct cast_retty_wrap<To, FromTy, FromTy> { |
208 | // When the simplified type is equal to the from type, use it directly. |
209 | using ret_type = typename cast_retty_impl<To,FromTy>::ret_type; |
210 | }; |
211 | |
212 | template<class To, class From> |
213 | struct cast_retty { |
214 | using ret_type = typename cast_retty_wrap< |
215 | To, From, typename simplify_type<From>::SimpleType>::ret_type; |
216 | }; |
217 | |
218 | // Ensure the non-simple values are converted using the simplify_type template |
219 | // that may be specialized by smart pointers... |
220 | // |
221 | template<class To, class From, class SimpleFrom> struct cast_convert_val { |
222 | // This is not a simple type, use the template to simplify it... |
223 | static typename cast_retty<To, From>::ret_type doit(From &Val) { |
224 | return cast_convert_val<To, SimpleFrom, |
225 | typename simplify_type<SimpleFrom>::SimpleType>::doit( |
226 | simplify_type<From>::getSimplifiedValue(Val)); |
227 | } |
228 | }; |
229 | |
230 | template<class To, class FromTy> struct cast_convert_val<To,FromTy,FromTy> { |
231 | // This _is_ a simple type, just cast it. |
232 | static typename cast_retty<To, FromTy>::ret_type doit(const FromTy &Val) { |
233 | typename cast_retty<To, FromTy>::ret_type Res2 |
234 | = (typename cast_retty<To, FromTy>::ret_type)const_cast<FromTy&>(Val); |
235 | return Res2; |
236 | } |
237 | }; |
238 | |
239 | template <class X> struct is_simple_type { |
240 | static const bool value = |
241 | std::is_same<X, typename simplify_type<X>::SimpleType>::value; |
242 | }; |
243 | |
244 | // cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type. This |
245 | // casting operator asserts that the type is correct, so it does not return null |
246 | // on failure. It does not allow a null argument (use cast_or_null for that). |
247 | // It is typically used like this: |
248 | // |
249 | // cast<Instruction>(myVal)->getParent() |
250 | // |
251 | template <class X, class Y> |
252 | inline std::enable_if_t<!is_simple_type<Y>::value, |
253 | typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type> |
254 | cast(const Y &Val) { |
255 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 255, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
256 | return cast_convert_val< |
257 | X, const Y, typename simplify_type<const Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val); |
258 | } |
259 | |
260 | template <class X, class Y> |
261 | inline typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type cast(Y &Val) { |
262 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 262, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
263 | return cast_convert_val<X, Y, |
264 | typename simplify_type<Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val); |
265 | } |
266 | |
267 | template <class X, class Y> |
268 | inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type cast(Y *Val) { |
269 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 269, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
270 | return cast_convert_val<X, Y*, |
271 | typename simplify_type<Y*>::SimpleType>::doit(Val); |
272 | } |
273 | |
274 | template <class X, class Y> |
275 | inline typename cast_retty<X, std::unique_ptr<Y>>::ret_type |
276 | cast(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) { |
277 | assert(isa<X>(Val.get()) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val.get()) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val.get()) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 277, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
278 | using ret_type = typename cast_retty<X, std::unique_ptr<Y>>::ret_type; |
279 | return ret_type( |
280 | cast_convert_val<X, Y *, typename simplify_type<Y *>::SimpleType>::doit( |
281 | Val.release())); |
282 | } |
283 | |
284 | // cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to cast, except that a null value is |
285 | // accepted. |
286 | // |
287 | template <class X, class Y> |
288 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t< |
289 | !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type> |
290 | cast_or_null(const Y &Val) { |
291 | if (!Val) |
292 | return nullptr; |
293 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 293, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
294 | return cast<X>(Val); |
295 | } |
296 | |
297 | template <class X, class Y> |
298 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t<!is_simple_type<Y>::value, |
299 | typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type> |
300 | cast_or_null(Y &Val) { |
301 | if (!Val) |
302 | return nullptr; |
303 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 303, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
304 | return cast<X>(Val); |
305 | } |
306 | |
307 | template <class X, class Y> |
308 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type |
309 | cast_or_null(Y *Val) { |
310 | if (!Val) return nullptr; |
311 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h", 311, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
312 | return cast<X>(Val); |
313 | } |
314 | |
315 | template <class X, class Y> |
316 | inline typename cast_retty<X, std::unique_ptr<Y>>::ret_type |
317 | cast_or_null(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) { |
318 | if (!Val) |
319 | return nullptr; |
320 | return cast<X>(std::move(Val)); |
321 | } |
322 | |
323 | // dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type. This |
324 | // casting operator returns null if the argument is of the wrong type, so it can |
325 | // be used to test for a type as well as cast if successful. This should be |
326 | // used in the context of an if statement like this: |
327 | // |
328 | // if (const Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(myVal)) { ... } |
329 | // |
330 | |
331 | template <class X, class Y> |
332 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t< |
333 | !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type> |
334 | dyn_cast(const Y &Val) { |
335 | return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
336 | } |
337 | |
338 | template <class X, class Y> |
339 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type dyn_cast(Y &Val) { |
340 | return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
341 | } |
342 | |
343 | template <class X, class Y> |
344 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type dyn_cast(Y *Val) { |
345 | return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
346 | } |
347 | |
348 | // dyn_cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to dyn_cast, except that a null |
349 | // value is accepted. |
350 | // |
351 | template <class X, class Y> |
352 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t< |
353 | !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type> |
354 | dyn_cast_or_null(const Y &Val) { |
355 | return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
356 | } |
357 | |
358 | template <class X, class Y> |
359 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t<!is_simple_type<Y>::value, |
360 | typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type> |
361 | dyn_cast_or_null(Y &Val) { |
362 | return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
363 | } |
364 | |
365 | template <class X, class Y> |
366 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type |
367 | dyn_cast_or_null(Y *Val) { |
368 | return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
369 | } |
370 | |
371 | // unique_dyn_cast<X> - Given a unique_ptr<Y>, try to return a unique_ptr<X>, |
372 | // taking ownership of the input pointer iff isa<X>(Val) is true. If the |
373 | // cast is successful, From refers to nullptr on exit and the casted value |
374 | // is returned. If the cast is unsuccessful, the function returns nullptr |
375 | // and From is unchanged. |
376 | template <class X, class Y> |
377 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast(std::unique_ptr<Y> &Val) |
378 | -> decltype(cast<X>(Val)) { |
379 | if (!isa<X>(Val)) |
380 | return nullptr; |
381 | return cast<X>(std::move(Val)); |
382 | } |
383 | |
384 | template <class X, class Y> |
385 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) { |
386 | return unique_dyn_cast<X, Y>(Val); |
387 | } |
388 | |
389 | // dyn_cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to unique_dyn_cast, except that |
390 | // a null value is accepted. |
391 | template <class X, class Y> |
392 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast_or_null(std::unique_ptr<Y> &Val) |
393 | -> decltype(cast<X>(Val)) { |
394 | if (!Val) |
395 | return nullptr; |
396 | return unique_dyn_cast<X, Y>(Val); |
397 | } |
398 | |
399 | template <class X, class Y> |
400 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast_or_null(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) { |
401 | return unique_dyn_cast_or_null<X, Y>(Val); |
402 | } |
403 | |
404 | } // end namespace llvm |
405 | |
406 | #endif // LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H |